|
Health, Sports, and Fitness Special Interest Group Bike the Drive Group Cycle |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 AM–9:00 AM |
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Behavior Basics LLC) |
Please join participating SIG members for Bike the Drive. Bike the Drive is a recreational, noncompetitive bicycle ride held each year in Chicago, in which Lake Shore Drive is cleared of motor vehicle traffic and opened exclusively to bicyclists for several hours beginning at dawn. The event benefits bicycling advocacy work in the region by the Active Transportation Alliance, formerly known as the Chicagoland Bicycle Federation. (Please note that this event is not organized by the HSF SIG. Registration and compliance with all event policies and procedures is required.) The chair will lead a group from the Hyatt Regency McCormick Place hotel to the entry point to Lakeshore Drive at Grant Park. Please meet at 6:00 am outside the main lobby of the hotel, dressed appropriately with your bicycle. Registration is required and is available at http://www.bikethedrive.org/. Please register for group Health Sports & Fitness SIG and use the password “Behavior.” Bicycle rentals are readily available through Divvy Bikes and are located in a variety of stations near the Hyatt: https://divvybikes.com/stations. Rental policies can be found at https://divvybikes.com/. |
Keyword(s): Bicycle, Chicagoland, fitness |
|
|
|
|
Pilates & Yoga Session |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
Join us for this annual event offered for over ten years now at ABAI. No experience is necessary. Bring a towel or mat and dress comfortably. This one hour session strengthens and lengthens with a half hour of Pilates, followed by half hour of yoga. Instructors are certified in each discipline and are BCBA-Ds. Rejuvenate after long conference days with this session. Come early, we fill the room! (The Sport, Health and Fitness SIG have supported the inclusion of this and other physical activity sessions.) |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points) |
Presenting Authors: |
Our Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free and membership in the SIG is not required in order to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and several invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. The two SPABA award winners--the Student Research Grant award winner and the Dissemination Award winner--will present their winning submissions. The SPABA business meeting also will include a social reception to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. |
Keyword(s): interdisciplinary collaboration, speech therapy, speech-language pathology, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
Washington Association for Behavior Analysis (WABA), formerly the Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis (NWABA) |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Christopher Jones (Maxim Healthcare) |
Presenting Authors: |
To address the state of NWABA/WABA, increase membership, discuss issues of concern in the state of Washington and the Northwest, and connect with behavior analysts, families, students, and professionals in the Great Northwest. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analyst, Great Northwest, Northwest ABA, Washington State |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for the next year. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): CBA, Clinical |
|
|
|
|
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Florida) |
Presenting Authors: |
The business meeting will review annual events and initiatives for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, presented by the current editor. |
|
|
|
|
Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Jenny Fischer (Cascade Behavioral Intervention) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is a member organization for professionals, parents, caregivers, educators, researchers, and others who are interested in promoting the field of behavior analysis within Oregon. ORABA is an approved chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, an affiliate of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA), and an approved continuing education provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). |
|
|
|
|
New Hampshire Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Rachel Alling (Autism Bridges) |
Presenting Authors: |
Meeting open to all interested in discussing the business of New Hampshire ABA. |
|
|
|
|
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Rebecca K. Arvans Feeney (Complete Behavior Health, LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
At this meeting, members will review business items associated with the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis. This meeting is open to all sustaining, full, affiliate, and student members. |
|
|
|
|
Parent Professional Partnership Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W193b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behavior analysts involved in clinical practice recognize that we owe much to parents of children with autism who have been staunch advocates for higher quality services for their children. The synergy that can arise from parents and professionals working together creates exciting opportunities and possibilities. The Parent Professional Partnership SIG is one such opportunity. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the PPP SIG's goals and objectives, and to discuss ways to improve upon the SIG's joint website with the Autism SIG. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend this meeting chaired by Co-presidents David Celiberti and Pamela Gorski and visit our webpage at www.AutismPPPSIG.org. |
|
|
|
|
Standard Celeration Society |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Precision Teaching Learning Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
Members of the Standard Celeration Society will congregate to discuss business-related matters regarding the society, including but not limited to membership, finances, and the annual International Precision Teaching Conference. |
Keyword(s): Celeration Charting, Precision Teaching, SCC, SCS |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Today |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W192a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the business meeting will be to vote on a recommended editor for the next three years, and to update members on submissions, publications, and developments in the BAT journal. Prospective authors are also welcome to attend to learn about submissions. |
Keyword(s): BAT, Editorial business, Journal, Prospective authors |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W196c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Christine Hoffner Barthold (George Mason University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG (e.g., "The TBA") is one of the largest SIGs in ABAI. We discuss all aspects of teaching behavior analysis at the business meeting. Also, we will discuss this year's activities as well as set goals for the following year. It is not necessary to be in the SIG leadership or a member of the SIG to attend. |
Keyword(s): Special Interest, Teaching Behavior |
|
|
|
|
Atlantic Provinces Associationfor Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W196b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Paul M. McDonnell (University of New Brunswick) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the first business meeting of the newly formed association. The Atlantic Provinces ABA (APABA) consists of members from the four Atlantic Provinces of Canada--New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Labrador, Nova Scotia, and Prince Edward Island. There are 55 members of ABAI whom we hope will become members of APABA. The population of this region of Canada consists of more than 2 million inhabitants. Our goal at this meeting is to attract new members as well as to elect an executive to replace our pro-tem executive. |
Keyword(s): APABA, Atlantic Provinces,, Business meeting |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Program Committee Meeting |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W474a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: #None# |
|
AAB - Applied Animal Behavior |
MEGAN E. MAXWELL (Pet Behavior Change, LLC), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
|
AUT - Autism |
JENNIFER N. FRITZ (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jessica Thompson-Sassi (The New England Center for Children), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
BPH - Behavioral Pharmacology |
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of North Texas), Paul Soto (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
CBM - Clinical; Family; Behavioral Medicine |
SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University), Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
|
CSE - Community Interventions; Social and Ethical Issues |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno), Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Irvine) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
DDA - Developmental Disabilities |
ANJALI BARRETTO (Gonzaga University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
|
DEV - Human Development |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
EAB - Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
MATTHEW C. BELL (Santa Clara University), Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
|
EDC - Education |
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (Appalachian State University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
OBM - Organizational Behavior Management |
LORI H. DIENER-LUDWIG (Zimmet Group), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology) |
|
PRA - Practice |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
SCI - Science |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
TBA - Teaching Behavior Analysis |
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre) |
|
TPC - Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual |
MARLEEN T. ADEMA (Bangor University), Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
VRB - Verbal Behavior |
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Behavior Analytic Interventions for Individuals with Autism: National Standards Project 2 |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:20 AM |
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Hanna C. Rue (National Autism Center) |
|
Evaluation of Behavior Analytic Interventions for Individuals with Autism: National Standards Project 2 |
Domain: Applied Research |
HANNA C. RUE (National Autism Center), Maria Knox (National Autism Center) |
|
Abstract: There is much discussion in the field of behavior analysis regarding the state of evidence-based interventions for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). What constitutes "evidence-based" for a specific population (e.g., individuals with an ASD) in behavior analysis? There are many behavior analytic studies in which individualized treatment plans with common elements have demonstrated effective and beneficial results. However, the effectiveness of some of the complex and individualized treatment packages have not been replicated in a manner that satisfies the definition for "evidence based" for some practitioners. The current presentation discusses the methodology of the National Standards Project 2 (NSP2)used to identify evidence-based interventions for children and adults with an ASD. The NSP2 included a review of 350 empirical articles evaluating treatments for individuals under the age of 22 years. The review also included an evaluation of 25 treatment outcome studies in which individuals over the age of 22 participated. The methodology of the NSP2 will be compared to other systematic reviews of the ASD treatment literature. A discussion of criteria for evidence-based interventions for individuals with an ASD concludes the presentation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Developing Play and Leisure Skills in Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:20 AM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Lina Gilic (St. John's University) |
|
Increasing the Cooperative Play of a Young Student With Autism Utilizing Contingent and Non-Contingent Reinforcement |
Domain: Applied Research |
LINA GILIC (St. John's University) |
|
Abstract: A contingent and non-contingent reinforcement procedure was implemented to increase the cooperative play of a young student with autism. A design incorporating a non-contingent reinforcement reversal design was chosen to explore the effects of the treatment utilizing contingent reinforcement in tandem with modeling and shaping. During treatment, the student was given contingent reinforcement, non-contingent reinforcement, cooperative play, during sensory time. The contingent reinforcement was utilized in tandem with modeling and shaping. The results of the study indicated that the effects of the contingent reinforcement increased cooperative play from 3.5% during baseline to 72% during treatment. The results of this study support those of other researchers showing that presenting social stimulation as a consequence of behaviors of preschool children has successfully increase the desired target behaviors. The social and educational significance of the study is evident with the increase in the student's cooperative play as well as the student's social interaction with peers. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Behavioral Approach to Play: Analysis, Assessment, and Applications |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Playing is generally considered synonymous with having fun because it can provide a steady and rich form of reinforcement, with a relatively low response effort. This form of reinforcement can also contribute to many elements of human development, such as language acquisition, social behavior, and visual perceptual skills. However, some children, especially those with autism, do not engage in play activities in a manner commensurate with their typically developing peers, or their play activities are too excessive and may disrupt the development of other important skills. For these children, a specific intervention program may be necessary to develop age-appropriate play skills. Behavioral approaches to autism treatment are often criticized for failing to adequately incorporate play into their intervention strategies. While this may be true for some older forms of ABA programs, it does not reflect the approaches of more current ABA programs. This symposium will provide a behavioral analysis of what constitutes play, along with ways to assess a child’s play skills, and ways to systematically make use of play to teach other important behaviors, especially verbal and social behaviors. |
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, natural environment, play skills, video modeling |
|
A Behavioral Analysis of Play |
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates), Cindy Sundberg (Parenting Partnerships) |
Abstract: There are a number of behavioral principles and concepts that are relevant to an analysis of play. The current analysis will suggest that motivating operations, socially mediated reinforcement, and automatic reinforcement are significant variables responsible for establishing and maintaining play skills. There are also a number of additional principles and concepts involved such as stimulus control, generalization, chaining, imitation, conditional discriminations, and verbal behavior. It will be suggested that a behavioral analysis of play can improve our ability to assess and teach the many variations of play behavior. In addition, demonstrations will be provided of how play activities can be used to directly and indirectly teach a number of important skills. |
|
"Let's Have Some Fun!": Embedding Mixed Verbal Behavior Trials in Social Play Contexts |
CRISTIN JOHNSTON (Castro Valley Unified School District) |
Abstract: It is often thought that ABA approaches to teaching children with language delays can be dull, repetitive, and sterile, as discrete trial teaching often occurs outside of the natural context. However, developing ways to contrive language opportunities within the context of play can increase overall social engagement and decrease the aversive properties of instructor led teaching. This presentation will provide examples of how to set up fun and engaging play situations that include verbal behavior trials to increase language and develop social play skills. |
|
Increasing Verbal Compliments during Games for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Kevin MacPherson (Claremont McKenna College), MARJORIE H. CHARLOP (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders demonstrate numerous social skills deficits. One notable deficit is a failure to give compliments. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to examine the extent to which a portable video modeling intervention on the iPad was delivered during athletic group play affected the verbal compliments exhibited by five children with autism. Participants were 4 boys and 1 girl between the ages of 8 and 11 years old who played kickball with other children with autism, neurotypical peers, and other volunteers. In baseline, the participants gave few or no compliments to their peers. During intervention, an iPad was used to show participants short video clips of a model demonstrating verbal compliments (e.g., That was a great kick!) in the natural environment during a game of kickball. The portable video modeling intervention quickly increased participants demonstration of verbal compliments. Further, participants used a variety of different compliments and compliments that were not portrayed on the video. These findings provide evidence that portable video modeling, shown within their natural environment, can affect the social behaviors demonstrated by children with autism. The study also provides evidence of the yoking of play and the teaching of verbal behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Examining the Relationship Between Subjective and Reinforcing Effects of Stimulant Drugs: Implications for Human Laboratory and Clinical Trial Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D. |
Chair: Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University) |
WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky College of Medicine) |
Dr. William Walton Stoops, an associate professor in the Departments of Behavioral Science and Psychology at the University of Kentucky, earned his bachelor's degree in psychology from Davidson College in Davidson, NC, and his master's degree and Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Kentucky. His research utilizes sophisticated human laboratory methods like self-administration and drug-discrimination to examine behavioral and pharmacological factors contributing to drug-use disorders. He has written more than 75 manuscripts and book chapters as author or co-author. His recent work has centered specifically on evaluating laboratory models of pharmacological and behavioral interventions for stimulant-use disorders and determining the neuropharmacological effects of stimulants and opioids. This research has resulted in numerous awards from professional societies including the 2013 Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence, the 2006 Outstanding Dissertation Award and the 2008 Wyeth Young Psychopharmacologist Award from Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse) of the American Psychological Association. Dr. Stoops is a Fellow of APA and the Midwestern Psychological Association and will serve as president of APA Division 28 in 2015. |
Abstract: Subject-rated measures and drug self-administration represent two of the most commonly used methods of assessing the behavioral effects of drugs in the human laboratory. Although the results from these methods are often consistent, dissociations between subjective and self-administration data have been observed. This presentation will first introduce basic human behavioral pharmacology methods for measuring subjective and reinforcing effects of drugs, focusing on representative data from commonly abused stimulants. Second, correlational and regression analyses that examined the relationships between subjective and reinforcing drug effects will be presented to demonstrate which subjective measures best predict stimulant self-administration. Third, examples of divergence between subjective and reinforcing drug effects will be explored to show how these measures provide different and complementary information about stimulant drug effects. Potential mechanisms underlying this divergence also will be considered. Finally, the implications of these outcomes as they relate to future human laboratory research and intervention development for managing drug-use disorders will be reviewed. |
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in methods of assessing the behavioral effects of drugs in the human laboratory. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) Know how subjective and reinforcing effects of drugs are assessed in human behavioral pharmacology studies; (2) Understand the different information provided by measures of subjective and reinforcing effects; and (3) Understand which human laboratory methods have the best predictive validity for screening putative treatments for drug-use disorders. |
Keyword(s): behavioral pharmacology, reinforcing efforts, stimulant drugs, subjective effects |
|
|
|
|
Extensions in Empirical Methods of Behavioral Assessment |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Linda J. Cooper-Brown (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: There is an ongoing need for the refinement of assessment methodologies of problem behavior in order to enhance treatment strategies. For example, assessment procedures that accurately and efficiently identify maintaining variables of problem behavior allow for more precise and individualized treatment planning. The current symposium includes three presentations that address recent advances in assessment technology. First, Keith Lit will present a study on the use of a correlated reinforcement contingency to assess the operant component of inattention to academic tasks. Stephanie Trauschke will then present on an assessment method to evaluate problem behavior and potential reflexive-conditioned motivating operations when using a visual timer during transitions. Finally, Jillian Benson will present on the use of cumulative records as a beneficial alternative to the exclusive use of latency to first occurrence data in evaluation of response class hierarchies. Collectively, these presentations will provide information on the extension of empirical methods of assessment of problem behavior. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Assessment |
|
Correlating Reinforcer Magnitude and Response Rate to Assess the Operant Component of Inattention |
KEITH LIT (Nova Southeastern University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University), Tara M. Sheehan (Mailman Segal Institute), Jillian Benson (Nova Southeastern University), John Borgen (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), Stephanie Trauschke (Nova Southeastern University), Danielle Tarver (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Inattention and lack of engagement in tasks are commonly reported in children with academic and learning difficulties. Often, these problems are assumed to have a biological basis. However, the influence of operant contingencies on attending behavior indicates that inattention may be conceptualized, at least in part, as allocation of behavior on a concurrent schedule of reinforcement. That is, inattentive behavior may be choice behavior and may be altered by manipulating the variables that influence preference, such as relative magnitude of reinforcement. In this study we used a form of correlated reinforcement, rate-dependent reinforcer magnitude (RDRM), to assess the operant component of inattentive behavior in children with learning difficulties. Participants showed significantly higher levels of task engagement when reinforcer magnitude was directly linked to response rate compared to a constant magnitude of reinforcement linked only to task completion. Results are discussed in the context of matching theory and the development of behavior analytic assessment methods of inattention. |
|
Assessment of Signaled Transitions as a Reflexive Conditioned Motivating Operation |
STEPHANIE TRAUSCHKE (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Iriny Boules (Nova Southeastern University), John Borgen (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other Pervasive Developmental Disorders (PDD) frequently present with sensitivity to transitions from locations and activities. Interventions to address this sensitivity to transitions may improve the quality of life for these children and their families. This study presents a method to assess whether a CMO-R is effective in reducing evocations of target behaviors. Various transitions from one location and activity to another location and activity were identified. Data was taken from the initial setting, through the transition, and into the final setting (a) with a timer to signal the transition and (b) without a timer to signal the transition. Order of activities, setting, and conditions were counterbalanced across trials. Those transitions that were correlated with moderate to high rates of target behavior at baseline were targeted for intervention to evaluate the effects of a timer as a Reflexive Conditioned Motivating Operation (CMO-R) on evocations of target behaviors. Results suggest that rates of target behaviors were lower when the timer was present than the rates of target behaviors when the timer was not present during a transition, particularly when transitioning to a low-preferred activity. |
|
Cumulative Record Versus Latency to First Occurrence to Analyze A
Response Class Hierarchy |
JILLIAN BENSON (Nova Southeastern University), Keith Lit (Nova Southeastern University), Stephanie Trauschke (Nova Southeastern University), Tara M. Sheehan (Mailman Segal Institute), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: A response class hierarchy is a set of topographically similar or dissimilar behaviors that serve the same function, with some responses being more probable than others. Response class hierarchy analyses are often used in clinical settings to identify a sequence of problem behaviors observed in children with severe behavior disorders. A data collection procedure that measures the latency to first occurrence for each problem behavior has frequently been used to identify escalating sequences of problem behavior of different topographies during these assessments. The current study evaluated the problem behaviors of a 12 year-old male diagnosed with autistic disorder. Problem behaviors were examined using an alternative data collection procedure. Rather than using latency to first occurrence, cumulative frequency data were collected during an extended extinction session. Results suggest that cumulative record data may be a beneficial addition to the exclusive use of latency to first occurrence data. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Perspectives on the DSM-5 and the Biomedical Model of Mental Disorders |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Stephen E. Wong (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Stephen E. Wong, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will examine the newest psychiatric diagnostic manual and the dominant biomedical model of mental disorders from a behavior-analytic viewpoint. Presentations will critique the logic of clustering problematic behaviors into purported mental disorders, the adequacy of data used to define these categories, the internal inconsistency and incoherence of the resulting nosology, and the principal beneficiaries of this classification system. Curious and absurd aspects of the manual will be highlighted. Presenters will also briefly review the low efficacy of drug treatments linked with psychiatric diagnoses, and the immense professional and industrial advertising campaigns that promote the biomedical approach. |
Keyword(s): critique DSM-5 |
|
Behavior Analysis Revisits Schizophrenia: What's in a DSM-5 Diagnosis? |
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University) |
Abstract: This presentation will begin by briefly reviewing the origins of applied behavior analysis in studies conducted in the late 1950s teaching skills to and reducing problem behavior in persons with psychotic disorders, including schizophrenia. It will then examine problems in the current diagnosis of schizophrenia including reliance on questionable data, arbitrary criteria and categorization, inadequate precision for assessment and treatment evaluation, and omission of information on historical and current environmental factors that might have caused and now maintain the psychotic behavior, respectively. Some alternatives to the DSM-5 will be discussed including continuous recording of clients specific problems and goals, and functional assessments and functional analyses. The presentation will discuss how biomedical assumptions implicit in the DSM-5 diverts mental health workers attention from behavioral interventions for mental disorders, thereby perpetuating the biomedical monopoly of mental health services. |
|
Doctor! There's a Behavior Analyst in My DSM-5! |
MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.) |
Abstract: The DSM has undergone numerous revisions over the years, sometimes expanding diagnoses to be more inclusive, sometimes narrowing the scope of a diagnostic category and at other times creating new diagnoses. Regardless of the Roman or Arabic numerals that follow it, the DSM is essentially an attempt to categorize various aspects of human behavior that fall at either end of the bell shaped curve of “normal” behavior. Adding diagnostic labels to clusters of behavior and/or lack thereof adds nothing to our understanding of the problems and provides us with no real treatment directions. In fact these diagnoses are mostly useful for billing purposes and little else. Mental health diagnoses are too quickly reified into palpable “brain problems” that people have and soon become the reason for the behavior instead of a convenient description. Diagnoses are not so much what we “have” but what we do and do not do. More specifically, one can categorize any mental health diagnoses in terms of fundamental dimensions of behavior including frequency, magnitude and duration. Other diagnoses are mostly problems that are related to aberrant reinforcers/aversives, skills deficits, and faulty stimulus control. |
|
The Walking Dead of Pseudo-Explanation: Rise of the DSM-5 |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University) |
Abstract: The latest version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, DSM-5, was published in 2013 by the American Psychiatric Association. Development of the widely used diagnostic nomenclature will be reviewed, with emphasis on the minimal employment of science in the process of this latest revision. An especially unfortunate implication of the revision is its inexorable contribution to circular “explanations” of behavioral disorders. Specific suggestions will be made to aid attendees as they function within systems where yet another highly-touted version of the DSM is erroneously thought of as explanatory. |
|
|
|
|
Leadership Seminar: Is There a Fix for Behavior Analysis’ Perception Problem |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: David Freedman, B.A. |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
DAVID FREEDMAN (Journalist) |
David H. Freedman is a contributing editor at The Atlantic and at Inc. Magazine, a contributor to Scientific American, and a consulting editor for Johns Hopkins Medicine International. He is the author of five books, the most recent being Wrong, about the problems with the published findings of medical scientists and other experts. Much of his recent work is related to obesity, nutrition, and health-related behavior change. He received the 2011 ABAI Dissemination of Behavior Analysis-Special Interest Group’s B. F. Skinner Journalism Award and was awarded a Rockefeller Bellagio Residency to study global obesity. He is the author of an Atlantic cover story calling for a new appreciation of B. F. Skinner and behaviorism. |
Abstract: The public’s attitude toward the principles and practice of behavior analysis tends to range from complete unawareness to misguided hostility. The result is that the field is often marginalized, even as it becomes potentially ever more valuable as a means of addressing difficult, widespread problems in society in important behavior-related domains, including education, population, health, economics, and climate change. The public’s ignorance, misperceptions, and apprehensions about behavior analysis stem in part to a long history of prominent antagonism toward the field on the parts of those invested in alternative and generally less effective approaches to dealing with behavior. But the problem also has been exacerbated by a sharp failure on the part of the field, dating back to B. F. Skinner himself, to present itself in ways likely to resonate with the public. Meanwhile, leaders in what might be considered “rival” fields have often been, and continue to be, highly effective in doing so, sometimes to behavior analysis’s detriment. Ironically, behavior analysis’s fidelity to the rigors of scientific evidence has worked against the field in this regard. This rigor has produced effective treatments, but leaves lay people cold when it comes to understanding and appreciating this effectiveness, given that most of the public has little feel or empathy for scientific rigor, and is instead easily swayed by emotional and narrative appeal. The challenge that therefore lies before the field is this: Can and should behavior analysis present itself to an often gullible and easily misled public in a more resonant, less scientifically stiff way that wins it more appreciation and thus opportunity to achieve impact? It almost certainly could, and it’s worth considering possible approaches for doing so, as well as weighing the potential costs. |
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in learning about the perception of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Identify the nature, causes, and scope of the problem of behavior analysis being ignored or mistrusted by the public; (2) Understand why some presentations of alternative approaches to dealing with problem behaviors resonate with the public, especially as compared to behavior analysis; (3) Consider what sort of presentation of behavior analysis might achieve more positive recognition from the public, and to evaluate the possible drawbacks to such an approach. |
Keyword(s): leadership |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Preference, Language, and Memory Among Older Adults with Dementia |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral Gerontology research continues to expand our understanding of how older adults with dementia learn and respond to environmental contingencies. Over the past decade, this research has expanded to preference assessments, reinforcer assessments, and the possibility to impact both activity engagement as well as learning (both relearning existing information, as well as learning new information). This symposium will include three such demonstrations. One study evaluated the stability of preference among older adults with dementia, looking at preference over a six-month period of time. Another study evaluated using Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior and teaching Mand repertoires to older adults with dementia, including an evaluation of the role of motivating operations, preference assessment, and contingency specifying stimuli. The final study used spaced retrieval to evaluate recall of items over increasing periods of time among older adults with dementia, looking at recall within session and across days using single subject design. The implications of these studies and the future directions for behavioral gerontology research will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Dementia, Memory, Preference, Verbal Behavior |
|
Assessing Preferences in Older Adults with Dementia |
SANDRA GARCIA (University of Colorado Colorado Springs), Leilani Feliciano (University of Colorado Colorado Springs) |
Abstract: Individuals with dementia gradually decline in activity engagement as the cognitive impairment progresses, which may occur due to difficulties initiating leisure activities independently, communicating needs, and caregivers may not be accurate in predicting activity preference. To address these difficulties, preference assessments (PA) have been effectively used to determine likes and dislikes among this population. This study examined the utility of PA as a strategy to identify preferred leisure activities and assessed the stability of preferences over time (i.e., one and six months after the initial assessment) in eight older adults in a memory care setting. Initial assessment data have been collected for all participants, and two participants have completed the initial plus one month assessments, and assessments have been scheduled for the remaining participants. Results to date: Participant 1 Jill has demonstrated stability between the initial and one month assessment (r = 0.83, p < 0.042) (Figure 1). No stability was found in Participant 2 Marys preferences (r = 0.143, p > 0.787) (Figure 2). Results suggest that the stability of preferences varies across individuals. Clinical implications of these findings and recommendations for the frequency of administered PA in this population will be discussed. |
|
Contriving Establishing Operations to Train Mands among Older Adults with Dementia |
CHELSEY OLESON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Millions of Americans are afflicted with dementia and that number is only expected to rise. The diagnosis of dementia comes with impairments, especially in language, and dementia functional declines appear to be affected by the environment and not solely as a result of the disorder (Alzheimer’s Association, 2012; American Psychiatric Association, 2000; Engelman, Altus, & Mathews, 1999; Engelman, Altus, Mosier, & Mathews, 2003). Traditional language tests are not likely to assess or treat deficits in mands (Esch, LaLonde, & Esch, 2010), and the mand is a verbal operant about which little is known among this population. The current study investigates whether contriving an establishing operation within a preferred activity using a prompt-probe intermix procedure and a transfer of stimulus control procedure could effectively train mands in older adults with dementia. The procedure was demonstrated to be effective with one participant, but results were inconsistent with the second participant. Modifications were made throughout training for both participants, showing the importance of modifying and individualizing treatment |
|
Improving Recall Using Spaced Retrieval Stimulus Sets for an Older Adult with Cognitive Impairment |
DAWN SEEFELDT (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Kathleen Fairchild (Rehabilitation Institute Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Spaced retrieval (SR) is a well-developed memory enhancement intervention for older adults with cognitive impairment. Information is presented over increasing or decreasing time intervals depending upon participant performance under the guise of a social visit. In previous research, SR has been used to target name-face associations for family members and staff (Cherry, Hawley, Jackson, & Boudreaux, 2009; Cherry, Walvoord, & Hawley, 2010; Haslam et al., 2011; Hawley & Cherry, 2004), naming of objects (Cherry et al., 1999; Cherry & Simmons-DGerolamo, 2005; Hochhalter, Bakke, Holub, & Overmier, 2004), and use of external memory aids (Bourgeois, 2003; Camp et al., 1996; Ozgis, Rendell, & Henry, 2009). The current study sought to extend previous research by training a 79-year-old woman with memory impairment to recall clinically relevant stimuli using SR within a multiple probe design across three stimulus sets. The participant was able to increase recall within and across stimuli for the first stimulus set (orientation to time), increase recall within session for the second stimulus set (orientation to place), yet struggled to recall the third set of stimuli within or across trials (daily functioning/well-being). Implications for targeting multiple stimuli during psychotropic medication changes for an older adult with memory deficits are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of Various Methods of Feedback on Performance Across a Variety of Treatment and Intervention Settings |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sean Field (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The role feedback plays in the training and effective maintenance of skill is of great importance. However, it is not always clear as to what methods or amount of feedback are considered to be most effective depending on the skills being trained. The current symposium will present three studies attempting to evaluate further various methods of feedback and its impact on performance in a variety of skills. Skills being evaluated include the implementation of functional analysis procedures, Direct Instruction, and common office tasks. Specifically, the papers will discuss relevant features of feedback including temporal delivery of feedback, frequency of feedback and the role self rating may impact performance. The outcomes of these research papers provide insight into which methods of feedback may be most effective and potential areas for future research. |
|
The Evaluation of Two Feedback Schedules on Teaching Performance of Undergraduate Applied Behavior Analysis Students Delivering Direct Instruction lessons |
ELIAN ALJADEFF-ABERGEL (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Mariah Cole (Western Michigan University), Kristin Hagen (Western Michigan University), Becky Wiskirchin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Despite the common use of feedback in most training settings, it is not clear yet what behavioral function feedback serves. Most researchers consider feedback to function as a consequence and advocate for its immediate delivery in the form of on-the-spot supervision or after-session conferencing. The literature suggests that when compared, on-the-spot supervision is found more effective than after session conferencing. Despite these findings, most supervisors are still implementing after-session conferencing probably due to the limited feasibility performing on-the-spot supervision when supervening teachers implementing whole class or small group instruction. One way to overcome the feasibility issue of on-the-spot supervision and still providing feedback effectively, is by providing feedback before the next opportunity to perform. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of feedback provided (a) after the teaching session versus (b) before the following teaching session on (1) accuracy of error correction procedure and (2) rate of specific praise of undergraduate Applied Behavior Analysis students implementing Direct Instruction (DI) to a small group of children. An adapted alternating design was utilized to evaluate the effects of feedback in its two forms, on the teachers performance. Results will be presented and findings will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of the Temporal Placement of Feedback on Performance |
NATHAN T. BECHTEL (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Performance feedback is the most prevalent intervention in the field of OBM; however, there is little research regarding the temporal placement of feedback. This study compared the effects of the temporal placement of feedback on performance and skill acquisition of a data entry task. Two temporal placements were examined: feedback immediately after performance and feedback immediately prior to performance. A Latin square design that combined one between-group and two within-subjects factors was utilized. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three groups, which differed in the order in which experimental conditions were implemented. The primary dependent variable was the number of correctly completed patient records per experimental session. Feedback in the immediately after condition was based upon the results of the performance it followed, while feedback in the immediately prior condition was based upon the previous performance results. Participants in the baseline condition received no feedback. Overall, there were no differences between the conditions. Participants indicated a strong preference for any type of feedback over no feedback, as well as a strong preference for feedback prior to performance over feedback after performance. This is the first study to demonstrate participant preference for feedback prior to performance over feedback after performance. |
|
Assessing Observer Effects on the Fidelity of Implementation of Functional Analysis Procedures |
SHAUNA COSTELLO (Western Michigan University), Sean Field (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Instructing and training others in the use of Functional Analyses (FA) can be a cumbersome and time-consuming task. Not only must students and practitioners learn all the various components of establishing conditions and analyzing the results, they must also gain experience in the running of the various conditions. The current study assessed the fidelity of individuals implementing a FA directly after observing and rating the fidelity of videos of others implementing FA procedures. Evaluation of effect was demonstrated in a multiple baseline research design across FA conditions. Video models of each of the four training conditions were provided throughout each condition; however, during intervention participants were only asked to provide fidelity ratings of a single video that corresponded intervention condition. Results indicate that participating in scoring fidelity of a video model can increase the fidelity performance of individuals implementing FA’s directly following providing fidelity measures for the video. Further research should investigate the impact of video quality (high or low fidelity) and possibly the accuracy of fidelity ratings and its subsequent effect on the raters ability to implement those procedures. |
|
|
|
|
Instructional Design: Advances in Theory and Application |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Todd A. Ward, PhD, BCBA-D (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, PhD, BCBA-D, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium will present theoretical and applied work advancing the literature in instructional design. Brown and Alavosius will provide an overview of the literature relevant to Interteaching. While Interteaching is an effective and progressive teaching method, many empirical questions still remain. Ward et al's presentation will provide an overview of an applied study on the prevention of student procrastination in an online PSI course. The latter study replicates and extends a recent study by Perrin, et al. (2011) in JABA. While Perrin et al. focused on a small number of college students and one specific type of assignment, Ward expands the focus to a variety of assignments in an online course that forms part of a BCBA course sequence. |
Keyword(s): BCBA course, education, instructional design, interteaching |
|
The Prevention of Student Procrastination in an Online, Self-Paced, BCBA Course Sequence |
TODD A. WARD (University of North Texas), Brook B. Wheetley (University of North Texas), Rita Olla (University of North Texas), Cliff Whitworth (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The current study replicates and extends a recent study published by Perrin, et al. (2011) in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Whereas Perrin et al examined a small number of college students' procrastination rates with respect to one assignment type, the current study greatly expands the population size and diversity. In addition, the current study examines procrastination in an online course in a Personalized System of Instruction format across a variety of assignment types. Results suggest that a relatively simple intervention -- making future assignments available contingent on the completion of previous assignments -- served to prevent student procrastination. The current study will also present data concerning ancillary effects of the intervention on student-staff interactions as well as carry-over effects of the intervention into the semester following the intervention. |
|
The Future of Interteaching: An Interdisciplinary Agenda for Behavioral Researchers |
WADE BROWN (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Interteaching has received empirical support from various outlets both within the behavioral sciences and other higher education courses. While progressive, there are still empirical questions to be addressed regarding the effectiveness of Interteaching, suggestions about implementation, and limitations in regards to enrollment sizes. Further, little support has been put forward by behavioral researchers to apply interteaching to outside disciplines and courses. This paper will briefly summarize what Interteaching is and review empirical support for this instructional approach. Special emphasis will be placed on studies that have examined some theorized weaknesses of the approach in addition to replications by non-behavior analysts. A small commentary on the history of behavioral approaches to higher education will also be discussed. We then will summarize a framework that proposes interdisciplinary collaboration across different subject matters. We conclude that there are several opportunities for Interteaching to become more of a widely used method in higher education, especially considering publication trends in higher education over the last five years. |
|
|
|
|
CANCELLED: What are Employees Doing? How to Ensure They are Doing the Right Thing |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Donnie Michael Staff (Optimal) |
CE Instructor: Celina Lopez, M.S. |
Abstract: When embarking on the endeavor to design a successful behavior analysis private practice it is advantageous to examine different segments of the health care industry. Medical practitioners, as an example, experienced a momentous shift in their operating practices due to the introduction of universally accepted standards of practice and the involvement of third party funding sources. These key variables required practitioners to either join the ranks of large health care organizations (i.e., hospitals and medical research centers) or design and operate efficient private practices. Practitioners could no longer just deliver high quality health care in their community and expect their practice to survive. Just as the introduction of these variables required medical professionals to become knowledgeable of best business practices (e.g., finance, management, human resources), so too has the implementation of evidence-based practice guidelines for autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and health insurance reform made similar demands on professional behavior analysts. This symposium will show recent applications of Human Performance Technology (HPT) and OBM tools used to identify and address critical business issues at CARE, Inc., a California-based human service agency. The audience members will leave with a rudimentary understanding of how HPT can help managers improve productivity, develop and train valuable employees, and realize opportunities related to the performance of people. |
Keyword(s): OBM, performance, staff training |
|
What Are Employees Doing? Measuring Performance and Providing Feedback |
DONNIE MICHAEL STAFF (Optimal) |
Abstract: An objective and reliable performance measurement system is one of the most important components of a well-designed organization. Effective measurement systems track key measures across all parts of your company including financial, customer, internal-business-process, and employee learning & growth. They also help connect these organizational components, thus ensuring that they operate in concert with one another. This allows management to monitor, maintain, and improve performance on an ongoing basis. These measurement systems provide the basis for performance feedback at all levels of the organization. Being able to rely on your managers’ ability to support and guide your employees’ performance is of the utmost importance to the vitality of your company. In this presentation, we will describe how Optimal and CARE, Inc. partnered in the design and implementation of a performance measurement system that (i) pinpoints valuable employee performance, (ii) provides managers with objective and consistent performance measures of their direct reports, and (iii) guides managers through the delivery of data-based performance feedback. The audience will leave with an understanding of what is required to design and implement a performance measurement system that consistently and objectively provides valuable performance feedback to the employees at CARE, Inc. |
|
Ensuring Treatment Fidelity |
BRIDGETTE BROOKS (CARE, inc) |
Abstract: Performance goals at all levels within an organization require some amount of training in order to be accomplished. Furthermore, optimizing teaching opportunities and producing maximum results will reduce overhead costs and increase customer satisfaction. Optimal and CARE, Inc. partnered to establish proven, effective training tools and procedures to equip their employees to provide consistent, high quality service. In order to ensure that their trainers and managers implement these tools confidently, we exposed them to both a classroom style workshop as well as coaching from Optimal performance management consultants as well as internal supporters at CARE. Along with CARE’s Director of Clinical Services (DCS), Optimal and CARE designed and customize staff training procedures and measurement tools to train clinical staff how to talk about CARE’s services, perform the services, and make decisions while implementing the services. This presentation will describe the design and customization process for creating staff training tools as well as the successes and challenges of implementing those tools into daily practices. Additionally, CARE’s DCS will describe future plans for continually implementing staff training iniatives. The audience members will leave with an understanding of what is required to design a comprehensive staff training program, what should be employed and avoided when implementing a staff training program and how CARE is planning to continually ensure treatment fidelity in the future. |
|
Implementation Tips and Quips |
CELINA LOPEZ (CARE) |
Abstract: The successful implementation of new processes and employee support tools requires diligent and thorough planning. Frequent process evaluation and revision is pertinent to the effective management of an ABA business. When evaluating and changing processes, it is necessary to take into consideration what the organization’s short and long term goals are, and what the organization’s visions is for the future. During this presentation CARE’s Executive Director will discuss what worked when implementing new processes and maintaining a new company structure in addition to discussing what didn’t work and what important lessons were learned. She will discuss how starting with the end result in mind and instilling oversight, feedback loops and quality control checks greatly assisted in the design of infrastructure that is currently maintaining critical processes within CARE. In addition, she will discuss the importance of selecting the right management personnel and how identifying potential management talent who align with an organization’s vision and culture is imperative. Finally, she will discuss the ways in which CARE’s partnership with Optimal has evolved over time and how that partnership allowed CARE to adapt to the ever-changing field of ABA, while adhering to funding requirements and ensuring that both best and ethical practices are followed throughout daily services delivery at CARE. |
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: Running a Behavior Analytic Business: Some Ethical Considerations |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, M.S. |
Chair: Andrew Bulla (Western Michigan University) |
MEGAN MILLER (Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
ADAM E. VENTURA (World Evolve, Inc.) |
JESSICA S. BENSIMON (Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts often go on to open businesses that provide behavior analytic services to a variety of populations. Many times, this puts the behavior analyst in the unique position of business owner in addition to service provider. Several ethical issues may arise when put in this situation over the course of business operations. Panelists will discuss these key ethical issues with several examples highlighted throughout. Behavior analysts will discuss past experience with opening their own business as well as their thoughts on the process. Additionally, information will be shared from the perspective of a newly certified practitioner about what to look for in a potential employment site, what are some things to do to avoid being taken advantage of, and advice for newly certified practitioners navigating the sea of employment opportunities. The panel will conclude with the opportunity for audience members to ask questions regarding topics that were discussed, as well as related topics. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Ethics, Private Practice |
|
|
|
|
A Primer of Conceptual Issues for Applied Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Theory |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Kennon Andy Lattal, Ph.D. |
Chair: Marleen T. Adema (Senior TPC co-coordinator) |
Presenting Authors: : KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Consider the activities during a typical day in the life of an applied behavior analyst: observing clients’ behavior, integrating those observations to develop a plan for treatment, implementing and assessing the treatment plan, explaining the client’s behavior and the treatment plan to those responsible for the clients’ well-being, confronting complicated issues related to the causes of behavior and its explanation, discussing with nonbehavior analysts the client as the agent of his or her own behavior and the client’s thoughts and intentions, and confronting a myriad of ethical issues that arise in the course of treatment. Many of these daily activities require a firm grounding in the science of behavior. Others require an equally firm grounding in the philosophy of that science, in issues that underpin the science of behavior and that rely on that science to provide a coherent framework for processes that do not lend themselves to experimental analysis. This tutorial introduces to practitioners some of the conceptual issues that they face in their interactions with clients and caregivers. Four broad issues will be considered: observations and their integration; cause and explanation; privacy; agency and intention; and responsibility and ethics. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Graduate students and master’s level practitioners of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) Explain a radical behavioral perspective of science and its practice; (2) Identify the issues that distinguish a behavioral approach to the understanding of the scientific practices of observation and establishing cause; and (3) Describe a behavior-analytic position on agency, intention, and privacy. |
|
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Andy Lattal is the centennial professor of psychology at West Virginia University, where he has taught since 1972. He is the author of more than 150 research articles and chapters on a variety of topics in several areas of behavior analysis. He also is curator of the Behavioral Apparatus Virtual Museum (http://aubreydaniels.com/institute/museum.) Most germane to today's tutorial, Dr. Lattal has served as guest editor of a special issue of the American Psychologist commemorating the professional life of B. F. Skinner and, with Philip Chase, edited a volume entitled Behavior Theory and Philosophy, and has authored chapters and articles on several conceptual topics. A former editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (1999-2003) and president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (1993-94), he was the 2012 recipient of the Society for Behavior Analysis' Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis. During the 2012-13 academic year, he was a Fulbright Research Scholar at Universite Charles de Gaulle in Lille, France. |
Keyword(s): ABA Practitioners, Cause/explanation, Conceptual Issues, Ethics |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Mediation as Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Presenting Authors: : CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Humans often solve problems by engaging in a variety of strategies, some of which involve sequences of covert verbal behavior. The purpose of this talk is to discuss how verbal behavior serves to mediate complex performances such as stimulus categorization. Dr. Miguel will present several studies that have directly manipulated verbal behavior to produce both novel verbal and nonverbal behavior such as arbitrary matching, visual categorization, and analogical responding. Evidence for verbal mediation comes from positive performances on complex conditional discrimination tasks after the use of speaker training alone, and also from spontaneous vocalizations on the specific verbal strategies utilized by participants during or after task completion. He will argue that behavior analysts should continue investigating verbal mediation as a problem-solving strategy, especially in applied settings. |
|
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Dr. Caio Miguel received his B.A. in psychology from the Pontificia Universidade Catolica de Sao Paulo and his Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis from Western Michigan University. Dr. Miguel is an associate professor of psychology at California State University, Sacramento. He is also an adjunct professor at the University of Sao Paulo--Brazil. Dr. Miguel is the past-editor (2009-2011) and current associate editor of the journal The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and currently serves on the editorial boards of many behavioral journals including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Miguel has given more than 100 professional presentations about behavior analysis and verbal behavior and has had more than 40 papers published in English, Portuguese, and Spanish. His research focuses on the development of verbal and verbally mediated behaviors in children with and without disabilities. |
Keyword(s): analogical reasoning, categorization, verbal mediation |
|
|
|
|
Effects of Multiple Interventions Designed to Reduce Engagement in Stereotypy |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Universite de Montreal) |
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Most children with developmental disabilities engage in stereotypy, which is an invariant and repetitive behavior that typically persists in the absence of social consequences. From a clinical standpoint, reducing stereotypy may be important because engaging in the behavior may interfere with learning, adaptive behavior, and social inclusion. Thus, the purpose of the symposium is to present the results of recent studies examining the effects of multiple interventions designed to reduce engagement in stereotypy in children with developmental disabilities. The first presentation will discuss the influence of different data collection procedures on the perceived outcomes of treatments for vocal stereotypy. The second presentation will examine the effects of noncontingent social interaction on immediate and subsequent engagement in stereotypy. The third presentation will examine the effects of a multi-component intervention across two settings. The final presentation will focus on the results of a pilot study on using behavior analytic research strategies to examine the effects of an alternative approach to treat stereotypy. Together, the presentations will provide an overview of recent research on the treatment of stereotypy in children with developmental disabilities. |
Keyword(s): autism, automatic reinforcement, motivating operation, stereotypy |
|
An Evaluation of Interrupted and Uninterrupted Measurement of Vocal Stereotypy on Perceived Treatment Outcomes |
REGINA A. CARROLL (West Virginia University), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: The type of data analysis procedure used to measure a target behavior may directly influence the perceived treatment outcomes. In the present study, we examined the influence of different data collection procedures on the outcomes of two commonly used treatments on the vocal stereotypy of two children with autism. In Study 1, we compared the use of an interrupted and uninterrupted data collection procedure to measure vocal stereotypy during the implementation of response interruption and redirection (RIRD). The results showed that the interrupted data collection procedure overestimated the effectiveness of RIRD. In Study 2, we examined the influence of different data collection procedures on the interpretation of the relative effects of two different treatments for vocal stereotypy. Specifically, we compared interrupted and uninterrupted data collection procedures during the implementation of RIRD and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) as a treatment for vocal stereotypy. The results showed that as in Study 1, the interrupted data collection procedure overestimated the effectiveness of RIRD; however, this effect was not apparent with NCR. These findings suggest that different types of data analysis can influence the perceived success of a treatment. |
|
Effects of Noncontingent Social Interaction on Immediate and Subsequent Engagement in Vocal Stereotypy and Motor Stereotypy |
KIMBERLEY ANDREA ENLOE (Easter Seals Southern California), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: In a recent review of interventions for vocal stereotypy, Lanovaz and Sladeczek (2012) noted that several studies used matched stimulation from toys or music to decrease immediate engagement in vocal stereotypy for children with autism without producing a subsequent increase. A potential limitation of providing continuous access to music or musical toys is that engagement with the preferred stimulation may compete with academic tasks, social engagement, or both to the same extent as engagement in vocal stereotypy. A possible alternative to providing noncontingent access to music or musical toy is to provide noncontingent attention. This study evaluated the effects of noncontingent social interaction (SI) on immediate and subsequent engagement in vocal stereotypy and motor stereotypy for 3 children with autism. Results show that SI (a) decreased immediate engagement vocal stereotypy for all 3 participants without increasing subsequent engagement for any participant and (b) increased immediate engagement in motor stereotypy for 1 participant, decreased immediate engagement in motor stereotypy for 2 participants, but did not increase subsequent engagement in motor stereotypy for any participant. Some clinical implications and limitations of the findings are discussed. |
|
Response Interruption Redirection, Penalty, and Differential Reinforcement to Decrease Stereotypy |
JESSICA ANN KORNEDER (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behaviors such as toe walking, hand flapping, nonfunctional vocalizations, and rocking are examples of stereotypy. Stereotypy can occur at high rates in children with and without developmental delays (Smith & Van Houten, 1996). These behaviors can interfere with the acquisition of new skills (e.g., Dunlap, Dyer, & Koegel, 1983; Morrison & Rosales-Ruiz, 1997) and social interactions (Jones, Wint, & Ellis, 1990). The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness of response interruption redirection (RIRD), penalty, and differential reinforcement in reducing vocal and motor stereotypy with children who engage in automatically-reinforced high-rates of stereotypy. During leisure skills, the participant was given an iPad and highly preferred edibles were delivered on a differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) schedule. Each instance of stereotypy resulted in the loss of the iPad and the presentation of a RIRD sequence. During academic instruction the combination of RIRD and DRO was assessed. The combination of these techniques decreased stereotypy from 90 percent of 10-second intervals to below 30 percent of intervals during leisure skills and to approximately 40 percent during academic instruction. To assess the social validity of these procedures data on engagement during leisure skills and attending during academic instruction will be discussed. |
|
Effects of the Snug Vest on Stereotypy in Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
NICHOLAS WATKINS (Douglas College), Elizabeth J. Sparling (Pivot Point Family Growth Centre, Inc.), Lexie Kosick (Pivot Point Family Growth Centre, Inc.), Katie Treleaven (Pivot Point Family Growth Centre, Inc.), Stephanie Omeasoo (Pivot Point Family Growth Centre, Inc.), Kelly Laferriere (Pivot Point Family Growth Centre, Inc.), Sanpreet Samra (Pivot Point Family Growth Centre, Inc.) |
Abstract: Currently, there exists many unsubstantiated autism treatments (Matson, Adams, Williams, & Rieske, 2013). One such intervention is the Snug Vest, a recently-developed inflatable vest fashioned to provide deep pressure to the person wearing it. However, there is as of yet, no published peer-reviewed research on the Snug Vest. Nonetheless, the developers of the Snug Vest claim that their product helps remediate repetitive behaviors. Given the absence of supporting research, the purpose of the study was to test the developers claims by examining the effects of the Snug Vest on stereotypy using behavior analytic research methodology. We are currently mid-way through a study employing a multielement design to assess the effects of the Snug Vest on the duration of different topographies of stereotypy in which four children are participating in (a) an extended no-interaction condition, (b) wearing the Snug Vest deflated, and (c) wearing the Snug Vest inflated. Although data collection is still in progress, our hypothesis is that the Snug Vest will fail to clinically remediate stereotypy. |
|
|
|
|
Promoting Inclusion of Students with ASD in General Education Settings: An Exploration of Behaviorally Based Interventions |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rose A. Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Rose A. Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Rose A. Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent reports suggest a 78% increase in the prevalence of autism spectrum disorders in the last 7 years, increasing the urgency to identify interventions that yield maximum results while conserving resources. Of particular importance are interventions that improve pivotal behaviors, and assist individuals with ASD to independently navigate natural environments. Interventions based on the theory of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been identified as the most effective interventions for individuals with ASD, particularly when programming consists of explicit training, modeling, practice in context, and systematic feedback. Although research has focused on how to implement ABA to improve skill deficits such as communication and social skills, a focus on how these interventions can be applied effectively and efficiently in inclusive settings has been limited. This symposium, comprised of both meta-analytic and applied research studies, will explore the impact of behaviorally based interventions on increased access to inclusive settings. Specific implementation and contextual factors to maximize results will be explored. |
Keyword(s): autism, inclusion, self-monitoring, video modeling |
|
Behaviorally-based Interventions for Teaching Social Interaction Skills to Children with ASD in Inclusive Settings: A Meta-analysis |
Siglia P. H. Camargo (Universidade Federal de Pelotas), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (Texas A&M University), Heather S. Davis (Texas A&M University), Rose A. Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) present deficits in social interaction skills that may prevent their successful inclusion in general education placements. Behaviorally-based interventions have been demonstrated to be useful to teach social interaction skills for these students. However, the overall and moderating effects of these interventions have not been previously investigated in inclusive settings. The goal of this study was to investigate the overall and contextual factors that moderate intervention effectiveness in inclusive settings through meta-analytic techniques. Findings showed overall high effect size based on studies meeting minimum standards of methodological quality in single-case research. Interventions are demonstrated to be effective for children between the ages of 2 and 10 years. While differences were found according to targeted social skills and behavioral components used, no differential effects were found regarding intervention implementer and peer training. These findings add to the literature regarding best practices to support inclusion of students with ASD in general education. |
|
The Use of a Technology Delivered Self-Monitoring Application to Decrease Stereotypic Behavior in Middle School Students with ASD |
STEPHEN CRUTCHFIELD (The University of Kansas), Rose A. Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Angela Chamgers (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Many students with autism engage in a variety of complex and often disruptive stereotypic behaviors. While these behaviors likely present difficulties to task related goals, they most assuredly impact the social opportunities and access to inclusive settings . Research has demonstrated that self-management interventions often lead to improvements in a variety of behavioral targets for students with Autism. One salient component of effective self-management is self-monitoring, which involves instructing students to attend to and record their own behavioral levels. Self-monitoring has effectively impacted a variety of outcomes for students with Autism however, typical paper-pencil versions are cumbersome and stigmatizing. Technology may be one mechanism to increase the acceptability and efficiency of self-montioring yet, little empirical evidence exists regarding how technology can be utilized to provide prompts and collect self-monitoring data. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the functional relationship between the use of a mobile self-management program, ICONNECT, and decreases in the percentage of intervals students with ASD engaged in stereotypy utilizing a multiple baseline across students with an embedded withdrawal design study. Initial results indicate significant decreases in stereotypy. Implications of the technology delivered self-management intervention and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
Self-monitoring Interventions for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Single Case Meta-analysis. |
HEATHER S. DAVIS (Texas A&M University), John Davis (Texas A&M University), Ben A Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Rose A. Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders often demonstrate disruptive behaviors across educational settings. Teacher time to effectively intervene is often limited requiring further evaluation and identification of efficacious behavioral interventions for children with autism. Self-monitoring interventions in schools often require the implementing student to assess and record their own behavior and have the potential to meet behavioral needs without overburdening school resources. To further examine the potential of self-monitoring as an effective intervention for students with Autism Spectrum Disorders a review of single case studies employing self-monitoring were evaluated to identify the specific ingredients which moderate the impact of self-monitoring for students identified with autism. Using an advanced nonoverlap metric, a comparison of 15 studies including 24 participants and 45 unique effect sizes was conducted with an emphasis on participant age, setting (e.g. inclusive vs self-contained classrooms), and targeted behaviors. Overall, self-monitoring for students with Autism Spectrum Disorders resulted in promising results with an overall TauU of .85 CI95(.807 - .900). Areas of future research and implications for application of self-monitoring interventions for students with ASD in educational settings will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Point of View Video Modeling in Teaching Conversational Skills to High School Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
MARGOT BOLES (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Libby Kite (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Research evaluating effective interventions for improving the socio-communicative skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorders has primarily targeted preschool and elementary aged individuals. Little is known regarding effective and efficient interventions to improve these skills for secondary students with autism spectrum disorders. Point-of-view video modeling, filmed from the first person perspective, holds promise as an effective and portable intervention for improving skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorders, however the research evaluating its impact on improving socio-communicative skills is limited. Utilizing a multiple baseline design across skills, this study evaluated the functional relationship between point-of-view video modeling and improvements in socio-communicative skills for two high school students with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicate improvements in eye contact and body orientation, as well as decreases in interruption. Additionally, the participants rated the point-of-view video modeling intervention as useful and practical. Limitations of the study as well as implications for practice will be addressed. |
|
|
|
|
Response Variability and Autism |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College) |
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Rodriguez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Restricted and repetitive behavior is among the diagnostic characteristics of autism spectrum disorders (ASD). To the extent that the behavior of individuals with ASD can be conceptualized as problems of invariability, our understanding of environmental variables that influence restricted and repetitive behavior and methods of increasing variability may be informed by basic and applied literature on response variability. Slocum et al. compared levels of rigid behavior in groups of individuals with and without an ASD. Following the group comparison, a percentile schedule of reinforcement was used to treat rigid and inflexible behaviors within the ASD group. In their first study, Peterson, Rodriguez, and Pawich compared the effects of modeling rote versus variable responses during the teaching of intraverbal categorization. The effects of programming lag contingencies on response variability were later evaluated within a second study. Caccavale, Lechago, and Sweatt demonstrated how lag schedules could be used to increase variability in greetings. Finally, Gayman et al. targeted the appropriate use of mands frames while increasing the variability in the number of mand frames used for three participants with ASD. Dr. Allen Neuringer, the leading researcher on response variability, will serve as the discussant. |
Keyword(s): lag schedules, repetitive, restricted behavior, variability |
|
Developing a Novel Treatment for Restricted Inflexible Behavior |
SARAH K. SLOCUM (University of Florida), Mark Henry Lewis (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Krestin Radonovich (University of Florida), Cristina M. Whitehouse (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Cara Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are defined, in part, by behavior that can be characterized as restricted and inflexible. Such behavior is exemplified by the so-called "higher-order" restricted repetitive behaviors characterized by their insistence on sameness or resistance to change. These behaviors can significantly interfere with opportunities to develop functional behaviors and more complex repertoires. The current study was conducted in two parts. The first study compared the level of rigid behavior of a group of 20 individuals who are typically developing with the behavior of 20 individuals who are diagnosed with ASD. Following that group comparison, the second study involved the treatment of those rigid and inflexible behaviors within the ASD group using a percentile schedule of reinforcement. We treated both within-activity and between-activity rigidity. To date, we have been able to demonstrate the effectiveness of this treatment for 4 out of our 5 subjects. |
|
The Effects of Modeling Variable Responding and Programming Lag Contingencies on Response Variability |
SEAN PETERSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders often require direct, systematic instruction to learn new skills (e.g., Discrete-trial instruction [DTI]). DTI has been criticized for producing rote responding (e.g., Cihon, 2007). Over the course of a DTI program, a single appropriate response (e.g., "hello") may be selectively strengthened to the exclusion of other appropriate responses ("hi", "howdy","good day"; Lee, McComas, & Jawor, 2002). In the first of two studies, we assessed the effects of having the therapist model variable versus rote responses (using a progressive prompt delay) on response acquisition and variability of intraverbal-categorization responding during DTI. For two of the four participants, acquisition was slower in the variable relative to the rote prompting condition. For all participants, any initial variability observed decreased during treatment in both conditions. In the second study, we evaluated the effects of adding a Lag-1 contingency to the variable-model condition on increasing variability. Variability increased for all four participants with the Lag-1 schedule but only after the therapist modeled variable responding using a progressive-prompt delay. Results are discussed in terms of improving the lack variability that can occur with DTI. |
|
Increasing Variability in the Response Greetings of Children with Autism Using Lag Schedules of Reinforcement |
MIA CACCAVALE (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Taylor Sweatt (University of Houston-CLear Lake) |
Abstract: The results of the current study extend the literature on lag schedules of reinforcement and behavioral variability by demonstrating that lag schedules of reinforcement were effective in increasing variability in greeting responses. Our participant was an 8-year old boy diagnosed with autism. There was little variability in responding during baseline. We taught him six new greeting responses during a second baseline condition to demonstrate that teaching new responses alone was not sufficient in promoting variability in responding. Three lag schedules were introduced (Lag 1, Lag 2, and Lag 3) to promote emission of four or more greeting responses. There was a corresponding increase in the number of different responses with the introduction of each lag schedule of reinforcement, providing evidence for the efficacy of lag schedules of reinforcement in producing variability in greeting responses. Variability in responding maintained during a reversal to the baseline and generalization conditions, during which a continuous reinforcement schedule was used. Other sources of social reinforcement have likely maintained variability in responding. We hypothesize that responding will be similar with future participants. |
|
Increasing Mand Frame Variability: Acquisition using Textual Prompts and Lag Schedules of Reinforcement |
CASSONDRA M GAYMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Kiley Bliss (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Brittany Lee (Marcus Autism Center), Julia Kincaid (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: According to the current version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th ed., text rev.; DSM-V; American Psychiatric Association [APA, 2013], one of the core features of autism is persistent deficits in social communication. These social communication deficits often become apparent when children diagnosed with autism fail to demonstrate a functional form of communication, specifically manding for preferred items and activities. The development of a manding repertoire increases the likelihood of contacting reinforcement from a listener. Often single word mands are developed first. The development of multiple word mands or mand frames (e.g., "I want," "May I have") may further increase the likelihood of contacting reinforcement by clarifying the function of the speaker's vocalizations and, therefore, effective interventions to produce functional mand frames is needed. The current investigation targeted the appropriate use of mands frames while increasing the variability in the number of mand frames used for 3 participants with autism. Data show that using textual prompts with text fading effectively extinguished one participant's use of an incorrect mand frame while simultaneously increasing the variability of correct mand frame usage. The addition of a lag schedule increased variability of mand frame usage for two of the participants. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus and Consequence Variables that Influence Response Persistence and Resurgence: Translational Evidence and Applied Demonstration |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
CE Instructor: Joel Eric Ringdahl, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There has been a recent increase in the variables that impact the maintenance, response strength, and relapse of behavior targeted for change in applied contexts. The focus of much of this research has been the application of behavioral momentum theory (BMT) to the assessment, treatment, and treatment maintenance related to problem behavior. In this group of presentations, data will be presented that focuses of various consequence and stimulus variables that may impact human behavior in translational and applied contexts. Collectively, the results of this group of studies suggest that variables other than reinforcer rate, magnitude of reinforcement, etc. can impact response maintenance, strength and relapse. The results of these studies have direct implications for designing effective treatments for individuals who engage in severe problem behavior and will be discussed with respect to treatment design, BMT, and programming for the long-term effectiveness of behavioral treatments for those individuals. |
Keyword(s): BMT, maintenance, relapse, response persistence |
|
Comparing Response Persistence to Autism Symptom Severity during Operant and Respondent Procedures |
LAURA MELTON GRUBB (Texas Tech University), Adam Brewer (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Layla Abby (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: Autism is characterized in part by restricted repetitive responses that typically persist despite environmental changes. This response pattern may be related to behavioral momentum theory, which makes predictions about when responding is likely to persist despite disruption in the environment. We compared response persistence during operant and respondent procedures for two individuals with matched levels of adaptive behavior, but disparate severity of autism symptoms. Both participants were exposed to two disruptors (alternative stimulus and concurrent-distracting stimulus), in a reversal plus alternating treatments design. Rate of math problems completed was the dependent measure. Response rates for the high autism symptom severity participant were not disrupted, regardless of type of procedure or disruptor. By contrast, responding for the participant with low autism symptom severity was disrupted only by the alternative stimulus in the operant procedure. Responding for this participant was more disrupted during the lean schedule than in the rich schedule—consistent with behavioral momentum theory. These results suggest differences in response persistence in the operant paradigm may be a function of ASD symptom severity, and that the most effective disruptor was an alternative stimulus. |
|
An Evaluation of Resistance to Change with Unconditioned and Conditioned Reinforcers |
KRISTINA VARGO (Sam Houston State University), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Several variables have been shown to influence a response’s resistance to change including rate, magnitude, and delay to reinforcement (Nevin, 1974). Type of reinforcement (i.e., conditioned and unconditioned) is a reinforcer-related variable that has not been studied with humans, but may have clinical implications. In Experiment 1, we identified unconditioned and conditioned reinforcers of equal preference. In Experiment 2, we reinforced the behavior of five participants during a baseline phase using a mult VI 30 s VI 30 s schedule with either a conditioned (i.e., token) or unconditioned reinforcer (i.e., food). Following equal reinforcement rates across components, extinction was introduced as a disruptor. All participants showed greater resistance to extinction in the component associated with the conditioned reinforcer than the unconditioned reinforcer. In Experiment 3 and Experiment 4, four participants experienced a baseline phase that was the same as Experiment 1 (i.e., mult VI 30 s VI 30 s). Each participant was then exposed to distraction and prefeeding as disruptors in separate analyses. Results of Experiment 3 showed that behaviors were more resistant to distraction with conditioned than unconditioned reinforcers, similar to Experiment 2. However, when prefeeding disrupted responding (Experiment 4), greater resistance to change was observed with unconditioned reinforcers. |
|
The Relation between Reinforcer Potency and the Persistence of Task Completion |
PATRICK ROMANI (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (The University of Iowa), Brooke M. Holland (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The current investigation evaluated the effect of reinforcer potency on the persistence of task completion for a participant (Nick) who engaged in problem behavior to escape from demands. Interobserver agreement was calculated on at least 30% of each condition and averaged 98%. During Phase 1, a unit price evaluation was conducted to evaluate the potency of two stimuli (raisins and iPad). Nick chose to complete two times the amount of work to earn raisins over iPad, suggesting that raisins were the more potent reinforcer. During Phase 2, baseline data for Nick's task completion were collected within a multiple schedules design. Task completion was placed on extinction during this phase. In contrast, task completion was reinforced on a continuous schedule of reinforcement with access to iPad when Nick worked for orange tokens and raisins when Nick worked for yellow tokens during Phase 3. Extinction (Phase 4) was implemented after establishing similar histories of reinforcement for the orange and yellow stimulus conditions. Results showed that task completion under the stimulus condition associated with the delivery of raisins, or the more potent reinforcer, persisted longer under extinction conditions. These data will be discussed in terms of their basic and applied implications. |
|
Stimulus- and Consequent- Control Refinement of Functional Communication Training Using Behavioral Momentum Theory |
WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: One function-based approach to the treatment of destructive behavior with considerable empirical support is functional communication training (FCT). Although FCT has been shown to be highly effective when implemented in controlled environments by well-trained therapists, treatment relapse often occurs when a caregiver is unable to accurately carry out the procedures in the natural environment. For example, a caregiver of a child with severe aggression may be unable to deliver the functional reinforcer (e.g., attention) when the child emits the functional communication response (FCR) because the caregiver is attending to a sick sibling. During this time when the FCR is exposed to extinction, the childs aggression often increases, a form of relapse called resurgence. Behavioral momentum theory (BMT) provides a quantitative method for making stimulus- and consequence- control refinements to FCT that can function as behavioral inoculation so that treatment relapse in the form of resurgence of destructive behavior is greatly mitigated or prevented altogether. Interestingly, some predictions of BMT are somewhat counterintuitive and in direct opposition to clinical procedures recommended as best practices by prominent clinical researchers. In this presentation, I will discuss these refinements of FCT along with illustrative data sets and potential directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Research on Measurement and Instrumentation |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kevin C. Luczynski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Measurement systems and data-analysis methods that produce accurate and sensitive measures of the target behavior are requisite for assessment and treatment. The papers in this symposium, collectively, describe efforts toward improving measurement systems and data-analysis methods in applied research. Lesser et al. compared the accuracy and efficiency of five systems for measuring sleep disturbances in children's bedrooms. Zarcone et al. improved the precision of observation methods to detect treatment gains, beyond the common measure of frequency, by measuring the force of problem behavior. Mead and Iwata compared the extent to which sufficient interobserver-agreement scores would be obtained using a proportional reliability method with 10-s versus 1-min intervals. Roberts and Bourret compared the strengths and weaknesses of three methods for quantifying the relation between two events during descriptive assessments. We are fortunate to have Dr. Brian Iwata serve as the discussant for this set of papers, given his exceptional scholarship in this area. |
Keyword(s): assessment, data analysis, interobserver agreement, measurement |
|
A Comparison of the Accuracy and Efficiency of Measurement Systems to Score Sleep Disturbances Exhibited by Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
AARON D. LESSER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mychal Machado (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Sleep disturbances affect up to 68% of children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (Richdale & Schreck, 2009). The use of direct observation on a second-by-second basis produces qualitative and quantitative information on sleep disturbances, but applying this type of measurement system throughout the night may not be practical. We conducted a measurement comparison across four nights with two children to evaluate the accuracy and efficiency of actigraphy, parent diaries, motion detection, momentary time sampling at 5-min and 10-min intervals, and fast-forwarding. All data were obtained from the childrens home and were remotely transferred for analysis via the internet. The sleep measures from each measurement system were compared to a second-by-second criterion record (continuous observation). The dependent variables for accuracy included total sleep disturbance, sleep-onset latency, nighttime wakings, early wakings, and oversleeping. The dependent variables for efficiency included the number of hours to collect data. The results indicated that motion detection closely matched the criterion measure for total sleep disturbance. The most variability within and across measurement systems was observed for night wakings. These preliminary results suggest that motion-detection software is an accurate and efficient measurement system. |
|
Measuring the Force of Problem Behavior |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Treatment procedures for problem behavior often rely on measures of frequency to gauge treatment effectiveness. For the most severe behaviors, the force of the behavior may be equally relevant to evaluating the effectiveness of treatment outcomes. The goal of this study is to evaluate practical procedures for measuring the force of problem behavior during standard ABA treatment procedures. Four children who were hospitalized for the treatment of severe problem behavior participated in the study. A 3-point rating scale was developed to rate the forcefulness of behavior from 1 (low force) to 3 (high force). Both frequency and force of behavior was measured for all participants during baseline and treatment using differential reinforcement (DRA) or noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). Results showed that for all participants, treatment was effective at reducing the occurrence of problem behaviors. When DRA was used however, the frequency of the target behavior decreased when the DRA schedule was thinned, but the force remained high. For the participants treated with NCR, the force was initially very low during treatment, but increased when the schedule of reinforcement was thinned. These data imply that NCR may be a better treatment if reducing the force of behavior is the treatment goal. |
|
Interval Length Influences on Proportional Reliability |
SARAH C. MEAD (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Accuracy of measurement is a crucial component in all research but may be difficult to assess in applied research on human behavior because there is no “true standard” for observation. Consequently, reliability, or interobserver agreement, is used as an approximation to accuracy. Proportional reliability is a common method for calculating interobserver agreement for frequency measures of responding, but the resulting score can be influenced by a number of variables, including the interval length used as the basis for agreement. Although a 10-s interval typically is used as the basis for calculation, the unit of measurement for response frequency usually is a 1-min rather than a 10-s interval. We compared proportional reliability scores using the traditional 10-s interval to scores using a 1-min interval for 40 sample 10-min sessions. We considered sessions with high and low rates of responding and high and low reliability scores calculated using 10-s intervals. Our results suggest that one minute may be an acceptable interval length for calculating proportional reliability for frequency measures reported as responses per minute. |
|
Methods for Descriptive Analysis Data Collection |
KYLIE ROBERTS (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: A number of different methods are used to calculate and compare the probability of events given specific environmental variables. This investigation includes a comparison of three different methods. The first, an exhaustive contingency space analysis described by Vollmer, Borrero, Wright, Van Camp, & Lalli (2001), compares the probability of an event occurring at any time during an observation to the probability of an event given behavior. The second method, an exhaustive contingency space analysis described by Hammond (1980), compares the probability of an event given behavior to the probability of an event given the absence of behavior. The third method, a non-exhaustive contingency space analysis described by Luczynski and Hanley (2009), evaluated the probability of an event and an environmental variable by subtracting the probability of an event given the absence of an environmental variable from the probability of an event given behavior. Findings are discussed in terms of strengths and weakness across varying frequency of responding. |
|
|
|
|
Optimizing Assessment and Treatment through Methodological and Translational Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
) |
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium features methodological and translational research evaluating behavioral processes involved in preference and reinforcer assessment, conditioned reinforcement, and differential reinforcement. Lisa Hunter will present a study comparing the effects of stimulus-stimulus pairing and discriminative control in the establishment of conditioned reinforcers. Janine Urbano will present a study evaluating a new approach to the analysis of preference hierarchies obtained through pairwise preference assessment. The traditional percentage method was compared to the Thurstone comparative law to test whether the latter analytical strategy may provide better predictions of reinforcing effects. Lorraine Becerra will present a review and analysis of the relation between assessment consistency and validity of multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments. Finally, Michael Kelley will present a translational study allowing for a close evaluation of the reinforcement processes underlying behavior change during differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Dr. Per Holth, with a background in both experimental and applied behavior analysis, will close the symposium with remarks on the contributions of this research. |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, differential reinforcement, preference assessment, translational research |
|
Pairing vs. Discriminative Training for Establishing Conditioned Reinforcement Effects |
LISA HUNTER (St. Amant Research Centre), Alison Cox (University of Manitoba), Gabriel Schnerch (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Establishing new reinforcers is an endeavor of paramount importance for the implementation of reinforcement-based approaches to treatment among individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities. Identifying effective reinforcers for low functioning clients may be particularly challenging. Two methods have been proposed to induce reinforcing effects to initially neutral items: stimulus-stimulus pairing and discriminative training. First, stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) consists of the concurrent presentation of a neutral item with an already established reinforcer. Second, the discriminative control procedure (DCP) features a neutral item as a discriminative stimulus signaling the availability of an already established reinforcer contingent upon an arbitrary response. The goal of the present study was to evaluate which of these methods induces greater conditioned reinforcement effects among individuals with intellectual disabilities. We conducted a series of preference assessments to identify established reinforcers, neutral leisure items, and arbitrary responses with no (automatic) reinforcing effects. We evaluated the effects of the SSP and DCP methods in a multi-element manipulation combined with a multiple baseline design across subjects. The results showed that for most participants both interventions induced some conditioned reinforcing effects. While participants engaged more often in the arbitrary response during contingent reinforcement probes following training with either method, responding was highly variable. Moreover, a clear superiority of one approach over the other was not demonstrated in any of the participants. |
|
Reinforcing Effects of Items Ranked According to the Thurstone Comparative Law |
JANINE URBANO (University of Manitoba), Flavia Julio (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Preference may be defined as the relative strength of behaviors among two or more choice options and it is often measured as a pattern of choosing. Assessing the preferences of persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities (ID/DD) is important for several reasons. Preferred items often function as reinforcers and they can be used in intervention programs for establishing new skills and reducing problem behaviors for people with ID/DD. Pairwise preference assessment is often used to evaluate potential reinforcers in this population. The outcome of a typical pairwise preference assessment is a hierarchy of items ranked according to the percentage of trials in which each item was chosen out of the times the item was presented. This hierarchy is an ordinal scale that hardly accounts for variability of choice over time. By contrast, the Thurstone paired comparative method generates interval-level scales over multiple assessments. Therefore, the latter analytical strategy may account better for time-dependent changes in preference. The purpose of the present study was to determine whether the Thurstone approach to data analysis would more accurately predict reinforcing effects, thereby enhancing the validity of pairwise preference assessments. We conducted a series of pairwise preference assessments analyzed through the traditional percentage method and the Thurstone method. The reinforcing effects of items with diverging ranks according to either method were subsequently evaluated in a concurrent schedule reinforcer assessment embedded in an ABAB design. Overall, the results indicated that scale values resulting from the Thurstone analysis provided better predictions of reinforcing effects. |
|
A Review and Analysis of the Consistency of MSWO Assessments |
LORRAINE BECERRA (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: The consistency of stimulus rankings across repeated multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO; DeLeon & Iwata,1996) preference assessments may influence the predictive validity of its outcomes. For instance, inconsistent stimulus rankings might be a function of behavioral biases (e.g. side biases), rule governed behavior (e.g., "save the best for last"), or changes in preference over time. However, MSWO consistency rarely has been reported in published research. We first reviewed the consistency and validity of published MSWO data. Next, we conducted an analysis of MSWO data from 11 individuals diagnosed with an intellectual disability between the ages of 5 and 22 years old, each of whom participated in five assessments of three different arrays containing eight stimuli each. Spearman rank correlation coefficients across assessments were moderate to weak (range, rs = 0.04 to 0.96) for more than half of the participants. Methodological and practical implications of these data, as well as potential areas for future research, will be discussed. |
|
An Animal Model of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior |
MICHAEL E. KELLEY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Translational research often consists of replicating and extending the results of basic findings. Replications might consist of obtaining evidence of generality (e.g., across species) or application of basic findings to socially important behaviors (e.g., enhancing treatment of socially important problems). In this collaboration, we extended previous translational research by exposing non-human animals to an experimental preparation more consistent with typical application with humans--differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. This approach is in contrast with typical preparations in which humans are exposed to more typical non-human, basic arrangements. Preliminary findings reveal consistent resurgence of our analogue of problem behavior upon discontinuing reinforcement for alternative behavior. These findings provide a platform to assess thoroughly and efficiently factors influencing long-term treatment maintenance of behavioral treatments. For example, we can assess the extent to which multiple contingency reversals, which are common in applied differential reinforcement arrangements to establish experimental control, might influence the occurrence and magnitude of resurgence. This collaboration offers the opportunity to understand the behavioral processes underlying behavior during treatment while developing avenues to improve treatment effectiveness. |
|
|
|
|
If Flexibility is Emitted in a Forest...: Issues with Defining and Observing Flexibility |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Desiree Carnathan (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Ann Rost (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Ann Rost, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Psychological flexibility is enhanced sensitivity to both immediate and temporally extended contingencies. It involves the development of a repertoire that allows for persistence or change to match extended behavioral patterns with verbally constructed valued life directions. The assessment of psychological flexibility has been limited to self-report methods that inquire about behaviors isolated from changing contexts. This symposium addresses measurement issues pertaining to psychological flexibility, and offers a variety of alternatives. The first paper discusses methodological issues in comparing cognitive flexibility and psychological flexibility. The second paper offers Ecological Momentary Assessment (EMA) as a method of sampling a variety of self-reported responses repeatedly within a specified time frame. The third paper presents information regarding the development of a computer-based behavioral measure grounded in Relational Frame Theory. The fourth paper introduces an alternative computer-based task as a potential marker of psychological inflexibility- the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). The symposium will close with a discussion of overarching issues regarding the measurement of psychological flexibility in light of the preceding presentations. |
Keyword(s): methodological issues, psychological flexibility |
|
Cognitive Flexibility and Psychological Flexibility: Methodological Issues |
RAWYA AL-JABARI (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas), Teresa Hulsey (University of North Texas), Melissa L. Connally (University of North Texas), Nina Laurenzo (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: To our knowledge, no publications explore the relationship between psychological and cognitive flexibility. While differences exist, both constructs require individuals connect to contingencies in the present moment to appropriately adapt behavior, given the context. Therefore, it was hypothesized that scores on the Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire (AFQ; Greco, Murrell, & Coyne, 2005) - a measure of the inverse of psychological flexibility - would significantly negatively correlate with measures of cognitive flexibility. More specifically, flexible problem solving abilities were assessed with the Functional Fixedness Task (Dunker, 1945), Trail Making Test Part B (TMT; Reitan, & Wolfson, 1993), Wisconsin Card Sorting Test (WCST; Berg, 1948) and the Cognitive Flexibility Inventory (Dennis & Vander Wal, 2010). Non-significant correlations were found between the AFQ and measures of cognitive flexibility (correlations ranged from r = -0.191 to 0.184, ns). Lack of significance may have resulted from the relationship occurring in a non-theorized way, or it may be due to methodological issues. For example, some cognitive flexibility measures had less than ideal internal consistency in our sample. Additionally, comparing one self-report measure to a combination of behavioral and self-report formats, may not have captured variance efficiently. Such explanations will be discussed, along with future research suggestions. |
|
Flexibility in Context: Exploring the Use of Ecological Momentary Assessment of Psychological Flexibility |
RYAN ALBARADO (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Ashlyne Mullen (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Psychological flexibility seems to be fundamental to psychological health and quality of life. Psychological flexibility mediates the response to treatment in multiple contexts moderating the relationship between distress and problematic overt behaviors in multiple domains. Yet assessment of psychological flexibility has been limited to a single questionnaire--the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ)--and adaptations of the AAQ to different forms of psychological distress (e.g., smoking cravings, body image, obesity stigma, hearing voices). This is problematic for several reasons, including the difficulty respondents have in tacting their "overall" behavior over a week. Despite adequate psychometric estimates of reliability, significant variation in responses may actually be attributable to the immediate context in which the responding takes place. Ecological momentary assessment (EMA) takes advantage of this by taking repeated self reports of multiple behaviors over the period of time in which the researcher is interested. Data from three studies will be briefly reviewed as examples of how researchers might apply EMA to measure psychological flexibility. Practical advice on incorporating EMA into research designs, collecting EMA data and analyzing data will be offered. |
|
Seeing is Believing: Towards a Behavioral Measure of Psychological Flexibility |
EMMY LEBLEU (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jessica Auzenne (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi), Shelley Greene (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Contributing to the development of effective behavioral patterns is almost inarguably the primary goal of clinical behavior analysis. Recent research suggests that increasing psychological flexibility, acting in accordance with “values” even in the presence of uncomfortable experiences, may support healthy behavior patterns in many difficult situations. For this reason the assessment and development of psychological flexibility should be a concern of clinical behavior analysts. The question then becomes, how does one assess psychological flexibility? To date, the only way to determine the status of a person’s psychological flexibility is with self-report measures. However, it is widely accepted that self-report measures are limited in their ability to always accurately reflect behavior of an individual. Further, psychological flexibility being based on the function of private events, rather than their occurrence or form, makes self-report data from individuals without function discrimination training even less accurate. This paper will explore a developing computer-based-behavioral measure of psychological flexibility based on Relational Frame Theory (RFT) along with data as to its current validity and utility. |
|
Use of Word-level IRAP Analyses to Identify Relative Flexibility & Inflexibility with Specific Verbal Stimuli |
Kate Kellum (The University of Mississippi), Kerry C. Whiteman (The University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (The University of Mississippi), CALEB STANLEY (The University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) has most often been used to examine differences between the performances of groups with a particular set of stimuli (i.e., an IRAP) and between specific trial-types. The present study examines the possibility of using analyses of each word in the IRAP with an individual to identify relatively strong verbal repertoires that may be clinically relevant for that individual or for his/her community. These relatively strong verbal repertoires may be seen as areas of psychological inflexibility. This paper examines multiple methods for examining IRAP outputs at the word level and discusses methods of obtaining convergent validity for this use of the IRAP. Undergraduate students who participated for course credit showed marked variability in IRAP performance across words within trial types. The discussion focuses on the potential to predict and develop interventions for specific domains for individuals where high levels of bias, rigidity, or fusion are present. |
|
|
|
|
Contemporary Issues in Conditioned Reinforcement: Basic Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Robin Kuhn (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: David Wayne Schaal (Accuray, Inc.) |
Abstract: Basic research on the topic of conditioned reinforcement has waxed and waned, however since its initial conception an abundance of data has accumulated. Taken together, the results from innumerable studies in the area of conditioned reinforcement indicate several important questions remain regarding the establishment and maintenance of conditioned reinforcers. Additionally, there is a paucity of research aiming to reconcile existing discrepancies in effects across diverse measures of conditioned reinforcement. This symposium will highlight recent work with regard to conditioned reinforcement, including experiments investigating of the role of temporal variables in the establishment of conditioned reinforcers, assessing conditioned reinforcement within a delay-of-reinforcement context, examining the conditioned reinforcing function of multi-stimulus sequences, and exploring the effects of conditioned reinforcement on choice. The discussant will integrate the work presented with prior findings related to conditioned reinforcement. A panel on Contemporary Issues in Conditioned Reinforcement: Concept and Theory will immediately follow this symposium. |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement |
|
Conditioned Reinforcement Established Through Temporal Integration |
ERIC A. THRAILKILL (University of Vermont), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Neutral stimuli are thought to acquire the capacity to function as reinforcers for instrumental behavior via Pavlovian conditioning. Experiments in Pavlovian conditioning suggest that animals encode and remember the relative temporal proximities of conditioned stimuli (CSs) and unconditioned stimuli (USs) and integrate these relations across situations to predict significant events. This experiment examined whether temporal encoding of durations of events facilitates the acquisition of a new response with conditioned reinforcement. Two groups of rats received appetitive conditioning in which a 10-s CS predicted response-independent food deliveries. One group received food at the offset of the CS (Delay), and the other 10-s after CS offset (Trace). Both groups then experienced pairings of the 10-s training CS and a novel 10-s CS in backward order (CS1-CS2 pairing). Finally, we assessed the ability of CS2 to function as a conditioned reinforcer for a new response (lever-pressing). Results show that a backward-paired CS functioned to better support the acquisition of lever-pressing in the trace-conditioned group compared to a random control group and the delay-conditioned group. The results suggest that a CS became a better predictor of reinforcement through temporal integration of events. |
|
Conditioned Reinforcement within Reinforcement Delays: Examining Observing of and Preference for Delay Signals |
ROBIN KUHN (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Despite the plethora of studies conducted on conditioned reinforcement, the boundary conditions of conditioned reinforcement remain unclear. The present experiments, conducted with rats, investigated conditioned reinforcement within a delay-of-reinforcement context, as delays to reinforcement are ubiquitous and their effects on behavior are well understood. Experiments 1 and 2 offer a new procedure for examining conditioned reinforcement involving the observing of delay-of-reinforcement signals during non-resetting and resetting delays, respectively. In Experiment 3, preference for the delay signals observed during the first two experiments will be assessed using a well-established concurrent-chains procedure. The results of Experiments 1 and 2 indicate some of the conditions under which delay signals function as conditioned reinforcers, such as experience with signaled delays prior to experience with unsignaled delays, and reveal various mechanisms underlying conditioned reinforcement effects during reinforcement delays. The results from Experiment 3 should provide an assessment of both the validity of the novel observing response procedure and of preference for delay signals. Taken in sum, findings from the experiments presented contribute to the extant theoretical and methodological literature that informs the contemporary study of conditioned reinforcement. |
|
Conditioned Reinforcement and Multi-Stimulus Sequences |
MATTHEW C. BELL (Santa Clara University) |
Abstract: Stimuli can enhance the ability of a reinforcer to control behavior at a temporal distance. This effect is traditionally thought to be a function of the stimulus becoming a conditioned reinforcer. However, exactly how reinforcement controls responding when a sequence of stimuli is presented is not well understood, as stimuli correlated with reinforcement could serve discriminative or conditioned reinforcing functions, or both. This study is a systematic replication of Cronin (1980), a study often cited as clear support for conditioned reinforcement. Pigeons chose between two stimuli. Responses to one always resulted in food after 60-s whereas responses to the other never resulted in food. In some conditions, stimuli presented during the first and last 10-s of the 60-s delay were consistent. In other conditions, stimuli presented during the first and last 10-s of the delay were inconsistent. Pigeons easily learned the task when the stimuli were consistent (i.e., they would increasingly choose the option that lead to food following the delay). Preliminary data from the inconsistent condition suggest that pigeons began to choose the option that did not lead to food more often. Taken together, the study provides additional support for the utility of the theoretical construct of conditioned reinforcement. |
|
The Role of Conditioned Reinforcement and Conditioned Inhibition in Suboptimal Choice (Gambling-like Behavior) |
THOMAS ZENTALL (University of Kentucky), Jessica Stagner (University of Florida), Jennifer Laude (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: In human gambling, the investment is generally greater than the gain (suboptimal choice). A similar phenomenon can be found in pigeons when they show a preference for a conditioned stimulus associated with a low-probability, high-reward outcome (the jackpot) over a conditioned stimulus associated with a guaranteed low-reward outcome but one that has a higher overall value (not gambling). Research indicates that conditioned reinforcers play an important role in this suboptimal choice by pigeons. For example, it is the value of the conditioned reinforcers rather than the value of the choice alternatives that determine the pigeons choice (i.e., the results of winning rather than the probability of winning). Furthermore, the suboptimal choice is amplified by the finding that conditioned inhibition associated with the stimulus that predicts nonreinforcement declines with training (i.e., the high probability of losing fails to inhibit choice of the suboptimal alternative as one might think it should). Thus, just as with human gamblers, it is the high positive value of the rarely occurring conditioned reinforcer, together with the low negative value of the conditioned inhibitor that is responsible for pigeons (and likely humans) suboptimal choice. |
|
|
|
|
Basic and Translational Investigations of Gambling Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kristin Robinson (Saint Louis University) |
Discussant: John M. Guercio (AWS) |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will highlight emerging trends in basic and translational gambling research. Presenters will discuss findings for choice selection on variable ratio schedules, effective use of behavioral skills training for teaching card counting, and the impact of verbal behavior on slot machine outcomes (e.g., losses disguised as wins) and rule following. Skinner first discussed variable ratio schedules as an addictive reinforcement schedule, and yet little is known about human preference to various types of schedules in a gaming context. Similarly, recent structural changes in slot machine reels, particularly losses disguised as wins, are under researched and therefore not understood behavior analytically. Furthermore, empirical evidence for rule formation and subsequent following are beginning to emerge within gambling contexts; yet further replication and extension of rule following across gaming activities are still needed. Therefore, the symposium will provide empirical support for how structural changes may impact gambling behaviors, both in terms of risk and magnitude of bet size, and in terms of rule formation and subsequent rule following. Implications of empirical findings and directions for future research will also be discussed. |
Keyword(s): gambling, translational research, verbal behavior |
|
Human Preference for Variable vs. Fixed Outcomes: Implications for Gambling |
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Kristopher Brown (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Variable ratio (VR) schedules have been called "the addictive schedule of reinforcement" because they generate persistent high rate responding with little or no pausing. Because, like many gambling games, on VR schedules reinforcement is always uncertain- the very next response always could be reinforced (payoff). The more one responds the more likely responding will result in reinforcement - a win. For these reasons VR schedules are presented as a model of gambling contingencies (how slot machines are programmed, etc.). However in virtually every casino gambling game, increased responding does not increase the probability of winning (e.g. random probability, not VR schedules are used or "sampling with replacement") Nevertheless several studies with non-human subjects have shown that variable schedules are highly preferred over fixed schedules of reinforcement even when responding on the fixed schedule results much greater overall reinforcement. Variable schedules are preferred even when they are counterproductive. The present study examines human preference for VR versus fixed ratio (FR) schedules of reinforcement. Subjects remove blank cards and flip them putting cards marked win in one box and others in another box. Wins are paid cash. Subjects are given experience with both FR 5 (card color A), and VR 6 (card color B) schedules and then allowed to chose which color cards they would like to continue flipping. If the VR option is chosen, subject will be given experience with the FR 5 and a VR 7 and then allowed to choose again. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training and Video Rehearsal to Teach Blackjack Card Counting |
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Southern Illinois University), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: A behavioral skills training procedure consisting of video instructions, video rehearsal, and video testing was used to teach four college students a card counting strategy in blackjack. A multiple baseline design was used to measure card counting accuracy and chips won/lost across participants. Prior to any training, no participant counted cards accurately. Each participant completed all phases of the training protocol, counting cards fluently with 100% accuracy during slow, medium, and fast training exercises. Generalization probes were conducted while playing blackjack in a mock casino following each phase of training. After training, all four participants were able to accurately count cards while playing blackjack. In conjunction with count accuracy, total winnings were tracked to determine the monetary advantages associated with counting cards. After losing money during baseline measures, three of four participants won a substantial amount of money playing blackjack following the intervention. |
|
Preference of Losses Disguised as Wins |
Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: The current study investigated preferences made by 73 college students when presented with 60 sets of images of slot machine outcomes. These images were categorized into three groups; (1) loss disguised as wins (LDW), (2) wins, and, (3) losses. Three preference tests were conducted (LDW vs. loss; win vs. loss; LDW vs. win) in a random sequence. Results yielded a statistically significant difference between the three preference tests F(2, 71) = 56.15, p < 0.001. A Sidak post hoc analysis demonstrated that there was a statistically significant difference, p < 0.001, between LDW vs. loss and the other two tests, not between win vs. loss and LDW vs. win. A chi-square goodness of fit test was conducted to evaluate if preferences in the LDW vs. loss group were acquired through chance. The results were statistically significant X2 (71) = 266.9, p < 0.001, indicating that the preference for LDW over losses were not acquired by chance. |
|
Replication and Extension of Derived Rule-Following in Gambling Contexts |
Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), TARA M. GRANT (Saint Louis University), Scott Rupp (Saint Louis University), Melaney Inman (Saint Louis University), Erin Kasson (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: In a replication of derived rule-following and subsequent rule following during a gambling activity, adult participants wagered on a roulette table before and after completing a discrimination task within a non-concurrent multiple baseline design. Participants were instructed to tact three arbitrary symbols that were placed above the roulette wheel. During roulette play, participants wagered one chip on either black or red to win. Following baseline, each participant was presented with a series of discrimination training and testing trials designed to create a three three-member stimulus class including the words "bet" "on" "red/black" depending on baseline response allocation. All participants were then instructed to complete a fill in the blank assessment and an open-ended tact assessment to determine if the rule (e.g., "bet on red/black") derived after training. Results suggested that all participants derived the rule, and altered their response allocations by betting more on the specific color trained. Implications for conceptual development of self-awareness in regards to self-generated rules will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Equivalence Class Formation: Meaning, Classroom Utilization, Writing, Delayed Emergence and Theory |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: This symposium explores how equivalence based instruction can be implemented in a low tech classroom, how equivalence class formation informs a better understanding of meaningful stimuli, how the establishment of joint control of graph-printed description relations can induce paragraph length descriptive writing, and how the delayed emergence of equivalence classes with extended testing challenges Sidman’s theory of class formation. |
|
Learning to Write Without Writing. Effects on Writing of Relational and Nonrelational Descriptions. |
JACK SPEAR (Queens College and the Graduate Center, City University of New York
), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: A special form of arbitrary conditional discrimination training was used to establish relations between interaction based graphs and printed paragraphs that describe the content of the graphs. Thereafter, participants wrote descriptions of the graphs. Each paragraph contained sentences that described the directionality of the functions in the graphs, the interactive effects of the two variables, and the relational elements of the graphs. A quantitative analysis of the accuracy of these two types of elements in each sentence type showed differential effects of the training conditions. The low level of training increased accuracy of non-relational elements in directionality statements and did not improve accuracy of relational statements. It also did not improve accuracy of non-relational and relational descriptions in interaction and intersection statements. The high level of training improved the non-relational and relational phraseology in all of the sentences. This analysis shows how level of training conditional discrimination training differentially influenced the accuracy of completeness of written descriptions of graphs that depicted the interactive effects of two variables on behavior. |
|
Using Clicker Training in a Standard Low-tech Classroom Setting to Teach Biology Based Equivalence Classes. |
ANTONIOS VARELAS (Hostos Community College, City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: The use equivalence based instruction (EBI) class room settings is rarely used. The present experiment describes a procedure that uses answer clicker technology to establish equivalence classes in a class room setting with 40 college students. A sorting test was conducted initially to determine whether the stimuli in the biology based classes were related to each other: they were not. Thereafter, training of AB and CB relations was conducted by presentation of a trial that contained a sample and three comparisons. Students selected the correct comparison with clickers, the responses of which were registered by the clicker software system. When the last student answered, the correct answer was displayed along with the percentage of student who answered correctly. Training continued until all students answered correctly. Thereafter, the procedure was repeated with CB training. Once completed, a sorting test was administered to determine whether the classes were formed. 85% of students formed classes. This demonstrates a means of using equivalence based instruction in a class room setting without the use of computers. The use of the sorting test to assess class formation substantially shortened the duration of an EBI session. Finally, students in the classroom enjoyed learning with this procedure. |
|
Enhancement of Equivalence Class Formation by Prior Conditional Discrimination Training; Functions of Meaningful Stimuli. |
ROXANA I. NEDELCU (The Graduate Center, City University of New York
), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Meaning and the enhancement of equivalence classes by prior establishment of arbitrary conditional discriminations. Meaningful stimuli serve as Sds, as elements in conditional discriminations, and as members of categories. The present experiment determined whether the establishment of a conditional discrimination with a meaningless shape, the C stimulus, would enhance the formation of an equivalence class that contains the C stimulus. When the C stimulus was linked to only one other stimulus, CX, its inclusion in a set of other abstract stimuli, ABCDE enhanced class formation but not to the same extent as the inclusion of a C stimulus that was a meaningful picture. When the abstract C stimulus was linked to VWXY and Z stimuli, its inclusion in the ABCDE set resulted in equivalence class formation that matched that produced by the inclusion of a picture. These results then clarify further now the behavioral functions of meaningful stimuli enhance the formation of equivalence classes. |
|
Extended Testing and Delayed Emergence of Derived Relations |
TORUNN LIAN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: In the present study, the participants experienced an extended number of test trials. First, participants experienced conditional discriminations training with three 5-member experimenter-defined classes in a linear series training structure. Then they experienced symmetry, transitivity and equivalence test trials in random order with directly trained conditional discriminations interspersed. Each trial type was presented five times during this test block, yielding 300 test trials. This test block was repeated four times, constituting a total of 1500 test trials per participant. Participants were offered a 10-15 minutes break in between the test blocks. All of the trial types in all test blocks were presented without programmed consequences. The results show that some of the participants performed consistently in accordance with the experimenter defined classes in all tests. Some of the participants did not respond in accordance with stimulus equivalence despite high accuracy of directly trained conditional discriminations in the first test. In some of the participants responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence occurred only after repeated exposure to test trials. The latter results are not easily compatible with Sidman’s Bag theory, proposing that all derived relations should immediately emerge following the establishment of the baseline conditional discriminations and an appropriate account of these performances will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts Behaving Badly?: Topography, Analysis, and Implications for Our Profession |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Discussant: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly A. Schreck, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pop rocks mixed with soda will kill you. Flash your headlights and gang initiates will shoot you. Always observe the behavior of gas station attendants they may be warning you of a killer in your backseat. The perpetuation of urban legends indicates people will believe almost anything they hear or read. Autism treatment has its own urban legends Facilitated Communication reveals buried secrets; Son Rise transports to a different world; and animals intuit needs of kids with ASD. As scientists, BCBAs have an ethical responsibility to evaluate urban legends related to Autism treatment (i.e., alternative or fad treatments). Unfortunately, many BCBAs not only fail to evaluate these treatments according to science, but actually use or promote treatments that have no empirical evidence of effectiveness. This symposium describes the topography of individual BCBAs and companies bad choices; an analysis of the variables related to these choices; and the social, legal, and treatment implications of BCBAs behaving badly. |
Keyword(s): alternative treatments, BCBA, ethical behavior, fads |
|
They Should Know Better: A Description of The Drift from Our Ethical Code |
THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Nancy Ellis (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for behavior analysts is very clear on the point that certified behavior analysts are responsible for recommending scientifically supported most effective treatment procedures. The behavior of behavior analysts must be ruled by science and evidence. Unfortunately, Schreck and Mazur (2008) discovered through their survey that many behavior analysts admit to using treatment strategies that are not evidenced based. This presentation will further identify the irresponsibility of some behavior analysts who use unproven treatments in direct violation of our ethical code. A search on the Internet using key phrases such as BCBA and (name of a fad treatment) resulted in identifying dozens of certified behavior analysts using, promoting, or writing positively about treatments that are not scientifically supported most effective treatments. This presentation will describe these treatments, highlight the lack of evidence, and show the number of behavior analysts who were found supporting such treatments. |
|
Behavior Analyst Businesses Behaving Badly |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
Abstract: The BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct are written to guide the behaviors of individual behavior analysts but in my recent experience it is companies providing ABA services that should be our focus. As we now know there is a lot of money to be made in providing behavioral services and this can influence the judgment of the owners of these organizations in deleterious ways. If the company, be it consulting firm, private school, in-home, or drop-in clinic puts undue pressure on young, relatively inexperienced BCaBAs or BCBAs the results are unbecoming of our field. Owners can increase revenue by taking more clients without increasing staff, by taking more difficult clients without hiring specialists (at a higher rate), and by passing on costs to their behavior analysts that should be part of their overhead (e.g. mileage to reach in-home clients). Paperwork to meet provider standards also is an impediment to some unethical owners and is met with suggestions to their behavior analysts to "use the cut-and-replace function" more often. Individual clients do not necessarily need "individual" behavior plans, if we can guess the functions rather than doing a proper functional analysis, a good plan for a previous client will do just as well. I will discuss these and other unethical behaviors on the part of businesses and suggest a solution. |
|
The A-B-C's of Behaving Badly: An Assessment of the Variables that Maintain BCBAs' Use of Non-Scientific Treatments |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Lindsay M. Knapp (Penn State Harrisburg), Heather Wilford (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: As children we learn our A-B-Cs very early in the educational process. As beginning behavior analysts, we learn the alternative meaning of the A-B-Cs. Unfortunately, many behavior analysts fail to analyze their own behaviors according to the A-B-Cs. This failure becomes most evident relevant to some BCBAs use of non-scientifically supported treatments for ASD. BCBAs recommend and use non-science despite ethical dilemmas (Schreck & Mazur, 2008). These recommendations and implementations for non-scientific treatments for ASD require a behavioral assessment. A variety of environmental stimuli, such as pressure from parents or employers, media hype, and beliefs about treatments or autism may influence BCBAs to experiment with non-scientifically supported treatments. Contingencies (e.g., monetary gain, acceptance by co-workers, etc.) may maintain the use of these treatments, sometimes to the exclusion of ABA (Schreck & Mazur, 2008). This presentation will assess possible A-B-C factors that influence BCBAs to choose non-science and contingencies that maintain this behavior |
|
The Long-Term Impact of Scientifically Risky Behavior |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: As explained in Epling and Woodward's seminal article, "How to Be a Successful Psychotherapist No Matter What the Effect on Behavior: The Corn Soup Principle," the natural contingencies clinical settings include high-probability reinforcement for behavior of low clinical quality. Many of these contingencies are structural. Reliable clients with simple problems are preferred to troublesome clients with serious problems. A clinician who has not designed countervailing contingencies could become what Epling and Woodward called a "Successful Non-Therapist," making a living without providing real service. A correlated set of scientific contingencies exist. Empirically vacuous therapeutic approaches--with easily understood conclusions, simple procedures, vague goals, and many buzz-words--will reinforce at a higher rate than scientifically sophisticated approaches with good but hard-won outcomes. Thus, a successful but careless behavior analyst can, over time and without realizing it, become a successful non-therapist whose former rigor and effectiveness has been replaced by copious verbal behavior about clinically irrelevant concepts, satisfaction about outcomes that might have been achieved by doing essentially anything, and clients pleased by something other than the actual effectiveness of the treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Staff and Parent Training of Assessment and Treatment Procedures |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College) |
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Jason C. Vladescu, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The proposed symposium includes four presentations addressing recent advances in staff and parent training of assessment and treatment procedures. The first presentation evaluated Internet-based telehealth services to remotely teach parents to conduct discrete trial instruction. The results indicated significant increases in performance and provide support for web-based technologies and other telehealth applications to training. The second presentation evaluated the effectiveness of video modeling with voiceover instruction to train three staff to conduct a paired-stimulus preference assessment. The results demonstrated that video modeling was effective, and suggest that performance feedback may not always be a necessary component of training. The third study evaluated the separate effects of written instructions and in-vivo training on the implementation of a maintenance protocol for nine participants. Results indicated that in-vivo training was necessary, as the written instructions were ineffective at producing the desired change in participant implementation of the maintenance protocol. The fourth presentation evaluated the effectiveness of a behavioral skills training package to train daycare teachers to teach toddlers to request social interactions using manual signs. The results indicate the training package was effective. Collectively these studies provide support for the effectiveness of a range of training approaches for staff and parents. |
Keyword(s): parent training, staff training |
|
Using Telehealth Technologies to Remotely Teach Caregivers to Conduct Discrete Trial Instruction |
WILLIAM J. HIGGINS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Leny Velasquez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: For many years, there has been an increasing shortage of behavioral healthcare professionals in counties across the United States. Recent advancements in telecommunication technologies make it possible to conduct telehealth services and bridge the gap between urban and rural location. In the current study, we used Internet-based telehealth services to remotely teach caregivers of children with language delays to conduct an expressive identification task within a discrete trial instruction framework. The teaching package included didactic information and video modeling, scripted role-play sessions with immediate feedback, and in-vivo feedback during practice sessions with a child. We used a multiple-baseline-across-participants design to evaluate the effects of the teaching package on caregiver correct responding and child independent correct responding. Robust and immediate improvements in performance were observed across all three caregivers and their performance maintained during follow-up and generalization probes. Increased independent correct responding was observed across all child participants following the caregiver teaching package. The benefits of web-based technologies and other telehealth applications are discussed. |
|
Training Staff to Implement a Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment using Video Modeling with Voiceover Instruction |
PRISCA DELIPERI (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: A key component of successful early intervention programming is the identification of stimuli that may function as reinforcers. Behavior analysts have overwhelmingly reported that the paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessment is the most commonly used direct method of determining preference (Graph & Karsten, 2012). Although effective at identifying potential reinforcers, the PS procedure is only useful if staff are trained on the steps necessary to conduct the assessment. The current study examined the effectiveness of video modeling with voiceover instruction to train staff to conduct a paired-stimulus preference assessment. Three staff were trained to identify items to use during the PS assessment, conduct a PS preference assessment with a simulated consumer (i.e., an adult acting as a child), and how to score and interpret the results of the PS assessment. Generalization was assessed with an actual consumer (i.e., a child with autism). The results demonstrated that video modeling was effective, and staff demonstrated high levels of integrity up to 2-months following training. These results support a growing body of literature supporting the use of video modeling as an approach to training. We will discuss the current study in the context of previous staff training studies and suggest areas for future research. |
|
Teaching Behavioral Therapists to Implement a Maintenance Procedure during Therapy Sessions |
MICHELE BISHOP (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Amy Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Maintenance of skills is critical for successful treatment of children with autism. Most research has focused on the initial acquisition and generalization of skills, with less research on the maintenance of skills. Researchers have demonstrated that when reinforcement is withdrawn, treatment effects decrease relatively quickly. The use of intermittent reinforcement can promote maintenance of skills. The purpose of the present study was to train direct care staff to implement a maintenance protocol that included 1) varying the order of the responses, 2) using intermittent reinforcement, and 3) conducting error correction at the end of the maintenance trial block. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of written instructions and in-vivo training for 9 participants. Results indicated that written instructions were ineffective and in-vivo training was necessary to produce accurate performance for all participants. Accurate implementation of the maintenance protocol was observed during generalization probes and at the four week follow-up. These results suggest that in-vivo training produced lasting effects for all participants. |
|
Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Daycare Providers Infant Sign Language Procedures |
VALERIE LYNN VANTUSSI (University of North Texas), Tayla Cox (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The current experiment evaluates the effectiveness of a brief training package to train daycare teachers to teach toddlers to request social interactions using a manual sign based upon American Sign Language. The training package included instructions, video model, role-play, and feedback. A concurrent multiple-baseline design across 3 teacher-toddler dyads was used to evaluate the training package. An analysis was also conducted on the effects of training on the behaviors of toddlers as a group and individually during free play times in the classroom. |
|
|
|
|
A Model for Uncovering the Relations Among Symptoms, Treatments, and Outcomes for Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:20 AM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Dana Cihelkova (West Virginia University) |
|
A Model for Uncovering the Relations Among Symptoms, Treatments, and Outcomes for Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Domain: Service Delivery |
DANA CIHELKOVA (West Virginia University), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University), Reagan Curtis (West Virginia University), Kim Floyd (West Virginia University), Amy Root (West Virginia University) |
|
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are complex disorders for which the etiology is unknown. While we do not know and/or understand the etiology of ASD, we are developing assortments of treatments that are more or less effective and are more or less evaluated. We suggest that the current situation results from the complexity of ASD and the treatments developed for it. Therefore, we have created a systematic research approach that will allow us to gradually understand the connections between and among the factors of this complex phenomenon. The evidence suggests that Applied Behavior Analysis based treatments are the most successful. However, even these treatments have not been comprehensively evaluated in ways that allow us to connect what was done to an overall understanding of ASD. Our Dynamic Evaluation Model for the evaluation of complex behavioral interventions is designed to uncover and quantify specific relations among various symptom manifestations, complex treatment constellations, and outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Verbal Foundations: Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing 3-Dimensional Objects |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joan Broto (Semiahmoo Behaviour Analysts, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Joan Broto, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We tested three procedures to condition 3-D stimuli as conditioned reinforcers for observing responses. The first study used a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure to condition 3-D stimuli as reinforcers for observing. Following the establishment of 3-D stimuli as reinforcers, participants showed increases in 3-D and 2-D match-to-sample responding and decreases in stereotypy. In the second and third studies 3-D stimuli were conditioned as reinforcers for observing using a visual tracking procedure, resulting the acquisition of generalized match-to-sample repertoires. |
Keyword(s): 3D stimuli, conditioned reinforcement, cusp, generalized matching |
|
The Effects of the Acquisition of Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Three-Dimensional Stimuli on Stereotypy and Match-to-Sample Responding |
JACQUELINE MAFFEI-LEWIS (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for observing three-dimensional (3-D) stimuli on responses to two-dimensional (2-D) and 3-D match-to-sample tasks and stereotypy using a delayed multiple probe design across participants. Pre-intervention probe data showed that 3-D desktop stimuli did not function as reinforcers for observing for the preschool-aged participants. The 3-D stimuli were conditioned as reinforcers using a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure. Once the participants acquired conditioned reinforcement for observing 3-D stimuli, correct responses to 2-D and 3-D match-to-sample tasks increased significantly and rates of stereotypy decreased. The results of the study suggest that a relationship exists between reinforcement for observing 3-D desktop stimuli and 2-D to 3-D match-to-sample responses. |
|
The Effects of Conditioning Observing Three Dimensional Stimuli on Following Classroom Routines, Identity Matching and Imitative Responses in Young Children with Autism |
JEANNE MARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School, Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), Noor Younus Syed (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of an observing three dimensional object conditioning procedure on pre-listener, imitation and match to sample responses of young children with autism. Three children between the ages of 2 and 4.8 years who attended center based Early Intervention or preschool programs participated in the study. The three dimensional object conditioning procedure involved the students visually tracking preferred and non-preferred items that were placed under transparent and then opaque cups and were rotated a set number of times per phase. Initial probes for the presence or absence of the following behaviors were conducted 1) generalized match to sample for identical three-dimensional stimuli, 2) generalized match to sample for identical two- dimensional stimuli, 3) generalized match to sample of two dimensional to corresponding three dimensional stimuli, 4) imitation of object use and 5) generalized imitation. We also compared the rate of acquisition of skills across the following programs immediately before and after the conditioning procedure was implemented: three-dimensional selective match to sample, instructional control with visual cues, follows school routines with visual cues, selective imitation and object use imitation. The results showed that for all three participants, the three dimensional conditioning procedure was functionally related to increases in generalized three dimensional matching and object use imitation. Decreases in instructional trials to criterion, or increases in rates of acquisition of skills across the aforementioned programs were seen for two of the three participants as well (the third participant left the study before data could be analyzed). |
|
The Effects of a Visual Tracking Protocol on the Acquisition of 3-Dimensional Stimuli as Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing and Generalized Matching Repertoire |
Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), JOAN BROTO (Semiahmoo Behaviour Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a visual tracking procedure on the acquisition of 3- dimensional objects as conditioned reinforcement for observing and on generalized matching repertoire. There were 3 participants in the study who were enrolled in an Early Intervention program. The independent variable was the visual tracking protocol, in which the participants were taught to observe clear and opaque cups that were in rotation, with a preferred and eventually non-preferred item placed underneath one cup. We implemented a delayed multiple baseline design and the results showed the protocol was effective to induce generalized visual identity matching repertoire, which were not in the participants repertoire prior to the implementation of the protocol. |
|
|
|
|
New Approaches to the Behavioral Pharmacology of Remembering |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
Presenting Authors: : MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: The predictive validity of animal models of memory has been disappointing, suggesting a need for new approaches to development of drug treatments. Many of the traditional procedures derive from the cognitive neuroscience approach and pose interpretive difficulties from a stimulus control perspective. EAB-based techniques (e.g., delayed matching to sample) may not address the complexity of stimulus control necessary for translational significance, but can be adapted to do so. This tutorial will provide a brief overview of procedures used in the behavioral pharmacology of remembering and a consideration of their strengths and weaknesses. It also will provide a more detailed analysis of research using novel procedures that vary the number of stimuli to remember as well as the retention interval. For example, the odor span task can be described as an incrementing nonmatch to sample procedure in which the number of sample stimuli to remember increases on each trial. Early results have shown that NMDA-antagonists, but not other classes of compounds, produce selective impairments on performance in this procedure. Variations of these procedures will be described that develop stimulus control by specific combinations of stimulus properties (what stimulus, when it occurred, and where it was presented), making it possible to study drug effects on "episodic" stimulus control. |
|
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Dr. Mark Galizio has been a prominent figure in the experimental analysis of behavior for more than 30 years. He has published more than 65 peer-reviewed publications; and he has received numerous extramural grants to fund his research. He is a fellow of Divisions 3, 25, and 28 of the American Psychological Association, past associate editor of The Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and has served as the chair of the National Institutes of Health BRLE (Biobehavioral Regulation, Learning, & Ethology) review panel. Dr. Galizio is a recognized expert in the areas of stimulus control and behavior. This talk will focus on some of his innovative research exploring translational models to identify amnestic effects of pharmacological agents. |
Keyword(s): animal models, memory, olfaction |
|
|
|
|
Further Advancements in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Melanie H. Bachmeyer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions, specifically escape extinction and positive reinforcement, are considered well-established treatments for pediatric feeding disorders. However, further research to understand the necessity of these and other consequence-based procedures in the development of function-based interventions is warranted. Moreover, further development and examination of antecedent interventions is necessary for cases in which escape extinction is ineffective or unacceptable. This symposium presents three studies that extend the existing behavioral feeding literature in these ways. Kirkwood and colleagues will present a study that further examines the use of consequence-based procedures in the treatment of the multiply controlled inappropriate mealtime behavior of 3 children diagnosed with feeding disorders. Wall and colleagues will present a study demonstrating the effects of an antecedent-based intervention, stimulus fading, to establish cup drinking in a child diagnosed with a feeding disorder when escape extinction did not result in treatment success. Finally, Cried and colleagues will present a study examining the effects of backward chaining to establish self-drinking after the successful treatment of liquid refusal. |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, food refusal |
|
Stimulus Fading to Establish Cup Drinking in a Pediatric Feeding Disorder |
MEGHAN A WALL (The Marcus Autism Center), Roseanne Lesack (The Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Behavioral intervention is a well-established treatment for chronic food refusal; however, the evidence base regarding treatment of liquid refusal is limited. Failure to consume an adequate amount of liquids is associated with a number of poor health outcomes, including restricted calorie intake, dehydration, and constipation. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the use of a stimulus fading protocol to establish cup drinking in a 2-year-old female with total food and liquid refusal. Prior to the current study, treatment involving non-removal of the spoon was successful in increasing intake of solids; however, use of a similar extinction-based protocol with 3.5 cc of formula presented in a cup resulted in high rates of expulsion. In order to promote acquisition of cup drinking, treatment involved reducing the bolus to 0.5 cc and systematically increasing the volume of formula by 0.5 cc until the terminal volume of 3.5 cc was achieved. A decision rule guided advancement in liquid volume and probe sessions (3.5 cc) were conducted between each step of the fading procedure as a control condition in a multiple probe experimental design. Results showed lower level of expulsion and higher percentage of mouth clean. |
|
Further Examination of the Treatment of Multiply Controlled Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior |
CAITLIN A. KIRKWOOD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Amanda L. Gibson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan V. Mariano (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lindsay E. Gordon (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with feeding disorders often exhibit inappropriate mealtime behavior that may be maintained by multiple reinforcement contingencies (Piazza et al., 2003). Previous research (Bachmeyer et al., 2009) has shown that extinction of both sources of reinforcement may be necessary to achieve treatment success. Functional analyses identified children whose inappropriate mealtime behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement (escape) and positive reinforcement (adult attention). Using a combined multi-element and reversal design, we compared function-based interventions (i.e., differential reinforcement and extinction procedures) individually and combination in the treatment of food or liquid refusal of 3 children diagnosed with a feeding disorder. Interobserver agreement was conducted on at least 33% of sessions. Agreement was above 80% for each child. Food/liquid acceptance increased and inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased to clinically acceptable levels with an intervention matched to only one function (i.e., escape) for one child. By contrast, food/liquid acceptance increased and inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased to clinically acceptable levels only with the intervention matched to both functions for 2 children. Results suggest that it was necessary to treat both functions to successfully treat the food/liquid refusal of 2 of the 3 children. Implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
Backward Chaining to Establish Self-Drinking |
Kristen K Criado (Marcus Autism Center & Emory University), WILLIAM G. SHARP (The Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Backward chaining (BC) is a well-supported treatment for teaching various skills, including establishing self-feeding with utensils. There are, however, few reports regarding how to establish independent cup drinking in young children with pediatric feeding disorders. The current study demonstrates the use of BC to establish self-drinking from an open cup with a 2-year-old male with a history of chronic food and liquid refusal. Prior to the current study, behavioral intervention increased oral intake of solids and liquids and subsequent treatment involving a least-to-most prompting sequence (e.g. verbal, model, hand-over-hand guidance) established self-feeding involving solids. Least-to-most prompting was, however, ineffective in establishing independent drinking. A BC procedure was developed using a task analysis of the steps necessary to promote self-drinking and a decision rule guided progression through BC steps. Probes involving least-to-most prompting were conducted between each step as a control condition in a multiple probe experimental design. Results indicated that BC represents a potential tool to teach a child to independently drink from an open cup. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Modification Through the Lens of the Polyvagal Theory |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Hayne W. Reese, Ph.D. |
Chair: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University) |
STEPHEN PORGES (University of North Carolina) |
Dr. Stephen Porges is a professor of psychiatry at the University of North Carolina. He is professor emeritus of psychiatry at the University of Illinois at Chicago, where he directed the Brain-Body Center, and professor emeritus at the University of Maryland, where served as chair of the Department of Human Development and director of the Institute for Child Study. He was president of the Society for Psychophysiological Research and the Federation of Behavioral, Psychological, and Cognitive Sciences. He is a recipient of a National Institute of Mental Health Research Scientist Development Award. He has published more than 200 peer-reviewed scientific papers across several disciplines. In 1994, he proposed the Polyvagal Theory, a theory that links the evolution of the mammalian autonomic nervous system to social behavior. The theory has stimulated research and treatments that emphasize the importance of physiological state and behavioral regulation in the expression of several psychiatric disorders and provides a theoretical perspective to study and to treat stress and trauma. He is the author of The Polyvagal Theory: Neurophysiological Foundations of Emotions, Attachment, Communication, and Self-Regulation (Norton, 2011) and is currently writing Clinical Applications of the Polyvagal Theory: The Transformative Power of Feeling Safe (Norton, 2014). |
Abstract: The Polyvagal Theory describes the role physiological state has in facilitating the expression of different classes of behavior. Applying the theory to behavior modification protocols leads to a refinement in the historical S-O-R model in which the state of the organism (O), now indexed by autonomic state, influences the accessibility of classes of behavior to stimulus control. Polyvagal Theory, based on evolutionary biology and comparative neurophysiology, identifies autonomic states that facilitate or impede the expression of specific classes of behavior. The theory identifies three stages of phylogenetic development that are characterized by parallel changes in behavioral repertoire and neural regulation of the autonomic nervous system: 1) an ancient autonomic system (i.e., unmyelinated "vagal" pathways) shared with most vertebrates that conserves metabolic resources (e.g., slows heart rate and breathing, decreases blood pressure) and supports immobilization behaviors (e.g., passive avoidance, fainting); 2) a system that increases metabolic output (i.e., sympathetic nervous system) and supports mobilization of the trunk and limbs (e.g., active avoidance, fight-flight behaviors); and 3) a uniquely mammalian system integrating the regulation of striated muscles of the face and head with the heart (i.e., myelinated "vagal" pathways) to create a functional social engagement system that regulates the phylogenetically older systems, often through social interaction, to promote physiological resilience and optimize health growth and restoration. Functionally, the theory proposes that modification of these "classes" of behaviors (immobilization, mobilization, and social engagement) will be optimized by monitoring autonomic variables and understanding the contextual cues that trigger transitions in autonomic state. Consistent with this model several variables, independent of stimulus manipulations, characterizing experimental conditions, and participants in behavior modification protocols (e.g., context, development, illness, medication, etc.) will influence the accessibility of different classes of behavior to stimulus control. |
Target Audience: Graduate students, practitioners, academics, and scientists. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the talk, audience members should be able to (1) Describe the polyvagal theory; (2) Identify the three stages of development leading to regulation of the autonomic nervous system; and (3) Describe at least two clinical/applied implications of the theory. |
|
|
|
|
Efficacy and Fidelity in School-Based Behavioral Support |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
|
Efficacy and Fidelity in School-Based Behavior Support |
Domain: Service Delivery |
GLEN DUNLAP (University of South Florida) |
|
Abstract: This presentation, from the Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group, focuses onthe contributions of applied behavior analysis to positive behavior support. School-wide positive behavior support (SWPBS) is a decision making framework that guides selection, integration, and implementation of the best evidence-based academic and behavioral practices for improving important academic and behavior outcomes for all students. Almost 20,000 schools have adopted SW-PBS as an implementation framework based on the principles of applied behavior analysis across a multitiered system of support. Dr. Dunlap will review the implementation of school-wide positive behavior supports with treatment integrity in schools and its impact on academic success and behavior climate. Data on outcomes and the factors leading to successful implementation will be presented both in the domain of implementation integrity, but also regarding behavioral reduction outcomes school-wide. Using PBIS, a behavior analyst at a macro level can examine school-wide data to provide a functional examination leading to system level interventions that help prevent and reduce behavioral problems for a large number of students. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bridging the Education Culture Gap |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: The goal of the evidence-based practice movement in education is to assure that all decisions about services that impact students are informed by evidence. It is disappointing that this is often not the case. One of the reasons this is the case is there is a significant culture within education that has a very different perspective about what constitutes science, the nature of teaching, data, and the effects of reinforcement. This alternative culture has made it difficult to introduce and implement research-based programs and interventions in schools. In this symposium we will describe what we mean by culture, the cultural gap in education, why it is important to bridge the gap, and how the differences in culture impact educational decisions. Finally, a set of principles and strategies based on the work of dissemination and implementation scientists will be described to bridge the gap. It will be argued that the adoption and implementation of an intervention is a social process and as such there are social contingencies that influence the rate of adoption and the quality of implementation. An understanding of the relevant contingencies may allow for greater adoption of effective, scientifically supported interventions. |
Keyword(s): evidence-based education, implementation science |
|
Culture Mapping: A Functional Analysis of the Education Culture Landscape |
RANDY KEYWORTH (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: The influence of different education cultures continues to be one of the most challenging obstacles to effective school reform. These cultural values and beliefs impact critical decisions in our education system involving all levels (federal, state, local, school, classroom), components (standards, instruction, evaluation, contingencies, resources), strategies (regulations, policies, systems, curriculum, practices, behavior) and individual stakeholders (politicians, policy makers, administrators, teachers, parents).
This session will use functional analysis to create a culture map of these various cultural forces, analyzing the contingencies that shape their behavior and the contingencies they use to try and shape the behavior of others. It will examine the role culture has played, and continues to play, in how decisions are made (adoption) and how they are carried out (implementation). And finally, it will describe the current landscape in terms of the status of specific active reform initiatives and the challenges of reconciling multiple cultural perspectives. |
|
Why Science Has Not Had A Greater Impact On Education? |
JOHN E. STATES (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to examine the impact of science on reform of American schools. Despite over 40 years of rigorous research as to what works and what doesn’t, we find that the science of teaching and in particular, Behavior Analysis, have failed to make the impact on student performance we would have anticipated. This can in large part be attributed to resistance from the predominant cultures in education whose values are often based on bad science, pseudo-science, and/or ideology that directly conflict with the empirical approach to solving educations many challenges. The divide between the explicit instruction and less empirically grounded models such as the constructivists continues to grow. To achieve the potential that science has to offer our schools, it is imperative that we come to understand why we have not succeeded. We will attempt to construct a clearer understanding by defining culture as a powerful influence on educators, look at how we got to the current impasse, examine the values and practices commonly ascribed to difference traditions, and explore efforts to reconcile the differing camps. |
|
Stranger in a Strange Land: Implementation Science for Behavior Analysis |
RONNIE DETRICH (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: Often behavior analysts find themselves working with individuals and organizations that have very different perspectives about how educational problems should be solved. Our usual response has been to either show them the data in hopes they “see the light” or try to persuade them through rational discourse. These have been weak means of influencing the audience. The problem is not just a problem for behavior analysis but is common across human service disciplines. Scientists have not been very effective for making the case for evolution or climate change by relying on the scientific evidence to be persuasive. Workers attempting to bring Western technology to parts of the developing world face a daunting task when faced with cultures that do not share a Western perspective about science. There is an alternative to direct efforts at persuasion. The emerging field of implementation science offers guidance about the variables that influence the adoption and implementation rate of innovations. This paper will review the principles from implementation science and propose how they can be used to impact the adoption rate of effective, scientifically based instructional practices. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Educational Settings |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University) |
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes two talks on the use of the Good Behavior Game in classrooms. One of those talks will describe a systematic replication of the Good Behavior Game in a classroom for students with behavior disorders, and the other will describe the effects of the Good Behavior Game on individual students and on academic performance. The third talk will describe some determinants of verbal-nonverbal (i.e., "say-do") correspondence. |
Keyword(s): group contingencies, verbal-nonverbal correspondence |
|
Some Determinants of Verbal-Nonverbal Correspondence |
KATHRYN GUENEVERE HORTON (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Sarah C. Mead (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Verbal-nonverbal "correspondence" is defined as consistency between what one says and what one does, and "noncorrespondence" refers to a lack of such consistency. Previous research has examined correspondence in either a say-then-do (say-do) sequence, in which the student is asked what (s)he will do and then is given an opportunity to respond, or a do-then-say (do-say) sequence, in which the student is given the opportunity to respond and then asked what (s)he did. In lay terms, correspondence in the say-do sequence is like "keeping a promise," and correspondence in the do-say sequence is like "telling the truth." Because both forms of behavior are valuable, research that identifies the variables that influence both correspondence and noncorrespondence should assist in determining how to strengthen the former and decrease the latter. The current research examines the influence of two potential determinants, the likelihood that one would (or would not) engage in the response promised or reported, and whether engaging (or not) would be detected. |
|
Immediate Effects of the Good Behavior Game on Individual Student Behavior and Academic Performance |
Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), ALYSSA FISHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a classwide group contingency that involves dividing students into two or more teams, giving team points for disruptive behavior, and delivering rewards to the team with fewer points or all teams if they scored below a set criterion. The purpose of the current study was twofold: (a) to examine the effects of the GBG on individual student behavior of students identified by their teachers as particularly disruptive, and (b) to determine the immediate effects of the GBG alone on academic performance. Students in two kindergarten classrooms and one first grade classroom participated. A reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of the GBG on individual student behavior. Academic performance was evaluated by comparing standardized scores in classrooms that participated in the GBG evaluation to classrooms within the same school that did not using a repeated measures analysis of variance. The GBG was effective at reducing the disruptive behavior of all 12 participants, but no significant differences in academic scores were found between classes that played the GBG and classes that did not. |
|
Implementation of the Good Behavior Game in Classrooms with Children with Behavior Disorders |
P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: First introduced by Barrish, Saunders, and Wolf (1969), the Good Behavior Game (GBG) is now a commonly used interdependent group contingency procedure designed to reduce disruptive behavior in classroom settings. In the GBG, a class is divided into two groups, simple rules are made, and contingencies are placed on the students following and breaking the rules. This procedure has been shown effective across various student ages, and its simplicity and long-term effects have contributed to its popularity in school settings. Although it has been systematically evaluated across a wide range of student ages, research on the GBG is lacking in the area of population and setting-specific assessments. In this evaluation, the GBG was implemented at a school for children of various ages with behavior disorders, and this application extends the current literature by systematically replicating the results of the GBG in children with behavior disorders. Implementation of the GBG, population-specific obstacles, results, and future directions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Leadership Seminar: Leadership Networks and Dissemination of Behavior Science: A National Agenda in Italy |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Fabio Tosolin, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
FABIO TOSOLIN (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
Since the 1980s, Fabio Tosolin has been introducing and spreading the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) and Performance Management (PM) methodologies in Italy. In the 1990s, he began to apply the O. Lindsley’s Precision Teaching and Fluency Building Approach to the growing up e-learning and introduced and spread in Italy the Behavior-Based Safety process (B-BS). Since 1985, he has guided Fabio Tosolin & Associates, in Milan, his management consulting firm that deals with performance management, learning technologies and behavioral safety for many national and multinational companies. He is currently professor of human factor in the management of HSEQ at the Milan Polytechnic, Department of Engineering of the Industrial Processes. He has been the chair of the last seven editions of the European B-BS and OBM Conference. He is author of more than 100 scientific communications, experimental researches, articles, and books on behavior management, B-BS, leadership, psychology of learning, didactic communication, and learning technologies. He is the president of the Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis (AARBA), the Italian Chapter of ABAI, and adviser of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies. |
Abstract: Since the 1980s, Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) and Performance Management (PM) methodologies have been introduced and spread in Italy. Fabio Tosolin has been at the forefront of this dissemination. In the 1990s, he began to apply O. Lindsley’s Precision Teaching and Fluency Building Approach to e-learning and introduced Behavior-Based Safety process (B-BS) in Italy. Since 1985, he has led the Milan-based management consulting firm, Fabio Tosolin & Associates, which deals with Performance Management, learning technologies and behavioral safety for many national and multinational companies. This talk will highlight the role leadership networks and decision making play in the process of large-scale dissemination of behavior analysis across sectors of Italy. |
Target Audience: Forthcoming |
Learning Objectives: Forthcoming |
Keyword(s): leadership |
|
|
|
|
Green Initiatives in Business: Linking Conservation and Profit through Behavior. |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The issues surrounding conservation and climate change are complex and require scrutiny by scientists, business leaders, and policy makers alike. Behavior analysts interested in organizations and/or climate change have much to contribute through an analysis of (1) critical conservation behaviors, (2) optimal venues in which to conduct behavior-based interventions, and (3) the interlocking contingencies that can extend the lifespan of domestic and organizational conservation initiatives. The analyses in this symposium range from conservation initiatives at a local scale to a conceptual discussion of interlocking contingencies on a corporate level. By linking the antecedents, behaviors, and consequences of traditionally disparate factions (conservationists and corporate business leaders), we hope to provide an initial framework that will allow for progress in business and conservation. The consistent theme across presentations is a process through which organizations such as the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Science can support local and corporate initiatives. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Conservation, Corporate Sustainability |
|
Green Programs at Morningside Academy: Lessons Learned and Future Possibilities. |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Morningside Academy in Seattle, Washington has participated in merging behavior science with education for over 30 years. Recently, the Morningside staff has taken on a new challenge: blending behavior science with conservation. This presentation will focus on using behavior science to bolster green initiatives within our organization. By sharing our successes and opportunities for improvement we hope to encourage other organizational leaders and staff who have implemented green initiatives. Moreover, we hope to engage others who are considering implementing green initiatives in their organizations and advance the larger discussion of melding behavior science with conservation. The specific topics discussed will be (1) challenges in identifying areas of conservation (2) developing behavioral conservation initiatives (3) rolling out the initiatives to the employee and student population (4) the data generated from the initiatives (5) the financial impact of the initiatives, and (6) lessons learned and plans for future initiatives. The data presented will include behavioral and outcome measures from staff and student behavior. |
|
Establishing and Supporting Sustainable Practices in Human Service Agencies |
WENDY KOZMA (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Human service agencies have a number of ongoing challenges with respect to maintaining high levels of clinical quality and ensuring fiscal solvency. These ever present concerns may not always result in staff and management placing sustainability and green practices high on the priority list. In fact the provision of home-based services in early intervention, home based early intensive behavioral (EIBI) services and the operation of community residential services requires staff and management to engage in a number of practices that directly contribute to global climate change. The current presentation describes how Human Service Management Corporation (HSMC) has fostered both individual and corporate sustainable practices across a broad range of programs serving persons with disabilities. The talk will highlight specific actions taken by four agencies (Beacon ABA Services, Criterion Child Enrichment Centers, Evergreen Center School and Evergreen Community Programs)under the direction of HSMC to reduce their individual and collective carbon foot prints. The process of meeting with each management team to develop company specific sustainable initiatives as well as the reinforcement systems developed at HSMC will be reviewed. |
|
Sustaining Environments with Corporate Sustainability Teams and Implications for Training Future Behavior Analysts |
KENNETH J. KILLINGSWORTH (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts interested in environmental sustainability can produce large-scale behavior change working within the corporate context. We consider the idea of corporate sustainability teams (CSTs) to benefit corporations, people, and ecologies that are affected by corporate operations as a venue for our discipline. As a member of CSTs, behavior analysts can implement behavioral sustainability interventions and other members (ecologists, mechanical engineers, public relations officers, etc.) can provide additional metrics and support to assess the impact of such interventions. Behavior analysts can join CSTs as employees of corporations or function as consultants on operational management and leadership of the CST. Leadership entails a complex set of competencies to direct the behaviors of many individuals. Effective leadership might be enabled by knowledge of interlocking behavioral contingencies and metacontingencies as these concepts organize assessment of complex, dynamic systems in which many behave. If behavior analysts are to extend their knowledge, skills, and capabilities to corporate sustainability, new emphasis will be needed in behavior analytic training programs. Corporate sustainability teams offer a new foray for behavioral scientists to contribute to society and, in doing so, can sustain behavior science as a socially relevant discipline. |
|
|
|
|
The Behavior Analyst Certification Board: Update and New Developments |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D. |
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
JANE S. HOWARD (California State University Stanislaus) |
NEIL T. MARTIN (European Association for Behaviour Analysis) |
Abstract: The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The most current data on the BCBA and BCaBA certification programs will be provided, including the overall number of certificants, the number of approved university training options, and recent examination pass rates. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including ongoing efforts to raise standards and the development of a credential for behavioral technicians. |
Keyword(s): BACB, BCaBA, BCBA, Certification |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Physiology |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota) |
|
Integrative Behavior Analysis: Resolving Some of Radical Behaviorism’s Anachronisms |
Domain: Theory |
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota) |
|
Abstract: Radical Behaviorism, is no longer tenable theoretically and counterproductive in the communities of science and practice. Contending that reference to private states as causally relevant is challenging to defend and practically problematic. The epistemological foundation of behavior analysis will be progressively transformed into a “covert event radical behaviorism,” Ullin Place’s identity theory of behaviorism or described by this author as a Functional Systems relative dispositional states approach (Thompson, 2007). Behavior analysis should continue to eschew idle speculation about unknown mental causes taking place in some unidentified non-objectively knowable sphere. An Integrative Behavior Analysis allows for measurable neurobiological dispositional state causes corresponding to mental dispositional mediators and would encourage objective data collection to evaluate such claims. A philosophically more comprehensive behaviorism would not be built upon unrealistic unity of science assumptions designed to reduce behavior analysis to neuroscience, but would embrace solid science at other levels of analysis. |
|
Levels of Analysis in Neurobehavioral Research |
Domain: Theory |
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: When discussing how to approach the existence of different levels of analysis within the behavioral sciences, it may seem intuitively plausible to parse levels of analysis a priori based on specific time scales or space scales. In the case of defining what counts as behavior, for instance, behavioral and neural scientists typically take into account variables such as muscle movements that yield a specific effect on the environment (e.g. button presses). This kind of definition implicitly constrains the dependent variables counting as behavior to responses occurring several hundreds of milliseconds after stimulus presentation. However, if we measure the initiation of the muscle movement preceding the switch closure of the button press, we would see that the muscle movement necessarily precedes the switch closure. Similarly, brain activity in the motor cortex preceding muscle activity and the switch closure can occur a hundred milliseconds before any detectable muscle movement (Okano and Tanji, 1987). What counts then as the moment in which behavior initiates after stimulus presentation? Can brain activity measured in the motor cortex be considered as behavior? If we accept the possibility that brain activity preceding overt movements may count as behavior, then we could potentially go back to sensory-perceptual neural activation preceding motor activation. Brainstem responses following auditory stimulation, for instance, occur in the first ten milliseconds following auditory stimulus presentation (Stockard et al., 1977). A possible alternative to defining the behavioral level of analysis based on spatial and timing constraints (parts of the cerebral cortex involved, latency of the measured response), would be a functional definition based on detection of orderly relationships between environmental stimulation and the measured dependent variable of interest (Skinner, 1938). For instance, if a stimulus reliably occasions a response (whether is constitutes a button press, a muscle movement, neural activation) then we could say that the stimulus constitutes a discriminative stimulus for the response of interest. Similarly, if stimulation following the response increases the probability of a similar response to occur in the future, then we would say that that stimulus constitutes a reinforcer for the response of interest. This approach circumvents the obligation to define ‘what counts as behavior’ based on arbitrary time scales or space scales. |
|
|
|
|
|
Going International: Behavior Analysis at the Global Level, a Success Story |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Martha Hübner, Ph.D. |
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of Sao Paulo) |
RUBEN ARDILA (National University of Colombia) |
Dr. Ruben Ardila is a Colombian research psychologist and a professor at the National University of Colombia. He received a Ph.D. in experimental psychology from the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. He has conducted research on experimental analysis of behavior, history of psychology, and the application of psychology to socio-economic development. Dr. Ardila has published 32 books and more than 300 scientific papers in journals from several countries. Some of his books have been translated into English, German, Portuguese, and other languages. As a visiting professor in several countries, including the United States, Germany, Puerto Rico, Spain, and Argentina, he has promoted behavior analysis, international psychology, and history of psychology. Dr. Ardila has been president of the Inter-American Society of Psychology (SIP), the International Society for Comparative Psychology (ISCP), and the Latin American Association for the Analysis and Modification of Behavior (ALAMOC). He founded the Revista Latinoamericana de Psicologia (Latin American Journal of Psychology) and edited the journal from 1969 to 2003. He was a member of the executive committee of the International Union of Psychological Science (IUPsyS) between 1992 and 2004. He is on the board of directors of the International Association of Applied Psychology (IAAP, 2006-2014). In 2004, he received the Science Award from Colombia. His most recent recognition is the American Psychological Association Award for Distinguished Contributions to the International Advancement of Psychology (2007). His most recent books are Autobiografa, un Punto en el Tiempo y en el Espacio (Autobiography, a Point in Time and Space, 2012) and Historia de la Psicologa en Colombia (History of Psychology in Colombia, 2013). |
Abstract: The roots of behavior analysis are found on empirical philosophers, on Pavlov, Pieron, and other thinkers. However, during the larger part of its history behavior analysis has been a discipline cultivated mainly in the United States and other English-speaking countries. The pioneers of behavior analysis as an area of research were part of the Anglo-Saxon culture (Watson, Skinner, and Baum) and was also the case with applied workers (Wolpe, Eysenck, Rachman, Keller, and Azrin). Probably the philosophical assumptions of the Anglo-Saxon culture were in tune with behavior analysis as a science and applied area. On the other hand, during the past few decades, an internationalization of behavior analysis has taken place. Work of high quality is carried out in Norway, Japan, Spain, Brazil, and other nations. The situation of behavior analysis and its international growth is analyzed, including the role of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in this process. At the present time, behavior analysts are "thinking globally and acting locally." |
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students and anyone interested in learning about the international growth of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: -Explain the current state of behavior analysis at the international level, -Discuss the main areas of research and application at the global level. -Explain the contribution of different cultures and worldviews to behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, historical development, internationalization |
|
|
|
|
New Developments in Dissemination, Application, and Measurement of Contemporary Behavior Therapies |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Christopher Briggs (Western Michigan University ) |
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Clinical behavior analysis involves the application of strategies derived from behavioral concepts and principles to traditional (outpatient) psychotherapy settings and populations. Like many of the different domains of behavior analysis, clinical behavior analysis strives to efficiently disseminate effective treatments, understand the process and effectiveness of treatments, and accurately measure behaviors of interest. This symposium takes a broad look at issues that impact the science of clinical behavior analysis in the aforementioned domains. In the first study the authors investigate the efficacy of dissemination of behavioral activation via a one day training. The second study investigates the dissemination of motivational interviewing techniques through a single day training. The third study is designed to evaluate the efficacy of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in a depressed high school student population. The fourth study is designed to evaluate the predictive validity of a measure of classes of behavior that can function as target behaviors. |
Keyword(s): ACT/FAP/BA/MI, Clinical Application, Dissemination |
|
Evaluating a Therapist Training on Values-Based Behavioral Activation for Adolescent Depression |
JULISSA DUENAS (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Depression is a significant problem among all age groups, but adolescents are at greater risk of long-term effects such as recurrence in adulthood; therefore, it is important to treat depression as early as possible. Behavioral Activation (BA), an evidence-based treatment based on the behavior analytic theory of depression, has been described as a more parsimonious and more easily implemented treatment than Cognitive Behavioral Therapy. However, research in the area of BA dissemination is limited. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate a one-day workshop for clinicians on Values-Based Behavioral Activation (VBBA) as a treatment for adolescent depression. The training used the Behavioral Skills Training method (BST; Miltenberger, 2008), which incorporates instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback, and was evaluated using Decker, Jameson, and Naugle’s (2010) Therapist Training Evaluation of Outcomes Framework. Fourteen clinicians and clinicians in-training attended one of three workshops held and completed pre- and post-workshop questionnaires. Results from the main outcome measure showed that VBBA knowledge significantly increased from pre- to post-workshop and that knowledge was maintained through the one-month follow-up. These results provide support for the BST method used in the study and extend the limited research area examining BA dissemination. |
|
Motivational Interviewing: A One Day Workshop Training Study |
JUSTIN A. MOORE (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Motivational Interviewing (MI) is a brief, evidence-based psychosocial intervention for increasing behavior change tendencies. The approach in MI is consistent with behavior analysis (Christopher& Dougher, 2009). Dissemination of MI to practitioners requires evaluation of training procedures. In the present study novice therapists received training in MI during an 8 hour workshop following the Behavior Skills Training model (Miltenberger, 2008). The efficacy of the workshop was evaluated at the lower levels of Kirkpatricks model for training evaluation: satisfaction and acquisition of knowledge, reasoning that evaluation at higher levels would not be warranted if the training failed at lower levels. Across 2 trainings, 35 participants received training for which they reported high satisfaction (M = 4.11 [.63] on 1-5 Likert scale), which was significantly higher than a neutral score of 3, t(34) = 10.45, p = .000. In addition, participants knowledge from pre-workshop scores (M = 9.14, SD = 6.55) was significantly different from post-workshop (M = 23.28, SD = 5.114), t(35) = 17.42, p < .001, and 1-month follow-up, t(14) = 5.57, p < .001. The workshop, based on the BST model, appeared to be appreciated by participants and resulted in a significant increase in knowledge of targeted MI principles. |
|
Motivational Interviewing and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: A Stepped-Care Approach to the Treatment of Adolescent Depression |
RACHEL PETTS (Western Michigan University), Julissa Duenas (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Adolescent depression is a significant medical and mental health concern; thus, research on treatment outcome and potential mediators of outcome is indicated in this population. The purpose of the current study was to determine the effectiveness of using a stepped-care approach to treat adolescent depression in a school setting. Depressed adolescents, aged 14-20, were invited to begin participation in a minimal intervention phase (i.e., three weeks of Motivational Interviewing Assessment (MIA)), and then entered a more involved intervention phase (i.e., ten weeks of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT)), if they did not respond to MIA. The current study also sought to assess potential mediators of ACT, including activation and defusion. Data collection is currently underway using a single subject design. Six adolescents have entered the study and two have completed the protocol. Participant 1 demonstrated a clinically significant response after 7 weeks of ACT, which was maintained at one-month follow-up. There was a reliable change in activation during MIA and during the ACT phase; however, temporal precedence was not established. Post-ACT data for participant 2 has not been collected yet. However, a reliable change in activation was demonstrated during the ACT phase. Results thus far suggest that ACT may be an effective treatment for adolescent depression. |
|
The Predictive Validity of the FIAT-Q |
Daniel W. Maitland (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Rausch (Western Michigan University), KELLIE REYNOLDS (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Functional Idiographic Assessment Template Questionnaire (FIAT-Q) is a questionnaire that allows a clinician to assess the interpersonal strengths and weaknesses of a client. The scale was designed in such a way to assess the extent of client problem behaviors and suggest improvement response classes that may be a focus of treatment (Callaghan, 2006). To date, there has been no research published on how scores in the FIAT-Q relate to behaviors in day to day life. In the current study, students from a large Midwestern university were given an online version of the FIAT-Q. After completing the online questionnaire, participants were invited to participate in a second phase. The second phase of the study consisted of participants filling out a brief demographics questionnaire, a questionnaire assessing psychological characteristics (the Outcome Questionnaire-45) and complete 13 brief role plays derived from the Simulated Social Interactions Test. The relationship between participants scores on the FIAT-Q and the Simulated Social Interactions Task will be reviewed during the course of the study. Currently 93 participants have completed phase one of the study, and 12 have completed phase two. It is expected to have 300 in the first phase and 50 in the second by presentation. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Applications in Sports, Health, and Fitness |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W194a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristin M. Hustyi (Stanford University ) |
Discussant: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kristin M. Hustyi, M.A. |
Abstract: The prevalence of obesity and physical inactivity in both adults and children presents a problem of great social significance in this country and around the world. The behavioral assessment and promotion of physical activity is an emerging area of research, which behavior analysis is well suited to undertake. Research presented in this symposium will focus on behavioral and technological assessments and interventions related to sports, health, and fitness. Hayes and Van Camp will present a self-management and reinforcement intervention aimed at increasing physical activity of subjects during their regularly-scheduled recess at school. Valbuena and colleagues evaluated the FitbitTM program and a behavioral coach for increasing physical activity in adults. Quinn and colleagues evaluated TAGteach to enhance dance movements in young dance students. Miller and colleagues assessed physical activity preferences in preschool-age children. Continued research in the assessment and promotion of sports, health, and fitness is necessary in developing effective strategies and technology to combat an increasingly obese and sedentary population. |
Keyword(s): Fitness, Obesity, Physical Activity, Sports |
|
Utilizing TAGteach to Enhance Proficiency in Dance Movements |
MALLORY J. QUINN (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Victoria Fogel (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate TAGteach to increase the fluency of three dance movements in a multiple baseline across behaviors design with 4 students of dance. Target behaviors included a turn, kick, and a leap, respective of the level of the class. A dance instructor was trained to implement the TAGteach procedure by the primary researcher. The targeted dance movements remained at a stable level during baseline and improved for each participant following the introduction of the TAGteach training. Implications for future research are discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of an Internet-Based Behavioral Weight Loss Program With and Without a Behavioral Coach |
DIEGO VALBUENA (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Elizabeth Solley (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Obesity is a problem of vast social concern in the United States. One factor that has been linked to reduction in body fat and the health problems associated with obesity is increasing physical activity. Although in-person behavioral interventions have been shown effective at increasing physical activity, attention is now being placed on disseminating these interventions through the use of technology. Several internet-based interventions have been developed and are readily available. The purpose of this study was to evaluate "Fitbit"; a web-based behavioral intervention for increasing physical activity and losing weight. Additionally, this study examined if the addition of contact from a behavioral coach through videoconference and email enhanced this program. Through a multiple-baseline design across seven participants this research project evaluated the effectiveness of the "Fitbit" program with and without a behavioral coach. Step counts were recorded by a Fitbit sensor as a measure of physical activity. The Fitbit program alone increased physical activity for some of the participants, and the addition of the behavioral coach resulted in further increases in mean step counts. |
|
Increasing Physical Activity of Children During Recess |
LYNDA HAYES (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: In the past three decades, the prevalence of childhood obesity has tripled, and currently, nearly one in three children are overweight. As the concern for overweight and obese children in the United States continues, there is a need for effective interventions aimed at increasing health conscious activities of children. Increasing children's physical activity is one way to combat the overweight and obesity epidemic. School recess, which occurs daily in the vast majority of public schools, may be a good opportunity for children to be physically active, as a high percentage of children in the United States are enrolled in both public and private schools. The present study evaluated effects of a self-management and reinforcement intervention aimed at increasing physical activity of subjects during their regularly-scheduled recess at school. Physical activity was measured using a Fitbit accelerometer and reported as the number of steps taken. The results showed that the intervention was effective in increasing physical activity. Other interventions appropriate for similar populations and settings will be discussed. |
|
Behavioral Assessment of Physical Activity Preferences of Young Children |
BRYON MILLER (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Heather Zerger (University of the Pacific), Tracy A. Larson (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Low levels of physical activity are correlated with negative health outcomes such as heart disease, diabetes, and certain types of cancer. This is alarming given the rise in the prevalence of obesity and physical inactivity over the last few decades, especially in young children. Developing assessment strategies that can readily identify the variables related to both healthy and unhealthy patterns of activity might be useful in informing interventions that aim to increase physical activity. The current study extended previous research in the functional analysis of physical activity by evaluating the utility of a concurrent-chains procedure to identify participant preference to several common outdoor activity contexts. Together, the two assessments strategies were able to identify both healthy and unhealthy patterns of responding in four preschool-age children. The role of participant preference, as it relates to physical activity, will be discussed in the context of developing intervention strategies that aim to increase activity levels in sedentary individuals. |
|
|
|
|
How Machine Implementations of Simple Verbal Operants Demonstrate the Emergence of Complex and Diverse Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Discussant: Greg Stikeleather (Palo Alto, CA) |
CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, Ph.D. |
Abstract: More traditional computer simulations of human behavior have involved information processing models of the brain, whereby the brain is assumed to be modeled after the way computers are architected: lots of data stored in memory with programs that retrieve the data given certain inputs. Adaptive network systems are elemental computer learning programs that have enabled the simulation of behavior at an operant level, whereby that behavior which is followed by reinforcing consequences is more likely to occur again. This symposium explores how adaptive networks can generate simple verbal operants, and how more diverse and complex behavior can then be generated as a result. Implications for the interpretation of more complex human linguistic behavior and the development of effective teaching programs also are considered. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): adaptive networks, computer simulations, effective teaching, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, and graduate students interested in exploring how adaptive networks can generate simple verbal operants, and how more diverse and complex behavior can then be generated as a result. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Explain how implementing operant principles in a robot enables analysis of puzzling cases of verbal behavior; (2) Identify one or more examples of verbal behavior whose interpretation can be investigated by adaptive network simulations; and (3) Explain what an ANS is and specify how they differ from a typical computer program. |
|
An Overview of How Adaptive Networks Can Generate Simple Verbal Operants |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Adaptive networks are in essence, computer programs that learn. This very fact places them squarely in the domain of behavior analysis, although few in the field conduct research with them, or develop them for commercial or other purposes. This talk will provide an overview of what Adaptive Network Systems (ANS) are and how they differ from typical computer programs; provide insight into how they work; and show how they can adhere to the behavioral principles that the experimental analysis of behavior has uncovered over the years. The basic components of such a network will be explored including the architecture, some simple learning algorithms, and design features which preclude hard-wiring responses, or using brute computer power to solve problems or to produce more complex behaviors. Finally, some simple examples of ANS will be illustrated, particularly related to the elementary verbal operants. |
After obtaining a bachelor's degree in business administration and a minor in journalism, Dr. Potter worked briefly as a journalist for a small daily newspaper, then left that to work in a small advertising agency in New York City. After 4.5 years of this, his true passion emerged--the pursuit of science. He obtained a spot in the behavior analysis graduate program at Western Michigan University, which eventually resulted in a Ph.D. and much training in behavior analysis under the tutelage of Dr. Jack Michael and Dr. Alan Poling, both of whom he owes much. Throughout the years, he has dabbled in many things (VB, CBT, OBM, ANS, MOs, and a few other obscure acronyms), making him a jack of all trades but a master of none. He currently chairs the Psychology/Child Development Department at California State University, Stanislaus, and is director of the International Dual Behavior Analysis Degree in collaboration with universities in Warsaw, Poland and Bangor, Wales. |
|
How Adaptive Networks Can Aid in the Interpretation of Complex Linguistic Puzzles |
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College) |
Abstract: Because the experimental analysis of verbal behavior is constrained by practical and ethical considerations, most of our understanding of complex cases arises from verbal interpretations. But such interpretations are limited by the sheer number of relevant variables and our ignorance of subjects' histories. In contrast, adaptive network simulations permit complete control over both complex contextual variables and historical variables. If such simulations are tightly constrained by behavioral principles, they offer powerful demonstrations of the explanatory adequacy of such principles. Dr. Palmer will discuss several examples that seem to defy verbal interpretation, examples such as the problems of novelty, nesting, generalization of neologisms according to apparent grammatical form, conditioning the behavior of the listener, mysterious structural regularities in verbal behavior, and the problem of acquisition of complex forms. He will suggest that adaptive network simulations of verbal behavior may be the best interpretive tool and in some cases the only one. |
With bachelor's degrees in geology and English, Dr. David Palmer was devoting his post-graduate years to avoiding the draft when he chanced to pick up a copy of Walden Two from a friend's bookshelf. It changed the direction of his life. He promptly read the rest of the Skinner canon and spent the next decade trying to start an experimental community and preaching radical behaviorism to anyone who would listen. Eventually, he took some classes with Beth Sulzer-Azaroff, who urged him to apply to graduate school. Thanks to a dyslexic secretary, who entered his undergraduate GPA backward, he was admitted and began working with John Donahoe. He was happy in grad school and would be there still if the University of Massachusetts had not threatened to change the locks. He has spent the past 25 years as the token behaviorist at Smith College. During that time he co-authored, with John W. Donahoe, Learning and Complex Behavior, a book which attempts to integrate adaptive network simulation with experimental analysis and verbal interpretation of complex cases. He continues to puzzle over the interpretation of memory, problem-solving, and, particularly, verbal behavior. He still thinks Skinner was right about nearly everything. |
|
A Demonstration of Teaching Verbal Behavior to an Operant Robot |
WILLIAM R. HUTCHISON (Behavior Systems) |
Abstract: The presentation will describe a robot whose behavior is learned via an adaptive network based on behavior analytic principles, embedded in a body with sensors including vision and hearing and with responses including spatial movements and vocalizations. The demonstration will first show how that robot learns elementary verbal operants, then more complex verbal behaviors based on them. We will examine in detail how some of the puzzling verbal behaviors described in the preceding papers in the symposium are learned, illustrating how using a robot makes it possible to examine moment-to-moment changes in the conditions that control the behavioral sequence. |
William Hutchison earned his bachelor's degree from Kansas University with majors in psychology and mathematics, then entered the Ph.D. program in clinical psychology at State University of New York at Stony Brook, the first purely behavioral clinical psychology program. His major adviser was Leonard Krasner, one of the pioneer generation of researchers in behavior modification, token economies, and verbal conditioning. Equally influential on his career was his work as teaching assistant to Howard Rachlin, a leading figure in quantitative analysis of behavior. He then taught at one of the hotbeds of radical behaviorism, West Virginia University, in its Ph.D. program in behavioral systems analysis. In 1983, he developed a behavioral alternative to cognitive artificial intelligence, a computer system based on the equations from quantitative experimental analysis of behavior. That system became one of the first adaptive ("neural") networks and was the foundation for one of the first companies, BehavHeuristics, applying that methodology to commercial software. The company's focus was on resource allocation in changing environments, but a subsequent company, Applied Behavior Systems, embodied the adaptive network in robots and developed software for computerized training of verbal behavior to the robot and to children. Hutchison continued the robotics direction in a 4-year stint with the government's Intelligence Technology Innovation Center. |
|
|
|
|
Crossing the Border: ABA in Inclusive Settings |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
10:30 AM–10:50 AM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Preetinder Narang (University of Toronto) |
|
Crossing the Border: ABA in Inclusive Settings |
Domain: Service Delivery |
PREETINDER NARANG (University of Toronto) |
|
Abstract: The United States and Canada share many similarities in their approach to special education services, policies and procedures, and the dramatic rise in children with autism spectrum disorders is keenly felt by school districts across both nations. The placement of students with autism along a continuum of educational settings is a practice long-established and anchored in legislation such as the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, and yet the interpretation of “free appropriate public education” is markedly different. This paper will discuss the conceptualization of 'individualized planning', 'least restrictive environment', 'mainstreaming', and 'integration' for children with autism in California and British Columbia public schools. How have inclusive practices been implemented along the west coast of North America, and are they effective? The intersection of public education, policy, and behavior analysis at the state and provincial levels will be explored and suggestions to guide meaningful improvements for special education services in both countries will be offered. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Verbal Operants to Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Hoang T. Nguyen (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
|
Teaching Intraverbal Responses to Children With Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
HOANG T. NGUYEN (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Johanna F. Lorca (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Junelyn Lazo (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: Seven children diagnosed with autism participated in this study. All participants can respond to simple WH questions, for example, stating their names or identifying objects and actions when being asked. However, they can only engage in multiple verbal exchanges with verbal prompts. In this study, trainings were provided for all participants to engage in multiple verbal exchanges with specific topics. Participants were also taught to talk about specific topics according to the interests of their conversational partners. There are total of five training phases. First, participants were taught to tact immediate family members, teachers, and friends. Then, they were taught to match topics of interests to each person. Then, they were taught to generate five statements about each topic. Finally, role-play and generalization of intraverbal responses were introduced. Result shows that all participants were able to reach mastery criteria of 80% independence. |
|
Inducing MO Driven First Instances of Speech in Non-Vocal Children With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
|
Abstract: Most children with autism lack the natural ability to develop speech. They have to be trained using specific teaching models to develop speech. There is substantial research for increasing vocalizations in children by using stimulus stimulus pairing (Normand & Knoll; 2006), automatic reinforcement procedures (Sundberg et al; 1996), and manual sign mand training with prompt delay (Attanasio et al; 2012 ). However there is not enough research using the same methods for inducing speech in non vocal children. This study included 3 non vocal children with a diagnoses of autism aged 4 years, 7 years and 13 years. A multiple baseline design across participants verified the effectiveness of the procedure which included teaching the child to mand using signs with stimulus stimulus pairing. Once communication through sign was achieved to independence under motivating operation, the protocol was modified to a 2 sec time delay in vocal prompting. Results in all three children exhibited acquisition of sign mands followed by emergence of vocal mands across environments. |
|
|
|
|
|
Intervention and Comprehensive Program Practices for Very Young Children with ASD |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Carol Ann Davis (University of Washington) |
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will provide three papers focusing on service delivery and comprehensive programs for very young children identified with Autism Spectrum Disorder. First, Levy and Sainato will provide a conceptual overview of the literature on focused and comprehensive interventions used in the delivery of services to young children with ASD. Then, Schwartz and McBride will detail a comprehensive program for toddlers with ASD consisting of an integrated play group with typically developing peers, intensive 1 on 1 programming along with other behavioral interventions, and weekly home visits. Finally, Garfinkle, Emerson, and Gibbs will present an overview of the challenges facing the delivery of Montana's statewide program for young children with ASD. The use of innovations in distance-based technical assistance, providing access for the to professional development opportunities, the development of teaming and membership strategies to decrease turn-over and the creation of innovative business models to support the program will be presented. |
Keyword(s): autism, intervention programs, young children |
|
Interventions for Toddlers with Autism: A Review of Research |
EMILY LEVY (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: It is well established that early intervention is the best option for children who show signs of delay or characteristics of autism. There have been some retrospective and prospective studies that have looked at the behavioral characteristics of toddlers that were later diagnosed with autism, and now there are effective, reliable screening tools that can diagnose around the age of 2 (Boyd, Odom, Humphreys, & Sam, 2010). With the increase in the amount of children being diagnosed with autism and the demand for services to begin as early as possible, there is a need for research in the area of infants and toddlers with autism. A recent review of the literature on infants and toddlers included 20 studies that were analyzed by intervention purposes (Schertz, Reichow, Tan, Vaiouli, & Yildirim, 2012). The authors suggest another dimension to analyze would be intervention approaches. This paper will analyze what is currently being provided to toddlers with autism, what the research suggests in terms of service delivery approaches, and what future research should consider, while keeping the trajectory of a child's development and family aspects central. |
|
Project DATA for Toddlers: Blending Approaches to Meet the Needs of Toddlers with ASD |
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington), Bonnie J. McBride (University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center) |
Abstract: There are few well-documented comprehensive early intervention programs for very young children with autism. Project DATA consists of three essential components: an integrated playgroup, intensive 1 on 1 programming, and weekly home visits. Children enter the program between 16-30 months and receive intervention for 2 years. Our conceptual framework is founded on the premise that toddlers with ASD need opportunities to interact successfully with their typically developing peers from the beginning of the program. Naturalistic teaching strategies are embedded in the integrated playgroup to insure these successful interactions take place. The intensive programming uses discrete trial training and other behavioral strategies to address important skills for individual children. These components add up approximately 16 hours a week of intervention, compared to a control group receiving standard treatment in the community. In addition to daily behavioral intervention data, we also collect information on child communication skills, social skills, and cognitive skills using standardized assessments each quarter. We also use checklists to assess adaptive skills and measures of parent stress and satisfactions. Finally, we collect measures of parent-child interaction. A federally funded evaluation of this service delivery model is currently underway using a randomized clinical trial. |
|
Service Delivery Challenges and Strategies for a Statewide Behavioral Program for Young Children with ASD |
ANN N. GARFINKLE (University of Montana), Jackie Emerson (Developmental Disabilities Program), Karlyn Gibbs (The Child Development Center) |
Abstract: : In 2009, Montana began a statewide, intensive, behavioral Medicaid program for young children with Autism Spectrum Disorders and their families. There were many service delivery challenges associated with the start-up of this project including but not limited to: the program covered a wide geographic region; an untrained and inexperienced workforce; high rates of workforce turn-over; and, service delivery models that did not support the new program requirements. These challenges threatened the quality of the program services and thus the outcomes for the children and families participating in the program. For example, in a recent survey it was shown that 90% of direct service providers (i.e., para-professionals) terminate employment in the program within the first year. This creates disruptions in children’s programing and creates additional costs for agencies providing services. It’s estimated that this turn-over rate costs the State more than $250,000 annually. This presentation will describe these challenges as well as solutions that have been employed to remediate these issues. Solutions include innovations in distance-based technical assistance, the workforce’s access to professional |
|
|
|
|
Outcomes of Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions for Children with ASD |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: M. Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis is the basis for many effective interventions aimed at improving language skills and reducing problem behaviors. Often innovative and highly effective interventions are developed using single-subject experimental designs. One barrier to disseminating empirically supported behavior analytic interventions to the wider population of treatment providers is the dearth of larger scale studies examining outcomes across a larger sample. This symposium will present data from three papers examining the effectiveness of behavior analytic interventions in larger samples. The first study presents outcomes of behavioral parent training (BPT) program on parenting skills and problem behavior in children with autism in a sample of 220 families. The second study examines treatment outcomes of a behavior analytic intervention aimed at increasing mands from single to multi-word utterances in a larger sample of language-delayed children (n=30) receiving ABA intervention. The last study presents a literature review and meta-analysis on the effects of stimulus-stimulus pairing on vocalizations in children with language delays. |
Keyword(s): Language Intervention, Outcomes, Parent Training |
|
Outcomes of an in-home parent training curriculum for children with ASD |
ASHLEY BAKER (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center), Hannah Robinson (Marcus Autism Center), Andrew A. Fulton (Marcus Autism Center), Christopher M. Furlow (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Intensive behavioral interventions are effective at reducing maladaptive behavior but can be costly and procedural fidelity following sessions can be lacking (Jacobson, Mulick, & Green, 1998). An alternative is behavioral parent training (BPT) based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. These programs are relatively inexpensive, shorter in duration, and place emphasis on the importance of caregiver involvement, training, and education (Serketich & Dumas, 1996). This investigation examined the effects of a BPT program on parenting skills and problem behavior in children with autism. Participants included 220 families consisting of at least one caregiver and a child with ASD. The BPT program consisted of didactic, role-play, and in-vivo training sessions spread across 12, 2-hour sessions. The primary dependent variables were pre- and post- assessments of parenting skills, parent reported maladaptive behavior as measured by the Scales of Independent Behavior-Revised and caregiver stress level measured by Parent Stress Index questionnaire. Descriptive statistics will be utilized to describe the children and parents who participated in the program across a variety of domains (e.g., age, diagnosis, marital level, etc.). Inferential statistics will be used to determine if statistically significant differences exist between pre and post when compared to acquisition of targeted parenting skills. |
|
Outcomes of Behavioral Intervention to Increase Single Word Mands to Multiword Mands in Children with ASD |
RACHEL YOSICK (Georgia School of Professional Psychology), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism often require targeted intervention for development of functional language skills (Eigsti, Marchena, Schuh, & Kelley, 2011). Initial language training may focus on production of single word mands; however, it may be desirable to increase the mean length of utterance of those mands as the child progresses through treatment. Few published studies have examined treatment effects of interventions designed to increase mean length of utterance (MLU), and most have relied on single-case research design and small samples. The present study examines treatment outcomes of a behavior analytic intervention designed to increase the MLU of mands in a larger sample of language-delayed children (n=30) receiving ABA intervention. In order to quantify data across participants, the nonoverlap of all pairs (NAP) index (Parker & Vannest, 2009) was utilized to obtain an overall measure of intervention effectiveness (effect size). Our sample consisted predominantly of males (80%) ages 2 to 13 years (mean 5.4 years) who were diagnosed with autism (76.6%). Overall treatment effects were medium to large (average NAP=.89; average d=1.91). Using NAP, the majority of the sample (70%) demonstrated strong treatment effects. Results suggest that targeted intervention to increase MLU was effective for the majority of participants in our sample. |
|
Effectiveness of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing: A Review of the Literature |
DIANE HOLLANDER (Georgia Neurobehavioral Associates), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), Lori R. Muskat (Georgia School of Professional Psychology/Argosy University Atlanta) |
Abstract: Stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) is an intervention designed to increase vocalizations. This procedure has been used specifically with children diagnosed with developmental disabilities; however, the single-subject research literature regarding efficacy of the procedure has produced mostly mixed results. This paper provides a current review of the SSP literature, summarizing 11 experiments published on the use of this procedure with children with severe language delays. The nonoverlap of all pairs (NAP) index (Parker & Vannest, 2009) was also used to examine treatment effectiveness of SSP with 35 participants in 8 of the studies reviewed. Results indicate that a variety of procedural variations were used across studies and participants varied in terms of age, gender, diagnosis, and level of functional language abilities. Overall treatment effects were small to medium (average NAP=.70; average d=.29). A closer examination revealed that 64% of participants with no functional language showed medium to strong NAP scores, whereas, 0% of participants with functional language showed a strong NAP score. Overall, results support the general finding that the results of the SSP procedure are mixed. However, results also indicate that the procedure may be more effective with some individuals suggesting the need for more research into profiles that will benefit. |
|
|
|
|
The VB-MAPP as an Outcome Tool: Practical Applications across School and Center-based Settings. |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Discussant: John W. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S. |
Abstract: In this symposium, two programs using the VB-MAPP (M. Sundberg, 2007-2008) will report outcome data across a large number of learners with autism. The VB-MAPP is an assessment tool based on Skinners functional analysis of verbal behavior, which assesses baseline skill levels across 170 critical verbal and related competencies (i.e., milestones), compares them to the learners typically developing peers, establishes and guides an individualized curriculum for each learner, and assesses each learners progress on the targeted skills. This comprehensive, data-based assessment, repeated at regular intervals with a large number of learners, provides a nominal measure of program efficacy. A large-scale public school initiative (PATTAN Autism Initiative) using the VB-MAPP to both establish individualized curricula and track learner progress, will present changes in performance for over 800 students across a single school year. In addition, the Behavior Analysis Center for Autism (BACA) will present outcome data for over 40 learners who have been assessed and tracked using the VB-MAPP while receiving intensive ABA/Verbal Behavior therapy. |
|
Instructing Functional Verbal Behavior in Public Schools: Recent Outcomes from the PATTAN Autism Initiative. |
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: Outcomes from over 800 public school students' VB-MAPP protocols, administered in fall 2012 and then re-administered in spring 2013, will be reviewed. The results were compiled in public school autism support programs. Over the course of the 2012-2013 school year, interventions including discrete trial instruction, mand training, and natural environment training were implemented as part of training and technical supports provided by the PATTAN Autism Initiative. Data on fidelity of implementation for trained interventions will be presented. The pre-post change scores will be discussed in relation to estimated initial milestone acquisition rate for students prior to the school year that was reviewed. The results suggest the utility of the VB-MAPP as a tool to both establish and guide individualized curricula for learners, and to assess the effectiveness of instruction in public school autism support programs. Further, pre-post scores for all the VB-MAPPs reviewed indicate progress and skill acquisition. Results will be discussed in relation to overall changes in VB-MAPP Milestone scores as well as student performance in various domains including mand, tact, intraverbal, and listener responding. |
|
Assessing Outcomes of Intensive ABA/Verbal Behavior Therapy for Children with Autism using the VB-MAPP |
CARL T. SUNDBERG (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism), Genae Hall (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism, Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services), Jennifer Elia (Columbia University Teacher's College) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Center for Autism (BACA) will present outcome data for over 40 learners who were assessed and tracked using the VB-MAPP. These assessments were conducted between 2009 and 2013 by BCBAs who supervised the intensive ABA/Verbal Behavior therapy at BACA. The VB-MAPP was administered to each learner upon intake, then re-administered every 6 or 12 months to track progress across a large number of verbal and related skill areas. Pre-post Milestones, language barriers, and transition scores will be discussed. The results indicate the utility of using the VB-MAPP as a curriculum guide and demonstrate the efficacy of intensive ABA/Verbal Behavior therapy for treating individuals with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing Gaze Behavior in Toddlers with Autism |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ivana Krstovska-Guerrero (The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Discussant: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Ivana Krstovska-Guerrero, M.A. |
Abstract: Gaze behavior (i.e., gaze shifting with eye contact; GS & EC) is a fundamental part of developing early social communication in young children. Gaze behavior is impaired in children with autism across both requesting and joint attention (JA) functions. These early impairments negatively impact social communication development. GS & EC has not been addressed across both requesting and JA functions and both responder and initiator roles. In two studies, we used multiple baseline probe across participants designs to examine the effectiveness of prompting and reinforcement to teach GS & EC in the context of a sample of requesting and JA situations to seven toddlers with autism. All participants demonstrated acquisition of GS & EC across requesting and JA with generalization to a repertoire of related social communication skills and interactions with children?s mothers and collateral changes in autistic symptomatology. Results suggest that GS & EC may be a pivotal skill and may need to be taught to toddlers with autism as soon as they enter the early intervention system. |
Keyword(s): autism, gaze behavior, joint attention, requesting |
|
Gaze Behavior in the Context of Requesting and Joint Attention: Intervention for Toddlers with Autism |
IVANA KRSTOVSKA-GUERRERO (The Graduate Center, City University of New York ), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York ) |
Abstract: Gaze behavior, including shifting gaze from an object to make eye contact with a social partner (GS & EC), is severely impaired in children with autism across social communication functions such as requesting and joint attention (JA). These early impairments negatively impact social communication development in autism. Children have been taught GS & EC to initiate JA, but GS & EC has not been consistently required during responding to JA bids or when requesting. In this study we used prompting and reinforcement to examine the effectiveness of teaching GS & EC in the context of responding to a request and initiating JA to four toddlers with autism, using a multiple baseline probe design across participants. Generalization to related social-communication skills was assessed as well as generalization across people and time and changes in autistic symptomatology. All participants showed acquisition of requesting and IJA with generalization to a repertoire of social communication skills and improvements in symptomatolgoy. Findings suggest that GS & EC may be a pivotal skill. Early intervention for toddlers with autism should emphasize teaching gaze behavior as early as children are diagnosed to maximize the benefits of early intervention. |
|
Generalization of Gaze Shift across Responding and Initiating Roles of Requesting and Joint Attention |
MADIHA MUZAMMAL (Queens College, City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Gradaute College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders show significant impairment in their use of gaze shift with eye contact in the roles of responding and initiating in both requesting and joint attention functions of social-communication. Shifting gaze from a toy to make eye contact with a social partner (GS & EC) is an early form of social-communication seen in typically developing infants, but significantly impaired in young children with autism. A multiple baseline probe design across participants was used to investigate the effects of prompting, prompt fading, and reinforcement to teach a sample of roles/functions using gaze shift as a common response form. All three children (ages, 2-3 years) diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder showed acquisition of GS & EC. Two children showed generalization across roles and functions; all three children showed generalization of GS to interactions with their mothers in a semi-structured play situation. Gaze shift and eye contact may be a pivotal skill with far reaching impact on social-communication and characteristics of autism. |
|
|
|
|
Ability of Behavioral Traits (Temperament) to Predict Response to and Use of Drugs and Alcohol |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kathleen A. Grant (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Discussant: Harriet de Wit (University of Chicago) |
Abstract: Drug and alcohol use disorders impose heavy personal, familial and societal burdens. Strategies to reduce the prevalence of these disorders have included, but are not limited to, attempts to identify risk factors that detect individuals more likely to develop these disorders. While some attempts have focused on genetics or other biomarkers, others have examined behavioral markers (e.g., temperament/trait variables). This symposium examines individual differences in two such markers: impulsivity (delay discounting) and aggression. Research will be described that examines the ability of these to variables, measured when subjects are in a drug-free or a drug-naive state to predict responses to alcohol or subsequent alcohol drinking. Research will examine several species: rats, nonhuman primates and humans. Discussion will focus on the issues involved when translating findings derived from animal models, as well as larger issues such as the ability of temperament, which may be modified by drug use, to serve as a predictive marker for drug use, and the interaction between responses to a drug and its ability to serve as a reinforcer. |
Keyword(s): addiction, aggression, alcohol, delay discounting |
|
Temperament as a Risk Factor for Heavy Drinking in Male and Female Rhesus Monkeys |
MEGAN MCCLINTICK (Oregon Health & Science University/Oregon National Primate Research Center), Kathleen A. Grant (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Anxiety and aggressive are frequently associated with alcohol use in humans, though the direction and strength of these associations is unclear. Anxious-like and aggressive-like behaviors were measured in response to a variety of novel stimuli via a human intruder test (HIT) prior to ethanol exposure in 24 rhesus monkeys (11 female, 13 male, macaca mulatta). The HIT reliably assesses differential responses to a human intruder entering the testing room and standing in profile to the monkey (no eye contact), and entering and making direct eye contact with the monkey. Ethanol self-administration was induced via a schedule induced polydipsia procedure, consisting of daily induction of specified volumes of water or 4% ethanol. Subsequently, ethanol (4% w/v) and water were available concurrently 22 h/d. Blood ethanol concentrations (BEC) were determined 7h after the start of the 22h session every 5-7 days. Monkeys characterized as reactive (anxious, aggressive, or anxious-aggressive) at baseline self-administered significantly more ethanol than non-reactive monkeys. Specifically, monkeys aggressive at baseline self-administered significantly more than their non-aggressive counterparts, while no other groups significantly differed. These results indicate that an aggressive but not an anxious temperament in monkeys may serve as a risk factor for future heavy drinking. |
|
Delay Discounting Predicts Response to Alcohol in Rodents But Not in Social Drinkers |
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University), Travis Moschak (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Individuals with substance use disorders, including alcohol use disorder, tend to prefer smaller, sooner over larger, later rewards (steeper discounting of delayed rewards). This preference may pre-date the development of the disorder, and be mechanistically linked to characteristics that make the development of the disorder more likely. Two studies are described that examine whether sensitivity to delayed rewards, a critical feature of delay discounting, or discounting per se were associated with differential response to alcohol. In one study, rats chose between levers with different delay contingencies (adjusting delay task). Rats were then tested in this task after alcohol administration (0, 0.6, and 0.9 g/kg, i.p.). Operant responding was initially suppressed at the 0.9 g/kg dose. Less suppression was found in animals exhibiting high levels of drug-naïve sensitivity to delay, suggesting that animals with high sensitivity to delay are resistant to the behaviorally suppressant effects of alcohol. A second study examined social drinkers but did not find a significant correlation between drug-free levels of delay discounting and self-reported sedation following an intoxicating dose of alcohol. One possible conclusion is that sensitivity to delayed rewards may predict response in drug-naïve animals but discounting may not be predictive in drug-experienced subjects. |
|
|
|
|
New Directions in Research and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Problems |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Becky Penrod, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, the efficacy of various interventions designed to increase consumption of non-preferred foods as well as promote self-feeding are examined with children with food selectivity. Studies included in this symposium evaluated antecedent-based interventions such as modeling, and different applications of escape extinction combined with differential reinforcement. Mechanisms responsible for behavior change and directions for future research are discussed. Further, contextual factors that may play a role in the differential effectiveness of antecedent interventions are examined. |
Keyword(s): antecedent interventions, escape extinction, food selectivity, modeling |
|
Evaluation of Two Extinction Procedures During Feeding Protocols: Non-removal of the Spoon and 3-Step Prompting |
CHRISTINE SEUBERT (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Vikanda Meechan (Seek Education, Inc., California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Several studies have examined non-removal of the spoon (NRS) and 3-step prompting (3P) to increase non-preferred food consumption; however, there is limited research on how these methods increase or promote self-feeding of non-preferred foods. Self-feeding is an important aspect of feeding programs as it promotes independence. The purpose of the current study was to investigate and compare the effectiveness of two methods (i.e., NRS and 3P) used with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior to increase self-feeding of non-preferred foods and non-preferred food consumption or acceptance for children with food selectivity. In addition, side effects during each procedure (e.g., crying, spitting, etc.) were assessed. Due to the varied results from participants, results are still inconclusive as to which method is more effective at promoting self-feeding of non-preferred foods. Suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
The Effects of Modeling in the Treatment of Food Selectivity in Children with Autism |
Shu-wing Brice Fu (California State University, Sacramento), BECKY PENROD (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), Colleen Whelan (California State University, Sacramento), Shannon Medved (California State University, Sacramentoo), Kristin Griffith (California State University, Sacramentoo) |
Abstract: Previous research has supported that the modeling procedure may be a viable treatment procedure for children who have feeding disorders (Greer et al., 1991). The current study extended previous research on modeling by investigating the effectiveness of two different modeling procedures (i.e., modeling food consumption and differential reinforcement, and modeling food refusal and escape extinction) on food consumption of three participants with food selectivity, while addressing limitations of previous research. Results suggested that modeling food consumption and differential reinforcement was effective in increasing initial consumption of one food for Larry, and modeling food refusal and escape extinction was effective in increasing initial consumption of two foods for Larry, and one food for Adam. Neither modeling procedure was effective in increasing initial consumption for Sally. Possible mechanisms responsible for the effectiveness of the modeling procedure as well as limitations and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
Antecedent Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Problems |
Christine Seubert (California State University, Los Angeles), MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Agustin Jiminez (California State University, Los Angeles), Aimee E. Meier (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic feeding researchers have found that escape extinction procedures are often a necessary component of effective behavior intervention plans. These procedures may involve a number of side effects, however, and are not practical in many settings (e.g., in home-based settings it is difficult to prevent a child from avoiding a bite). Moreover, extinction procedures are not always necessary. In fact, there now exist several strategies, considered antecedent in nature, which have been found to be effective in the absence of escape extinction. It is possible that an analysis of contextual factors, which are often underemphasized in behavior analytic research (especially that published in popular behavioral journals), participate in the differential success of antecedent strategies. This review examines recent research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (2000-2012) that evaluates antecedent interventions. We found the intensity of the feeding problem and presence of feeding-related medical conditions were related to the differential success of antecedent interventions. |
|
|
|
|
Smack Talk: Bullying and Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Scott Warren Ross, Ph.D. |
Chair: Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi) |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
DENNIS D. EMBRY (Peace Builders) |
SCOTT WARREN ROSS (Utah State University) |
Abstract: About 27% of students in secondary and post-secondary schools report being involved in some way with bullying (Craig et al., 2009) and about 16,000 children in the United States report missing school because of fear of being bullied (National Education Association, 2011). Children with special needs have an increased risk of being bullied (Banks et al., 2009). The prevalence of bullying has sparked a number of prevention and intervention strategies and programs. These strategies involve students, parents, and teachers working together to influence the behavior of bullies and victims. The main focus of this panel will be to discuss the use of empirically supported programs for bullying interventions and prevention. Programs that focus curriculum content on bullying appear to have little or no replicated protective impact, and may actually increase risk of being bullied. A better approach may involve altering context based on evolutionary theory and behavior analysis, which may have superior protective effects on multiple mental, emotional, and behavioral problems. The panel will suggest expanded use of Contextual Behavioral Science as a tool in intervention and prevention of bullying, with audience members able to contribute to the discussion of further testable solutions. |
Keyword(s): bullying, bullying prevention, cbs, victimization |
|
|
|
|
The Effects of Motivating Operations on the Assessment and Treatment of Individuals with Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
CE Instructor: Tonya Nichole Davis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The manipulation of motivating operations can be an effective intervention component. In this symposium we present research regarding the application of motivating operations in assessment and treatment of individuals with developmental disabilities. The first paper investigates the use of mand training immediately prior to children being exposed to natural environments in which the reinforcer is visible, but not available. Results indicate that participants have lower levels of challenging behavior in the natural environment after mand training. The second paper investigates functional analysis results of behaviors that persist when motivating operations are not present (i.e., free access, no demands). Although this pattern is consistent with automatic reinforcement, in some individuals over-arousal may occur after a social function session that leads to behavior shifting to a pattern consistent with automatic reinforcement. Methods for detecting over-arousal are identified. The third paper evaluates the effects of systematically-identified durations of reinforcer access prior to intervention. Durations of reinforcer access were identified based on a percentage of the mean latency of satiation. Results indicate that this method can be utilized to identify a precise duration of reinforcer access to influence an evocative effect. Collectively, studies present innovative uses of the manipulation of motivating operations. |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, motivating operation |
|
Mand Training Satiation Procedures to Reduce Challenging Behavior in Instructional Environments for Children with ASD |
LAURA ROJESKI (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Cindy Gevarter (The University of Texas), Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Laci Watkins (The University of Texas at Austin), Mandana Kajian (Building Blocs) |
Abstract: Manipulating motivating operations can be an effective antecedent strategy for reducing or avoiding challenging behavior for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study included two children with ASD in a home setting and two in a school setting who exhibited challenging behavior in order to access tangible items. To replicate and expand previous research in this area, the current study used a mand training procedure to satiate participants on tangible items. Mand training provided a more naturalistic and educational means of satiating participants. Functional analyses were conducted with all participants to verify behavioral function, and then participants went through 10 minutes of mand training prior to returning to natural instructional environments where tangible items were visible but not available. A multielement design was used to evaluate intervention effectiveness, and generalization probes were conducted for participants. Results showed that participants had lower levels of challenging behavior and higher levels of academic engagement following the mand training satiation intervention. The outcome of this study provides educators with an effective and applicable intervention to enhance student learning in various natural environments, and demonstrates that therapy and instruction can be arranged in order to prevent challenging behavior while teaching new skills. |
|
An Evaluation of the Use of Within Session Analyses to Clarify Functional Analysis Results Influenced by Over-arousal |
LAUREN ALISON PEPA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Shawna Ueyama (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Douglass Develomental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Ethan Eisdorfer (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Functional analyses represent the most sophisticated procedure for determining the function of challenging behavior. In conducting functional analyses, the rates of problem behavior from experimental conditions (e.g., attention, demand) are compared to a control condition in which the motivating operation (MO) is absent. In the event of socially-mediated problem behavior, target behavior presumably occurs more frequently when the MO is present (while access restricted, when demands presented) and less frequently when the MO is absent (free access, no demands). In some cases, problem behavior may occur while the MO is absent. This pattern is generally consistent with automatic reinforcement. However, there are some patterns of responding during the MO absent phase that may suggest alternative explanations. One such explanation is over-arousal. Over-arousal can be described as when problem behavior has a social function in the initial phase of a session (problem behavior occurs primarily when the MO is present), but shifts to a pattern consistent with automatic reinforcement after a period of sustained arousal (occurring MO present and MO absent). In current investigation, we used within session analyses to detect over-arousal patterns and used the findings to inform treatment strategies (the type of attention provided). |
|
Identification of Systematic Durations of Reinforcer Access Prior to Intervention |
TAMARA ZOCH (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Rachel Scalzo (Baylor University), Sarah Turchan (Baylor University), Tara Wagner (Baylor University), Kally Amos (Baylor University), Kelsey Henry (Baylor University), Alicia Kobylecky (Baylor University) |
Abstract: The manipulation of reinforcer access prior to intervention has been effective at reducing challenging behavior and increasing task engagement. The current study investigates an approach to systematically select a precise duration of reinforcer access that maximizes challenging behavior reduction and increased task engagement while minimizing time away from instruction or the natural environment for reinforcer access. The current study included four children with developmental disabilities. Participants were given access to reinforcers to determine a mean latency to satiation. Systematic durations of reinforcer access were determined based on percentages of individual mean latency to satiation. A multielement design was implemented to evaluate the effects of three individualized durations of prior access to a reinforcer on challenging behavior and task engagement during typical instructional activities. Results indicate that individualized durations of reinforcer access can be systematically identified to maximize the effects of motivating operations. The outcome of this study provides practitioners with efficient and effective methods for manipulating motivation operations. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Effective Educational Technologies: Meeting the Needs of Individual Students |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark) |
CE Instructor: Christopher J. Perrin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A critical factor in determining the educational outcome for students with disabilities is the use of effective educational practices. Central to effective teaching is tailoring instruction to meet the unique needs of each student. Educators of individuals with disabilities are often faced with the challenges of reducing behaviors that compete with academic engagement, identifying reinforcers sufficiently potent to maintain responding on academic targets, and selecting effective prompting strategies. The current symposium presents recent research in each of these areas. The first study presents a protocol for identifying stimuli that function as reinforcers without promoting stereotypic/repetitive behavior. The second study examines the interactive effects of preference and response effort and discusses the implications of such interactions when choosing reinforcers for behavioral programming. The third study operationalizes graduated guidance as a prompting procedure, determines student-specific delays to prompt, and compares graduated guidance to most-to-least prompting with a delay. Each presentation will include a discussion of the implications of the findings to effective programming for students with disabilities. |
Keyword(s): competing items, prompting strategies, reinforcer assessment |
|
Evaluating the Reinforcing Effectiveness of Three Different Types of Stimuli Identified by a Competing Stimulus Assessment for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
SOYEON KANG (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Heather Koch (The University of Texas at Austin), Garrett Roberts (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) have unique core characteristics that require specialized and individualized intervention approaches. Stereotypic/repetitive(S/R) behavior is one of the core features of ASD. During a preference assessment, children with ASD who show this behavior are likely to select the items with which they can engage in their S/R behavior. The identified highly preferred items are usually provided as reinforcers during behavioral interventions. Considering that a reduction of S/R behavior is a frequent aim of behavioral interventions, it is contradictory when the given reinforcers during the intervention unintentionally encourage it. Therefore the reinforcers used for this population need to be cautiously selected by considering their unique behavioral characteristics. In order to find alternative efficient reinforcers, this study compared the effects of three different types of stimuli in terms of reinforcing value and occurrence of S/R behavior: a) a tangible that is associated with high engagement and suppresses stereotyped behavior; b) a tangible that is associated with high engagement but does not suppress stereotyped behavior; and c) a form of social interaction. The participants were three children, aged 4 to 7 years old, with ASD. The three stimuli were identified through a competing stimulus assessment and then evaluated for their reinforcing power via a reinforcer assessment. The results will be discussed with respect to identifying efficient reinforcers that match the unique behavioral characteristic of ASD. Considerations when making reinforcement decisions for this population will also be discussed. |
|
Evaluation of Progressive Ratio Reinforcement Schedules in Clinical Practice: Matching Reinforcer Strength to Response Effort |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University, Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Jennifer Hanson (Melmark), Lauren Davison (Melmark), Jennie Dorothea England (Melmark) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are frequently used to identify stimuli which will later be used as reinforcers during behavioral programming. However, the identified stimuli do not always function as reinforcers for academic responses when presented contingently. This lack of reinforcing efficacy may be the case if the effort required to complete a particular task is greater than the reinforcing value of the preferred stimulus. Reinforcer assessments that utilize progressive ratio schedules are uniquely designed to assess such interactions. The purpose of the current study was to examine the interactive effects of item preference and response effort on task completion by children with developmental disabilities. Progressive ratio schedules were used to determine whether stimuli identified in a structured preference assessment would maintain responding across three tasks of varying response effort and to identify the break point for each item. High preferred, moderately preferred, and low preferred items were assessed. Results and the implications for designing effective behavioral programs will be discussed. |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of Graduated Guidance |
LINSEY M. SABIELNY (DePaul University), Helen Irene Malone (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Graduated guidance is a response prompting and fading procedure that incorporates physical prompts in the transfer of stimulus control. It is a unique procedure in that it does not have specific criteria or guidelines for changing prompt level, instead relying on the student as an indicator of when and how to prompt. Because of its flexibility, it would be beneficial to develop an operational definition and prompting guidelines, and to compare it to other effective prompting procedures. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to operationalize graduated guidance as a prompting procedure, and to compare it to most-to-least prompting with a delay in the acquisition of daily living skills for five individuals with significant disabilities. An adapted alternating treatments design was used across two sets of participants with prompting strategies counterbalanced across tasks. Results demonstrated that both prompting procedures led to improvements for all tasks. However, of the four tasks that reached mastery criterion, three were taught using graduated guidance. In addition, graduated guidance resulted in fewer trials to mastery, fewer errors, fewer intrusive prompts, and fewer overall prompts as compared to most-to-least prompting with a delay. Areas for future research and implications for practice were outlined as well. |
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: On Being a Post-doc: A Panel Discussion by Behavior Analysts in Applied Settings |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Aaron D. Lesser (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
BRIAN D. GREER (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
CARA L. PHILLIPS (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Graduating from a doctoral program signals the start of new adventures and challenges, and options for developing ones career. Assuming the role of a post-doctoral researcher is one option to consider upon graduation. One purpose of a postdoctoral appointment is to gain specialized expertise in a particular area that may prepare one for their career in that area. We formed a panel of post-doctoral scholars from an applied field of behavior analysis. The presenters come from multiple institutions and have unique experiences with regard to applying behavior analysis in their respective positions. In particular, the presenters have experience with severe problem behavior and drug abstinence programs. The goal of this panel discussion is for the invited presenters to provide insight into their experiences, their advisors expectations, and their goals following their term. At the end of their presentations, the panel will provide an opportunity for the attendees to ask questions in a question-answer format. |
Keyword(s): Development, Professional, Series |
|
|
|
|
Childrearing as the Behaviorist Viewed It: John B. Watson's Advice in Perspective |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D. |
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Presenting Authors: : EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Kathryn M. Bigelow (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Other than research on behavior's basic principles, the analysis of child behavior is the longest sustained program of research in behavior analysis. It includes replications of the basic principles (e.g., reinforcement), analyses of behavior of societal importance (e.g., cooperation), applications to behavior of individual importance (e.g., temper tantrums), and extensions of these applications to parent training (e.g., child socialization). This program's brief history, however, has a long past that includes the histories of behavior analysis (e.g., childrearing practices in Skinner's Walden Two, Bijou's Institute of Child Development, Bijou and Baer's theory of child development), behaviorism (e.g., Watson's classical behaviorism), psychology (e.g., child and developmental psychology), and childrearing and child welfare in America (e.g., Child Welfare Stations). A common connection among these histories is Watson and Watson's 1928 book of childrearing advice, The Psychological Care of Infant and Child. Now more infamous than famous (e.g., "pathological," "punitive") the book is, in part, Watson’s legacy to research, application, and theory in the behavior analysis of development. As such, its fame and infamy bear close examination. In this presentation, Dr. Bigelow will describe Watson’s childrearing advice in the context of the culture, the childrearing, and the advice of his day--and our day; address the criticisms of it in those contexts--and at present; consider the nature and existence of “behavioristic” childrearing advice--then and now; and comment on the legacy of Watson’s advice for the behavior analysis of development today. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Graduate students, practitioners, research scientists, and educators. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) Describe the history of the study of child behavior in behavior analysis; (2) Describe Watson's influence on childrearing practices; and (3) Describe Watson's influence on contemporary issues in childrearing. |
|
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Kathryn M. Bigelow (The University of Kansas) |
Edward K. Morris (University of Illinois, M.A 1974, Ph.D. 1976) has been a faculty member in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science (ABS), formerly the Department of Human Development and Family Life, at the University of Kansas since 1975. He has been the ABS chairperson since 2000. In the profession, he has been editor of the The Behavior Analyst, The Interbehaviorist, and the APA Division 25 Recorder. In governance, he has been president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), Division 25 for Behavior Analysis of the American Psychological Association (APA), and KU's chapter of Sigma Xi. He is currently president of the Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis, president of the ABAI Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis, and a member of the Executive Committee of Cheiron--the International Society for the History of the Behavioral Sciences. He is a fellow in ABAI, APA Divisions 25 and Division 26 (Society for the History of Psychology), and the Society for Psychological Science. His current research and scholarship is on the historical and conceptual foundations of behavior analysis and its complementarities with the psychological sciences. His professional interests include the teaching and dissemination of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in the Development of Novel Complex Behavior Through the Use of Equivalence Relations |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Rebecca A. Markovits (Seven Hills Foundation) |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence has been used to teach individuals to develop not only the trained relations, but novel relations (Sidman, 1971). The use of such technology becomes important as a means of effectively teaching multiple relations simultaneously without having to teach each individual relation, essentially speeding up the learning process. The following studies looked at the use of stimulus equivalence to develop novel forms of complex behavior, such as manding, tacting, intraverbals, and rule governed behavior. Participants in these studies were typical adults who were taught a variety of discriminations and relations using novel stimuli. Across the three studies, participants were asked to respond to the same stimuli in multiple ways. The first study looked at the emergence tacts, mands, and intraverbals through stimulus equivalence training. The second study used stimulus equivalence to expand functional and equivalence classes. The third study evaluated the development of novel rules and repertoires during the development of stimulus relations. Overall, the data show that stimulus equivalence can effectively be used to develop novel relations and the corresponding repertoires that are necessary to respond accurately when presented with those stimuli. These findings can be helpful in developing new procedures and methods for teaching more complex discriminations and relations. |
Keyword(s): equivalence relations, rule-governed behavior, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior |
|
A Stimulus Equivalence Analysis of Emergent Tact, Mands and Intraverbals |
CHRISTINA M. BOYD-PICKARD (RCS Learning Center), Jacqueline Adams (RCS Learning Center), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess a behavioral analogue for the emergence of untrained tacts, mands and intraverbals via the formation of classes of equivalent stimuli. Two typically developing adults were taught to name nonsense forms (B1 and C1, B2 and C2 and B3 and C3 forms received the same nonsense name). Following this training participants were able to match B comparison stimuli to C samples and vice versa, and the B and C comparison stimuli to auditory samples (A: spoken nonsense sounds) without any further training. This finding documented the emergence of three, three member equivalence classes. Participants were then taught to match B comparison stimuli to D samples. Testing revealed that all possible stimulus-stimulus relations emerged, including D naming (emergent tacting) and A-D matching (emergent intraverbal control). Finally, participants were taught to sequence stimuli (first, second third). Once they acquired these sequences one stimulus was removed and to complete the sequence participants had to request (e.g., mand) for the missing stimulus. All participants manded for the correct stimulus without any further training. The results are discussed in terms of a stimulus equivalence analysis for the emergence of untrained tacts, mands and intraverbals. |
|
The Formation and Expansion of Functional and Equivalence Classes |
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College) |
Abstract: In Experiment 1 (Persson and Maguire, 2011) were taught conditional discriminations; matching two, 4-element complex samples to a specific and invariant color comparison (e.g., red versus green). Following training testing was conducted to assess all possible stimulus-stimulus relations to evaluate the formation of two-5-member functional classes (the four individual sample elements and the related color comparison). Participants demonstrated that the elements of the complex sample and comparison stimuli had become members of the same functional stimulus classes. Experiment 2 then taught participants to name two novel elements, followed by conditional discrimination training (matching a novel element comparison to an element sample from each of the complex stimuli). Subsequent testing documented the emergence of equivalence relations (untrained complex element-to-novel element and vice versa), the naming of all complex elements with the trained name of the novel element and the emergence of untrained auditory-to-visual matching-to-sample relations (e.g., matching complex elements to the spoken novel element name). Theses results are discussed in term of a stimulus equivalence analysis for he expansion of classes of functional and equivalent stimuli. |
|
Evaluating the Development of Novel Rule-Governed Behavior during Complex Discrimination Training |
REBECCA A. MARKOVITS (Seven Hills Foundation), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
Abstract: In the current study, typical adults were taught novel complex conditional discriminations using symbolic stimuli. Sample stimuli were either auditory or visual and comparison stimuli were visual. All visual stimuli consisted of nine elements. Participants were tested on their ability to identify parts of the complex sample stimuli before and after discrimination training. Eye tracking equipment was used to measure the participants observing during testing. After all testing was completed, participants were given a self-report to collect data on how they were tacting their own observing behavior. Participants stated the development of naming and rule-governed behavior as well as methods of observing stimuli that were effective or not effective in helping them respond to the stimuli. The participants statements regarding their own behaviors and the development of rules were supported by the data on collected by the eye tracking equipment. This study provides valuable insight into the development of rule-governed behavior as well as individuals ability to tact their own covert behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Contemporary Issues in Conditioned Reinforcement: Concept and Theory |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
MARK P. REILLY (Central Michigan University) |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Conditioned reinforcement has long held a foundational role in a comprehensive account of learning and performance, serving a primary explanatory function in extrapolating research findings with non-humans to humans (Williams, 1994). Since its initial description, interpretation of inconsistencies in the results from several studies exploring the development and application of conditioned reinforcement have led to evolution in its conceptualization and instigated reconsideration of the necessity of conditioned reinforcement as an explanatory concept (Shahan, 2010). This panel discussion will explore current perspectives and controversy on the topic of conditioned reinforcement, particularly in relation to recent research such as that presented during the preceding symposium on ‘Contemporary Issues in Conditioned Reinforcement: Basic Research.’ Recommendations for conceptual and empirical advancement in the area of conditioned reinforcement will also be discussed. Panel contributors will debate contemporary issues in the area of conditioned reinforcement in an informal and organic manner in an effort to encourage audience participation. |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Disordered Gambling |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/PRA; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
CE Instructor: Alyssa N. Wilson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will highlight emerging evidence for the functional assessment and treatment of disordered gambling. Presenters will discuss evidence for using the Gambling Functional Assessment Revised with disordered gamblers, applying experimental functional analytic methodology for identifying maintaining variables in gambling treatment, and outcomes of an eight-week treatment model of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for gambling. Data will be presented on how to properly assess function of gambling play, both with paper pencil assessments and with experimental analyses. Further, process and outcome data gathered during behavioral therapy for gambling will also be presented. |
Keyword(s): behavior therapy, functional assessement, gambling |
|
Validating the Gambling Functional Assessment-Revised in a Sample of Problem/Disordered Gamblers and in Treatment-Seeking Gamblers |
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Heather K. Terrell (University of North Dakota), Halley Claudel (McNeese State University), Cam L. Melville (McNeese State University) |
Abstract: The Gambling Functional Assessment-Revised (GFA-R) was designed to determine the extent to which the respondent's gambling behavior is maintained by positive reinforcement or escape. Research to date indicates it performs well in university- and general-population samples. The present studies tested the GFA-R in a sample of problem/disordered gamblers and in a sample of treatment-seeking disordered gamblers. Data from 105 probable problem/disordered gamblers were subjected to a confirmatory factor analysis, which indicated that a 15-item GFA-R described well the data from these participants. Other psychometric properties of the GFA-R were very good to excellent. The GFA-R was then completed by individuals who were receiving treatment for disordered gambling. For this group, endorsing gambling as an escape, but not for positive reinforcement, was a significant predictor of the number of symptoms of the disorder the individuals displayed as well as their scores on the South Oaks Gambling Screen. These results replicate those from previous research using non-treatment-seeking participants. Overall, the results from these studies indicate that the GFA-R is a valid measure for use with disordered gamblers and that the contingency of escape is closely linked to disordered gambling. |
|
Toward a Behavioral Functional Analysis of Gambling |
MACK S. COSTELLO (Western Michigan University), Jamie Hirsh (Western Michigan University), Neil Deochand (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Given the high rates of gambling in the United States and the growing population of disordered gamblers, there is a need for effective assessment that informs intervention or treatment for eliminating or reducing disordered gambling. Simulation and experimental functional analysis (FA) assessments have been incredibly successful in various areas of psychology. An experimental FA of gambling behavior was developed for initial testing. A laboratory simulation was used so that gambling behavior could be directly observed under a variety of possible controlling variables. Contextual factors of a gambling environment (sounds, other players, etc.) were simulated with equipment and confederates. Additionally, alternatives to the gambling environment (e.g. non-gambling games, work tasks, etc.) were available in the FA, which was adapted from items in versions of the Gambling Functional Assessment (GFA). |
|
Assessing the Effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Disordered Gambling |
Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), KRISTIN ROBINSON (Saint Louis University), Tara M. Grant (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: While a multitude of behavioral treatments are available for disordered gambling, empirical support is increasing for Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). The current presentation will put forth case study evidence that support ACT as an empirically based treatment option. Treatment involved 8 one-on-one sessions, each session ranging from 60-90 minutes. Sessions were constructed around the ACT model, consisting of six interdependent processes: acceptance, defusion, contact with present moment, self as context, values, and committed action. Client goals included gambling responsibly and completely abstaining. Data were collected throughout treatment involving individuals who scored a 5 or above on the South Oaks Gambling Screen (SOGS), indicating a high proclivity to gamble. Direct and indirect measures were taken before, during, and after the completion of ACT sessions. Direct behavioral measures include risk, persistence and magnitude of gambling behaviors on an actual slot machine. Indirect measures include psychometrics, a thought diary, and near-miss ratings. Results show changes in gambling behaviors throughout treatment, including an improvement in psychometric scores, and self-reports of having more control over gambling behavior. These results add empirical support of ACTs effectiveness on decreasing gambling behaviors across pathological gamblers. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Choice Making in School |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W196b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University) |
Presenting Authors: : STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: "Choice" can be viewed in at least a couple of different ways in school settings. First, it can be viewed as a discrete skill children must display when faced with a choice opportunity. For example, a teacher may say "Do you want chocolate or white milk with your lunch?" To make a choice in this context, the child must display a specific response to indicate his or her choice. Second, it can be viewed as a free operant, in which a discrete "choice" response is not displayed. Rather, in this situation, allocation of behavior is examined. For example, when a teacher asks a question, a child could either shout the answer out or raise his/her hand. This second situation is often misunderstood as a "choice" context. This tutorial will discuss the concept of "choice" in school settings, how choice responding is taught and managed, and the role choice can play in effective behavior management. |
|
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
Dr. Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is a professor and chair in the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University. Dr. Peterson earned her doctorate in special education from the University of Iowa in 1994. She has taught courses in behavior analysis and special education at several different universities (Gonzaga University, Utah State University, The Ohio State University, and Idaho State University). She also served as chair of the Department of Special Education, School Psychology, and Literacy at Idaho State University. Dr. Peterson is senior co-editor of Education and Treatment of Children and has served on or currently serves on the editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice, to name a few. Dr. Peterson is also an elected member of the Board of Directors for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Her research interests include the assessment and treatment of problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities, choice making, functional communication training, and behavior analysis in education. |
Keyword(s): choice, education |
|
|
|
|
Leadership Seminar: Leadership and the Science of Behavior Change |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Maria E. Malott, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Dr. Maria E. Malott is CEO of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), which she has administered since 1993. During this time and within a few short years, ABAI has risen from near-bankruptcy to become a financially stable, growing scientific and professional organization. Her past experience includes serving as vice president of manufacturing at a Midwestern injection molding company and president and founder of Malott and Associates, through which for 14 years she consulted for advertising agencies, restaurants, retail and manufacturing companies, hotels, banks, governmental organizations, and nonprofit institutions. Her clients included Meijer, Inc.; Kellogg’s; Pharmacia & Upjohn; and General Motors Corp. Throughout her career, Dr. Malott has combined the analysis of metacontigencies and behavioral contingencies in managing complex systems and, in the process, has taught dozens of corporate executives to appreciate the power of organizational behavior management technology. Dr. Malott has presented nearly 200 papers, taught 34 workshops, and lectured in 37 universities in 18 countries, and is an affiliated faculty at three universities. She has served on four editorial boards and is the author of the book Paradox of Organizational Change, published in Spanish and English and co-author of Elementary Principles of Behavior. She is a fellow of ABAI and was the recipient of the 2003 Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, the 2004 Award for Outstanding Contributions to Organizational Behavior Management from the Organizational Behavior Management Network, the 2002 Outstanding Alumni Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University, and the 2013 Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis. |
Abstract: Throughout history and more recently, countless people have changed the world in significant ways. They forged new paths and demonstrated a remarkable ability to inspire others to follow. Margaret Mead suggested: “Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful committed citizens can change the world. Indeed, it is the only thing that ever has.” Was she right that the actions of not one but a few individuals under special motivating circumstances are what account for profound change? Or is it the case that leaders possess incomparable and unique repertoires that enable them to affect change single-handedly? Are there common traits and systems-based strategies that effective leaders use to bring about change? As behavior analysts, we must reflect on these questions and wonder if our scientific approach can account for the change. |
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in leadership and the science of behavior change.
|
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Illustrate why effective change is rarely the result of the actions of a single individual; (2) Understand the behavioral systems strategies used by successful leaders to affect the actions of others; and (3) Show how complex social systems are not replicable and have no lineage, yet they must be subject matter for behavior analysts. |
Keyword(s): leadership |
|
|
|
|
Goal Setting and Organizational Behavior Management: Reviews and Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Goal setting is a very popular intervention component in behavioral studies, yet there are still many unknowns regarding goal setting. Do goals uniformly increase performance? What are the most effective types of consequences to pair with goal setting? What other intervention components are effective when paired with goal setting? This symposium will attempt to explore these and other questions regarding goal setting. We will first explore the research surrounding goal setting found within the field of behavior analysis, and examine variables that may influence the effectiveness of goals. Then the scope will expand to examine goal setting outside of the behavioral literature, with special emphasis given to incentives. Finally, we will conclude with a lab study that examines the interaction of goals and feedback medium. The presentation will conclude with a discussion of further research on the topic, as well as ways in which our knowledge of goal setting should influence practice. |
Keyword(s): Feedback, Goal Setting, Incentives, OBM |
|
An Objective Review of Goal Setting in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management |
JESSICA L. URSCHEL (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Authors in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) have discussed the possible behavioral functions of goal setting and goal attainment (Agnew, 1998; Fellner & Sulzer-Azaroff, 1984; Malott, 1993; O’Hora & Maglieri, 2006). Although Industrial/Organizational (I/O) psychologists and management researchers have conducted many controlled experiments on the differential effects of goal setting variables, such analyses are rarely conducted in OBM. This presentation will include descriptive statistics on the use of goal setting in multicomponent interventions published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. The effectiveness of these goal setting interventions will be evaluated using variables investigated in traditional Industrial/Organizational psychology goal setting research, including feedback and praise, goal specificity, goal difficulty, pay systems, consequences contingent on goal attainment, and interaction effects of these variables on performance. Based on this analysis, suggestions for future experimental analyses of goal setting variables will be given and guidelines for the most effective use of goal setting in multicomponent interventions will be given. |
|
Goal Setting and Incentive Research Outside Behavior Analytic Literature |
DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This presentation will explore the literature surrounding the topic of goal setting, particularly when paired with monetary incentives. Special emphasis will be given to research outside the field of behavior analysis. A large body of research exists surrounding the nature of goal setting, including the effects of combining goal setting and incentives, that goes beyond the nature of the research on this topic often seen in the behavioral literature (Lee, Locke & Phan, 1997; Nebeker & Tatum 1993; Locke & Latham, 2013). While many of these studies to not discuss goal setting in behavioral terms they are still asking research questions which should interest the behavior analytic community. The results of many of these studies may even aid in our understanding of goals from a behavioral perspective. Audience members interested in the combined effects of goal setting and incentives may also find some interesting conclusions and even more interesting unanswered questions. |
|
Influence of Computer Monitoring, Feedback Medium, and Goals on Work Performance and Feedback Seeking |
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth) |
Abstract: This research examined the influence of computer monitoring on work performance and feedback-seeking behavior under different conditions of feedback medium and performance goals. As the first in a series of three experiments, this study was conducted in a laboratory setting using a data-entry work task designed to simulate the job of a medical transcriptionist. Undergraduate students attended five 45-minute sessions, and measures of ability and keyboarding skill were collected to use in the analyses. This study used a 2 x 2 factorial design to examine effects of computer monitoring under different conditions of feedback medium (computer-mediated / researcher-mediated) and assigned goal presence (present / absent) on both task performance and feedback-seeking behavior. Results indicate that performance was higher, overall, when the researcher delivered feedback versus when the participants, themselves, obtained feedback via the computer monitoring system. Performance under the researcher-mediated feedback condition was minimally affected by the presence of a goal, though feedback-seeking behavior was higher when participants received the assigned performance goal. Discussion of these results, as well as an overview of participants’ levels of stress and satisfaction with feedback medium, will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Using ABA to Increase Community Participation for Adults with Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University) |
Discussant: Peter F. Gerhardt (JPG Autism Consulting, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Christine Hoffner Barthold, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many well-respected authors, researchers, and practitioners recommend behavior analytic -based interventions for adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. Very little empirical guidance, however, is available to practitioners working with adults. In this symposium, two presentations highlight promising procedures for applying evidence-based strategies to adults in community-based settings. Presentation 1 focuses on the role of technology in the training and support of individuals living and working in the community. The use of technology to teach is playing an ever-increasing role, yet a review of the literature reveals few research studies validating the causal relationship between the use of technology and increased independent functioning. Data will be presented on several cases of systematically applying technology to different individuals learning various skills in a number of community settings, and demonstrating a causal relationship between the use of technology and increased independent function. In presentation two, Functional Behavior Assessments and Behavior Support Plans were developed for individuals with problem behavior in community supported employment settings. Preliminary results suggest that assessments can be adapted to adult populations using Acceptance and Commitment Training and commercially available technologies. This symposium promotes examples of effective strategies that have been used with adults to increase community participation, and will serve as good models for other providers to expand in similar ways. |
Keyword(s): ACT, Adults, Community Participation, Technology |
|
The Use of Current Technology to Support Adults with Autism in the Community |
Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL) ), AVI GLICKMAN (Mission for Educating Citizens with Autism), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Rickiesha March (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)) |
Abstract: It is well established that instruction in natural settings promotes independent ability and generalization. Community-based training provides excellent opportunities to train functional life skills in the settings in which they will be used, such as grocery stores, exercise facilities, and vocational sites. Preliminary results demonstrate that community instruction paired with the use of readily available technology (iPhone, IPad, Android Device; Bluetooth) as a tool for instruction can increase skill acquisition and independent function. A literature review of the use of technology for individuals with autism show that although such devices and applications are used widely, there have been few research studies published showing a causal relationship between the use of technology and the acquisition of functional skills. In this presentation, several young people with autism were taught to use a variety of technology devices and apps, to increase independence in several community environments. Results show that the use of technology can result in establishing life skills that increases independence among this population. Future research questions related to technology and instruction will be proposed. |
|
Functional Behavior Assessment and Interventions in Community Supported Employment |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University), Brian Freedman (University of Delaware), Natalie Castelluccio (University of Delaware), Matther Wattenmaker (University of Delaware) |
Abstract: Problem behavior is often a barrier to sustained, competitive employment in the community. While many respected authors have called for the use of Functional Behavior Assessments (FBA) and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to increase appropriate behavior on the job, little guidance or empirical support is available to practitioners working with adults in the workplace. Challenges include incorporating person-centered philosophies as well as adapting FBA procedures to a community workplace. As part of the Swank Employment Services unit at the University of Delaware, three adults with problem behavior participated in the current investigation. Participants defined the problem behavior using tools adapted from Acceptance and Commitment Training. Observations were conducted in the community using commercially available technology. Preliminary results suggest that supports have the potential to be effective in the short term. Procedures continue to be refined as clinical data are collected. Long-term generalization and maintenance as well as replication of results remain areas for future investigation. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in Child Welfare |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cristina M. Whitehouse (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Cristina M. Whitehouse, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children placed in foster care are among the most vulnerable for social-emotional problems and behavior problems. These children are more likely than their nonfoster peers to experience behavioral and academic problems (Leather, 2002). This can result in higher levels of placement instability (Redding, Fried, & Preston, 2000), school failure (Benedick, Zuravin, & Stallings, 1996), and juvenile delinquency (Pardeck, Murphy, & Fitzwater, 1985). The continued need for applied behavior analysis services within child welfare is evident. This symposium will present some of the latest research in the child welfare system. The first presentation will describe and evaluate a method of matching foster children with foster parents using preference assessment results. The second presentation will describe the development and pilot data for a function based interview tool for decreasing runaway behavior of youth in foster care. The third presentation will evaluate how foster care case workers use the function based interview tool when compared to a control group of behavior analysts. These studies focus on critical areas in child welfare, which include improving foster child placement stability, decreasing running away, and targeting foster care case worker skills. |
Keyword(s): child welfare, function-based interventions, preference assessments, runaway |
|
Evaluation of a Method to Match Foster Children and Foster Parents using Preference Assessment Results |
CRISTINA M. WHITEHOUSE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Bennie Colbert (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Although there are a multitude of variables that influence foster child placement decisions (e.g., availability of a bed in a particular foster home, foster home licensing regulations), there is a critical need for identifying foster placements that are more likely to be successful (i.e., homes in which the foster child will likely remain and, thus, avoid a placement change). Additionally, identifying foster placements that are more likely to be successful is a primary aim of foster care agencies. However, to date, no such system to identify placements for foster children has been identified. The purpose of this study is to evaluate a potential method of systematically matching foster children to foster parents using data from preference assessments. This presentation will first review the preference assessment methods and results obtained with foster children. Next, the matching algorithm and procedures for matching will be discussed. Currently, 6 children have been placed in “matched” foster homes. The number of days in placement in matched homes will be compared to the child’s previous placement durations. Collectively, these studies, and the web-based system designed for this study, attempt to advance routine child welfare practice. |
|
Decreasing Runaway Behavior of Youth in Foster Care using a Function Based Approach |
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Children in foster care are twice as likely to exhibit runaway behavior as children of the same age in the general population, are at great risk for school failure (Sedlak et al., 2002), and are vulnerable to innumerable influences and potential victimization (Courtney & Dworsky, 2005). During this presentation, findings from both a pilot study and a federal grant from the Institute of Educational Sciences will be presented that focus on ways to assess and intervene with youth in foster care who run away from placements. Focus groups with child welfare personnel, youth, and school personnel were conducted to gather data to assist in modifications to an instrument to assess the functions of runaway behaviors and to determine the current strengths and challenges between both the child welfare system and the educational system in serving these youth. The methods used and preliminary findings from focus groups will be discussed, including reasons why youth run, how child welfare and schools respond to support youth when they return from a run, and how schools and agencies can collaborate more effectively to serve the needs of these youth. Data from individual youth in the pilot study will also be presented. |
|
Can Caseworkers Develop Function-Based Interventions? How Behavior Analysts Can Help! |
JESSICA MOORE (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to compare interview results based on the Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR) tool that was developed as part of a grant funded by the Institute of Educational Sciences. This tool is an interview-based assessment that helps determine the reasons (also known as functions) as to why youth run away so that intervention strategies specific to function can be developed to decrease the future likelihood of runaway behaviors. Six behavior analysts and six child welfare personnel will view three videos each in which a youth and an interviewer role-play using a scripted scenario that includes details as to why the youth ran away. The interviewer asks the youth questions from the FAIR tool. The functions and interventions they develop will be analyzed to determine the effectiveness of the tool in developing function-based interventions. The participants will also complete a social validity questionnaire including three Likert-scale items and two open-ended questions regarding the ease of use of the tool. If this tool helps to determine interventions that stabilize youth in the foster care system, it could result in increases in safety, well being, school attendance and performance. |
|
|
|
|
Distance/Remote Supervision of Pre-Professional Behavior Analysts: Where We've Been, Where We Are Headed |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton, Ed.D. |
Chair: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (Ball State University) |
SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Bay Path College) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC) |
Abstract: As university courses become increasingly accessible via online technology, there is a growing obligation to train behavior analysts where they live and work--sometimes at a distance from the convenience of university lab programs and well-established behavior analysts. This panel will present "what works" in supervision of pre-professional behavior analysts using technology-aided distance or remote supervision. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has set forth standards for supervision, but pragmatic questions remain as to how universities can provide quality supervision experiences, especially for non-traditional students. Panelists convened in this presentation have all supervised and developed programs for pre-professional behavior analysts in either university programs or through privately contracted services. Panelists will be asked to discuss (a) their programs in terms of pre-requisites, BACB requirements, site placements, and the management of supervisee/supervisor hours, (b) curricula and the supervisor's instructional method for teaching behavior analytic skill competencies, (c) data collected on supervision and/or program evaluations, (d) technology that works well and what needs improvement, and (e) future directions and plans for supervising pre-professional behavior analysts. University contact faculty, supervisors, and agencies that provide supervision should all consider attending this important and timely panel. Christine Ratcliff (BACB) will co-chair. |
Keyword(s): Online, Remote, Supervision, University |
|
|
|
|
The Hoped-for Demise of Significance Testing: Why and How |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Marc N. Branch, Ph.D. |
Chair: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech) |
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida) |
Marc N. Branch was introduced to behavioral approaches while an undergraduate at Stanford University in the 1960s. After graduate-school stints at Arizona State University and the University of Maryland, followed by a post-doctoral year at the Worcester Foundation for Experimental Biology, Dr. Branch took a position as a faculty member in the Psychology Department at the University of Florida in fall of 1973. During his time there he served, among other duties, as editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, as chairman of the Psychology Department, and as president of ABAI. He retired from teaching in the summer of 2012 and is now professor emeritus of psychology. |
Abstract: Despite more than 60 years of published information clearly showing that null-hypothesis significance tests (NHSTs) and the p values associated with them provide essentially no information about the reliability (i.e., probability of replication) of research outcomes, they remain at the core of editorial decision-making in the behavioral sciences, including psychology, with statistical significance serving as the major gateway to publication of research results. Two reasons appear to contribute to the continuing practice. One, information available suggests that a majority of psychological researchers incorrectly believe that p values do provide information about the reliability of research results. Two, among the minority thatare aware that p values do no such thing, a position sometimes taken is that even though p values do not provide the information many think they do, using them to make decisions about whether to believe in research results is and has been essentially benign. This paper addresses both reasons. Because the first has been pointed out many times, it is briefly covered, because of the apparent persistence of the misunderstanding. The second, that NHSTs have no significant negative effects on behavioral sciences, is the focus of the major portion of the paper, which describes seven “side-effects” of NHSTs that continue to retard effective development of psychological science. The paper makes an appeal to journal reviewers and editors to de-emphasize or eliminate the role of NHSTs, and it closes by offering a few suggestions about alternatives that could be considered and with a challenge to psychological researchers to develop new methods that more fully assess the reliability and generality of research findings. |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in data-analysis techniques. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define a p value. 2. Indicate why a p value provides no information about the probability that research results are "due to chance." 3. Indicate at least one way in which significance testing has hindered the development of behavioral science. |
Keyword(s): Null-hypothesis, P-value, Reliability, Statistical significance |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Student Reception |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Zachary H. Morford (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ABAI welcomes all of its members to Chicago. Join us for the student breakfast organized by the ABAI Student Committee. This is an opportunity for students to meet and greet with each other as peers get the chance to speak to some great behavior analysts. It's a great time and place for students to come together with all the members of ABAI. |
Keyword(s): students |
|
|
|
|
EAB Sun Noon |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effect of Delay of Reinforcement on Reinforcer Accumulation by Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Luis Cruz (National University of Mexico), CARLOS A. BRUNER (National University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Rats usually consume a response-produced food pellet immediately. However, increasing the effort to access food (e.g., distancing the food tray from the response lever), reliably results in food accumulation. These results are difficult to interpret because increases in response effort necessarily confounds the time required to access reinforcement. This experiment was conducted to study the effects of delay of reinforcement on food accumulation. Each of three rats received 50 trials daily in a chamber equipped with two retractable levers. A trial began with the extension of the left lever for 20 s. Leverpresses had no immediate consequence but were counted. When the left lever was retracted a waiting period of either 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64 s began. After the waiting period, the right lever was extended for 20 s and each press resulted in a food pellet. The number of pellets was limited to left-lever responses at the beginning of the trial. Results showed that the number of pellets consumed was a negatively increasing function of lengthening the waiting period, suggesting that delay of reinforcement has indeed been confounded with response effort in previous studies. Implications for the decreasing delay-of-reinforcement gradient are discussed. |
|
|
2. Tastier Treats for Rats? An Investigation of Relative Reinforcer Effectiveness of Various Flavored Bio-Serv® Pellets |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JESSICA BUCCILLI (Central Michigan University), Robin Kuhn (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Sensitive and reliable measures of behavior are necessary to adequately evaluate the effectiveness of reinforcers. Progressive-ratio schedules have been shown to generate sensitive and reliable measures of reinforcer effectiveness across reinforcers, as indicated by differential break points. In the present study, five rats responded under a progressive-ratio schedule to assess the reinforcing effectiveness of unflavored sugar, unflavored grain, banana grain, grape, chocolate, and banana sucrose pellets (Bio-Serv®). Surprisingly, results of the progressive-ratio assessment indicated that there were no systematic differences in the reinforcing effectiveness of the qualitatively different pellets, therefore two follow-up experiments were conducted. First, rats were presented with the various pellet types in multiple stimulus without replacement and free operant preference assessments. Second, the weights of the rats were increased to 95% free-feeding weight (from 85%) prior to conducting another progressive-ratio assessment for the individual pellet types. The results of these studies underscore the importance of considering factors that may influence interpretations of reinforcer effectiveness, namely schedule requirement and deprivation level. |
|
|
3. Effects of Water Deprivation on Sucrose Consumption by Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CLARISSA PEREIRA (University of Sao Paulo), Paula Debert (University of Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Chronic Mild Stress (CMS) is an animal model of depression studied by different areas of research into the causes and "attenuators" of this problem, in which rats are subjected to a protocol of moderately aversive stressors applied chronicaly. Decreased intake and preference for sweet liquid substance by subjects submitted to the protocol is observed. In a study on the role of the deprivation of food and water in the set of stressors, Pereira (2009) did not observe the effects of decreased intake and preference for sucrose. The deprivation of food and water imposed previously to the protocol was raised as possibly being responsible for the results, given it differed in many aspects to what was done by Willner et al. (1987), and that it has been found as affecting consumption of sucrose (Matthews et al., 1995). The aim of the present study was to investigate the role of water deprivation specifically in the stress protocol. Three groups of subjects were proposed: Protocol (subjected to the full protocol), Deprivation (subjected only to the deprivation of water present in the protocol) and Control (no deprivation or any other stressors applied, only the intake and preference tests). Both the protocol and the deprivation were carried out in a manner similar to what was proposed by Willner et al. Preliminary results show that (1) both the deprivation of water itself and the protocol as a whole are able to affect the sucrose intake of the subjects, in a manner that seems to be similar between the two groups; (2) the consumption shown by the subjects of the control group also shows changes among the tests, which is interpreted as a sensitivity of the test to variables other than what was programed in the experiment (water deprivation or stress protocol). These results pose the question of whether the consumption and preference for sweet solutions is a good measure of the effects of the stress protocol or water deprivation, as it is used in the literature of the CMS model. |
|
|
4. Effects of Moving Direction of an Imprinted Stimulus as a Reinforcer on Chicks’ Operant Responses |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FUKUKO HASEGAWA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University) |
Abstract: As chicks usually follow their mothers moving away from them in their natural habitats, moving direction of an imprinted stimulus from chicks seems to have some effects on their filial responses. Further, an imprinted stimulus comes to be a reinforcer for chicks’ operant responses. The present study investigated the effects of moving direction of an imprinted stimulus on chicks’ operant responses reinforced by the stimulus. Seven newly hatched chicks were imprinted to a moving red cylinder, and trained to emit key-peck responses using the stimulus as a reinforcer. The stimulus moved back and forth in the apparatus. After that, we investigated the effects of the moving direction of the stimulus on their key-peck responses based on a modified multiple-baseline design. In the first baseline condition, the stimulus moved back and forth. In the second condition, four chicks of them were exposed to the stimulus approaching them. The remaining three chicks were exposed to the stimulus moving away from them. In the last condition, each chick was exposed to the stimulus moving in the opposite direction. The results showed the effects of the movement of the imprinted stimulus as the reinforcer on the chicks’ operant responses remained to be investigated. |
|
|
5. Omni-Directional Light Device for Operant Conditioning in Planaria |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DALE C. GREGORY (Western Michigan University), Neil Deochand (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Planaria are cephalized flat worms that demonstrate exceptional regenerative capabilities. There has been renewed interest in operant conditioning planarians as a result of using automated behavior analysis devices (Blackiston et al., 2010; Schromat & Levin, 2013). The planaria will sometimes become dormant and reduce the surface area of its body to light exposure. This response can interfere with testing, therefore an onmi-directional device for delivering light was constructed to utilized light alone, rather than combining shock and light in an attempt to train two discrete operant responses. These two studies could help better inform future research on how to best shape more sophisticated operant behavior and conceptualize how to invest the physiological properties of this organism from the standpoint of a behavioral assay. |
|
|
6. Effects of Different Consequences Used in the Training of Pre-requisite Abilities to Solve a Problem in Pigeons (Columba livia) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Hernando Borges Neves Filho (Universidade de São Paulo), Rodrigo Dicezare (Universidade de São Paulo), Daniel Assaz (Universidade de São Paulo), MIRIAM GARCIA-MIJARES (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: In the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, a series of works with pigeons suggested the spontaneous interconnection of previously acquired behavior (SIPA) as a process behind new behavior. There are, however, few studies exploring the parametric variables responsible for SIPA. The present work manipulated the consequences used during the training of two abilities necessary to solve a problem. Four pigeons (Columba livia) were trained to 1) push a box towards a green light placed at random, with food as consequence, and 2) to climb and peck a steel ring, with water as consequence. In the final test, the pigeons had to push the box towards the steel ring (a repertoire never explicitly trained), climb the box and peck the ring. None of the subjects solved the problem. After this first failure, all subjects went through retraining of the two abilities, this time using the same reinforcer for both, food. Half the subjects then solved the task, in different manners, suggesting that the kind of reinforcer used in the training of each ability is a crucial variable for the interconnection of independently trained repertoires in a test situation. |
|
|
7. Stimulating Research in Comparative Psychology with the Affordable Propeller Experiment Controller |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRIS VARNON (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: A common theme throughout research in learning and behavior is the need for automated experimental techniques. This necessity is especially prevalent in comparative psychology, where specialized equipment is required to study a variety of species. Unfortunately, commercial research equipment is often expensive and primarily focuses on only the most popular laboratory species. These issues can be a hindrance for comparative research, and we have found that custom engineered automation presents an affordable and powerful solution. After exploring many alternatives, we designed the Propeller Experiment Controller specifically to address the needs of behaviorists and comparative psychologists. We believe that inexpensive automation systems, such as the Propeller Experiment Controller, can generate new interest in comparative psychology by making truly comparative experiments an affordable possibility. Additionally, low-cost automation also creates new possibilities for classroom experiments on principles of behavior, and application such as automated enrichment at farms and zoos. This presentation will discuss issues in implementing custom designed automation, describe equipment used by our laboratory, and provide an introduction to using the Propeller Experiment Controller for application, research and teaching demonstrations in comparative psychology. |
|
|
8. Compound Symmetry With Matrix Algebra |
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
J.C. PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (UNAM FES Iztacala), María Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (FES Iztacala UNAM), Angela Maria Hermosillo-Garcia (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (FES Iztacala UNAM) |
Abstract: Compound symmetry is a condition that shows that the different conditions in a repeated measures experiment are independent. Compound symmetry and homogeneity of variances are two critical conditions in repeated measures designs. In this work, we show how compound symmetry is calculated and how a hypothesis of independence of conditions is reliably accepted using matrix algebra. We show with a database how to calculate a variance-covariance matrix and how to evaluate the hypothesis that the compound symmetry condition is tenable, and the independence of conditions. In addition, we show how with matrix algebra calculations are easier and with fewer steps, we obtain the criteria to evaluate both conditions, compound symmetry and homogeneity of variance. We show how to use the program Math Cad to work with matrix algebra. This program is easier to use than other database programs such as Excel. This program produces variance-covariance matrices in few steps. In addition, the program calculates determinants in one-step. |
|
|
9. Choosing Conventional MTS Tasks versus MTS Tasks Embedded in a Game Context: Effects on Reading Acquisition |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DEISY DAS GRAÇAS DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Leonardo Brandão Marques (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: The improvement of literacy rates depends critically on effective teaching procedures. A computerized teaching program for individual application has been successful in teaching rudimentary reading skills to children with a history of school failure (de Rose et al., 1996). The program comprises a series of 20 lessons. Each lesson is a combination of four blocks of MTS and CRMTS tasks: the students learn to match pictures to spoken words and printed words to spoken words; they also match (through constructed response MTS) printed words to identical printed words (transcription). Tests evaluate emergent relations between pictures and printed words and emergent reading (textual behavior) and writing (dictation taking). The main evidence of the efficacy of this teaching program is that, after completing it, the students read most of the words included in the lessons and they also read novel words (recombinative reading). However, keeping the students engaged in these learning activities has been a challenge. This study evaluated the impact of ludic (game-like) activities on the maintenance of the behaviors required to complete the teaching lessons. Two teaching conditions were available at the beginning of each session and the stundent could choose among those two conditions.: (1) Condition one presented standard matching-to-sample (MTS) and CRMTS tasks on a plain background; (2) Condition two presented mini-games interspersed among the same MTS and CRMTS tasks. The research questions were whether the students would prefer Condition 2 (would it function as a ludic environment?) over Condition 1 and whether Condition 2 had and improving effect on the overall results of the teaching program. On both conditions the same four trial blocks were presented in the same order. A stringent criterion of 100% correct was required on each block. Two interval variables was tested for 2 groups. The majority of the participants showed a preference for Condition 2, across the teaching sessions, suggesting that the games played a "ludic"or motivational function. Further evidences of the motivational effects of the mini-games were more spontaneous engagement on the computer tasks and less errors. Learning rates and the amount of words read and written correctly at the end of the teaching program were similar under both conditions. The games were an effective tool to enhance the power of the reinforcing contingencies involved in the original teaching proce |
|
|
10. The Effects of Different Conditions of Shaping in Lever Pressing Acquisition |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
IVÁN BÁRCENAS (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Torres (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Gonzalo Fernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Shaping procedures are widely used in the experimental analysis of behavior. However, these procedures include a variety of ways in their implementation, which could have an effect on the strength of the operant (frequency and / or response rate). The present study aims to evaluate different conditions of shaping and their effect on performance in temporal schedules. Twelve rats served as subjects, divided into 3 groups at random. Group 1 was exposed to three experimental phases. In the first phase, the rats were exposed to a schedule of non-contingent delivery FT 60s. Later, during phase 2, rats were exposed to a concurrent schedule crf-FT 60 s. Finally, during Phase 3, subjects were exposed to a temporal schedule, the T cycles lasted 60 s. Group 2 was exposed to the same conditions as Group 1, except for the FT 60 s schedule. Subjects in group 3 were exposed only to the temporal schedule. The results showed that Group 1 presented a response distribution closer to the T cycle length rather than the other two groups. |
|
|
11. Emergent Symbolic Matching in Elderly With Alzheimer's Disease |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIANA DUCATTI (Rosana Ducatti Souza Almeida), Andreia Schmidt (University of Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: The emergent symbolic matching (ESM) occurs when an undefined sample stimulus is related with an undefined comparison stimulus without previous teaching. The purpose of this study was to investigate if elderly with dementia, residents the long-stay institutions, demonstrate ESM in matching to sample (MTS) task. Participants were five elderly women, between 75 and 91 years, one of which was diagnosed with mild cognitive impairment and the others with Alzheimer's dementia (AD). An auditory-visual MTS task was conducted with four names of people (A) as sample and four pictures of people (B) as comparisons. A sample stimulus (A1) was presented with a comparison stimulus (B1) for six consecutive trials. After, a new sample was introduced (A2) with two comparisons stimuli (B1 -B2) for six consecutive trials; then, a block of six trials with the relations A1B1-A2B2 was presented. The stimuli A3 and A4 were introduced gradually in the training (in blocks of six consecutive trials, like A1B1 and A2B2 training) and the corresponding comparison stimuli were also introduced gradually. All elderly demonstrated ESM on the first trial in which the new sample and comparison stimulus were presented, but elderly with AD showed no maintenance of the relations throughout the study. |
|
|
12. How Hard is a Rat Willing to Work to Release a Trapped Rat? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LISA HIURA (Reed College), Lavinia C. M. Tan (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Abstract: Although social reinforcers are widely used throughout the experimental analysis of behavior, their relative reinforcing value is poorly understood. To better assess the value of social reinforcement, we used a novel experimental paradigm in which rats lever presses opened a trap door and released a second rat from a restraint. Three pairs of rats were studied: one in each pair was the free rat, whose responses were examined; the other was the trapped rat, which could escape when the door was raised. Free rats were first trained to lever press for food on a progressive (PR) ratio schedule, in which the requirements increased by 1 response with each PR reinforcer. Free rats were then studied in the escape procedure in which responses released a trapped rat into the chamber for 10 seconds of social reinforcement. Break points (largest completed ratio) were established and maintained under both food and social reinforcement, indicating that both events functioned as effective reinforcers, though were consistently higher under food than social reinforcement. Subsequent conditions will explore the effects of social deprivation on social reinforcement. |
|
|
13. Probability of Reciprocation in Situations of Risk |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STEPHANIE STILLING (Western Michigan University), Zachary Zimmermann (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study experimentally investigated human sharing in laboratory tasks that simulate environmental variability and resource scarcity (shortfall risk). The project looked to determine whether a risk-reduction model of sharing developed by evolutionary biologists (derived from a risk-sensitive optimization model known as the energy-budget rule) can predict human cooperative behavior. Twelve participants responded to earn points exchangeable for money when point gains were unpredictable. Failures to acquire sufficient points resulted in a loss of accumulated earnings (a shortfall). Participants were given the choice between working alone or working with others and sharing accumulated earnings. The difficulty of meeting the earnings requirement was manipulated across conditions by changing the probability of reciprocation of the partner to investigate the effects of economic context on sharing. Sometimes sharing was the optimal strategy, and other times working alone was the optimal strategy. Results indicate that participants chose the sharing option when it was optimal to do so; thereby conforming to the predictions of the risk-reduction model of sharing. These results contribute to the understanding of how environmental context and social stimuli influences cooperation and sharing in situations involving risk. |
|
|
14. Risk as a Function of Response Effort to Gain Points |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Individuals take risks when they invest, gamble or play games of chance. The amount of risk taken may depend on whether the item risked was earned, won or awarded. Losses may be less aversive when playing with “house money” contributing to greater overall risk. Conversely an investment of time, money or resources in acquiring an item may increase the subjective value of the item leading to less overall risk. The purpose of this study is to measure the level of risk as a function of the response effort required to gain points. Twenty-five competitive basketball players were recruited and randomly assigned to one of three groups each representing either a low, moderate or high work requirement to earn points. Participants were then given shots of varying point values and degrees of difficulty in which to wager points. Results indicate participants who required a low response effort to gain points took significantly more risk as evidenced by choosing shots with the least probability of success. Those that were required to earn their points took significantly less risk evidenced by choosing shots with the highest probability of success. |
|
|
15. Behavioral Analytical Measures of an Animal Model of Autism Based on Maternal Immune Activation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ BLANCO (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth Hunter (School of Medicine, University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Rebekah Aquino (University of Nevada, Reno), David Legaspi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The epidemiology of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) has shown a significant increase over the past years (Newschaffer, et al., 2007). There is evidence that individuals diagnosed with autism exhibit histological changes in the hippocampus (Bauman & Kemper, 1994; Bailey et al, 1998; Kemper & Bauman, 1998). Part of the research on neuropathology includes the study of inflammatory changes in the brain (i.e. Welch et al. 2005). The Maternal Immune Activation project (MIA) was created to investigate the notion that the neuropathology of autism is caused at least in part by the brains response to inflammation by providing a behavioral account of the most characteristic symptoms of autism. In order to accomplish this goal, a group of treated and a group of untreated mice are being tested with respect to their social interactions, learning patterns and maintenance as well as habituation tests. These measures were selected as a follow up from research on behavioral characteristics observed in children with autism (i.e. Bijou & Ghezzi, 1999; Spandin & Brady, 1999; Szabo, 2013). The present poster shows results from this project. Early data analysis show differences between control and experimental group in all the variables controlled. |
|
|
16. The Influence of Multivariable Data Displays on Problem Solving: An Analog of Resource Allocation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MOLLI LUKE (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Multivariate data displays serve as a way to enable evidence-based decisions in the context of complex, interrelated variables. They describe complex events and make relations along various dimensions more salient (Tufte, 1983, 1990). Data displays are a frequent tool for communication, yet, as stated by Gilbert (2007), “data are plentiful, but data are not information until they tell us something” (p. 67). Therefore, it is importance to evaluate the communication components that will ensure the data are presented in a way that is valuable to the audience. The ubiquity of data displays to guide decision making and problem solving, especially by researchers, leaders and policy makers necessities research to understand how communication of multivariate data displays influence problem solving. This poster describes a study that evaluated the effects of two forms data displays (line graph and tables) as well as the effect of strategic instructions on the accuracy of problem solving. Results indicated that with strategic instructions and line graphs, participants had more accurate predictions of future trends in the data. In the presence of tables, accuracy was lower, even after strategic instructions. Implications and future research on effective communication using data displays is discussed. |
|
|
17. An Investigation of Social Values in Relation to Social Action by way of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In generating social change, it is important to consider the relationship between an individual’s values and their accompanying actions. One method of revealing these values is through the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). During this assessment, an individual is shown a series of pairings of category items and terms. This procedure can be used to measure the implicit attitudes and beliefs of an individual. Given the great need for community action pursuant to combating child sex trafficking, it is clear that an investigation of how individuals’ values and actions are aligned is called for. A better understanding of this relationship may lead to more effective methods for generating community support and social change. Results from this study help to reveal the relationship between an individual’s self report (i.e., survey), social values (i.e., IRAP performance) and social action (i.e., degree of volunteerism) in regards to the issue of child sex trafficking. These findings also reveal useful information about the IRAP as an assessment tool and its predictive validity with respect to action. Ways in which agencies can target the community for involvement with social change are also discussed. |
|
|
18. Probability and Accuracy of Feedback as Conditions to Analyze Interactive Styles in Ambiguous Situations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ELIA NATALIA FUENTES GONZALEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Torres (Universidad de Guadalajara), Nora Rangel (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: An experiment was carried out in order to identify interactive styles through an ambiguous situation. Interactive styles, defined as within-subjects consistencies and differences between-subjects, should occur across time and across situations. Two variables have been selected to design two kinds of ambiguous situations: probability of occurrence of feedback and accuracy of feedback. Eight adults were exposed to two experimental conditions in three phases to a code-breaking game (Mastermind) involving on one hand the probability of occurrence of feedback (with a direct replication) and on the other hand the accuracy of feedback (like a systematic replication). Participants were assigned to two groups exposed to a different order of the values of each condition. The results showed reliable profiles in all participants when the permanence time in the situation was correlated with the number of attempts to solve the task, and each of them with the feedback condition presented. In two of the three phases, regardless the order and the codes found, the results support the reliability of within-subject consistencies across time and situations. However, in the first condition presented, there were more individual differences than in replications. |
|
|
19. Chess and Behavioral Processes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MACK S. COSTELLO (Western Michigan University), Neil Deochand (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Constructs in behavior analysis are perhaps more strongly linked to overt behavior and less tangled in theoretical terms. Two learning processes that are well studied in behavior analysis are contingency-shaped behavior and rule-governed behavior. While these processes do not exactly match on to their cognitive process counterparts (intuition and deliberative thinking, for example), contingency shaped behavior can be thought of as playing a part in intuition, or being functionally similar, depending on the level of analysis. Both involve behavior that is not necessarily conscious or thought out. The same similarities can be gleamed with rule-governed behavior and deliberative thinking. Both involve decision making within constraints, and may require more cognitive effort than their unconscious counterparts. Chess skills certainly involve rule-governed behavior (i.e., players memorize many different openings and endgames for different scenarios) and contingency-shaped behavior (i.e., skills increase through being placed in unfamiliar scenarios and finding ways to win; this occurs through playing many games normally). The study reported here evaluated chess play among players of differing skill levels. This procedure was used to track changes in chess playing as a function of various training procedures, some designed to show rule governed behavior, some designed to show contingency shaped behavior. |
|
|
20. Behavior of Young People in Final Competition of Tae Kwon Do |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DEYANIRA SOLACHE (Universidad Autonoma de Aguascalientes), Ana del R. Cervantes-Herrera (Universidad Autonoma de Aguascalientes), Francisco J. Pedroza-Cabrera (Universidad Autonoma de Aguascalientes) |
Abstract: The combat competition Tae Kwon Do is performed by classifying competitors by gender, age and weight (category). Particularly the intermediate category (Light) is characterized by the speed of ultra-light categories and strength of heavy categories. As this category is presented as one of the strongest in the competitions of Tae Kwon Do. Within the XVIII National Olympic tournament of Tae Kwon Do held in Aguascalientes, Mexico in 2013 were recorded and analyzed the final fights of 8 young fighters, belonging to the Light category, according to their age. Two men aged 13 and 37-39Kg. (81.57-85.98Lb), two females aged 15 and 45-46Kg. (99.20-101.41Lb), two boys aged 17 and 56-59Kg. (123.45-130.07Lb), and two females aged 20 and 58-62Kg. (127.86-136.68Lb). The analysis was performed under an exhaustive and exclusive code observation consists of 4 components: offensive behavior (kicking and punching), defensive behavior (blocks), unsportsmanlike conduct and tactical resources (guards, feints, etc.). The results were proceeding in rate per minute due this 8 fights differ in duration. The results from this observation allowed the designee of suggestions for coaches with students belonging to these categories, in order to get changes in fighters's behavioral patterns, to achieve combat effectiveness and better results in upcoming competitions. |
|
|
21. Operant Recombination Applied to a Martial Arts Context: Teaching Karate-Do Fighting Through Recombination of Single Strikes and Sequences of Strikes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
TIAGO FRANCA (i5 - Behavior Coaching Institute), Elenice Seixas Hanna (Universidade de Brasilia) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the effect of the training of strike units and strike sequences over the performance in a simulated Karate-do fight and offers a new methodology to study learning in martial arts, based on the Operant Recombination paradigm. Four university students from 18 to 30 years old, with no previous experience in martial arts, were divided into two groups: Group Element (P1 and P2) where the participants started learning single strikes, and Group Sequence (P3 and P4) were the participants started learning strike sequences. The participants performed two experimental conditions. In Element Condition, 6 strike units of punches and kicks were taught and, in Sequence Condition, 4 sequences built with three strike units were trained. Each condition was composed of three stages of training (acquisition, standing focus and moving focus). During acquisition Karate-do strike units or strike sequences were taught by instruction, shaping and modeling. In standing focus stage the participant practiced the previously learned strikes on a stationary target. In moving focus stage the participant repeated the previously learned strikes on a moving target. All participants learned quickly and with fewer errors all the strikes and sequences. Before and after each condition a test with a real adversary was held. In the tests the adversary punched and kicked slowly and repeatedly. The training increased the movement rates of strikes in subsequent tests. The Element Condition increased the rates of strike units and the Sequence Condition increased the rates in strike sequences. Each experimental condition ended with generalization test, just like a Karate-do fight. In these tests the movements of defense were more frequent and attacks decreased compared to the previous test, but there was no systematic effect of the experimental conditions. During the fights the participants used the strikes and sequences previously taught, but also sequences that were not taught with strike combination. The results were discussed based on studies of recombinative learning and methodological refinements were suggested. |
|
|
22. Experimental Analysis of Fear Behavior in Children and Adults |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LESLIE VALERIA BRISENO ZAMORA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Christian Cruz (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Alejandro Ceron Martinez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Veronica Luna Hernandez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: Within psychology Interbehavioral has begun analysis of fear, based on the theoretical elucidations performed was marked the same as: a) A particular type of behavior, b) An interaction that requires a conventional reagent system (language), because the person makes linguistic constructions regarding an event, object or organism, this constructions are made according with the individual's referential and/or situational history; and c) Fear behavior is configured as a behavioral tendency. In order to empirically test the fear behavior characterization, a study was conducted, the aim was: evaluate the effects of the referential history on the behavior of fear in children and adults. Participate 10 children (between 10 and 12 years of age) and 10 adults (between 20 and 25 years of age), they were assigned to one of three groups: 1) Control Group, 2) Confirmed Referential History Group, and 3) Denied Referential History Group. The results were discussed around to the Interbehavioral notion of fear, mainly emphasizing in linguistic constructions made by the participants. |
|
|
23. The Contribution of Maximum Point Criteria and Treatment Integrity Failures on the Effectiveness of the Good Behavior Game |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Olivia Gratz (Saint Louis University), Sarah Koerkenmeier (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Problematic behavior is a common barrier to learning during academic instruction. The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a contingency management system that is effective in reducing problematic behavior in various grade levels (e.g., Barrish et al., 1996; Donaldson et al., 2011). It involves dividing a class into teams, establishing a maximum point criterion, scoring points contingent upon instances of for problem behavior, and providing reinforcement to the lowest-scoring team and team(s) that perform below criterion. We explored the effectiveness of the GBG with a previously unexamined population: students diagnosed with emotional disorders. We compared levels of problem behavior and treatment integrity across teacher- and researcher-implemented versions of the GBG using an alternating treatment plus reversal design. GBG efficacy was maintained even though teachers had 18% lower average treatment integrity relative to researchers. In addition, problem behavior was more likely to decrease relative to baseline when teachers used lower maximum point criteria relative to researchers. Results suggest that decreases in treatment integrity may not be problematic if maximum point criteria match decreased levels of treatment integrity. |
|
|
24. Increasing Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Preschool Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON J. MORLEY (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Joseph E. Underberg (Syracuse University), Stephanie J. Long (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Low level of physical activity is an important contributor to childhood obesity. The present study evaluated the effects of fluency training in gross motor skills on preschool childrens levels of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity on the playground. Two typically-developing preschool-aged girls who engaged in low levels of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity participated. A multiple-probe design across 2 play contexts (outdoor toys, open space) was used to evaluate the effects of training 3 gross motor skills relevant to the outdoor toys context (i.e., jumping, hopping, alternate 1-foot/2-feet hopping) to a fluency criterion. Play probes during baseline and after the fluency criterion was met were conducted in both play contexts. Results showed increased levels of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity in the outdoor toys context but not the open space context after fluency training. Implications for the use of fluency training in gross motor skills as an efficient and practical way to increase levels of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity in children are discussed. |
|
|
25. Analysis of Challenging Behavior's Patterns Using Web System for School and Preschool Aged Children With Disabilities of South Korea Focused on Residential Facilities |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
YUNHEE SHIN (Daegu University), Hyo shin Lee (Daegu University), Mi Young Jin (Daegu University), Jungbae Kang (Daegu University), Sungbum Kim (Daegu University), Chae jin Park (Daegu University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to determine challenging behavior's patterns for school and preschool aged children with disabilities by age in the Korean residential facilities. Participants were 13 residential facilities for disabilities in South Korea. The number of records were 1,151 for 10 years. The Data was analyzed by frequency analysis and percentage. Type of challenging behavior were aggressive, depression/anxiety, self injury behavior, anti-social behavior, stereotype, sexual abuse, somatic, eating, elimination, sleep problems, attention deficit by criteria of DSM-IV, Lee(2004). On-line behavior analysis system, Homi.Info was used for collecting data of challenging behaviors. The data's rate of agreement for accuracy was 89%. The results of this study are as follows, This table shows the frequency of challenging behaviors by age. The frequency of preschool aged is 241, school aged 8 to 13 years is 460, and the from 14 to 18 is 450. The total frequency is 1151. In preschoolers, the most frequent challenging behavior types are somatic, and SIB. Number of somatic is 82, and SIB is 75. Depression and anxiety are the next most frequent. These behaviors are correlated with medical problems. In school aged 8 to 13 years, there are 4 outstanding behaviors for this group. Number of somatic and SIB is still quite high in frequency. In addition, Elimination and Aggressive behavior are remarkably common in this age group. The most frequent behavior in this age group is Urinate in other inappropriate place as elimination type, with a frequency of 61. Frequency of teasing peers and biting peers as aggressive type are 23, 15, respectively. In the period of school aged, 14 to 18 children, behaviors are different from other age groups, Frequency of somatic and SIB are still presented but there are not high. Frequency of stereotype, depressive/anxiety, and attention deficit are higher than others. The patterns in this age group are various and wide. Therefore, children with disabilities in facility have different behavior patterns by age. Preschooler have noticeable somatic behaviors and SIB. School aged children(8 to 13) also have Somatic and SIB, and even elimination and aggressive. Elimination problem is not serious for preschooler, however, it's problem for school aged children by teacher's perception. School aged children(14 to 18) display more various challenging behavior-Stereotype, depressive/anxiety and Attention deficit behaviors-than other group. |
|
|
26. The Application of Functional Analysis Procedures to Students’ Academic Responding |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MAUREEN O'CONNOR (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Polly Daro (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mallory Johnson (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Whitney Strong (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mackenzie Sommerhalder (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Although functional analysis has over 30 years of empirical support with a wide range of populations and behaviors, very few studies have applied the methodology to academic responding. In the current study, functional analyses were conducted with three 2nd-grade students referred for poor math computation fluency. The analyses included three common stimulus conditions, but the target for reinforcement was academic responding. A multielement design was used to examine the impact of the reinforcement conditions on each student’s rate of correct digits per minute. Results (displayed below) demonstrated that the functional analyses produced differentiated patterns of responding across students. For student 1 and 2, escape produced higher rates of correct digits per minute, whereas for student 3, comparable rates of correct digits per minute were obtained for the attention and escape conditions and both were superior to the control condition. The results of this study suggest that differentiated stimulus function can be obtained for at least one form of academic responding. Given that many students with behavior problems in schools have concurrent academic deficits, these results may stimulate future research on stimulus function for academic repertoires as a more efficient method for identifying potential behavioral targets for intervention programs. |
|
|
27. The Relation Between Assessment Session Length and Identified Function(s) of Problem Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER ANDERSEN (The University of Iowa), Anna Ing (The University of Iowa), Shaun Wilkinson (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Functional analysis of problem behavior (FA) is the premier assessment model to identify the function of problem behavior and to inform treatment decisions. Applied settings often face limitations on the amount of time available to complete these analyses. Thus, the effects of reducing the length of each assessment session has been evaluated as a way to increase the efficiency of conducting an FA while maintaining valid results. Multiple studies have shown that briefer assessment sessions may yield similar response patterns to longer assessment sessions (Wacker, Berg, Harding, 2004; Wallace & Knights, 2003; Wallace & Iwata, 1999). Two differences between brief and extended assessment sessions are the amount of exposure to the establishing operation and opportunities to experience the reinforcement for problem behavior. The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship between session length and number of functions identified. Articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis between 1990 and 2011 were reviewed for inclusion in this analysis (n = 169). Preliminary data analyses suggest that the length of the assessment sessions may influence the likelihood of identifying multiple functions for problem behavior. Implications for assessment and treatment will be presented. |
|
|
28. Analysis of the Scientific Practice in Research Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ABDIEL FLORENTINO CAMPOS GIL (Universidad Veracruzana), Enríque Zepeta García (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: The approaches to the phenomenon of scientific research from psychology traditionally consider the method (as a set of rules for the attainment of true knowledge) is the logical category to which an individual must adjust their actions to ensure that the work is scientific. The model of Individual Scientific Practice (MPCI) that is proposed in this study assumes that the scientific research is an individual practice framed in socio-cultural interaction. (Ribes, 2010). The study included ten students of both sexes between 25 and 45 years old of a master’s program in research in applied psychology. The model author made some clarifications about Wittgenstein Notions and its use on the psychology. Base on these analysis the purpose of this study was evaluate the scientific practices of the group leader and the participant’s trough a matrix designed with the categories of the MPCI. First it was obtained the internal coherence of the matrix; second the participants analyzed the leader published articles, and third, the researchers evaluate the student’s research project, a report of progress and a final document. The latest paper supports the thesis. The results are analyzed from the similarities between scientific practice group leader and participants of this study. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
TPC Sun Noon |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
29. Who Shot J.R.? An Analysis of Cumulative Kantor and Skinner References in The Psychological Record |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Thomas Larum (St. Cloud State University), Alexis Washa (St. Cloud State University), BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Jacob Robert Kantor was a logician of science and was responsible for the creation and refinement of interbehaviorism, which is a natural science philosophy of behavior that emphasizes a field approach. Kantor's influence on behavior analysis is large, though many behavior analysts may be unaware of his impact. One of Kantor's many important contributions was the development of The Psychological Record, a peer-reviewed journal that focuses on basic, applied, and theoretical works of a behavior-analytic nature. While Kantor’s field-theoretical approach to behavior is still relevant, it may be the case that too little exposure is, at least in part, responsible for its limited acceptance. It is the purpose of the historical review to trace the references in The Psychological Record from its inception until 2012 comparing the references to J. R. Kantor and B. F. Skinner. In doing so, Kantor’s influence is measured against that of his counterpart. Results indicate that, generally speaking, Kantor’s influence was large and comparable to that of Skinner’s up until his death, while Skinner’s influence extended beyond his expiration. A discussion on the potential resurgence of interbehaviorism accompanies this analysis. |
|
|
30. Detecting False Positives in Non-Concurrent Multiple Baselines |
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Joel Jelinski (St. Cloud State University), Elizabeth A. Lood (St. Cloud State University), Ayriel Steffes (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the probability of generating false positives (i.e., increases in a hypothetical dependent variable without an independent variable) with three-tiered nonconcurrent multiple baseline (NMBL) designs. We generated four sets of three-tiered NMBL designs. The first, second, and third sets consisted of fixed A-phase data points for all three tiers at 0%, 25% and 50%, respectively, and randomly generated data points in the B phases. The fourth set consisted of randomly generated data points in the A and B phases for all three tiers. Results indicated that false positives were most probable with NMBL designs comprised of fixed A-phase data points when baseline levels were set at 25% or lower and one tier was excluded from visual inspection. Lastly, results indicate that no false positives were generated with NMBL designs containing randomly generated A-phase and B-phase data points based on visual inspection of either two or three tiers. We briefly discuss the implications and limitations of the findings from the current study. |
|
|
31. Forced-Choice Philosophy |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC) |
Abstract: In “From AI to Zeitgeist” (1988), Nicholas Henry Pronko provides a preliminary examination of the consequences for understanding behavior that different assumptions provide. His book comprises a series of topics in alphabetical order with the goal of providing his readers with a different view of the problems, questions, and quandaries bearing on the philosophy of science for psychology. The fundamental problems considered throughout this poster will not incorporate the latest findings of the field or references to the most recent literature. Intellectual gems will be included, however, in an attempt to both serve our purpose and with the aim of saving them from being buried in the cumulative dust of history, awaiting discovery once again. (Pronko, 1988). The presenters will utilize a graphical forced-choice procedure to help guide the learner through the topics discussed (over 90 topics ranging from Artificial Intelligence [AI] to Zeitgeist), providing attendees with a (re)kindled fire for the philosophy of the science for psychology. |
|
|
32. Was Skinner a Sexist? An Analysis of Skinners Use of Gender-Biased Language |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ANNA MARIE WHALEY (The University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner was often considered a man ahead of times. Given his 1992 comment that, were he to rewrite Verbal Behavior, he would remove its gender-biased language (e.g., he/she), we explore changes in his use of that language over time and in comparison to his peers. Forty-five of his primary source works between 1930 and 1990 were quasi-randomly selected for review. They were classified by type (e.g., journal articles, chapters, books, book reviews) and by content (i.e., empirical, conceptual, methodological). And, they were searched and coded for sexist language (e.g., from PDFs converted to Word) based on the 1977 American Psychological Associations (APA) guidelines regarding sexist language. Our initial analysis shows that Skinner used gender-biased language in 28 of the 45 publications, but less often after 1974. Further analyses describe his use of sexist language by the type and content of his publications and in comparison to his peers. The discussion addresses how the changes in Skinners practices correlate with cultural changes (e.g., the womens movement), how they were confounded by changes in APAs guidelines, and the meaning of sexist language in Skinners time and our time. |
|
|
33. Using Correlation Notation to Represent Behavioral Phenomena |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
SHELDON EBBELER (Quest Kids) |
Abstract: Across scientific disciplines, including behavior analysis, fundamental principles related to the natural world are found by direct analysis of phenomena. However, “everyday language about behavior is not generally precise enough for technical or scientific description of behavior” (J. Michael, 1995). Since the 17th century, precise notations for symbolizing such complex relationships have facilitated not only the communication and refinement of these ideas but also the development of that field. The field of behavior analysis is without such a system. Correlation Notation provides a comprehensive means to systematically depict even complex behavioral phenomena. With just over a handful of symbols, the notation is parsimonious without being simplistic. This system is not aligned with any particular theory but rather simply describes interrelations—as those found between the environment and behavior. The notation constitutes an easy-to-use but powerful technology, for not only newcomers to behavior analysis but also scholars. |
|
|
34. The Experimental Design: It's all in the Name, Right? |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL FANTETTI (Western New England University, Brohavior
), Val Saini (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) outline the need for behavior analysts, as scientists, to define their practices in a technological fashion. This means that a typically trained reader could replicate that procedure well enough to produce the same results (p. 95). By naming experimental designs, behavior analysts seek to streamline the process of dissemination for their research. However, over time, the names and uses for different experimental designs have become less clear. Through this poster, we seek to describe different experimental designs the way that they were suggested for use in behavior analysis and give some limitations that may be seen when using each design. We also make suggestions for pragmatic alterations to the way behavior analysts discuss these designs in the future. This includes the discussion of whether our current naming system appropriately captures the functional relations demonstrated and if there is a necessity for such a system as our science begins to ask more complex questions. |
|
|
35. A Meta-Analytic Review of the Interrater Agreement between Visual Analysts |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Kimberly Vannest (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Visual analysis is comprehensive in consideration of the indices of behavior change, which is in part why it is the most widely applied method of data interpretation in single-case research. A previous research synthesis on visual analysis by Ottenbacher (1993) demonstrated only low to moderate levels of interrater agreement between visual analytic ratings of graphed data. This is an issue of reliability, affecting the advancement of single-case research to more effectively contribute to the movement on evidence-based educational practices. We determined to statistically examine potential moderators affecting the variability in the proportion of interrater agreement between visual analysts in the interest of identifying factors which support the scientific principles of visual analysis. After a comprehensive search a total of 25 peer reviewed journal articles met criteria for inclusion, and seven articles were deemed to have homogeneous methods for a preliminary investigation of the mediators of reliable visual analysis. Of interest conceptually from the literature were the effects of participant characteristics and of training. Preliminary results suggest that specific training may increase the proportion of interrater agreement to meet more acceptable standards. The final analysis of studies is underway in evaluating the potential moderator of dichotomous versus multi-categorical rating scales. |
|
|
36. On the Origin and Development of the Metacontingency Conceptual Framework: Variables that Controlled the Textual Verbal Behavior Related to its Proposal. |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
DIEGO ZILIO (State University of São Paulo), Kester Carrara (State University of São Paulo) |
Abstract: Our goal in this poster is to discuss the origin and development of the concept of metacontingency and of its auxiliary concepts (e.g., interlocking contingencies, aggregate product, macrocontingency, and receiving system) by analyzing the variables that controlled the textual verbal behavior related to its proposals. Three papers will be analyzed: (a) Glenns paper Metacontingencies in Walden Two, for being the first in which the term metacontingency appeared; (b) Glenns 1988 paper Contingencies and metacontingencies: toward a synthesis of behavior analysis and cultural materialism, since its one of the first in which Glenn added new terms and refined its definitions; and (c) Glenns and Malott 2004 paper Complexity and selection: implications for organizational change, for being one of the latest containing significant reviews and the proposal of a new concept. We will argue that the verbal behavior related to the origin and development of the metacontingency explanatory model was not based on empirical data, but mainly on (a) Skinners interpretations (as opposed to explanations) of social behavior (especially his book Science and Human Behavior, and paper Selection by Consequences); (b) Skinners utopian novel Walden Two, which is not an empirical source; and (c) analogies between the selection processes occurring at three different levels natural selection, operant selection and cultural selection which is not consensually well received by behavior analysts and by non-behavior analyst scientists and philosophers that work on the fields of evolutionary biology, sociology and anthropology. In this context, we intend to discuss some of the dangers of establishing a conceptual model of explanation which origin and development were not necessarily driven by data. The main problem is the verbal distance between the events studied by the scientist and his verbal behavior of proposing explanations, meaning that scientists verbal behavior is controlled by variables other than the phenomenon that he is trying to explain. This distance, by its turn, increases the probability of faulty inferences, surplus meaning, undesired speculations, and eventual lack of parsimony. We will argue that these problems should be viewed as a word of caution in the field of social behavior and metacontingency. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
EDC Sun noon |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
37. Brief Experimental Analysis of Modeling Interventions for Oral Reading Fluency: Results From a Summer Program |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA COOLONG-CHAFFIN (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Michael I. Axelrod (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Reese Butterfuss (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Arianna Brown (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Nicole Fogarty (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Hannah Kalmon (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Jordan Simpson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Brief experimental analysis (BEA) is an important tool used to guide intervention selection for learners who have failed to respond to standard reading instruction (Reschly, Coolong-Chaffin, Christenson & Gutkin, 2007). The purpose of this project was to examine how BEA procedures could be used to identify a potentially effective oral reading fluency intervention involving different types of modeling combined with practice. Participants were three elementary students who attended a summer reading program. An extended analysis examined the effectiveness of the indicated intervention over time when used within the context of a comprehensive reading instructional package. Results indicated that a promising intervention was identified for each participant and the effectiveness of each intervention varied by participant. The selected intervention led to large gains in words read correctly per minute across the reading program for the two participants who attended the majority of the sessions. The participant who attended fewer than half of the sessions did not make gains. These results extend the literature on BEA by comparing interventions that utilized different types of modeling combined with practice. The results also demonstrate how BEA-indicated interventions can be used within the context of a comprehensive instructional package for struggling readers over the summer. |
|
|
38. Using a Prompt Fading Procedure to Teach Self-Questioning to Fifth Graders With Learning Disabilities: Effects on Reading Comprehension |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA A. ROUSE (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Jennifer Cullen (Ball State University), Mary Sawyer (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Students with learning disabilities, who often struggle with reading comprehension, can benefit from instruction on how to read strategically. One reading strategy that has been demonstrated to increase reading comprehension across a range of age and ability levels is self-questioning. Self-questioning enables students to be actively engaged in monitoring their reading comprehension by asking themselves questions about key elements of the text. In this study, two fifth graders with learning disabilities were taught to self-generate questions using a systematic prompt fading procedure. Specifically, the students were provided with expository reading passages with embedded questions. As each student demonstrated proficiency with answering the embedded questions correctly, the embedded questions were systematically faded and replaced with a prompt for the students to generate their own questions. A multiple-baseline across participants design demonstrated that the self-questioning intervention was functionally related to increased reading comprehension. Additionally, the students demonstrated maintenance and generalization outcomes. |
|
|
39. Effects of Basic Elements to Improve the Rate of Reading of Corrective Readers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHEILA HABARAD (Morningside Academy), Geoff Martin (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Abstract
An educational system places an unintentional ceiling on a student’s ability to advance to more challenging academic environments when reading instruction is mainly based on sight word training. Basic Elements is a unique program designed to ameliorate a reading repertoire compromised of sight words by teaching sounds in the form of nonsense words, emphasizing fluent decoding skills rather than memorization. Building the tool skills to fluently read nonsense words will not only improve decoding skills but it has also been proven to predict reading abilities. (Johnson and Street, 2013). Students, aging from 10-11 came to Morningside Academy with significant reading challenges due to a lack of decoding skills. The students, each placed into introductory reading instruction, continued to make errors across the first semester of school due to an inability to decode. The Basic Elements program was taught with group responding to maximize individual student responses as well as Precision Teaching to build fluency. It is predicted that this small addition to the students’ daily teaching block will not only result in a significant rate of reading with minimal errors but will also open up the doors to higher education. |
|
|
40. Utilizing Student Performance to Select Appropriate Interventions for Reading Fluency and Comprehension |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN MCKINLEY (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: When students are referred for reading problems, brief experimental analysis has shown to be an effective method for selecting interventions directly related to assessment results (Daly; VanAuken, Chafouleas, Bradley, & Martens, 2002; Jones, Wickstrom, & Daly, 2008), rather than interventions chosen at random. A brief experimental analysis of fluency and comprehension was conducted using easier material and a comprehension strategy. Participants were second grade children who were identified as being below critical benchmarks according to DIBELS progress monitoring scores. Materials consisted of Curriculum based measurement Passages. Visual Analysis of each condition lead to distinctly different student profiles that indicated: (a) no problem, (b) fluency problem, and (c) comprehension problem. This method may enhance further understanding of the basis of individual students’ reading comprehension problems. This type of assessment may lead to selection of interventions that are individualized, more effective, and less intrusive. |
|
|
41. Using a Cover Copy Compare Study Strategy to Improve Spelling Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Heidi Fisher (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Using a parent consultation model, a spelling intervention was implemented to improve spelling test performance of a 4th grade boy. Before implementation of the intervention, performance on classroom spelling assessments ranged from 20% to 60% correct. Strategies used prior to intervention included home practice that involved the student rewriting the words five times each. To increase spelling accuracy, a study strategy was introduced which required the student to look at the word, copy the word, cover the word, and then try to write the word without a model present. This strategy is known as cover-copy-compare (CCC) and has strong efficacy as an effective study strategy. Results show that the CCC procedure immediately improved spelling test performance. A natural withdrawal of intervention occurred (due to student illness) where performance immediately returned to baseline levels. After reinstating the CCC procedure, the student’s performance improved once again to above 90% accuracy on classroom assessments. Overall CCC was a successful intervention for improving spelling performance. |
|
|
42. The Effect of Colored Overlay Versus No Overlay on Reading Fluency in Individuals With Dyslexia |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TIFFANY FREEZE DENTON (The University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Colored filters are used in classrooms and homes to alleviate reading difficulties that are a result of learning disabilities including dyslexia. Colored overlays, one type of tinted filter, are plastic reading sheets tinted with color and placed over text (Wilkins, 2003) that are claimed to eliminate or alleviate a wide range of reading difficulties such as low reading rate, accuracy, and comprehension. Colored overlays were investigated in this study via a multielement design measuring correct words read per minute and errors across Overlay and No Overlay conditions. Undifferentiated responding resulted across two participants suggesting that colored overlays were not effective, and slight differentiated responding resulted in one participant suggesting that colored overlays decreased reading fluency for this individual. As a result, empirically validated reading techniques were implemented across individuals. These findings are discussed and recommendations are made in regards to the use of research-based reading interventions. |
|
|
43. A Gadgeteer Goes to the Classroom: The History of Skinners Teaching Machines |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: A teaching machine is an automatic device that presents a unit of information, provides a mean for the learner to respond to the information, and provides feedback about the correctness of the response. Although Skinner did not invent the teaching machine, his machines incorporated innovative aspects that were crucial for developing a technology of education based on the principles of operant conditioning. An important aspect was that Skinner emphasized on designing machines that could teach new materials instead of only testing previously learned materials. This was achieved by presenting the material to be learned in units of gradually increasing difficulty, providing the means to construct a response, rather than just selecting one, and presenting feedback immediately after the response. Skinner designed a series of devices that gradually fulfilled his own requirements. This poster will show Skinners teaching machines, from the first devices designed during 1953 and 1954 that were home-made and simple in design, to the more complex machines intended to be commercialized by IBM and Rheem. Even though Skinners machines were not a commercial success, they originated the golden-age of teaching machines during the 1960s, and could inspire the creation of new instructional programs taking advantage of recent technology. |
|
|
44. A Comparison of a Singular Exemplar Correction Versus a Multiple Exemplar Correction Procedure on the Number of Untaught Arabic Number Textual Responses. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLINE MARY LOUISE CROSBIE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Timothy Michael Yeager (Teachers College, Columbia University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Multiple exemplar instruction has been demonstrated as an effective teaching method leading to the emergence of untaught responses and the induction of missing verbal behavior developmental cusps and capabilities. Multiple exemplar procedures ask students to identify the correct stimulus among positive and negative exemplars. According to Greer and Ross (2008), general case instruction is one application of multiple exemplar instruction where "in order to teach a subset of a concept such that the abstraction to untaught examples occurs." The current study assessed two general case instructional methods, one with a singular exemplar correction and the other with a multiple exemplar correction procedure. In a multiple probe design, four participants received either multiple exemplar correction or a singular correction procedure, with intervention subsets of four stimuli of two-digit Arabic numbers within the range of 21-99, not including numbers ending in 0. The dependent variable was the participant's correct untaught textual responses to Arabic numbers 21-99. Both instructional procures led to participants emitting untaught textual responses, however the multiple exemplar correction procedure led to a greater number of untaught responses across all tens groups, whereas the singular exemplar correction procedure led to untaught responses confined to the tens category targeted in the intervention set. |
|
|
45. Elementary Education in Mexico: Sequenced Conditions vs Random Conditions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTIAN CRUZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM)), Veronica Luna Hernandez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM)), Alejandro Ceron Martínez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM)), Leslie Valeria Briseno Zamora (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (UNAM)) |
Abstract: The formal education in Mexico has a structure that understands the gradual and progressive students performance. Apparently this approach promotes satisfactory results for the students, however, in the same conditions to which they are exposed students is possible to analyze the factors favoring sufficient or insufficient performance, in terms of problem solving. Hence in the present study the interest was focused on preparing different training conditions for elementary school students, the aim was evaluate the effects of implement conditions organized in sequence vs conditions organized in random order. Under the conditions organized in sequence, students had to move from the development of a skill to another, considering an increase in the level of complexity. Meanwhile, conditions organized in random order, students transiting from skill development to another, participating in varying levels of complexity. The results were discussed in terms of the potential benefits offered by the implementation of conditions organized in sequence and conditions organized in random order to formal education in Mexico. |
|
|
46. Teachers as Tutors of a Computerized Program to Teach Reading to Hearing Impaired Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELINE P TENORIO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Raquel Melo Golfeto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: This research aimed to evaluate the performance of hearing impaired children in a computerized teaching program designed to teach rudimentary reading and writing (de Rose et al., 1996). The program was accessed through the Internet. The students used hearing aids or cochlear implant. A FM system connected to the computer transmitted the instructions directly to the student’s hearing aid. Each of three teachers supervised two students. A second objective was to evaluate the supervision. The teachers received instructions on the FM system and on the teaching program. The application of the program was checked weekly and teachers received additional instructions if necessary. Students’ scores on a reading pre-test were lower than 20%. Posttests were conducted after each teaching unit (1, 2, and final) and evaluated the words taught and novel words. All students improved their scores on reading and dictation-taking using CRMTS, but not handwriting; for some students, dictation taking improved more than reading, probably due to their difficulties in word pronunciation. The students’ pace was low, but it is premature to attribute this result to the population or to the supervision system. The teachers requested help concerning technical problems with the computer/Internet, difficulties in decision-making and in recording data. |
|
|
47. Hawaii Preschool Positive Engagement Project: Parent Perceptions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Charlye Ramsey (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Jean Johnson (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Naomi Romboao (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Camille Rockett Rockett (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Matthew Schmidt (University of Hawaii at Manoa) |
Abstract: Children who experience family stress in their preschool years are more aggressive, anxious, and less socially competent in Kindergarten compared to their peers who experience less family stress. The Hawaii Preschool Positive Engagement Project (HPPEP) is based on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Support with a modified Check-In Check-Out classroom intervention and First Step to Success homeBase+ parent intervention. The HPPEP aims to address the following objectives 1) Improve early learning outcomes for at-risk preschool students, 2) Build protective factors of families by facilitating parental positive engagement, 3) Address the professional development needs of Early Childhood Education by building knowledge of behavior management strategies. The First Step to Success homeBase curriculum is a six-week family centered intervention that promotes parents in teaching their children school readiness skills. In homeBase+, Project Coaches facilitate one-hour parent groups located at participating schools. Pre and post data from the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire are presented for 30 participants and results for the Parent Satisfaction Report are presented for 30 participants. Participant outcomes revealed a significant decrease in parent perception of their childs total difficulties and all parents reported high levels of satisfaction with the homeBase+ component of the HPPEP. |
|
|
48. An Evaluation of the Effects of Task Preference on the Value of Choice in Typically Developing Preschool Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ROCIO CUEVAS (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie Spengler (Penn State Harrisburg), Tyler Loy (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Providing choices has been a successful intervention for increasing appropriate and decreasing inappropriate behaviors in work and classroom settings; however, the mechanism responsible for this success is unknown. Choice may be a preferred condition, in and of itself, and that preference may decrease the how aversive an individual may find a work environment. If this is true, the opportunity to choose may be more valuable in situations in which less-preferred tasks are available. The current study replicated and extended previous research on the reinforcing value of choice by evaluating the effects of task preference in isolation to determine if there is an effect on participant’s preference for making choices. Results suggest that when the tasks presented are of moderate- and low-preference, the participant selected the child-choice option at a high frequency and at a more moderate frequency when the tasks presented were high-preferred. This indicates that although being given the opportunity to choose is a reinforcer across contexts, it may be more valuable in situations in which the tasks are less-preferred. |
|
|
50. Using an Incremental Rehearsal Technique to Teach Letter Names to a Typically-Developing Three Year Old |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University) |
Abstract: Incremental rehearsal has been shown to be an effective technique to teach young children letter recognition (Bunn, Burns, Hoffman, & Newman, 2005). Additionally, continuous reinforcement shcedules have been shown to strengthen behaviors, particularly in the acquisition phase (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). In initial stages of learning, the optimal ratio of knowns to unknowns in conjunction with the leanest, but most effective reinforcement schedule remains an empirical question. This study evaluates these two variables across a letter naming task for a typically-developing three year old with no prior letter name knowledge. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the rate of letter naming acquisition among three levels of known to unknown ratios with three different reinforcement schedules. Sets were introduced in a counterbalanced fashion. Preliminary results indicate that the continuous reinforcement schedule in conjunction with the 4:1 ratio of knowns to unknowns yields the most efficient learning trajectory. However, additional phases of the study will investigate the juxtaposition of different ratios with different schedules. Implications for early literacy pedagogy will be discussed. |
|
|
51. A Comparison of the Reinforcing Effectiveness of Different Types of Attention on Skill Acquisition in Typically Developing Preschool Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
VALERIE LACERRA (Penn State Harrisburg), Brandi Shives (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Previous research on problem behavior has shown that different types of attention may be more effective reinforcers than other types. This is an important consideration for teaching new behaviors. Different types of attention (i.e., praise, conversation, or physical touch) may have varying levels of reinforcing efficacy for different children. The efficacy of these types of attention has been evaluated with regard to maintenance tasks, and shown a consistent differentiation of the efficacy of the different types; but little research has focused on their varying effect with regard to skill acquisition. The present study evaluated the reinforcing efficacy of three types of attention when delivered for an acquisition task. A multielement design was used in which three attention-type conditions (i.e., praise, conversation, or physical touch) were alternated in a quasi-random order to teach sight-word reading. Results showed that, all three types of attention functioned as a reinforcer, and that physical attention (e.g., high-fives and tickles) was most effective for both participants. These results indicate that physical attention, and not praise or conversation, should be used with these children to maximize skill acquisition. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
TBA Sun Noon |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
52. Training Paraprofessionals in ABA Teaching Methods: Linear vs. Interactive Video Training Components |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
DEVON WHITE (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Michelle M. Foran (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Patricia Luki (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Charles Hamad (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: There is a well-known shortage of skilled paraprofessionals for delivering behavioral intervention services to children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Online training geared toward preparing staff may be part of the solution. LearningABA, an asynchronous, online-training program, models on-the-job training through video instruction, video demonstration, and video simulation of real-life work with a child. Previous research has shown that the LearningABA curriculum is effective in establishing discrete-trial-training (DTT) skills, as measured during live performance. The present study is investigating what aspects of the training program may have led to participants’ success. To date, the DTT skills of 32 college students were assessed before and after one of three training conditions, to which they were randomly assigned. In the Linear Video condition, participants watched a video that depicted skilled paraprofessionals using DTT methods to teach pre-school tasks to children. In the Interactive Video condition, participants were exposed to onscreen simulation training, in which they taught preschool tasks to a virtual child, using DTT methods. In the Combined condition, participants were exposed to both linear and interactive video. Results to date show that the Combined condition resulted in the greatest pre-/posttest gains in accurately implementing DTT, with an overall gain slightly higher than that of the Linear Video condition. Both the Combined and Linear Video conditions were more effective than the Interactive Video condition. However, firm conclusions cannot yet be drawn; additional data collection is underway to increase group sizes and statistical power. |
|
|
53. The Trainer-Training of Pivotal Response Teaching (PRT) for Students Majoring Pediatrics |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
AYUKO KONDO (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: In Japan, there are not many doctors who can give ABA treatments to children with autism spectrum disorders. Pivotal Response Teaching (PRT) is one of the effective ABA treatments for children with ASD. Effects of PRT have been demonstrated in randomized controlled study (Dawson, 2010). It is important to disseminate the knowledge and therapy skills based on ABA for students majoring pediatrics. We conducted a one-day workshop for five students majoring pediatrics. Then, we examined whether five students improve their knowledge of PRT and skills of ABA therapy. Study design was a pre-post design. Before and after the workshop, five students took a ABA knowledge test. The workshop was 6 hours in total. During the workshop, they participated in PRT lecture, role-playing with peers and practice with two ASD boys. They also received video feedback from supervisor. The results showed that the 6 hours workshop improved the ABA knowledge and PRT skills of all students. |
|
|
54. The Effects of a Group Training Procedure on Staffs’ Performance in Conducting Stimulus Preference Assessments |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Conducting a preference assessment is a common component of instructional sessions for children with ASD. It is widely accepted that the ability to effectively identify potential reinforcers may be critical to effective learning. However, very few studies have evaluated staff training procedures to teach staff the skills necessary to effectively conduct preference assessments. One set of procedures that has been evaluated and found effective at training staff to implement both paired stimuli and multiple stimulus without replacement assessments is Feedback and role-play practice (Lavie and Sturmey, 2002; Roscoe et al., 2006). One drawback of the training procedures described in these studies was that they were highly time intensive. Lavie and Sturmey conducted two 30 to 40 minute individual training sessions with each staff person to teach paired stimulus procedures. Roscoe and Fisher (2008) noted that the individual training procedures used in their studies could have been more efficient if conducted in a group format. This study adapted the procedures used in Roscoe and Fisher 2008 for use in larger group training with one masters degree level trainer. Data indicate that the participants were able to acquire the target skills in the context of a small group training. |
|
|
55. ABAI Conferences as Learning Environments: CEUs and Associated Publication Rates |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH M. RICHLING (University of Nevada, Reno), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Janie Gunther (University of Nevada, Reno), Vicki Moreno (University of Nevada, Reno), Natalia Garrido (University of Nevada, Reno), Jaimi D'Agostini (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Annual Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Conference provides an opportunity for behavior analysts to learn and share about issues related to their science. The ABAI convention includes submitted presentations in the form of papers, symposia, posters, panel discussions, workshops, and Expo posters. Symposia, panels, and workshops provide the opportunity for attendees to earn continuing education (CE) credits if the presentation meets all requirements as outlined by ABAI and a continuing education (CE) instructor meets all requirements as outlined by the BACB. These presentations are offered as a means to acquire CE credits toward maintaining certification as a behavior analyst. As such, an analysis of the quality of the educational content contained in these presentations is warranted. The current investigation is a preliminary attempt to evaluate publication rates of content presented at behavioral conferences as a potential measure of presentation quality. Data related to various aspects of the presentation are offered including presentation format, educational status of presenter, and presenter affiliation. In addition, data on publication rates are compared to data on the number of presentations offered for CE credits. Finally, the quality standards for CE and the role of professional conferences as a delivery method are discussed. |
|
|
56. Impacts on School-Based Functional Behavior Assessments After Training Behavioral Consultants on Experimental Analyses of Behavior |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHAEL SCHEIB (University of Southern Maine), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education) |
Abstract: Functional Behavior Assessments (FBA) are comprehensive analyses designed to aid in the identification of variables reinforcing problem behaviors that are disrupting a students education. Iowa is divided into 9 Area Education Agencies (AEA) that are responsible for conducting FBAs as part of the special education process. Each AEA has developed a challenging behavior teams to assist school teams in conducting FBAs for the most challenging students. Eight of these teams have been trained by behavior specialists at The Center for Disabilities and Development (CDD) as part of the Challenging Behavior Service (CBS), a training service funded by the Iowa Department of Education. In this study, we evaluated FBAs submitted by behavioral specialists on each team using a rubric developed by the specialists at CDD. Challenging behavior team members participating in the training submitted an FBA for review each year. We have observed an increase in use of experimental analyses, and we have observed an increase in the use of multiple experimental analyses in submitted FBAs. This study evaluates the increased use of preference assessments and experimental analyses together in the FBAs. |
|
|
58. The Impact of Systematic Training to Conduct Experimental Analyses on Behavior Intervention Plans |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOHN F. LEE (The University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Michael Scheib (The University of Southern Maine), Jennifer Kuhle (The University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education) |
Abstract: Behavior intervention plans (BIPs) for students whose behavior interferes with learning are important components of an individualized education program as outlined in The Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (PL 108-446). As in most states, there are no formal measurement tools to evaluate the quality of BIPs in Iowa. Behavior Specialists at the Center for Disabilities and Development at the University of Iowa developed a rubric to evaluate BIPs as an evaluation tool of the practice of school-based behavior consultants participating in training to conduct function-based assessments and to match treatments to the results of those assessments. The rubric rates BIP components, including, Does the behavior intervention plan contain actions that match the function of problem behavior identified in the functional behavior assessment (FBA)? The school-based behavior consultants submitted a BIP for evaluation each year. This poster provides the descriptive results of this evaluation conducted over a 4 year period with over 75 BIPs and more than 25 school-based behavior consultants. As school-based behavior consultants learned to conduct experimental analyses, the number of treatment components matched to function increased and the number of treatment components that were counter-indicated decreased. |
|
|
59. A Mobile Arduino-Based Interface for Experimental Control With Android Devices |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CARLOS ALEXIS PEREZ HERRERA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Microcontroller boards have been used in interfaces for controlling operant conditioning chambers using a desktop or a laptop computer. Although these interfaces could be used in laboratory courses for demonstrations of behavioral phenomena, one problem is that, in many Universities, classrooms equipped with computers are limited. The use of smartphones and tablets by the students, however, has increased markedly in the last years. Because of the processing capacities of such devices, they could replace laptop computers in laboratory courses in places where resources are limited. This poster describes the implementation of an Arduino microcontroller board in conjunction with android devices, as a wireless, portable, inexpensive interface for conducting demonstrations in laboratory courses on operant conditioning. Point to point serial communication between the arduino board and the mobile device is accomplished through a Bluetooth shield. Our application Ratuino Mobile, which can be downloaded for free from the Google play store, interprets the serial communication and stores the experimental events directly into the device's internal memory for subsequent analysis. Because of its portability and low cost, this interface can be used as a teaching aid in laboratory courses of behavior analysis. |
|
|
60. A Further Analysis of the Impact of Pair Discussion During Interteaching |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
BEATRIZ ISABELLE D. QUEROL (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Joseph Veneziano (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), James L. Soldner (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
Abstract: The efficacy of interteaching has been demonstrated to enhance student success and satisfaction in the university classroom when compared to traditional teaching formats such as lecture (Saville et al., 2006). However, the relative contributions of each component of interteaching remain unclear. The purpose of the present study was to systematically replicate results from a previous study indicating a pair discussion was slightly more effective than a large class discussion on post-discussion quiz performance (Rosales, Swerdan, & Soldner, 2012). Fifty-nine undergraduate students enrolled in two sections of a course on learning and behavior served as participants. An alternating treatments design was used in which pair discussion was alternated with a lecture based on the material for assigned prep guides. The lecture and pair discussion conditions were counterbalanced across the two sections, and presented in a quasi-random fashion throughout the semester. All other components of interteaching were in effect during both experimental conditions (i.e., availability of prep guides, clarifying lectures, and quality points). Preliminary results indicate the pair discussion condition resulted in higher quiz scores, although the effects were not immediate. Discussion will focus on implications of these findings for future research and the impact of social validity questionnaires distributed throughout and at the end of the semester. |
|
|
61. Evaluating the Classwide Instructional Fluency Related to Content Instruction in an University Course: Using SAFMEDs CombinedWith Precision Teaching Measurement Procedures |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY A. JANSEN (University of South Dakota), Tara J. Lombard (University of South Dakota), Emily R. Timmer (University of South Dakota), William J. Sweeney (University of South Dakota) |
Abstract: SAFMEDS, an acronym for "Say All Fast a Minute Each Day Shuffle," was coined by Lindsley (1983) as a functional flashcard procedure for building large repertoires of sight words in a given content area. This demonstration project evaluated the effectiveness of SAFMEDS on the classwide acquisition and fluency of basic concepts in curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. The perspective of this project was to implement SAFMEDS procedures as a means of teaching college level students to recognize important concepts related to instruction covered in a curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. Second, the instructor wanted to take advantage of the opportunity to model the importance of frequent and daily measurement of curriculum through the use of the SAFMEDS procedure with the class. One university class with 48 students participated in this research. Three individual students from this class display their data and describe the importance of utilizing their data for making instructional changes. The students in the class completed three decks of SAMFEDS across a 10-week period with an instructional aim of 40+ SAFMEDS flashcard correctly identified during a series of one-minute timing. Results from this study replicated the SAFMEDS data paths across three classes and seven decks of SAFMEDS. The monitoring of this procedure was used by the instructor to determine whether the SAFMEDS procedures was effective on a classwide basis for improving the acquisition of key concepts imbedded with in the curriculum. Additionally, this daily in class probing of students' performance was a means of modeling appropriate implementation, recording, charting, and evaluation of students' learning pictures. The consistent pattern of celerating data seemed to indicate that this was an effective instructional strategy for the class as a whole. Implications and limitations of the current study were also discussed. |
|
|
62. Peer Interventions for Increased Productivity: The Tortures of Graduate School Completion |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHELSEA J. WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Michelle Leeming (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas Wade Brown (University of Nevada, Reno), Daniel Reimer (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This poster briefly presents data from interventions designed to increase doctoral-level graduate students’ academic productivity. While all graduate students in behavior analysis learn how to apply techniques developed from behavioral principles to others (whether it be individuals with autism or other intellectual difficulties, typically-developing students, workers in organizations, or other animals), many do not learn how to effectively apply those same techniques to themselves. This poster reports one way students can use behavioral principles and techniques to improve their own productivity. Participants in this report include four doctoral-level graduate students in a behavior analysis program. The intervention involves a package of measures, including weekly meetings, goal-setting, public posting, and peer-mediated consequences. Results suggest this type of intervention can be successful for individuals motivated by socially-mediated reinforcers and punishers but lacks efficacy with some individuals who find most kinds of social interaction even mildly aversive. Based on the results, the authors suggest further areas of investigation which might prove fruitful in influencing work productivity among doctoral-level graduate students. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
DEV Sun noon |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
63. The Effects of a Face Conditioning Procedure on Inducing Listener Behavior and Observing Responses in Children With Autism |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Suzzanna Javed (Teachers College, Columbia University), Gabrielle Sweeney (Teachers College, Columbia University), MARIA GARCIA (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the face conditioning procedure on inducing listener behavior and observing responses in three children with autism. The experiment was conducted in a CABAS classroom using a non-concurrent multiple probe design across 3 participants who functioned at pre-listener/pre-speaker levels of verbal behavior. The first probe conducted was a checklist for 10 observing responses and the second probe conducted was a 5-min 5-s whole interval unconsequated talking probe to determine attention to adult presence. Both pre-probes demonstrated that the participants did not have faces or voices as a conditioned reinforcer. The independent variable was the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for adult faces and/or listening to adult voices using conjugate reinforcement. The dependent variables were observing responses and listener behaviors. The results demonstrated that after the face conditioning protocol was implemented, observing responses and listener behaviors increased and learn units-to-criterion decreased for all three participants. |
|
|
64. The Effects of Auditory Match to Sample on Echoics for Children diagnosed with Autism. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Suzzanna Javed (Teachers College, Columbia University), YOUNGBIN KIM (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of Auditory Match-to-Sample on echoic responses in children diagnosed with autism. Four participants were selected because they did not have point-to-point correspondence for the target sounds and words provided on 80% of the pre-probes conducted. The participants functioned at an emergent-listener/emergent-speaker levels of verbal behavior.The design implemented for the study was a non-concurrent multiple probe design across participants. The independent variable was the basic auditory matching protocol. The auditory MTS Flash program was used during intervention sessions. The dependent variables were the full and partial echoics measured during pre-and post-probes. The results demonstrated an increase in full and partial echoics for all the participants. |
|
|
65. Establishing the Behavioral Function of Video Game Addiction-Revised: Utilization of the Video Game Functional Assessment (VGFA-R) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANK D. BUONO (Southern Illinois University), Matthew E Sprong (Southern Illinois University), James Bordieri (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale) |
Abstract: Abstract Video game addiction has been gaining attention over the last decade. Professionals in the behavioral sciences have been trying to define this addiction and increase literature in attempt to understand this phenomenon. Little research of understanding the behavioral functions of video game play has been conducted. The purpose of this study was to construct a revised edition of the Video Game Functional Assessment (VGFA-R), that will better will explain video game behaviors, including attention maintained, sensory maintained, escape maintained, and tangible maintained. An Exploratory Factor Analysis was utilized to identify four factors on 230 individuals who play video games. A Principal Components Analysis was utilized to represent the variance accounted for by each underlying factor. After factor loadings were performed, another Factor analysis was conducted utilizing equimax rotation and pattern matrix to observe the relationship between each factor and variable uncontaminated by the overlap between the factors. A correlation analysis revealed a range of positive correlations between .648 and .900. Discussion and implications are provided. |
|
|
66. Participants in bullying and the Resource Control Theory |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
ANA DEL R. CERVANTES- HERRERA (Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes), Francisco Javier Pedroza Cabrera (Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes) |
Abstract: The bullying behavior is in itself one of the topics of greatest growth in the field of psychology last decades, mostly because bullying arise from an early age and involves the issuance of aversive behavior of a particular subject to another in a school context.
It is because of this boom that researches has identified the different participants and the variety of morphologies in which this problem can be presented. However, so far it has not managed to present a descriptive model of development.
A job that can approach overcome this difficulty is the Resource Control Theory, which is based on principles of evolution postulates four basic strategies for obtaining resources. These strategies are developed as does the interaction style and are compatible with the behavior described in far different in the participants in bullyig episodes.
This paper aims to show the feasibility of using this theory as an explanatory model of bullying behavior, through the results of the application of an experimental task based on this theory to 14
adolescents located as participants in bullying episodes.
Differences in resource control styles presented by the different participants thereby supporting the use of theory as an explanatory model were found |
|
|
67. Observation of Social Interaction in Bullying Adolescents |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
ANA DEL R. CERVANTES- HERRERA (Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes), Francisco Javier Pedroza Cabrera (Universidad Autónoma de Aguascalientes) |
Abstract: Bullying is a category of aggressive behavior that occurs in school settings that often lasts for more than one stage of development, with consequences ranging from school dropouts to suicide .
This is why it is important to know not only the morphology of the episodes themselves but comprehensively meet the social interactions of individuals who engage in such conduct.
The present work shows the results of eight sessions of 15 minutes of direct classroom observation to 4 teens located as aggressors in bullying episodes .
Data were collected through observation code with nine behaviors including academic activity, the beginnings of interaction from the focal subject or other participants, interactions and whether these are coercive or prosocial.
The results show the emission of coercive conduct by all participants, as well as long periods of time away from academic activities. These results suggest that the emission of aggressive behavior by these adolescents are not limited to bullying episodes and which may involve a generalization of aggressive behavior in more than one setting, as well as its use in more than a morphology more for a particular purpose. |
|
|
68. An Evolutionary-Behavioral-Developmental Theory of Stage Development Based on Knowledge of Tool Usage |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
SAGUN GIRI (Dare Association, Inc.), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), William Joseph Harrigan (Harvard University) |
Abstract: Participants were individuals in remote rural parts of Nepal with no schooling who were nonliterate adults. The study tested behavioral stage of development using an evolutionarily universal variable: knowledge on usage of kitchen, farm, and construction tools. The interviews about tool usage were scored using behavioral stage from the Hierarchical Complexity Scoring Scheme (HCSS). The traditional mentalistic stage measures, that are not free of cultural and educational bias, only found concrete behavioral stage performance. Many participant performed at the abstract, formal and systematic behavioral stages of development. At the abstract stage, one may identify classes of tools based on tool function. At the formal stage, one may provide a reason for the particular tool use. At the systematic stage, one may combine two or more formal relations, identifying multiple uses for tools and multiple reasons for the different uses. Participants performed at concrete, abstract, formal and systematic stages. Most of the participants gave answers that were scored to be at the abstract stage. Women performed better than men. The answers given by some women participants were scored at the formal and even systematic stage. |
|
|
69. Literature Review of Stimulus Equivalence Research In Infants |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
CHRISTIANA ALMEIDA GONCALVES MEIRA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Graziele Thomasinho de Aguiar (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Researches with toddlers contribute to the understanding of the basic processes involved in symbolic behavior. This study analyzed methodological aspects of researches on simple and conditional discriminations and on stimulus equivalence with children up to 36 months. These databases were queried: PEPSIC, INDEXPSI, LILACS, CAPES and PsycINFO, between 1982-2012. To be included in this study, the research papers had at least one word in each one of these two set descriptors: 1) simple discrimination, conditional discrimination, relational responses, stimulus equivalence, matching-to-sample and 2) young children, babies, toddler and infants. Beyond these databases, Google scholar was consulted with the same criteria. The empirical studies about equivalence performances were organized according to: periodic/publication year; goals; methodological characteristics (age and verbal repertoire of participants; procedures features; taught relations; antecedent stimuli; consequences for correct and wrong responses; strategies to maintain the child task responding; learning criteria) and main results. Twenty-one studies have been found: nine about simple or conditional discriminations and twelve about stimulus equivalence. In most studies, the participants presented stimulus equivalence performances. The large methodological variety made difficult to compare the results. Although there are few researches, the comparative analyzes between studies may assist the development of improved procedures for this population. |
|
|
70. Stability of Preschoolers' Preference for Edible and Leisure Items |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
ISAAC NZUKI (The University of Kansas), Marcella Hangen (The University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (The University of Kansas), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Few applied studies have examined the stability of preference assessment data over long periods of time. In this study, two multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments were conducted each week with 22 typically and atypically developing children. Preference was evaluated for edible and leisure items in separate MSWO preference assessments. The items used in each child's preference assessment remained constant across assessments. The total number of edible and leisure preference assessments conducted varied for each child. However, preference assessments were typically conducted for an extended period of time. Results from these preference assessments did not assess whether the preferred items functioned as reinforcers. Therefore, we are currently replicating the first experiment but also including reinforcer assessments, which are conducted twice a week for an extended period of time. Results will be discussed in terms of the stability of preschoolers' preference across time as well as differences in preference stability across children and assessment type (edible or leisure). Results will also be discussed in terms of whether items identified in preference assessments continue to predict items that can be used as reinforcers. Recommendations on how frequently to assess preschooler preference will also be discussed. |
|
|
71. Validity of Indirect Versus Direct Preference Assessment Methods in Early Education Classrooms |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLEY L. HARRISON (The University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study is a replication and extension of Cote, Thompson, Hanley, and McKerchar (2007). In the current study, teachers were asked to identify and rank 10 preferred leisure items for 9 preschool children. A hierarchy for these items was identified via a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment. Rankings from the teacher assessments and the MSWO were compared. Results to date suggest that there is relatively poor correspondence between rankings generated by teacher-reported as compared to direct assessment. Subsequently, the reinforcing efficacy for both the highest preferred item and the lowest preferred item will be determined through a concurrent-operant reinforcer assessment. Results will be discussed in terms of the correspondence between teacher-report and direct preference assessments, the predictive ability of both types of assessments to identify reinforcers, the efficiency of the assessments, and the improvement of teacher-report over time. |
|
|
72. The Effects of Gardening Activities on Preschoolers' Choices for Fruits and Vegetables |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
COURTNEY MOORE (The University of Kansas), Kyle Dorsey (The University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Less than 10% of four- to eight-year-olds consume the recommended daily intake of fruits and vegetables (Guenther, Dodd, Reedy, & Krebs-Smith, 2006). A recent review published by Journal of the American Dietetic Association suggested that garden-based nutritional-intervention programs might increase children's preference for, and intake of, fruits and vegetables (Robinson-O'Brien, Story, & Heim, 2009). Previous studies have relied on self-report measures and provided limited data on the process. First, we empirically assessed preschoolers' relative food choices to determine child preference for healthier versus less-healthy foods across five food groups. Results showed that vegetables and fruits were ranked as one of the bottom-ranked categories for 21 of 21 children. Currently, we are directly assessing changes in individual children's fruit and vegetable preference and consumption. Multiple-stimulus-without replacement preference assessments and direct measures of consumption are being conducted before, during, and after children participate in a four-week gardening curriculum. Results will be discussed in regard to the individual and combined influence of repeated exposures and gardening activity participation on preschoolers' preferences for, and consumption of, fruits and vegetables. |
|
|
73. A Component Analysis of Commonly Used Toilet-Training Procedures |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
COURTNEY MOORE (The University of Kansas), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Although systematic replications of Azrin and Foxxs (1971) procedures have proven extremely effective across a variety of populations and settings, the majority of behavioral toilet-training research has relied on complex multicomponent training packages (for a recent review, see Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). Therefore, little is known regarding the effectiveness of individual toilet-training components. We investigated the combined and individual effects of three commonly used components: (a) underwear, (b) a dense schedule of sits on the toilet, and (c) differential reinforcement. When all three components were combined, we observed overall improvements in toileting performance for five of six children. We observed overall improvements for two of four children exposed to only the underwear component. Overall improvements were not observed for any child exposed to only the dense-sit schedule component or to only the differential-reinforcement component. Results suggest that underwear was sufficient for improving toileting performance for children whose performance improved during the toilet-training package. Future research examining why the underwear component was effective is recommended |
|
|
74. An Affordance Analysis of an Arm Reaching Task with Younger and Older Adults |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
ANGEL JIMENEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Felipe Cabrera (Universidad de Guadalajara), Pablo Covarrubias (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Aging is associated with increasing biomechanical constraints that affect daily aspects of the life of older adults, such as when reaching for objects with the arms. In order to test this hypothesis, 16 younger and 16 older adults reached for a plastic block placed on a table at different distances. The distances to which the block was located were defined in relation to participant’s own arm length. Modes of action emerged orderly as a function of the distance of the block. When the distance of the block increased, the reaching mode changed from using only arm extension to twisting the upper torso. At farther distances, the mode of action changed to leaning the torso forward. Older adults changed the distribution of their reaching modes at closer distances than younger adults. These results suggest that the emergence of different modes of action depended on the relationship between the participant’s arm length and the dimensions of the environment (i.e., block distance), creating different possibilities of action for the participant along the distances assessed. Our findings also show that aging is associated with a change in the distribution of postural strategies of reach. These changes probably offset the biomechanical constraints arising by age. |
|
|
75. On the Additive Effects of Differential Reinforcement on Underwear Use During Toilet Training |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIAN D. GREER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In a component analysis of commonly used toilet-training procedures, Greer, Neidert, and Dozier (manuscript in preparation) found differential reinforcement to be ineffective with all children for whom it was implemented. In contrast, underwear use facilitated toilet training with multiple children. Interestingly, children who wore underwear were likely to improve toileting performance further when differential reinforcement was added. Unfortunately, these results were correlational and could have been attributed to delayed improvements in toileting performance as a function of underwear use alone. Alternatively, differential reinforcement may facilitate acquisition of toileting skills when used in conjunction with underwear. In the current evaluation, four children without disabilities were exposed to periods where underwear or underwear plus differential reinforcement was implemented. Results for all four children suggest that differential reinforcement did not facilitate toilet training above the effects of underwear use alone. Underwear use improved toileting performance for two of four children, replicating the results of Greer, Neidert, and Dozier. |
|
|
76. Using Habit Reversal to Decrease Filled Pauses and Nervous Habits in Public Speaking |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLYN MANCUSO (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Public speaking is a challenge faced by people from all walks of life. Research in the area of public speaking has focused on examining techniques to reduce public speaking anxiety. Very little research, however, has focused on the acquisition of public speaking skills. While presenting speeches, many people engage in nervous habits that have the potential to decrease the effectiveness of the speech and their credibility as a speaker. This study evaluated the effectiveness of simplified habit reversal in reducing three of these nervous habits: filled pauses, tongue clicking, and inappropriate use of the word like. Following baseline, participants received simplified habit reversal training that consisted of awareness training and competing response training. During post-intervention assessments all 6 participants exhibited an immediate decrease in the target behaviors. |
|
|
77. "Smiling" as a Reinforcer for Face-Looking Behavior: Automated Reinforcement Using Eye-Tracking Device |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
SOICHIRO MATSUDA (Keio University), Takahide Omori (Keio University), Joseph P. McCleery (Pyramid Educational Consultants), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: Smiling face is important nonverbal cues in social interaction, and can function as conditioned reinforcer. However, there are few studies that have investigated the reinforcer value of the smiling face, and no study has compared smiles with other facial expressions. In this study, we examined whether facial expressions function as a reinforcer for face-looking behavior. Smiling face was compared to angry faces. Nine adults participated. Their face-looking behavior was recorded by eye-tracker. The picture of neutral expression was presented on each of the left and right side of a video monitor. When the participant looked at the left (right) picture, neutral face turned to be smiling face with VR 3 schedule. When the participant looked at the right (left) picture, neutral face turned to be angry face with VR 3 schedule. Positions of the smiling and angry face were fixed for each participant. The result showed that six participants were reinforced more by smile than angry face. |
|
|
78. Matching to sample (MTS) with auditory stimuli as comparison |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
SABRINA OLIVEIRA (Universidade de São Paulo), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Raquel Melo Golfeto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Andreia Schmidt (University of Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Much research on stimulus equivalence work with auditory stimuli and not test symmetry, because is difficult to have auditory stimuli simultaneously as comparisons. The literature presents only auditory stimuli being presented successively as comparisons (Dube, Green & Serna, 1993). Moreover, computer programs does not provide control of presentation of these stimuli. The aim of this study was to describe composition and execution of simultaneous MTS trials with auditory stimuli as comparisons. Each auditory stimulus was programmed into a video, with overlapping narration and animation. The animation was a red sphere with circular motion used to indicate the location where the sound was being dictated. All videos had lasting six seconds, divided into three units of two seconds (inactive without narration and animation or active with both), organized as follows: (a) initial auditory stimulus (b) medial auditory stimulus and (c) final auditory stimulus. Each trial had a visual model and three videos as comparisons. Thus, every two seconds, a different word was dictated. This type of trial ensures that all stimuli appear simultaneously and eliminates the need for submission of sequences screens. Efforts like this have been used in Oliveira (2013) whose results have demonstrated the effectiveness of this solution. |
|
|
79. Functional Analysis and Intervention for Perseverative Verbal Behavior of an Adult With Traumatic Brain Injury |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMY GARCIA (University of Central Missouri), Duane A. Lundervold (University of Central Missouri) |
Abstract: Behavioral tutoring for undergraduate course work was provided to a 51-year-old female with a long standing traumatic brain injury. Perseverative verbal behavior (PVB) was frequent and competed with the delivery of tutoring and the acquisition of academic content. A functional analysis of behavior (FAB) was conducted to determine the controlling variables related to PBV. A reversal design was used to demonstrate the functional relation between task characteristics, social reinforcement and PVB duration. FAB results indicated that PVB was under reinforcement control. PVB was significantly reduced during extinction sessions; however, boot leg reinforcement in other situations limited complete cessation of the behavior. Results indicate that PVB following closed head injury may be strongly influenced by the social contingencies operating in various contexts. |
|
|
80. Out of Line: Chows, Chicks and Epigenetic Behaviorist |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Anita Li (Florida Institute of Technology), Nichole L Davis (Lodestone Academy) |
Abstract: The main goal of an epigenetic behaviorist is to seek order out of complex behavioral phenomena in order to formulate laws of behavior without resorting to vitalism, either explicitly or implicitly (Kuo, 1967). In this poster we will highlight the contextualistic approach of behavior development from the work of a little known and undervalued behaviorist Zing Yang Kuo. Kuos system includes five groups of determining factors: morphological factors, biophysical and biochemical factors, stimulating objects, developmental history, and developmental context. Each of these items will be discussed in relation to the two main tasks of an epigenetic behaviorist, which include: to obtain a comprehensive picture of the behavioral repertoire of the individual and its causal factors from stage to stage during development; and to explore the potentials and limitations of new behavior patterns (Behavioral neo-phenotypes) that are not commonly observed or do not exist in nature so as to predict or control the evolution of behavior in the future (Kuo, 1967). |
|
|
81. Research Examining Infant Moral Choices: Replication and Extension |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
TYLER NIGHBOR (University of the Pacific), Katrina Bettencourt (University of the Pacific), Audrey Campbell (University of the Pacific), Brittany Olisar (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Recent studies (e.g., Hamlin & Wynn, 2011; Hamlin, Wynn, & Bloom, 2007) suggest that infants possess an unlearned sense of morality. While their findings are interesting, no independent replications have been published, and use of group designs with a single measure of choice may inflate the probability of obtaining these results.
The purpose of the current pilot investigation was to replicate Hamlin and Wynn (2011), and extend it utilizing a single subject design with repeated measures of choice.
Infants (n = 3, ages 3-24 months) viewed a puppet show as described in Hamlin and Wynn (2011). Following the puppet show, an experimenter blind to the identities of the puppets asked the infant to choose a puppet. This occurred five times in contrast to the single choice in Hamlin and Wynn (2011).
Results of the single choice measure were similar to Hamlin and Wynn (2011), with two of three infants (67%) choosing the helper puppet. However, the results of the repeated measures suggest a side preference for two of three infants, and no infant selected the same character on any consecutive choice trials. A more extensive examination will be conducted utilizing a larger sample size, similar to Hamlin and Wynn (2011). |
|
|
82. Verbal Repertoire and Equivalence Performances in Infants. |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRISTIANA ALMEIDA GONCALVES MEIRA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos, Brazil), Lara Rosa Cobucci (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos, Brazil), MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos, Brazil) |
Abstract: The study of toddlers can provide important contributions into the role of language in the formation of stimuli equivalence classes. This study describes the relationships between toddler’s spontaneous vocalizations and their performances during conditional discriminations learning tasks and stimuli equivalence tests. The learning and the test trials consisted in auditory-visual matching-to-sample with two (Stage 1) and three comparisons stimuli (Stage 2). Six children aged 22 to 27 months participated in Stage 1. Three of these participated in Stage 2. Relations, AB and AC, between names (A) and objects (B and C) were taught and the relations between objects (BC and CB) were tested. In each trial, the toddlers’ vocalizations were recorded and then classified as echoic or tact responses. Participants who showed higher frequency of vocalizations also achieved the equivalence tests criteria. Participants who did not emit any vocalizations during learning trials did not reach conditional relations learning criteria. The present study’s data suggest the presence of a relationship between the frequency of toddler’s spontaneous vocalizations and their performance in learning conditional relations and equivalence test tasks. |
|
|
83. Using Stimulus Equivalence to Teach Face and Relationship Recognition to Older Adults With Dementia |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
JELISA SCOTT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Taylor Sweatt (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Tarah Bowser (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Older adults are a large population that have been neglected in contrast to children with developmental disabilities in the realm of Applied Behavior Analysis (Burgio & Burgio,1986). This study will target four older adults diagnosed with dementia and teach them how to recognize familiar faces and recognize how the participants know or are related to a familiar person. A stimulus equivalence preparation will be used to teach the older adults the different relations. Stimuli will be presented expressively, receptively and by using a matching to sample procedure. The purpose of this study is to assess whether using a stimulus equivalence preparation with older adults with dementia will result in their recognizing faces and remembering relationships between familiar faces as demonstrated through speaker responses such as saying the name or relation and listener responses such as pointing to the correct picture card. The expected results are that the participants will learn the relations and derive untaught relations. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
VRB Sun Noon |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
84. Mands for Information using 'How" under EO-absent and EO-present Conditions |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CRYSTAL N. BOWEN (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Research on teaching mands for information have included mands using who, what, where, and which questions (Endicott & Higbee, 2007; Marion, Martin, Yu, Buhler, Kerr, & Claeys, 2012; Shillingsburg, Bowen, Valentino, & Pierce, in press). Successful procedures to teach these mands have employed methods such as manipulation of the establishing operations (EO), prompt fading, and differential reinforcement. Less is known about teaching mands using "How?", which provides some additional unique challenges when approaching intervention. Specifically, once the information regarding how to do something is provided once, the EO may no longer be present. Thus, identifying alternative teaching procedures is warranted. One male diagnosed with autism completed the current study. The study evaluated a procedure to teach mands for information using how to obtain information to complete various preferred activities. The results showed that the participant began to correctly use the mand for information under EO present conditions and did not mand when the information was not needed (EO absent conditions). The skill also generalized to untaught contexts. The results have implications for teaching the mand for information how while paying close attention to EO manipulation and subsequent generalization of the skill. The importance of multiple-exemplar training is also discussed. |
|
|
85. Contriving Motivation to Request Information: Which and Who |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTANY LEE (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), Addie F. Andrus Findley (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), Ari Mazer (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Talmadge (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Recent research on teaching mands for information to children with language deficits have focused on manipulating establishing operations (EOs). However, only a few of those studies have focused on programming both EO and abolishing operation (AO) conditions to ensure functional use of the mand for information. Shillingsburg, Bowen, Valentino, and Pierce (in press) provided a successful demonstration of differential responding between conditions in which information was needed (EO condition) versus when it was already provided (AO condition) demonstrating control of the response by the relevant EO. Two children with autism acquired mands for information who? and which? via echoic prompting. The current study sought to replicate the methods employed by Shillingsburg and colleagues for three children diagnosed with autism. For these three participants, though echoic prompting was an effective method for teaching, textual prompts were observed to be more efficient Therefore, textual prompts reading Which or Who were used with all participates during prompted trials. Procedures resulted in differential use of the mands for information during EO and AO conditions for all three participants. Results have implications for an alternative way to prompt mands for information. Participants use of information obtained via emitting mands for information is also discussed. |
|
|
86. Increasing the Mand Repertoire of Children With Autism Through the Use of an Interrupted Chain Procedure |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTIN M. ALBERT (Carbone Clinic), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic), Danielle D. Murray (Carbone Clinic), Margaret Murdoch Hagerty (Carbone Clinic), Emily Sweeney Kerwin (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: Although the mand is generally the first verbal operant learned by most children, children with autism frequently do not learn to mand unless this skill is directly and intensively taught. In addition, because children with autism often have limited interests and reinforcers, this may complicate the mand training process. Therefore, it is important to identify mand training procedures that allow practitioners who are working with children with autism to establish a wider variety of reinforcers so as to increase opportunities to conduct mand training. This study addresses this important topic by replicating and extending the previous research on the use of an interrupted chain procedure to teach manding (Hall & Sundberg, 1987). There were 3 vocal participants in this study, all of whom were diagnosed with autism. The participants were between 5 and 8 years old. They all readily manded for a wide variety of desired items when those reinforcers were in sight, but rarely manded for missing items (i.e., items that were not in sight). The participants were first taught to independently complete 3 behavior chains (e.g., painting a picture, making a sandwich, listening to music). After they had mastered the chains, 1 item needed to complete each chain was removed to contrive motivation for that item, thereby momentarily establishing its reinforcing value. During baseline, participants did not mand for the missing items at the points in which those items were needed to complete the chains. Instructors then conducted vocal mand training for one chain at a time according to the conventions of a concurrent multiple baseline across activities design (Hersen & Barlow, 1976). During mand training, at the relevant parts of each chain the instructors used a 10-s prompt delay along with vocal prompting to teach the participants to mand for the missing item. Subsequently, all participants learned to mand for the missing items, at the appropriate points in the chains, solely under the control of a motivating operation (MO; i.e., when the items were out of sight and without teacher-provided prompts). They demonstrated these skills within both the trained chains and novel, untrained chains. Pre- and post-training probes also indicated that the participants learned to tact the missing items as a result of having been taught to mand for them. |
|
|
87. Teaching Two Individuals With Developmental Disabilities to Mand for Multiple Items by Contriving Establishing Operations |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMARIE CARNETT (Victoria University of Wellington), Hannah Waddington (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), Michelle Stevens (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Communication interventions that focus on mand training have been demonstrated to be effective in promoting behavior change for individuals with developmental disabilities. Children with developmental disabilities often require augmentative and alternative modes of communication (AAC) when spoken language does not develop. The present study evaluates procedures used to teach manding skills to two participants using a speech-generating device (SGD) across various establishing operations. A multiple baseline across phases (a. manding by item name with no distractors; b. distance to communication partner and item; c. discrimination of item on SGD screen; d. manding for multiple items) was used to evaluate the effectiveness of contriving the establishing operation (EO), brief preference assessment before each session, and most-to-least prompting procedures. This study extends previous research by demonstrating the importance of capturing the relevant EO to teach various phases of mand training (Michael, 2000). Preliminary results indicate an increase in manding skills for both participants. |
|
|
88. Effects of PECS Phase III Application Training on Independent Mands in Young Children with Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA LOVE (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Peggy Schaefer Whitby (University of Arkansas), Susan Miller (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Tom Pierce (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Catherine Lyons (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: Portable tablet applications have expanded into augmentative/alternative communication purposes, yet little research exists on their efficacy. Previous studies on Picture Exchange Communication Training (PECS) evaluated only the use of paper icons. This study evaluated the effects of PECS phase III application training on independent mands in young children with autism. Participants were five children with autism (ages 2-4) with five or fewer spoken words. A multiple baseline across participants was used to evaluate independent, correct mands using the PECS Phase III iPadTM application. Participants used paper icons to mand for preferred items during PECS Phases I and II, and used the iPadTM application to mand in Phase III. Participants exhibited varying levels of evidence for a functional relationship. Results are discussed in the context of experimental design and participants pre-existing skills. All participants who completed the study exhibited generalization of mands (60% to 100%). Maintenance measures indicated moderate to high durability of treatment effects (70% to 100%). Mand preference assessments between paper icons and iPadTM indicated a clear preference for the iPadTM among all participants. Parent report indicated higher preference for continuing the PECS phase III iPadTM application over PECS paper icons. Implications for parents, researchers, and practitioners are discussed. |
|
|
89. Teaching a Requesting and Social Communication Sequence to Three Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Systematic Instruction and an iPad-Based Speech-Generating Device |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNAH WADDINGTON (Victoria University of Wellington), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Many children with autism require augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems, such as speech-generating devices (SGDs), to enable them to communicate. The aim of this research was to teach three children with ASD to use an iPad-based SGD to ask for toys, choose between two specific preferred items, and then communicate a thank-you response when they had received the requested toy. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to determine whether systematic instruction involving least-to-most-prompting, time delay, and error correction were effective in teaching these three children to successfully engage in the sequence. Generalisation and follow-up probes were also conducted for two of the three participants. With intervention, all three children showed improvement in following the steps of this sequence correctly. This improvement was maintained with an unfamiliar communication partner. During follow-up one participant made primarily two-step requests and the other primarily three-step requests. These findings suggest that systematic instruction was effective in teaching these three children to learn a multi-step communication sequence using an iPad-based SGD. |
|
|
90. Replacing Generalized Non-Word Mand and Whine With One Word Specific Mand |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
DRESDEN GOODWIN (Autism Behavior Network), Kerin Ann Weingarten (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Stephanie King (Autism Behavior Network) |
Abstract: Mand training is a well established tool for developing and increasing functional verbal behavior (Lerman et al., 2005; Kodak & Clements, 2009). Because children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs) do not develop language as their typically developing peers, training methods isolating verbal behavior (e.g., mands, tacts, intraverbals) are often necessary. The present study examined mand training with a 3 year old girl (SS) who at the time of this study did not emit functional or specific mands. As a toddler, SS emitted some verbal behavior (e.g., I love you, please, and thank you), which had been replaced by one non-word mand, "watchy." Training included a reinforcer assessment. Access to these preferred reinforcers was provided following SS's emittance of the specific mand in the presences of the item. The data showed an increase in unprompted mands for the specific items and a decrease in the one word mand "watchy." |
|
|
91. Using an Auditory Conditioned Reinforcer to Increase the Complexity of Mands |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA ENGASSER (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Sarah Cohen (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center) |
Abstract: The present research examines a novel technology for shaping vocal behavior. This study describes the use of an auditory conditioned reinforcer, in the form of a clicker to increase the complexity of mands. Expanding the complexity of mands focuses on having the learner apply autoclitic frames in conjunction with the mand. The participants included a 2-year-old and 10-year-old with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. An A-B-A multiple baseline design was used in the study. During treatment, a single click was administered across each word within the autoclitic frame upon emitting the vocal prompt modeled by the experimenter. Each click was provided as an intermediary reinforcer for each separate word leading up to the provision of the terminal reinforcer / motivating operation. The results concluded that the autoclitic frames in conjunction with a mand increased with the 2-year-old participants autoclitic frame and mand conjunction without other prompts other than the item in sight. The 10-year-old participant displayed an increase with the autoclitic frame and pure mand (specifying for listener to emit an action). Both participants rates of manding continued to increase upon withdrawal of treatment. |
|
|
92. Choosing an Alternative Communication Mode for a Preschool Aged Child With Apraxia |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA STANSELL (Gonzaga University), Jennifer Neyman (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), Sarah Mortensen (Spokane Public Schools) |
Abstract: Communication is a vital skill for children to make their wants and needs known. Some children do not speak; therefore they must be given alternative means to communicate (Sundberg & Partington, 1998). This study examined communication preference between picture exchange and manual sign language. The participant, Erica, was a 3-year-ten-month old female with developmental delays and Apraxia. She had three intelligible spoken words at the beginning of the study, and communicated using unintelligible vocalizations and gestures. During the course of the study, Erica was presented with two communication choices at snack time: picture exchange or manual sign language. The results indicated a preference for picture exchange. The results of the study will be discussed in terms of communication choices, increasing verbal speech, and generalization across communication partners. The implications of this study include the brevity of the intervention and the ability to imbed this intervention within the regular classroom environment. Interobserver agreement was collected in 69% of sessions with an average agreement of 99%. |
|
|
93. The Effects of Methylphenidate on Manding |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ADAM BRESSLER (The New England Center for Children), Kelly Alexandra Benhart (The New England Center for Children), Jonathan Seaver (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of methylphenidate on manding. An 18-year old female diagnosed with Kleeftstra syndrome and living in a residential facility participated. Individual edible, liquid and leisure MSWOs were conducted to identify a preference hierarchy for these items. The two highest preferred items from each category were then used in sessions. During baseline, all items were concurrently available for 30s each, contingent upon manding for each item. After baseline was completed, the participant was placed on 10mg of methylphenidate, a drug commonly used to treat symptoms correlated with ADHD. These sessions were identical to baseline sessions with the exception of the participant undergoing the medication trial at the time. In the 10mg methylphenidate condition, manding for all items was completely suppressed across all sessions. Following the return to baseline, manding immediately returned to similar rates observed during the initial baseline condition. |
|
|
94. The Effects of Daily Tact Instruction on the Emission of Pure Mands and Tacts |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Nicole Piechowicz (Hawthorne Country Day School), KILEY COLE (Hawthorne Foundation) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of intensive tact training on two elementary school student's pure tacts and mands in non-instructional settings. Participant one was a seven-year-old male diagnosed with autism. He had beginning speaker and listener levels of verbal behavior. Participant two was an eight-year-old male diagnosed with autism. He also had beginning speaker and listener levels of verbal behavior. This study was a delayed multiple probe design across participants. Both participants attend a private not-for-profit school that practices Applied Behavior Analysis methods and services children with Autism and other developmental delays. The school is located outside of the metropolitan area. The purpose of this research was to show the effects of the intensive tact protocol across two participants with Autism. The intensive tact protocol instructed the teachers to increase the number of tacts taught to the students daily, while maintaining other instruction at the same level. The results showed that there is a functional relationship between intensive tact training and the increase of pure mands and tacts in non-instructional settings. |
|
|
95. Enhancing Tact Capabilities by Increasing "Wh" Questions in an Individual With High-funtioning Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHAWN PATRICK QUIGLEY (Western Michigan University), Jamie Hirsh (Western Michigan University), Jennifer Freeman (Western Michigan University), Kris Bodine (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Greer and Ross (2007) suggest individuals can enhance their tact repertoire by expanding certain capabilities. One of the suggested areas of enhancement is the ability to recruit tacts by asking wh questions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a procedure, suggested by Greer and Ross, for teaching a 10-year-old boy with autism to use What is it? when presented with an item he did not know. Specifically, What is it? was taught across visual, tactile and olfactory senses. Results suggest the procedure was effective in increasing the use of What is it? questions for the participant. |
|
|
96. Teaching Children with Social-Communication Delays to Label Actions Using Videos |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
COLLIN SHEPLEY (Oconee County Schools), Justin Lane (University of Georgia), Sally Bereznak Shepley (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Teaching young children with social-communication delays to comment on common actions they may encounter at home, school, and the community may require direct instruction in preschool classrooms. Traditionally, direct instruction on action labels involved pictures or photographs of actions. Static examples of actions may decrease the saliency of recognizing actions in natural contexts. To address this issue, this study examined acquisition of action labels using video examples of persons engaging in target actions. A multiple baseline design across participants replicated across behaviors was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a progressive time delay (PTD) procedure, using video examples of actions, to teach action labels to three preschool-aged children eligible for special education services (i.e., autism spectrum disorder, significant developmental delay, or speech-language impairments). In addition, data were collected on participants use of language expansions, as well as generalization of target actions and language expansions to novel videos and pictures. Results show that all participants acquired action labels, maintained at least 50% of action labels, and expanded their responses during intervention. Two of the three participants maintained expanded responses and generalized expanded responses to novel videos and pictures. Research limitations and implications for the future are presented. |
|
|
97. Matrix Training to Teach Expressive Labeling of Noun-Verb Combinations |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH WYMER (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit delays and deficits in language development. Studies have found that some children with autism do not combine known words at the same time as typically developing peers (Paul, Chawarska, Klin, and Volkmar, 2007; Weismer et al., 2011). Matrix training is a procedure that has been used with developmentally delayed individuals to produce novel responses through recombinative generalization, a process by which an individual is able to respond to and produce novel combinations of known component words (Goldstein & Mousetis, 1989). Five males diagnosed with ASD participated in the current study. Nouns and verbs currently in each participants repertoire were arranged in a matrix to facilitate expressive noun-verb combinations. Echoic prompts were used to teach diagonal combinations. Four out of five participants demonstrated recombinative generalization following the intervention. The results indicate that matrix training was an effective intervention to teach children with ASD to combine known words and can be used to assess whether participants are able to demonstrate recombinative generalization. |
|
|
98. Assessing Recombinative Generalization Following Matrix Training for Two-Step Receptive Instructions |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BETHANY JORDAHL (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Some studies suggest that learners with developmental disabilities may benefit from interventions which promote recombinative generalization (Goldstein & Mousetis, 1989; Striefel et al., 1976; Axe & Sainto, 2010). Matrix training is a strategy used to facilitate the interaction of component skills in order to produce novel responses through recombinative generalization. Matrix training consists of pre-planning intervention by identifying the components of desired responses and arranging them across two axes. The diagonal targets would be selected for intervention, as together they contain all combinations of the component skills. After learning these targets, the individual may demonstrate correct responses to the non-diagonal targets. Two males diagnosed with autism participated in the study. Both participants had mastered multiple one step instructions, but failed to respond when these instructions were combined. They were directly taught to respond to two-step receptive instructions that fell on the diagonal of a matrix. Upon completion of training, both participants acquired the targets directly taught and the untaught, non-diagonal, targets. The results indicate that matrix training was an effective intervention to teach children with autism spectrum disorder to follow two-step instructions composed of known single step instructions and can be used to assess whether participants demonstrate recombinative generalization. |
|
|
99. Implementing a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement to Increase Intraverbal Responding for a Student with Autism: Answering "What did you do at Group Today?" with Variable Responses |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA FAGAN (The Aurora School), Kendra McDonald (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Teaching students with autism to answer social questions such as "How are you?" often results in rote intraverbal responding. As Susa & Schlinger (2012) reported, these invariable responses are often stereotypical and stigmatizing. Students with autism often fail to generalize varied responses to intraverbal questions and programming for generalization is often a necessary part of verbal behavior programs. Increased variable intraverbal responding can come under the control of operant conditioning through various methods including Lag Schedules of Reinforcement. Lag schedules of reinforcement contingently reinforces responses that are different than the previous response or a number of specified previous responses. We will be extending current research on lag schedules using changing criterion to increase variable responding to the question “What did you do today at group?” for a 19 year old student with autism. |
|
|
100. Acquisition of Intraverbal Responses: Verbal Prompt vs. Verbal Prompt Paired with American Sign Language |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
RENEE MARIE TERRASI (Peace by Piece), Kurtis Shrewsberry (Peace by Piece), Daniel Zink (Peace by Piece) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the efficacy of echoic prompts and manual sign language prompts to teach interverbal responding in 4 boys with autism. An ABABA reversal was conducted and observers measured the number of trials to criteria for acquisition in each condition. The results indicate that the use of a verbal prompt paired with a manual sign lead to faster acquisition rates.Interobserver agreement was conducted for 100% of the sessions. Mean agreement was 97.5%. |
|
|
101. Tiered Narrative Intervention With Preschoolers: An Efficacy and Implementation Study |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH WEDDLE (Northen Arizona University), Mandana Kajian (Building Blocs), Levi Zitting (Northern Arizona University), Trina Spencer (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Narrative language is critical for academic and social development. Many Head Start eligible students experience impoverished home language environments and are at risk of developing language-related literacy problems. We conducted a quasi-experimental control group design to investigate the effect of a narrative intervention on preschoolers language skills when Head Start teachers served as intervention agents. This was an implementation study in addition to an efficacy study. Participants included 105 preschoolers enrolled in Head Start. Three Head Start teachers implemented the verbal behavior interventions in their classroom using large group, small group, and individual arrangements based on the language needs of the students. Storytelling and the complexity (e.g., autoclitics) of the language used to tell stories was the focus of the intervention. Skinners analysis of verbal behavior and transfer of stimulus control technology served as the foundation for the interventions. After 6 months of intervention, the treatment classroom outperformed the control classroom on measures of narrative retell and comprehension questions. |
|
|
102. Teaching Pronoun Use ToA Participant With English AsA Second Language |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE SULLIVAN (Bancroft), Lindsay K. Prause (Bancroft), Erin Ullmann (Bancroft), Kimberly Borgmann-Hayes (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Many children with Autism require detailed training for specific areas of language use. Studies by Albert et al. (2013), Endicott & Higbee (2007), and Sundberg et al. (2002) examined the use of contrived motivating operations (MOs) to evoke mands in children with Autism. In addition to contrived MOs, the studies used prompts and prompt-fading procedures to successfully teach mands. In the current study, manipulation of MOs, prompts, and prompt fading procedures were used to teach English pronouns to an individual for whom English was a second language. The participant in the current study was a 16 year-old male living in a residential facility for the treatment of severe problem behavior. The study employed a multiple baseline design to teach three English pronouns. At the start of each trial the therapist contrived an MO and then used most-to-least verbal prompts to prompt the individual to emit the target pronoun. The participant mastered all three pronouns, which appropriately generalized during maintenance. This study demonstrates that the use of Functional Communication Training with a contrived MO procedure may also be used to teach pronoun use. |
|
|
103. Teaching Complex Grammatical Structures to Individual With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Severe Speech Delays |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL SCHEIB (University of Southern Maine), Erin Conley (Woodfords Family Services), Lindsay Payeur (Providence Service Corporation of Maine) |
Abstract: Speech delays are one of the defining features of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Because many of the individuals with ASD have deficits in functional communication, the focus of teaching is usually on short 2-3 word phrases that are rarely grammatically correct (e.g., I want Ipad instead of I want the Ipad). While the teaching methods are appropriate and justifiable, the teaching of language does not usually go beyond these simple, grammatically incorrect sentences. This can lead to socially stigmatizing speech and the inability to ever fully command the English language. The current study evaluates a 5 year old male with little spontaneous language who was receiving in-home Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. The study focuses on teaching the participant the use of the conjunction and and the indefinite article the with Discrete Trial Training (DTT) methods (Lovas, 1987). The DTT sessions were all conducted within contrived tact training over many weeks. The tact training sessions added a visual placeholder for the words and and the. The words were taught in succession and once mastered with visual placeholders, the visual placeholder was removed to evaluate learning. Lovaas, O. I. (1987). Behavioral treatment and normal educational and intellectual functioning in young autistic children. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 55(1), 3-9. doi:10.1037/0022 006X.55.1.3 |
|
|
104. The Effects of a Conditioning Faces Procedure to Increase Observing Skills Among Individuals With Language Delays |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), CATHERINE E. POPE (Verbal Behavior Associates), Kerry Udo (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: A delayed pre and post probe design across participants was used to determine the effectiveness of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure for attending to the faces of adult speakers. Children ranging from ages 3-15 years old with language delays participated in the study. Pre-intervention probes for observing responses were conducted to determine if the individuals were able to attend to the face of the speaker during play, when the learner’s name was spoken, when another individual entered the room, and while at the table with the instructor and moving materials around. The independent variable for the study consisted of pairing positive reinforcement in the form of vocal praise, singing songs, gentle touches, and/or edibles while the participant attended to the face of the adult speaker. Once all participants met criterion for the independent variable, participants were then post-probed to determine if there was an increase from pre-intervention probes. Results of the study support prior research that individuals with language delays can acquire observing responses through stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures. |
|
|
105. The Effects of a Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedure on the Acquisition of Conditioned Reinforcement for Attending to Faces in Children with Language and Developmental Delays |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), KERRY UDO (Verbal Behavior Associates), Catherine E. Pope (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: A delayed pre- and post-probe design across participants was utilized in this study to assess the effectiveness of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on the acquisition of adult faces as conditioned reinforcers in four students diagnosed with language and developmental delays. The study was conducted in each participant’s home environment within a major metropolitan area. Participants were selected following the completion of pre-intervention probes, which indicated low levels of attending to the faces of speakers. The independent variable in this study was the delivery of a continuous stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure in the form of vocal praise, singing songs, edibles, tickling and gentle touch. The mastery criterion for the intervention was 240 seconds total attending during each 5 minute session. The dependent variable in this experiment was the total duration of appropriate attending to adult faces in seconds. The results for Participants A, B, C, and D are pending completion of the continuous stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure intervention. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
DDA Sun Noon |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
106. Using Applied Behavior Analysis and Smart Technology for Meeting the Health Needs of Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LINDA K. HAYMES (Touro University California), Keith Storey (Touro University California), Ana Maldonado (Touro University California), Michal Post (Touro University California), Joyce Montgomery (Vallejo City Unified School District) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disabilities often have special health care concerns such as diabetes, kidney disease, severe allergies, progressive illnesses, respiratory weaknesses, obesity, to name only a few. Smart technology can be an asset for individuals with intellectual disabilities for better managing their health care needs. Smart technology is increasingly being used in health care settings but the technology has not been developed specifically for individuals with intellectual disabilities. It is possible that the smart technology will not be effective or may need to be modified for individuals with Intellectual Disabilities to effectively use. We see key components in developing appropriate access and use of smart technology for the health of people with intellectual disabilities being: (a) systematic instructional methods, based upon applied behavior analysis, for consistent and accurate use of the technology, (b) modifying the current technology for people with intellectual disabilities, (c) guidelines for implementation, (d) and resources for getting the technology. |
|
|
107. Assessing Visual Observation of Distress for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disibilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL CLARK (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland Baltimore County), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Breau and colleagues (Breau et al., 2003; Breau, Finley, & McGrath, 2002; Breau, McGrath, Camfield, & Finley, 2000) developed the Non-Communicating Childrens Pain Checklist (NCCPC), a scale on which primary caregivers rate sensitivity to pain during naturally occurring painful stimulation (e.g., self-injury, accidents, post-surgery, etc.) to help determine when individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are in pain. The NCCPC-R is a checklist of six domains of pain and has been assessed on children with IDD with and without SIB (Breau et al., 2000). However, it is unclear how feasible and reliable the NCCPC-R is for daily use with patients that often appear distressed frequently. We completed the NCCPC-R, for patients admitted to a hospital unit that treats severe problem behavior, following occurrences of injury and within 24 hours when no injury was apparent. Scores at the time of injury averaged 16.6 (range, 13-23), while scores when no injury was present averaged 0.3 (range, 0-1) providing support for this instrument. Results indicate the NCCPC-R may be a valid and useful measure of pain that can be used in an ongoing fashion for clinical care. Additionally, repeated observation with the NCCPC-R may be effective for measuring changes in distress caused by injuries over time. |
|
|
108. Effects of Extinction for Aggression and Elopement and Differential Reinforcement for Work Completion in a Sheltered Workshop |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ZACHARY VARGO (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Workshops that employ clients with developmental disabilities may not be equipped to deal with highly persistent aggressive behaviors. As a result, aggressive clients risk expulsion from these services. The current study effectively used extinction to reduce physical aggression and elopement while differential reinforcement established and maintained vocational task completion of a twenty-three year old male with autism, mood disorder NOS, and seizure disorder. This successful intervention removed the threat of expulsion from workshop services |
|
|
109. Visual Scanning, Reaction Time, and Heart Rate: Indicators of Perceptual Deficits in Low Reading Ability Children |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
David Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), NONAH M. OLESEN (Missouri State University), Kirsty M. Kulhanek (Missouri State University), Carrie Melia (Missouri State University), Bret T. Eschman (Missouri State University), Keith M. Gora (Bemidji State University) |
Abstract: First-grade children with literacy skills below normal limits were assessed via a series of visual learning laboratory tasks. The laboratory tasks employed Heart Rate (HR), Reaction Time (RT), and Visual Scanning (VS) measures. The evidence found in this descriptive study (slow RTs to incomplete letter presentations and failure to name correctly incomplete letters), suggest that low reading ability children lack basic letter identification skills. This is further supported by the direction of HR change. HR acceleration is associated with naming of previously learned information, whereas HR deceleration is associated with encoding of new/novel information, which was evident on the incomplete letter presentations. The HR findings are consistent with those found with low reading ability adults. Less exhaustive and systematic VS is associated with failure to attend to stimulus detail in normal and special populations (e.g., attention deficit disorder or autism). The majority of these children displayed less developed VS patterns to a face and while reading a 5-word sentence. It is suggested that intervention schemes that focus on attention to detail could be of benefit in increasing VS and visual discrimination learning, which in turn could improve basic reading skills. |
|
|
110. Teaching the Activity of Daily Living Skill of Table Setting to Individuals with Developmental Disabilities With the Instructional Method of Discrete Trial Teaching Using a Multiple Baseline Design |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RENEE PILI (Hawthorne Foundation) |
Abstract: Discrete trials are regarded as an effective teaching method for individuals with developmental disabilities. Most individuals learn through observing others and exploring their environments; as well as engaging with, playing with or communicating with others, which is something that individuals with developmental disabilities have great difficulty with. In a Day Habilitation Program, 3 participants were given a program of setting the table. During baseline, individuals were asked to identify the proper materials for setting the table. A match-to-sample method was used to teach the consumers what the table setting materials were. During intervention phase, individuals were asked to identify the proper placement of materials for setting the table. It was found that baseline measurements were stable and when the intervention phase was implemented using DTT, data ascended for all participants. Results indicate that the participants (Stephanie, JP, and Joe) all had ascending trends with the ADL skill of setting the table across successive sessions. The results support the current data indicating success with DTT. The evidenced based method used in this particular study was a multiple baseline design across participants. |
|
|
111. Functional Assessment of Problem Behavior Occurring during Transitions Between Activities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CLELIA GARANCE DELTOUR (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Stacy Cohen (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with autism and related disabilities may present with difficulties during transitions, both between locations and between activities (Davis, 1987). As behavior analysts, we aim to identify the conditions under which problem behavior occurs and its maintaining variable. The purpose of this study was to develop and conduct an assessment of problem behavior occurring during transitions for two participants with a disability. First, we identified for each participant several preferred, neutral, and non-preferred activities using caregiver surveys and a structured assessment. Second, we conducted a preference assessment to further clarify the results obtained using the caregiver surveys and structured assessment and identified one preferred, one neutral and one non-preferred activity for each participant. Finally, we conducted a functional analysis of problem behavior occurring during transitions between the activities identified in the preference assessment. Interobserver agreement data have been collected for at least 33% of conditions across all phases of the study and mean occurrence agreement is above 90%. The preliminary results obtained suggest that problem behavior occurred when the transition involved a worsening in the reinforcement condition, for example terminating one activity to initiate another less preferred activity (negative reinforcement contingency). |
|
|
112. Preparing Children with Multiple Disabilities to Take a Hearing Test: A Technology-Transfer Project |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL CUMMINGS (The University of Kansas), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton), Kathryn Saunders (The University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this technology-transfer research program is to develop instructional programming for teaching nonverbal children with multiple disabilities to complete a behavioral audiometric evaluation in a clinic. The end goal is to produce a program that teachers, parents, or therapists can use outside the clinic to prepare children prior to an appointment. The program has been developed so that the operator controls the tones presented and their decibel levels. The participant is taught a simple successive discrimination task - to press a button in the presence of a tone and not in its absence. The poster describes the process of development, and presents representative data from a participant exposed to the most refined version of the procedures. The participant was a nonverbal boy with Down Syndrome. He was said to be untestable by his audiologist. Training occurred over four sessions, and generalized to the cliniche successfully completed a standard exam, and also an exam using bone conduction. |
|
|
113. Increasing Child Compliance With Essential Routine Procedures: Acquisition & Generalization |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLEY L. HARRISON (The University of Kansas), Kimberley Zonneveld (The University of Kansas), Kristin Miller (The University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The presence of certain stimuli during essential-routine procedures (e.g., hair cuts, dental exams, etc.) may evoke noncompliance in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Shumacher & Rapp, 2011). This can be a serious problem particularly when a procedure requires the use of sharp objects (e.g., scissors). The study evaluates the effects of demand fading plus reinforcement for increasing compliance with essential-routine procedures. A multiple baseline across subjects design, combined with a multiple probe design, was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. To date, seven children with developmental disabilities have participated. To date, results indicate that mere exposure to the simulated environment increased compliance for three children. However, training was necessary to increase compliance for five children. Successful generalization during natural environment probes was observed for one child. However, decreases in negative vocalizations and use of physical restraint in the natural setting (e.g., salon, dental office) were observed across all participants. This research extends the literature by assessing the extent to which treatment effects generalize to the natural setting with the relevant professional implementing the procedure and by identifying relevant stimuli to facilitate generalization. |
|
|
114. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction of the Induction of the Naming Capability: Determining Whether Naming Can Be Induced Prior to Mastery of All Response Topographies |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SUSAN BUTTIGIEG (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lamis Baowaidan (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ellen Henighan (The Fred S. Keller School), Jessica Alverio (Fred S. Keller School), Exodia Mack (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction across listener and speaker topographies on the induction of Naming using a delayed multiple baseline across participants design. The dependent variable was the number of correct responses to point, tact, and impure tact responses during probe sessions. The independent variable was multiple exemplar instruction across match, point, tact, and intraverbal responses. We conducted probes to test for Naming after mastery of each response topography. There were two conditions: a) conventional MEI and b) increased response requirement MEI. Participants were paired in dyads based on levels of verbal behavior. In conventional MEI, each response (M, P, T, IT) was consequated. In the increased response requirement condition, once a response topography was mastered during MEI, it was no longer consequated. We sought to 1) test whether Naming could be acquired prior to mastery of all four response topographies and 2) determine whether consequences were necessary for mastered response topographies in order to acquire Naming. Results are pending at the time of this submission. |
|
|
115. Effects of Noncontingent Reinforcement Within a Comprehensive Treatment Package to Reduce Physical Disruption During Work Tasks |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JORDAN LILL (Urbandale Community School District), Julie McKibben (Urbandale Community School District), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education), Jennifer Gilmore (Heartland Area Education Agency) |
Abstract: The physical disruption of a 17-year old female student in a integrated school setting was evaluated using descriptive assessments and a concurrent operants assessment. Results of the assessment suggest that physical disruption was maintained by both positive (gain tangible) and negative reinforcement (escape). Treatment was created using a comprehensive treatment package including functional communication training (FCT) and escape extinction (EE). Greater treatment effects were demonstrated in a reversal design (ABAB) when noncontingent access to preferred items (NCR) during work was added to the treatment package. One-month, two-month, and four-month follow-ups indicated physical disruption was reduced to zero levels with the inclusion of NCR within the treatment package. The results of this case study replicate effects demonstrated in other studies that also demonstrated NCR can be a critical component within a comprehensive treatment package that can decrease rates of problematic behavior in a school setting. |
|
|
116. Effects of Pressure Vest on Behavioral/Physiological Measures of a Child With Developmental Disability |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MELINDA SNODGRASS (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Mary Pietrowicz (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Karrie Karahalios (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Jennifer Kim (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Mindy Borden (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Laura DeThorne (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Mariana Aparicio Betancourt (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), James Halle (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities are often reported to have difficulty regulating sensory input and modulating behavior, which could negatively impacts their participation in community activities. To address issues with sensory regulation, occupational therapy and sensory integration interventions have often been used. One tool for children who are suspected to benefit from tactile input is the application of a pressure vest that applies pressure across the upper body and can be worn across a variety of settings. Despite its common use, there is lack of scientific studies showing cause-effect relations between the use of pressure vests and a positive change in an individuals arousal level and behavior. The purpose of this pilot study was to examine the effect of wearing a pressure vest on behavioral/physiological measures of one child with a developmental disability using a single-case reversal design. Results indicated that the pressure vest did not improve behavior for this student. Instead, the teachers instructional practices (i.e., systematic vs. unstructured) appeared to be the primary factor impacting the childs behavior. The study and the discussion are strengthened by the variety of expertise on the multidisciplinary team including professionals from Special Education, Speech and Hearing Sciences, Computer Science, and Occupational Therapy. |
|
|
117. Using Video Modeling to Train Staff to Conduct Task Analyses and Use Prompts Appropriately |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALISON LAUBE (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: Video modeling was used as a staff training tool to teach direct care staff in a residential setting how to conduct task analyses and to use prompts appropriately. The experimental design used for this study was a multiple baseline across participants. The independent variable in this study was a video of the experimenter modeling the appropriate prompting procedure used during each step of a task analysis and when implementing a behavior support plan. The experimenter utilized that phase of the protocol that instructed staff to teach from a task analysis and use the prompt hierarchy (gestural, verbal and gestural, model, and physical). Each of the tasks used for this study contained at least five steps and were tasks with which the consumer was unfamiliar. The results of the current study demonstrated that video modeling can be a useful tool to teach staff how to properly prompt an individual through a variety of different tasks, it also showed that not all staff participants will respond to the video model. These results showed that some staff can be trained using a video model paired with didactic training, or with the video model itself to depict how staff will be expected to use a variety of skills, including the prompting hierarchy, to perform their job duties in a more effective manner. |
|
|
118. Segment-Unit Reading With MTS Procedure For The Students With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MIKIMASA OMORI (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: Students with intellectual disabilities (ID) often show the reading difficulties, especially in reading comprehension. For these students, repeated reading training is widely used to improve reading comprehension score. However, it is sometimes difficult for students with ID to improve their reading skills by reading whole sentence repeatedly. In addition, because they sometimes show the lack of expressive vocabulary, we used matching-to-sample (MTS) task to evaluate their reading comprehension skills. Since students with ID can read and comprehend the words or segments well, we presented each segment of the stories sequentially. In the present study, we examined whether four students with ID improved their reading comprehension through segment-unit reading with MTS procedure. During the baseline, students were required to read whole six stories and answer the two questions from each story as MTS test. In the training, we used only three stories. Students were asked to read each segments sequentially and answer the questions by making choice responses. The results indicated that all students could improve reading comprehension skills of not only their trained stories but also untrained stories. Results suggested the segment-unit reading training can be applied to the students with ID by combining MTS procedure. |
|
|
119. Training Parents From Distance Via Internet Technology: A Pilot Study |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HEDDA MEADAN (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Melinda Snodgrass (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Lori Meyer (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Moon Chung (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Kimberly Wolowiec-Fisher (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), James Halle (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign) |
Abstract: We describe a pilot study of the Internet-based Parent-Implemented Communication Strategies (i-PiCS) program that provides long-distance training and coaching via the Internet to parents of young children with disabilities. The program is designed to teach parents to use four evidence-based teaching strategies to improve their childs social communication skills: (a) environmental arrangement, (b) modeling, (c) mand-model, and (d) time delay. We describe the potential of the Internet to help practitioners overcome challenges to providing early intervention services. Using a multiple-baseline design across naturalistic teaching strategies within each family, we studied the effect of the i-PiCS program on parents implementation of each strategy. We also examined the effect that changes in the parents use of the strategies have on their childrens communicative behavior. Methods and results from this pilot will be presented. The participating parents increased the rate at which they used these strategies and the quality with which they used the strategies following training and coaching. Children increased the number of time they initiated communication with their parent. We will also discuss potential barriers, benefits, and implications for practice and research for internet-based parent training programs. |
|
|
120. Teaching Sexuality to Young Adults With Developmental Differences |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIE LAROSA (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Sexuality education is a topic often avoided by parents and educators of students with developmental differences and intellectual disabilities based on fears, misconceptions, and ignorance (Boehning, 2006). When parents and educators fail to approach sexuality in a collaborative manner, the student suffers, unable to understand or confused about their changing bodies (Boehning, 2006). Sexuality programs must provide students with detailed information relating to sex (Hatton & Tector, 2010). Children who possess an intellectual disability are 4.6 times (Smith & Harrell, n.d.) to 4.8 times (Boehning, 2006) more likely to be victims of sexual abuse than children who do not possess an intellectual disability. Failing to take responsibility to teach sexuality will only compound the need that currently exists. This presentation provides a summary of the issues and needs associated with educating students with intellectual disabilities on the subject of sexuality. Necessary aspects will include a discussion concerning the abstinence-only approach from a historical perspective along with the fears associated with teaching sexuality from a parent and educators point of view. Further discussion will involve developing appropriate curriculum required to approach the topic of sexuality as well as the modifications necessary to prepare students with developmental differences to assimilate in their community. |
|
|
121. An Assessment of Treatment Options Used To Decrease Packing Behavior During Meal Time |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER MAYMON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Packing is a problematic mealtime behavior characterized by holding or pocketing solids or liquids without swallowing. Treatments to reduce packing may include the contingent presentation of a liquid chaser or differential reinforcement, such as providing access to preferred tangible items. In this study, we designed an assessment to compare common treatments for packing in order to determine which treatment option most greatly reduced packing in 2 children with severe feeding disorders. The assessment conditions included (1) the delivery of tangible reinforcement contingent upon mouth clean, (2) waiting for a mouth clean before presenting the next bite of food, (3) re-distributing the packed food across the child’s tongue with a Nuk© brush, (4) a flipped spoon procedure to deposit the food in the child’s mouth, and (5) continued bite presentations, wherein up to three bites were presented after a pack was observed until the third consecutive pack. Results indicated that offering tangible reinforcement contingent upon mouth cleans produced the largest decrease in packing. Potential implications for treatment design will be discussed. |
|
|
122. Correspondence Between Teacher-Conducted Trial-Based Functional Analyses and Traditional Functional Analyses With High-School Aged Students |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CASEY CLAY (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Tashina Meeker (Utah State University), Heather Weese (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Trial-based functional analysis is an empirical method to determine causal relations between behavior and the environment. Previous research has shown the outcome of trial-based functional analysis corresponded to the outcome of traditional functional analysis in approximately 60% of the cases. When lack of resources does not allow traditional functional analyses to be conducted, trial-based functional analysis conducted by classroom teachers may be a viable alternative. We conducted traditional and trial-based functional analyses for four high-school aged students with developmental disabilities. We found correspondence between trial-based functional analyses and traditional functional analyses for two of the four students, and partial correspondence for the remaining two students. Furthermore, school personnel displayed high procedural integrity when conducting trial-based functional analyses. Although not a replacement for traditional functional analyses, trial-based functional analyses may be a viable alternative for teachers when resources for traditional functional analyses are not available. Future research might investigate whether teachers can design interventions based on results from trial-based functional analysis. |
|
|
123. Alternate Means of Functional Assessment for Sexually Inappropriate Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MIRANDA DEPOY (Partnership for Behavior Change), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: When working with individuals who engage in socially inappropriate behavior, it is important to assess for and identify the variables maintaining the behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985; Meyer, 1999). Once we do so, we can more accurately target our interventions and maximize our success. Though it might be tempting to assume that behaviors that by topography suggest automatic reinforcement, in fact do, it is essential to conduct functional assessment of these behaviors as they may also or instead be maintained by social consequences, such as attention or escape (Mace & Belfiore, 1990).
One method of assessing situations in which a behavior reliably occurs is antecedent analysis (Carr & Durand, 1985; Stichter et al., 2009). For example, Meyer (1999) conducted functional assessment of antecedent events, specifically looking at attention and difficulty of presented tasks as probable antecedents to target behavior. Examining antecedent events suggested demand and attention as reliable antecedent events, while experimental functional analysis confirmed escape as the function (Mace & Belfiore, 1990). In these cases, antecedent analysis, assessing any reliable precursor or covarying behaviors, and examining the environmental context in which the behavior occurs can provide the information needed to facilitate effective intervention. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
AUT Sun Noon |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
124. Increasing Food Acceptance in the School Setting for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using High Probability Requests Sequences |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARISSA CONGDON (CSUSB) |
Abstract: Behavioral feeding difficulties occur at a high rate in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and can have a serious impact on their overall health and development. Although there are a number of studies demonstrating effective strategies for addressing behavioral feeding difficulties in children with ASD, the majority of them have been conducted in clinical settings. High probability (high-p) request sequences have been used as an antecedent intervention to increase compliance, appropriate behavior, social interactions, decrease stereotypy, self injurious behavior, increase compliance to academic tasks, increase communication skills, and in interventions to increase food acceptance and consumption. This evidence-based intervention has been demonstrated to be effective in both clinical and applied (e.g., school) settings. The current study investigated the efficacy of high probability request sequences, an easy to implement, school-based behavioral feeding treatment. In the study food related and non-food related high probability requests sequences were compared for efficacy. The participants in the study were three children with ASD that had parent and teacher reported feeding difficulties. Results suggested that school-based high probability response sequences were extremely effective for 2 of the 3 participants. Consumers were very positive about the intervention. |
|
|
125. Comparing the Effectiveness and Efficiency of Error Correction Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA MOBERG (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Traci Elaine Ruppert (University of Oregon), Kristin Rush (University of Oregon), Eva Kurtz-Nelson (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: We extended McGhan and Lerman (2013) by evaluating the efficiency of several error-correction procedures commonly used in practice. We compared differential reinforcement without prompts, demonstration, time delay, single practice, and multiple practice to identify the most efficient and least intrusive procedure(s) to teach sight words and tacts using an adapted alternating treatments design. Two students, Cam and Mitchell, diagnosed with an ASD and Fragile X (Cam only) participated. Our dependent variables included sessions to mastery, exposures to mastery, and session time (seconds). Cam’s results showed that the demonstration procedure was the most efficient (2862 s of training), least intrusive, and required the fewest exposures (414) to reach the mastery criterion. Mitchell achieved the mastery criterion after only five sessions of both time delay and multiple practice with 45 and 91 total exposures, respectively, although time delay was less intrusive and required less instructional time (724 s). This study provides recommendations for clinical practice as well as future research on the use of error-correction procedures. |
|
|
126. Effects of Automatic Reinforcement on Basic Receptive Discriminations in Children Within Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEGE AARLIE (Norway ABA), Kristine Berg Titlestad (Bergen Kommune), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Background: Despite extensive efforts some children within autism spectrum have difficulties in establishing basic receptive discriminations. Aim: Can automatic reinforcement procedures facilitate receptive discriminations? Methods: Six children within autism spectrum disorder (39-65 moths) completed the project. They had no receptive language, but all had matching and some imitations skills. An automatic reinforcement procedure was compared to a reinforcement procedure in an alternating treatment design. In the automatic reinforcement condition, the reinforcer follows the response (e.g., Sd: Chips, R: Eats chips). In the other condition reinforce is arbitrary and varies (e.g., Sd: Horse, R: Touches horse) and reinforcement can be a grape. Results: Our results show that two children learned basic receptive discriminations much faster in the automatic reinforcement condition. For one child there was no difference between the conditions. During the project three children did not learn through any of the procedures. Conclusions: Automatic reinforcement may facilitate basic receptive discriminations for some children with autism. |
|
|
127. Evaluating Single-Operant and Paired-Stimulus Free-Operant Reinforcer Assessments for Social Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University), Jessica Weber (Florida International University) |
Abstract: It is theorized that children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) prefer non-social tangible reinforcers as compared to socially based reinforcers. The current study is based on pilot data from a previous study, which showed that reinforcer assessments similar to those used for nonsocial reinforcers may be effective in determining social reinforcers. This study compared single-operant and paired-stimulus free-operant assessments to evaluate their utility in identifying social reinforcers. The results showed that both procedures may be utilized in identifying possible social reinforcers. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
128. Training a Parent to Teach their Child Three Qualitatively Different Skills Using Behavioral Skills Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LEIGH COOPER (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Emily Nickerson (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Kyle Roberts (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Jessica Seeman (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Julie Fisher (New York Center for Autism Charter School) |
Abstract: The current literature suggests that behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective and efficient method to teach both professionals and parents to work more effectively with individuals with developmental disabilities. A limited number of these studies, however, have assessed tactics to promote skill generalization across a wide domain of behavior analytic teaching strategies. The purpose of this study was to expand the current literature and investigate whether BST can be used to teach a parent a variety of behavior analytic teaching skills. A multiple baseline design across skills was used to train one parent to teach her son diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) three qualitatively different skills. The parent acquired all three target skills in a total of 13 training sessions. The parent also showed reliable generalization to novel targets across two of the three skill domains. These data suggest that BST can be used to train parents of individuals with ASD to effectively implement a variety of teaching strategies. |
|
|
129. Assessment of Staff Affect on the Challenging Behavior of a Student With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University ), Rebecca Schulman (Rutgers University), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Research has shown that quality of attention (e.g., tone of voice, physical interaction) can affect rates of problem behavior (e.g., Fisher, Ninness, Piazza, & Owen-Deschryver, 1996; Kodak, Northup, & Kelley, 2007). For example, Gardner, Wacker, and Boelter (2009) showed that escape maintained problem behavior was higher in low quality attention conditions than high quality attention conditions. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of high intensity and low intensity staff affect on problem behavior during academic demands. The participant was a 10-year old student with autism referred for the assessment of challenging behavior, including aggression, property destruction, and pica. Classroom staff anecdotally reported that the student was more likely to engage in challenging behavior with specific staff members. Staff members alternated both mastered programs and target demands with either heightened or low intensity affect. Intensity was defined by volume and changes in facial expression (i.e., high intensity affect was delivered with volume above conversational level and involved changes in facial expression and body position). Results indicated that, for mastered skills, low intensity affect produced higher levels of challenging behavior for 3 out of 5 staff members. For target skills, low intensity affect produced higher levels of challenging behavior for 3 out of 4 staff members. Implications for staff-student interaction and academic programming will be discussed. |
|
|
130. Evaluation of an Abolishing Operation Manipulation During Activity Transitions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Joseph E. Underberg (Syracuse University), Stephanie J. Long (Syracuse University), Michael Patrick Mullane (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders often engage in problem behavior during activity transitions. The present study compared use of a picture schedule to a picture schedule coupled with an abolishing operation (i.e., a 30-s fixed-time schedule of interruptions during the final 2 min of a pre-transition activity) at decreasing transition latency and transition-related problem behavior. Two preschool-aged boys with autism spectrum disorders who engaged in problem behavior during transitions participated. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of a picture schedule alone and in combination with the abolishing operation across two equivalent high- to low-preferred activity transitions. The number of interruptions was then faded (e.g., 4 interruptions to 1 interruption) followed by a reversal to the 30-s schedule. Results showed decreases in transition latency during the abolishing operation condition but not with use of the picture schedule alone for both children. Implications for the use of abolishing operations to temporarily decrease the reinforcing properties of high-preferred activities are discussed. |
|
|
131. Assessment and Treatment of Rumination Displayed by a 10-year-old Male Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA MOLLOY (Arizona Centers for Comprehensive Education and Life Skills), Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (Western Michigan University), Michelle Reed (Arizona ABA) |
Abstract: The current study addresses the assessment and treatment of rumination displayed by a 10-year-old male diagnosed with autism. All assessment and treatment conditions were conducted in a special education private day school. The descriptive assessment indicated rumination might be maintained by non-social reinforcement. A functional analysis was conducted to further investigate the possible contingencies reinforcing rumination. Results showed low, but varied, rates of rumination for all conditions and no differential responding across conditions. A multiple-treatment reversal design was selected to assess a variety of previously researched treatments (Sharp, Phillips, & Mudford, 2012; Lang et al., 2011) for automatically maintained rumination behavior. Three interventions were assessed: reduced liquid at mealtime, gum chewing, and non-contingent food delivery. Results from the treatment analysis show rumination rates decreased to near zero levels. Over time, variability increased significantly, leading to the introduction of the second intervention, gum-chewing. A changing criterion design was used to teach Cody how to chew gum, however, this was not successful, possibly due to his developmental level. Non-contingent food delivery on a fixed time schedule was introduced. The analyses showed that this was an effective treatment for reducing rumination with this individual. |
|
|
132. A Brief Assessment to Predict Multiple-Schedule and Response-Restriction Performance During Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL R. MITTEER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center
), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is widely used to reduce problem behavior while teaching an alternative form of communication (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). However, high rates of requesting reinforcement during FCT schedule thinning may be impractical (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011). Multiple (Mult) schedules of reinforcement have proven effective during FCT (Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001). However, the efficacy of Mult FCT may be limited if individuals are unable to discriminate multiple-schedule components (Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, & Owen, 2013). Response restriction (RR), or removing access to communication materials during periods of extinction, can also reduce high levels of requesting while treating problem behavior (Roane et al., 2004) and may prove useful for children unable to discriminate Mult-FCT components. The current investigation was designed to evaluate childrens simple- and conditional-discrimination abilities prior to evaluating Mult FCT and RR. Results for one child with an autism spectrum disorder suggest the assessments can accurately predict responding during subsequent Mult FCT and RR sessions. |
|
|
133. Treatment of High-Risk Elopement Across Clinic, Home, and School Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TIMOTHY EDWARD GRAY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jaclyn Brande (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa F. Pohl (Calvert County Public Schools), Huna Yim (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Elopement, defined as running more than 2 feet away from the proximity of a caregiver, is a challenging behavior to treat with individuals with intellectual disabilities. Caregivers may find it difficult to anticipate the behavior and prevent it from occurring (Kodak, Grow, & Northrup, 2004). In the present study, differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO), in combination with a response cost and criterion to re-earn reinforcers was used to decrease high risk elopement to near zero levels. The participant was an 8-year-old female diagnosed with Autistic Disorder and Disruptive Behavior Disorder NOS. A functional analysis for elopement was conducted and the results suggested that the participant would engage in elopement to obtain caregiver attention. Baseline sessions were implemented by staff in a pairwise design, followed by an attention analysis comparing noncontingent attention and moderate attention provided intermittently. Treatment components consisted of differential reinforcement of other behaviors, a response cost, and criterion to re-earn reinforcers, which resulted in a 100% reduction in elopement in the clinic setting. Because of ethical and safety concerns, a reversal to baseline was not conducted. However, a significant decrease in elopement was observed across home and school settings as treatment was implemented in a successive manner across settings. These treatment components were generalized to caregivers in the home, school, and community settings, and the efficacy of the treatment was maintained throughout all environments as evidenced by data collection. The current study successfully thinned the schedule of tangible reinforcement to 1 hour, allowing the treatment to be implemented with ease in the community. The primary caregivers continue to conduct the treatment without the assistance or supervision of clinical staff in home, school, and community settings, while the reductions in rates of elopement behaviors have continued to remain at or near zero levels after 5 months of follow-up data. |
|
|
134. A Review of Hand and Object Mouthing Interventions for Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
HAILEY ORMAND (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Mouthing behaviors, including the mouthing of hands and other objects, occur in more than 10% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and can have negative effects on health, social functioning, and adaptive behavior. Previous research indicates that mouthing behaviors are an important area for early intervention, as they are incompatible with most forms of communication and may restrict functional use of the hands. The current presentation provides a systematic review of the literature on interventions for mouthing behaviors in young children with ASD and other developmental disabilities, with a focus on the efficacy, feasibility, and social validity of those interventions. In contrast to the large body of literature describing mouthing interventions for adults, results of the present review revealed a paucity of research describing interventions for young children, especially children with ASD. Each of the seven studies included in the review is described and evaluated. Limitations of previous research are discussed, including the use of outdated and aversive techniques no longer considered appropriate for young children. Implications for treatment and promising future directions are considered. |
|
|
135. Efficacy of an Early Intervention Program for Children With Autism: Evaluation of Initial Outcomes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAURYN M. TOBY (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Although autism typically results in lifelong impairments in functioning, researchers have demonstrated that applied behavior analysis delivered early in life may improve intellectual and communicative functioning in many children with ASD (Anderson et al., 1987; Harris et al., 1991; Lovaas, 1987; Sheinkopf & Siegel, 1998). Whereas lawmakers have recommended that educators use evidence-based practices, there is a lack of consensus regarding appropriate service models for educating young children with autism (e.g., Simpson, 2003). The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the effectiveness of a developmentally focused and behaviorally-based early childhood intervention program for 8 children ages 3-5 years with ASD. In the current study, changes in childrens communicative, cognitive, adaptive, social and autism-related functioning over a 9-month period of enrollment were assessed using standardized measures, rating scales, and direct observations of behavior at baseline and follow-up. Data were analyzed to assess whether the children made measurable gains in the areas of communication, social skills and adaptive functioning that exceed what would be expected given their developmental trajectories at the start of the intervention. Additionally, measures of the programs treatment fidelity and treatment acceptability were collected. Results indicated high levels of treatment fidelity and significant gains in the majority, but not all of the children after 9 months of intervention. |
|
|
136. Effects of Fluency Training on Textual Responding to Words on Reading Comprehension in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KI SOON HONG (Kongju National University), Hyeim Kim (Kongju National University), Eunhee Paik (Kongju National University), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Kongju National University), Youngmo Yang (Kongju National University), Sukhee Kim (Kongju National University), Hyejin Shin (Kongju National University), Sungbong Lee (Baekseok University) |
Abstract: The present study tested if fluency training on textual responding to words would improve reading comprehension with an 8-year old boy with autism. The dependent variables were numbers of correct answers to the questions which were given after the participant read a paragraph.. A paragraph composed of 110 to 130 Korean words was given during each trial and the paragraphs used in the study were similar in the level of difficult. A delayed multiple baselines across the following behaviors was utilized: answering questions after hearing a paragraph read by the experimenter, answering questions after reading a paragraph aloud , and answering questions after reading a paragraph silently. During the baseline, the participant was required to read 20 words which were selected from a paragraph with 90% of accuracy for two consecutive sessions. During the intervention condition, the participant was required to read 20 words selected from a paragraph for 1 minute twice. IOA was obtained for 30% of experimental sessions and the mean IOA was 93.3 with a range from 87.5 to 100%. The results demonstrated that fluency training improve reading comprehension of the participant. Key words: fluency, accuracy, reading comprehension, textual responding |
|
|
137. Effects of Echoic Training on Listener Training and the Emergence of Speaker Relations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
PAULO AUGUSTO COSTA CHEREGUINI (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos
), Gardenia de Oliveira Barbosa (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Nassim Chamel Elias (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The issue regarding the functional independence of speaker and listener behaviors is still not totally clarified. Although there are evidences that it is best to start tact training to yield the emergence of listener behaviors the reasons why this is a possibility is still open to scrutiny. In the present study we considered that in listener training procedures whether or not the participant is behaving as a speaker during the task is not clear. A task, which required the participant to emit an echoic response in the presence of the sample stimulus, was used. Two conditional discriminations were taught (A1B1/A2B2) with an observation response consisting of pointing to the sample with two six- to seven -year-old children with autism. Speaker relations (B1A1/B2A2) were introduced next as a probe. Next, after the presentation of the spoken verbal sample stimulus the participants were instructed to emit the correspondent echoic, and this phase was also followed by the B1A1/B2A2 probe condition. Finally, common naming was introduced for A1B1 and A2B2. Results showed that participants did not master conditional discrimination relations. Common naming also did not improve performance. Behavior prerequisites may be needed to yield emergence of listener and speaker relations. |
|
|
138. Use of a Pause Procedure to Teach Appropriate Echoic Responding Following the Instruction, "Say" |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN ASHLEY LEVESQUE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center
), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Niemeier (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often engage in indiscriminate echoic responding such as echolalia of the instruction "say" when prompted to repeat a word or phrase. Despite the prevalence of echolalia in ASD and its potential to interfere with the acquisition of functional language, few studies have addressed echolalia of instructions during language training (Ingvarrson, 2011; Kodak, 2012). In the present study, we used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline to evaluate a procedure in which a pause was introduced between the say prompt and the echoic prompt and then systematically shortened in duration on inappropriate echolalia of the word "say" and appropriate echolalia of the echoic prompt. Two children diagnosed with an ASD and one diagnosed with Unspecified Adjustment Reaction Disorder participated. For all participants, zero or near-zero levels of correct responding were observed during baseline in which there was differential reinforcement for correct echoic responding but no pause. Appropriate echoic responding increased for all participants following the pause procedure, although some participants required an additional blackout procedure to produce desirable outcomes. Appropriate echoic responding maintained across new words, therapists, and settings. |
|
|
139. Increasing Vocal Manding Through Assessment and Training Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARI J. ADOLF (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center
), Megan Ashley Levesque (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often lack socially appropriate vocal mands repertoires and may rely on specific echoic prompts provided by adults. This study examined the efficacy of a treatment package designed to train initial manding skills consisting of (a) a descriptive assessment to identify vocal sounds that could be shaped into recognizable mands, (b) a preference assessment to identify potential reinforcers for mands, and (c) the vocal mand assessment developed by Bourret, Vollmer, and Rapp (2004). Two participants diagnosed with ASD with no consistent mands or tacts at the start participated. The vocal mand assessment was comprised of four prompting levels, with progressively shorter reinforcement intervals associated with each successive prompt. Results indicated that novel, appropriate mands emerged during the assessment for both participants, but one participant (Hank) required nonspecific prompts and the other (Gilbert) required modeled prompts. These results suggest that this assessment package may be used to develop initial mands, but additional prompt fading procedures may also be needed to encourage independent manding. Bourret, J., Vollmer, T. R., & Rapp, J. T. (2004). Evaluation of a vocal mand assessment and vocal mand training procedures. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, (37), 129-144 |
|
|
140. Using a Chaining Prompt Within Matrix Training to Evaluate Acquisition and Recombinitive Generalization of Tacting Two-Digit Numbers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA CLEMENTS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Tech), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center
), Jennifer Felber (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders are characterized by deficits in expressive language. Matrix training is a procedure that has been used to teach expressive language and evaluate re-combinative generalization of targets. In the current investigation, a child with autism was taught to tact two-digit numbers. The matrix consisted of the tens position on the first axis (20 - 90) and ones position (2 - 9) on the second axis producing 64 two-digit numbers. A pre-treatment baseline resulted in zero levels of independent responding for all numbers. Eight two-digit numbers were taught using chaining and progressive prompt delay procedures. The chaining prompt involved presenting flashcards with each the two-digit and one-digit number (e.g., 20 and 3 for 23), while simultaneously vocally modeling the correct number. A post-treatment baseline showed correct responding for all untrained two-digit numbers except for two numbers in the matrix. Standard prompt delay procedures were used to teach the two unlearned numbers. This treatment procedure will be evaluated with this participant to teach three digit numbers. |
|
|
141. Using an Alternate Approach to Toilet Train Students with Autism in Public School: A Replication of Wilson's Generic Habit-training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Lauren DeGrazia (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Jennifer Cornely (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole M. Rzemyk (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole Pease (Partners in Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: Toilet training is an important life skill that many educators and/or parents struggle with teaching learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study applied protocols from Wilsons Generic Habit-training (1993) to toilet train five subjects diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder: two school-aged boys, one preschool-aged boy, and two nursery-aged boys. Subjects in this study were tracked during baseline phase in order to calculate high frequency wet/soiled target intervals. During treatment phases, those subjects were only given the opportunity to void into the toilet during target intervals. Once subjects were voiding successfully within 3-5 minutes per opportunity for 80% (i.e., 4/5 days during that interval) criteria, a new target high frequency void interval is added. After approximately three target high frequency intervals achieve 80% success criteria, and voids outside of the toilet are reduces to 5% or less, the self-initiation of toileting needs and bowl training phases are introduced. Three subjects achieved success during the three target intervals for daytime continence during the study and are in the self-initiation and bowl phase. The other two subjects are beginning the three target intervals for daytime continence phase. Subjects 1 and 2 are also successfully voiding in the home setting. |
|
|
142. Parent Training of Nail Cutting of a Phobic Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARA REAGON (Reagon Behavioral Consulting and Rider University) |
Abstract: Few empirically validated studies have been published on the treatment of phobias in children with developmental delays (Jones & Friman, 1999; Love, Matson & West, 1990; Ricciardi, Luiselli & Camare, 2006; Shabani & Fisher, 2006;). Only one study trained mothers to effectively treat their childs fear (Love, Matson & West, 1990). A multi-component treatment and parent-training package was implemented in the home for nail cutting of a 10 year old boy diagnosed with autism who exhibited phobic responses. The treatment package consisted of the use of escape extinction, noncontingent reinforcement, and shaping. Parent training consisted of written and didactic instruction, modeling, and fading. Efficacy of treatment packages was assessed using a changing criterion design. Maintenance and social validity data were also collected. The treatment package was effective in producing compliance with nail cutting with the experimenter. Parent training procedures produced effective parent implementation of procedures that maintained and generalized across nail clippers, fingernails and toenails. The study included interobserver agreement, procedural fidelity, and social validity measures. This is a data-based poster presentation. Results will be presented in graph and table formats. |
|
|
143. Using a Post Reinforcement Expanded Language Model to Increase Language Production in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LACIE BEATON (BEACON ABA Services, Inc), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: This study was a replication and expansion of research conducted by Smith and Ross in 2011, who attempted to replicate a paper presented in 2010 by Olive, Cage, Tarbox, and Chiang entitled The Effects of Expansion at the End of Discrete Trials. The current study evaluated the effects of an expanded language model on the subsequent production of language following the occurrence of a correct targeted response. Olive et al. found an increase in language production for all three subjects during discrete trial teaching when provided with an expanded language model. Additionally these expanded language performances were noted to occur in non-training settings. In contrast, Smith and Ross were unable to replicate the same findings with their participants. This study evaluated the effects of the procedure on three participants under the age of three. Only one of the three demonstrated expanded language while the other two did not. These results are consistent with those of Smith and Ross, but conflict with those found by Olive et al. |
|
|
144. Effect of a Lag Schedule of Positive Reinforcement on Sharing Toys by a Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: A recent review (in preparation) of applied studies of lag and lag-like schedules of reinforcement on verbal and non-verbal behavior of children with developmental disabilities (e.g. Lee & Sturmey) suggests lag schedules may increase variant responding in individuals with autism. Sharing leisure items is an important skill for young children that sets the occasion for enjoyable interactions with, and learning from, other children. Lag schedules may have clinical utility in the treatment of restricted interests by children with autism manifested as a reduced tendency to relinquish preferred items to others in social activities (i.e. sharing toy cars). Using an ABAB design, we examined the effects of a lag 1 schedule of reinforcement in the form of attention on sharing toys by a boy with Autism. Preliminary data showed increased variant responding in the form of sharing different toys concurrent with the presence of the lag schedule. Implications and other potential uses of lag schedules for behavior intervention are discussed. Key words: Lag schedule, variability, Autism, sharing |
|
|
145. Assessment of Motor and Vocal Imitation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELAINE ESPANOLA (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Imitation has been established as being vital in both the social and intellectual domains of development and the general acquisition of skills throughout the lifespan. Appropriately, researchers have focused on understanding the development of these skills and have been able to tentatively identify the natural trajectory by which imitative skills are acquired throughout the first and second year of life. These studies have also identified imitation deficits in overall imitation abilities, oral-facial imitation, and imitation of gestures in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. However, to date, findings from imitation scales have not been used to inform clinicians in the formulation of interventions that target imitation skills. Consequently, clinicians do not have clear protocol for choosing appropriate target imitative behavior. Emphasizing the lack of an experimentally validated protocol for arranging imitation tasks in a hierarchal order. The present study expects that Motor and Vocal Imitation Assessment (MVIA) will provide: an empirically validated procedure for ordering imitation tasks by difficulty, and an understanding of the correlation between imitation and other developmental areas. |
|
|
146. Anxiety Presentation and Assessment in Nonhuman Primates: Implications for Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
HEATHER GONZALES (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (Texas State University), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), Giulio Lancioni (University of Bari), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Deanna Longino (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Anxiety is increasingly being recognized as an issue for many individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Current instruments for assessing anxiety rely largely on verbal report, making them difficult or impossible to administer to individuals with ASD who can have significantly limited language development. Developing instruments for assessing anxiety that are created specifically for people with ASD and that emphasize nonverbal behaviors could improve the ability of clinicians to recognize, and thereby treat, anxiety in this population. Elements of nonhuman primate research on anxiety, including methodologies used to provoke anxiety and the behavioral indicators used to identify it might prove relevant to the study of anxiety in individuals with ASD who have limited verbal repertoires. This poster will summarize experimental research on anxiety involving nonhuman primate subjects since the year 2000. Within the 67 studies included, 18 unique types of experimental protocols and 58 behavioral indicators of anxiety were identified. The possible relevance of these experimental protocols and behavioral indicators to the assessment of anxiety among individuals with ASD with significantly limited language development will be discussed. |
|
|
147. Emotion Regulation in Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Current Literature and Future Directions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
KENDRA THOMSON (York University), Lisa Chan (York University), Jonathan Weiss (York University) |
Abstract: Emotion regulation (ER) difficulties are a common factor underlying the presentation of multiple emotional and behavioral problems in typically developing individuals and those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The goal of this systematic review was to provide an overview of how ER has been studied in individuals with ASD. We reviewed the past 20 years of ER research in the ASD population, using established keywords from the most comprehensive ER literature review in the typically developing population to date. Twenty-four studies were determined to be eligible for review, out of an initial sampling of 244. The types of methods used to assess ER in individuals with ASD included self-report, informant report, naturalistic observation/behaviour coding, physiological, and open-ended. Results indicated that naturalistic observation/behavioral coding methods were used in over 50% of the studies, but lacked consistency in terms of operational definitions of ER and measures of reliability and validity. Findings suggest that further research is needed to determine how to best define and assess ER in children with ASD, which will also have important clinical implications in terms of effective treatment of emotional difficulties in this population. |
|
|
148. The Effects of Free and Restricted Access to Stereotypy on Subsequent Teaching Sessions of a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN E VOSTERS (UW-Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Marshall L. Dermer (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tamara S. Kasper (The Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: Engaging in motor or vocal stereotypy often prohibits learning among children with autism. Recent literature suggests that allowing free access to stereotypy immediately prior to instructional periods may result in temporary satiation of sensory reinforcers associated with stereotypy. This results in greater engagement in teaching sessions relative to sessions preceded by periods in which stereotypy is restricted. This study replicated those procedures by comparing a childs responsiveness to a play intervention preceded by periods in which stereotypy was either permitted or restricted. Results indicate that allowing access to stereotypy may increase sensitivity to instructional programming. |
|
|
149. Parent-Implemented Behavioral Interventions for Stereotypy: Some Long-Term Effects |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Marc J. Lanovaz ( Université de Montréal ), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), MALENA ARGUMEDES (Université de Montréal ), Isabella Maciw (Université de Montréal ), Catherine Dorion (Université de Montréal ), �milie Pr�gent-Pelletier (Université de Montréal ) |
Abstract: Prior research on using behavioral interventions to reduce engagement in stereotypy in children with autism and other developmental disabilities is limited insofar as researchers generally used personnel with formal training in education, psychology, or behavior analysis (e.g., clinical staff, paraprofessionals, research assistants) to assess their effects. Thus, the purpose of our study was to replicate and extend previous research on using multi-component behavioral interventions designed to reduce engagement in stereotypy by examining their long-term effects when implemented by parents. We alternated probe sessions within a single-case experimental design and measured the effects of parent-implemented behavioral interventions for stereotypy in 4 children with autism and other developmental disabilities. The parent-implemented interventions reduced at least one form of stereotypy in all 4 participants and increased engagement in an appropriate behavior in 3 participants. These effects persisted up to 24 weeks following the parent training sessions. Altogether, the results support (a) the involvement of parents as behavior change agents to reduce engagement in stereotypy and (b) the scheduling of regular, but infrequent (i.e., weekly to monthly), follow-up meetings to monitor the effects of behavioral interventions in outpatient and home-based service delivery models. |
|
|
150. Evaluation of Matched Stimulation in the Treatment of Self-Injury: Matching by Type and Location |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JILLIAN E. MCCANCE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Caitlin Shea Peplinski (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee ), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Providing access to matched forms of stimulation can effectively reduce automatically maintained SIB. However, access to stimulation is likely insufficient to reduce SIB unless that stimulation is consumed in a similar manner to SIB (e.g., providing a vibrating massager to compete with head hitting is likely to be effective only if the individual applies that massager to the same location on their head as SIB is typically directed). The current study evaluated the importance of matched "location" of stimulation with an 11-year-old girl with autism who was referred for self-injurious body hitting. We compared rates of body hits during conditions in which location-matched stimulation was provided (i.e., continuous physical contact to her elbow) relative to conditions in which location-not-matched stimulation was provided (i.e., continuous physical contact with her head) and no stimulation. The location-matched stimulation resulted in the complete elimination of body hits whereas the non-matched stimulation was identical to no-stimulation. We then evaluated the effects of location-matched stimulation under extended noncontingent reinforcement conditions then taught the participant to vocally request the relevant stimulation. |
|
|
151. Assessment and Treatment of Chronic Rumination Emitted by a Young Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JULYSE MIGAN-GANDONOU (Florida International University), Yanerys Leon (Florida International University), Janice Coronel (Florida International University), Melissa Almario (Florida International University), Genevieve Macia (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Rumination is reported to occur in 6-10% of individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of contingent oral hygiene on rumination of individuals living in an institutional setting (Foxx et al., 1979). This study extends previous research by a) incorporating a stimulus-avoidance assessment, b) fading the intrusiveness and decreasing the duration of the intervention, and c) evaluating transfer of treatment across settings and caregivers. The participant was a 9-year-old boy with autism. We conducted a functional analysis screening (Querim et al., 2013); results of which indicated rumination was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Next we conducted a stimulus avoidance assessment (Fisher et al, 1994) to identify a hierarchy of potential punishers. Tooth-brushing with toothpaste produced the highest avoidance-index. During treatment, rumination resulted in contingent tooth-brushing for 30 s and resulted in a 98% decrease relative to baseline. Following this phase, we evaluated the effect of the item that produced the lowest avoidance-index (Listerine spray) and rumination remained at near zero levels. Finally, rumination remained at near-zero levels during transfer of treatment across two settings and four caregivers. Results are consistent with previous research in demonstrating the effectiveness of contingent oral hygiene for the treatment of chronic rumination. |
|
|
152. An Evaluation of Sensory Breaks With and Without Differential Reinforcement to Reduce Stereotypy in an Applied Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLIN BALKA (The Ivymount School), Sara L. Kuperstein (The Ivymount School) |
Abstract: Sensory Integration Therapy is one of the most common interventions delivered to children with autism spectrum disorders; however, there are few studies that employ methodological rigor that support the effectiveness of Sensory Integration Therapy. The purpose of the current study was to experimentally evaluate the effectiveness of Sensory Integration Therapy (sensory breaks) with and without differential reinforcement to reduce stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement for an 8 year-old boy with autism. The setting was a self-contained classroom for students with multiple learning needs. After conducting an evaluation, the occupational therapist recommended several options for sensory breaks that were hypothesized to match the stimulation the student was seeking by engaging in stereotypy. A reversal design was employed to evaluate rates of stereotypy with no intervention in place, with scheduled sensory breaks, with differential reinforcement of other behavior, or with sensory breaks plus differential reinforcement of other behavior. Rates of stereotypy with sensory breaks revealed rates of stereotypy that were similar to no intervention. Data revealed that differential reinforcement of other behavior alone was effective in reducing stereotypy to low, stable rates. This study provides empirical research regarding the efficacy of sensory breaks in a classroom setting. |
|
|
153. Identifying and Assessing Treatment Stimuli for the Treatment of Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANALISE A. HERRERA-MINTEER (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Stephanie Sheridan (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Michelle L. Anderson (Florida Institute of Technology), Sarah Hardison (Advanced Behavioral Concepts) |
Abstract: This study extended the research on the selection of treatment stimuli for the treatment of stereotypy. The participants in this study were 3 children with autism. Experiment 1 extended the research on the functional assessment of stereotypy and methods for selecting suitable treatment stimuli. We demonstrated the persistence of the target behavior in the absence of social reinforcement and the impact of the availability of toy stimuli on levels of stereotypy using reversal methodology. Access to toy stimuli reduced stereotypy slightly but the availability of toy stimuli was not sufficient to reduce stereotypy to socially acceptable levels. Experiment 2 evaluated the immediate and subsequent effects of environmental enrichment (EE) and EE plus response cost (EE+RC) procedures on stereotypy using a two-component multi-element design. Environmental enrichment alone was effective for one participant and EE+RC was also effective for the same participant with different materials. During the second component of the EE+RC sequence, engagement in stereotypy was higher than in the control sequence for two participants. The results of this study demonstrated the importance of selecting treatment stimuli based on both preference and impact on stereotypy, as well as the utility and limitations of EE and EE+RC as treatments for stereotypy. |
|
|
154. Function-Based Behavior Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders in Japan:A Pilot Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KOHEI TOGASHI (Individual), Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: Function-based behavior intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) are demonstrated to be effective for reducing problem behavior and for increasing desirable behavior. The purpose of the study was two-fold: 1) to review the published studies on functional behavior assessment (FBA) and experimental functional analysis (EFA), and 2) to conduct a pilot survey on practitioners who work with children with ASDs about their use of EFA in Japan. Single case studies throughout 2013 from four Japanese academic journals were included in the literature review. 45 professionals participated in the pilot survey. The results of the literature review indicated that although there is increasing number of single case studies that adopt FBA, only few studies utilize EFA. The pilot survey indicated 13.3% of the practitioners reported that they have experience conducting EFA. The participants in the pilot survey were not selected in a manner that ensures random selection or representative of the Japanese professionals who work with children with ASDs. Hence, the use of EFA in applied field remain in an exploratory stage of investigation. |
|
|
155. Using Differential Reinforcement to Replace Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICE M. WALKUP (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Children with autism often receive intervention in which there is a ratio of one instructor per learner. When it is time for services to be reduced, dependency on this individualized attention and prompting to remain engaged often becomes apparent. It is suggested that learners gradually increase their ability to wait for assistance and learn to rely on other cues to remain engaged in independent activities and tasks. This study involves a seven year old student with autism who did not consistently display an ability to independently engage in tasks or semi-structured activities. When faced with a task component he found challenging, and adult assistance was not immediately available, he would engage in problem behavior. Appropriate replacement behaviors were identified and data was collected on the interreponse time of the occurrence of problem behavior. Data analysis indicates that the differential reinforcement (DRO) procedure was successful in increasing the duration of time the student was able to remain actively engaged in independent tasks. |
|
|
156. Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviour for the Reduction of Severe Nail Biting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LOUISE HEFFERNAN (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research), Danielle Lyons (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research) |
Abstract: The effects of a differential reinforcement procedure were investigated for the treatment of severe self-injurious nail biting in an individual diagnosed with autism. A Functional Behaviour Assessment identified that the behaviour was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A comprehensive preference assessment was also conducted in order to identify possible sensory reinforcers that would provide the individual with similar, competing sensory stimulation as the nail biting. The results indicate that the nail biting was successfully reduced, and maintained near zero levels following the implementation of a rule following procedure for having calm hands (DRO) and access to preferred competing sensory stimuli. The sensory stimuli were presented in the form of choice between different containers filled with sensory materials that the individual could access for a pre-determined amount of time. Further research on the application of differential reinforcement procedures and sensory reinforcement for self-injurious nail biting maintained by automatic reinforcement is warranted in order to further evaluate this studies effectiveness. |
|
|
157. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Non-Contextual and Idiosyncratic Speech for a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY MACKALL (Virginia Institute of Autism), Emily Huber Callahan (Virginia Institute of Autism), Erin Bland (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display inappropriate social behaviors including repetitive, non-contextual, or idiosyncratic speech. These behaviors can be disruptive, and can have a negative impact on an individuals ability to integrate in social and community settings (Koegel, Koegel & Frea, 1992). If the variables maintaining inappropriate social behaviors (e.g., non-contextual speech) can be identified, this information could help in the development of interventions to improve social outcomes. Previous research has demonstrated that functional analysis methodology has been successful in determining the maintaining variables of such speech patterns. (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003). This poster describes an analog functional analysis and subsequent intervention to address non-contextual and idiosyncratic speech for a nine-year-old boy with ASD. During the functional analysis, five conditions were alternated in a multielement design, after conducting an initial probe to determine relevant conditions. Treatment includes DRA + Extinction, and subsequently, the addition of differential reinforcement of low rates of behavior. |
|
|
158. A Comparison of Staff Training Procedures Using Teacher Performance and Rate Accuracy (TPRA) and TPRA Paired With Video |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), GRETCHEN S. GRUNDON (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: Repetitive, stereotypic behaviors often interfere with or replace appropriate toy play for children with autism spectrum disorders. In order to reduce and limit stereotypic behavior and increase appropriate play, toy conditioning procedures have been effective. It is imperative that staff working with children using toy conditioning procedures understand and have the ability to implement the strategy with fidelity. This study tested the effectiveness of two training and coaching models for teaching interventionist level staff to implement toy conditioning procedures. Six behavior interventionists delivering instruction to learners with autism in their homes were participants for this study. All participants were observed implementing toy conditioning procedures with a preschool aged child with autism while a supervisor recorded data using the TPRA (Teacher Performance and Rate Accuracy) on the childs appropriate play and the participants correct implementation of reinforcement or correction procedures during 20 5-second intervals, using whole interval recording. Three of the participants were given feedback using data from the TPRA as a guide for coaching. Three additional participants were given feedback with TPRA and also observed themselves implementing the procedure on video. The study compared the effectiveness of feedback with the TPRA alone and feedback with TPRA paired with video coaching. |
|
|
159. The Effects of a Peer-mediated Intervention on Social Competence of Children with ASD |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSE MARTINEZ (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida), Brittany Werch (University of Florida), Kaycee Reese (University of Florida), Kathryn Marsh (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Social competence is a critical developmental feature essential for succeeding in life as it allows one to effectively carry out interpersonal goals. As children interact with others, social competence skills begin to develop early and continue to evolve throughout their lives. Although many individuals develop social skills without explicit instruction, for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) the acquisition of social skills can be quite challenging. Without learning the skills needed to successfully interact with others in their environment, children with ASD are at a distinct disadvantage in accessing critical learning opportunities required for success later in their lives. This poster will present findings from an assessment-based peer-mediated intervention designed to increase social competence skills in children with ASD in school settings. The overall aim of the intervention is to increase the ability of children with ASD to engage in reciprocal social interactions with their peers in school-based environments. In order to achieve that goal, four children with autism were paired with a socially competent peer in order to form four dyads. Peers were taught to use evocative socials skills (e.g., comment) that effectively engage in reciprocal social interactions with the children with ASD. Data are currently being collected and findings will be presented and discussed in terms of implications for peer-mediated school-based interventions. |
|
|
160. The Effects of a Self-Management System, I-Connect, on Escape-Motivated Behavior of a Secondary Student With Autism in a High School Classroom |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LACHELLE CLEMONS (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Ben A Mason (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Many studies have indicated that self-management is an effective strategy for teaching individuals with autism to manage their own behaviors (Strain, et al., 2011; Todd & Reid, 2006; Wehmeyer, Yeager, Bolding, Agran, & Hughes, 2003). Furthermore, self-management strategies have been shown to increase student engagement when applied in both clinical and natural settings (Southall & Gast, 2011; Strain, Wilson, & Dunlap, 2011). An ABAB withdrawal design was employed with a secondary student diagnosed with autism in a public school to assess the effects of a self-monitoring package, I-Connect, during academic sessions. The results of the intervention on the students on-task behavior were: baseline data of the percentage of intervals on-task behavior ranged from 55-71% across all sessions, with a mean percentage of intervals off-task at 63%. When the intervention was implemented, on-task behavior increased to 97-99% of intervals recorded with a mean of 98.2%. During the return to baseline phase, on-task behavior decreased to 63-75% with a mean of 71.6%. Intervention was reintroduced to determine if there was a functional relationship between the increase in on-task behavior and the independent variables. During the second phase of intervention, on-task behavior increased to 93-100%, with a mean of 98%. |
|
|
161. The Effects of a Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedure on the Acquisition of Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Book Stimuli in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), MATTHEW CARBONE (Verbal Behavior Associates), Gretchen S. Grundon (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for observing book stimuli. We used a multiple baseline design across three children with autism. The study was conducted in self-contained special day classrooms located in a school district within a major metropolitan area. Pre-intervention probes revealed that none of the participants observed books during a five-minute free play session. Next, a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure was implemented to condition observing books stimuli as a reinforcer. Following mastery of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure, all three participants acquired conditioned reinforcement for observing book stimuli. The results of this study support prior research that children can acquire conditioned reinforcement for books using a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure (Nuzzolo-Gomez, R., Leonard, M.A., Ortiz, E., Rivera-Valdes, C.L., & Greer, R.D., 2002; Tsai, H., & Greer, R.D., 2006). |
|
|
162. Teaching Games to Young Children With Autism Using Video Modeling and Restricted Interests |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SUNHWA JUNG (Otterbein University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Teaching play skills can enhance appropriate play skills and positive social interactions with peers, and decrease inappropriate behavior of children with ASD. This study was conducted to investigate the effectiveness of a video modeling intervention with the use of special interests on increasing the engagement with games and with peers for three young children with autism. A multiple-probe design across three subjects was employed. The children's restricted interests were embedded into a video modeling intervention and games. The results indicated that all three children with autism demonstrated increased engagement with the games and social engagement with their peers. In addition, the inappropriate behavior of these children dramatically decreased with the intervention as a collateral effect. The effects were maintained during follow-up and generalized to a novel game. IOA data were collected for average 40.3 % of the sessions throughout all conditions and the mean agreements were 96 %. Social validity data indicated that the study was meaningful and the intervention was feasible and effective. This study supports the use of the special interests of children with autism and that strength-based interventions may be an effective means for teaching play skills and facilitating spontaneous and interactive play. |
|
|
163. An Analysis of the Effects of Antecedent Exercise on Maladaptive Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DIANE MELICK (The Aurora School), Laura Cwynar (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that exercise used as an antecedent condition is associated with a reduction of maladaptive behaviors, such as aggression and stereotypical behavior, of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Maladaptive behaviors can interfere with learning and lead to more restrictive educational and residential placements. This study used a parametric research design to examine the effect of exercise on the behavior of three students ages 14, 17, and 19 years old, having a diagnosis of ASD. Students walked on a treadmill while wearing a heart rate monitor to track their level of exertion. Results will be analyzed to determine the effect of different durations of exercise, as well as the effect of varying the level of intensity of exercise. If a reduction in maladaptive behavior is observed, the duration of the effect will be reported. Implications for the use of antecedent exercise in schools and community-based programs will be discussed. |
|
|
164. Comparing the Effectiveness of Social Stories and Video Modelling on Social Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CEYDA TURHAN (Uludag University), Sezgin Vuran (Anadolu University Egitim Fakultesi) |
Abstract: The aim of this study is to compare the effectiveness of social stories and video modelling while teaching social skills to three children with autism spectrum disorders. The skills of playing independently were targeted to be increased in this study. Participants were 6 years old in this study. An alternating treatment desing was used to compare social stories and video modelling. Further more, social validities of the study was investigated by asking opinions of the children's mothers.The results of the study showed that video modelling is a more effective model while teaching social stories. |
|
|
165. The Effects of Ipad Based Video Modelling for Teaching Self-Care Skills to a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Esin Pektas (Anadolu University), ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University) |
Abstract: Visual support and tools have been used effectively for teaching various skills and regulating daily lives of children with autism spectrum disorders. Videomodelling as a one of the visual support strategies has been used commonly in teaching children with autism spectrum disorders. Literature also has shown the effective use of ipad (Kagohara et al., 2013). Technologies for teaching children with autism spectrum disorders. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of iPad based videomodelling in teaching three self-care skills to children with autism spectrum disorders. A four-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorders is the participant of the study. The study was designed with a multiple probe design across behaviors. Baseline, intervention, maintenance, and generalization sessions were conducted in the study. In addition to that, the social validity of the study was investigated by conducting interview with the mother s of the participant. The study is still in progress and the findings will be shared with the audience during presentation. |
|
|
166. Utilizing a Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) Model of Assessment and Progress-Monitoring for Supplemental Class-Wide Academic Interventions in an Autism Support Program. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SANDRA F. KOKOLIS (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants at Rowan University) |
Abstract: Behavior Analyst Consultants administered survey-level Curriculum-Based Assessments (CBA) to determine baseline fluency measures across multiple academic skills including Early Literacy, Oral Reading, Reading Comprehension, Mathematics Computation, Spelling, and Written Expression, and to inform focused supplemental academic support programming. Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) data collected to evaluate the selected evidence-based interventions suggested notable improvement for all students in most targeted curricular domains. Treatment Acceptability measures suggested high levels of satisfaction by educators and parents. |
|
|
167. A Peer Mediated Social Interaction Intervention For Toddlers With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBYN MATSUMOTO (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: For children with autism, acquiring the skill set and knowledge necessary for interacting positively
and successfully with peers is a challenge. Previous research has shown that peer mediated approaches
have been one of the most effective types of social intervention for school age children with autism. The
present study examined the effectiveness of a peer mediated play intervention for increasing socialization skills in 3 toddlers, under the age of three, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). There were
three male participants diagnosed with autism and each were paired with a typical peer model, either of
the same age or slightly older. By creating an intervention that teaches children the topography and
function of play, the opportunities to interact with their peers may increase and lead to more positive
peer interactions and promote more opportunities of appropriate play for the future. The data indicate
that toddlers with autism can increase their joint attention, social behavior and vocalizations when
paired with typical peer models who have been coached as play partners. |
|
|
168. A Comparison of Different Error-Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition During Discrete Trial Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), BRAD JOACHIM (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Nicole Robinson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: A variety of error-correction procedures exist for educators to implement during discrete trial instruction (DTI) with children with autism. Research examining the relative effectiveness of different error-correction procedures, however, is sparse. In the current study we compared the effects of four commonly used error-correction procedures on skill acquisition for two children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and two children who engaged in chronic and severe problem behavior. The results showed that for each participant multiple error-correction procedures were effective; however, for each participant one or two specific error-correction procedures led to more efficient skill acquisition. In general, participants acquired the target skills in the fewest number of teaching sessions during an error-correction procedure that consisted of re-presenting a trial following an error until the participant engaged in a correct independent response. Overall, the findings of the current study suggest that it is important to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of different error-correction procedures for an individual learner during DTI. |
|
|
169. How Can Video Modeling be Used to Increase Independence and Decrease Prompt Dependency in Students With Autism? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JILL SCIONTI (Eden II The Genesis School) |
Abstract: Video modeling is an effective and evidence based instructional strategy that positively supports the improvement of independence, generalization and maintenance of skills and reduction of prompt dependency. Created in the image of Albert Banduras observational learning techniques, observers imitate the positively reinforced behaviors of the models in recorded videos, even when a reinforcer is not present. Target behaviors and skills in areas of academics, daily living, social, communication and many others can be addressed and improved through observational learning in video modeling. Various video modeling strategies such as peer, adult and self-models as well as point of view and mixed models can be implemented to support individual learning preferences. Utilizing various sources of technology as well as a single stimulus will reduce distractions and support the advancement of positive behaviors and skills. Video models can be used for skill acquisition, antecedent based strategies, self-regulating and as interactive schedules tools. Observational learning and imitating appropriate behaviors and skills through video modeling is a highly effective instructional technique that supports student learning, independence, generalization and overall success. |
|
|
170. Video Self-Modeling as an Intervention to Increase the Social Skills of a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN SANTALY (Hofstra University), Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: There is a growing body of research depicting the effectiveness of Video Self-Modeling (VSM) as an intervention in improving various areas of functioning for children with autism spectrum disorders, particularly in the area of social and communication skills. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of VSM in improving the social skills of a child with autism spectrum disorder and to expand upon previous research on VSM by measuring successful social interactions with peers and adults. This study found that VSM was successful in significantly improving the social skills of a student with autism. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
Some Musings on Automatic Reinforcement: Central Concept, Controversial Status |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Jessica L. Sassi, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica L. Sassi (New England Center for Children) |
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (The New England Center for Children) |
William H. Ahearn, Ph.D. and BCBA-D, joined The New England Center for Children (NECC) in August 1996, and currently serves at NECC as the director of research. He is also an adjunct faculty member for Western New England University's master's and doctoral programs in applied behavior analysis. Currently, Dr. Ahearn serves as the president of the Board of Directors for the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts. Formerly, he served as president of the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy. He was named the 2009 American Psychological Association--Division 25 awardee for Enduring Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research. Dr. Ahearn's research interests include social skills in children with autism, verbal behavior, assessment and treatment of stereotypy, severe problem behavior, and pediatric feeding difficulties. He also is interested in resistance to change, behavioral economics, and conditioned reinforcement. His work has been published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioral Interventions, Behavior Modification, The Lancet, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders and he has written book chapters on teaching children with autism and pediatric feeding problems in children with autism. He is currently the editor-in-chief for Behavioral Interventions and is on the editorial boards for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and The Behavior Analyst. |
Abstract: Automatic reinforcement is a controversial topic. Skinner (1957) described automatic contingencies in Verbal Behavior as an important concept relative to complex human behavior. However, empirical evidence relative to the existence of automatically reinforced behavior is scant. Vaughan and Michael (1982) described automatic reinforcement as referring to three types of functional relations and practitioners have operated on the assumption that automatic reinforcement, as in producing sensory consequences, provides a helpful context for crafting more effective intervention. However, problem behavior that is automatically reinforced is thought to be persistent and challenging to alter across the lifespan. This presentation will explore whether automatic reinforcement actually provides a useful account of behavior that clearly offers pragmatic value to behavior analysis and its successful application. Whether behavior, referred to as automatically reinforced, is operant, respondent, or adjunctive in nature also will be discussed. |
Target Audience: Anyone interested in autism and behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Describe the concept of automatic reinforcement as having three usages (i.e., describes three types of functional relations); (2) Describe whether there is evidence that automatically reinforced behavior is operant in nature; (3) Describe whether automatic reinforcement is a useful concept in behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): autism, best practice, treatment |
|
|
|
|
We Must Be Doing Something Right: The Achievements and Bright Future of Contingency Management |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: BPH/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anthony DeFulio (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Anthony DeFulio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Over 50 years of research supports the view that drug taking is operant behavior, and that behavior analytic principles and procedures can be therapeutically applied to the problem of drug abuse. The core of the "contingency management" approach to reinforcing drug abstinence is to deliver material goods or services contingent upon biologically verifiable evidence of drug abstinence. Such interventions are especially notable in that (1) they now stand out as the most effective psychosocial approach to drug abuse treatment; and (2) no other application of behavior analysis has been so thoroughly tested in randomized controlled trials, the gold standard for medical research. This symposium will cover previous and ongoing research related to the contingency management, and is intended to be highly accessible for the uninitiated, as well as informative and enjoyable for those with experience in the area. The first presentation will include reviews of early studies of drug self-administration and randomized controlled trials of the contingency management approach to drug abuse treatment. The second presentation will describe current efforts to disseminate contingency management and expand the targets of the interventions broadly throughout behavioral medicine. Our esteemed discussant will then offer his thoughts on the history and future of contingency management. |
Keyword(s): Addiction, Contingency Management, Drug Abuse, Financial Incentives |
|
A Brief History of Contingency Management in the Treatment of Drug Addiction |
ANTHONY DEFULIO (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: The idea that individuals struggling with drug abuse could be successfully treated by paying them when they abstain from drug use seems farfetched, at least to some people. But this unique approach is based on decades of research demonstrating unequivocally that drug use is sensitive to its consequences. This presentation will begin with a review of laboratory precursors to contingency management, including dramatic studies that demonstrate the lethality of drugs of abuse, the cross-species generality of addiction to many drugs, and the amazing power of money in shifting choices away from drug use. We will then turn to randomized controlled trials (RCT) of contingency management that have demonstrated the efficacy of this approach in drug abuse treatment. Although foreign to most behavior analysts, the use of RCTs has been critical to the success of contingency management in gaining support in the academic medical community and in national agencies in the US and abroad. This presentation will feature a guided tour of RCTs that have been conducted over the last 30 years showing that contingency management can be effective in addressing a variety of drug abuse problems, with an emphasis on a contingency management intervention called the Therapeutic Workplace. |
|
The Dissemination and Expansion of Contingency Management |
LEONARDO F. ANDRADE (University of Connecticut School of Medicine), Nancy M. Petry (University of Connecticut School of Medicine) |
Abstract: On the heels of the successes of contingency management interventions in randomized controlled trials, substantial efforts have been made to disseminate contingency management interventions. Some dissemination efforts have relied on promoting the use of contingency management via the existing treatment infrastructure, especially outpatient drug abuse treatment clinics. Prize-contingency management, for example, is being instituted in VA clinics nationwide. Other efforts have focused on the development of technologies that allow for electronic distribution of contingency management interventions. Benefits and challenges of these methods will be discussed. In addition to the dissemination of contingency management as a drug abuse treatment, contingency management researchers have increasingly turned their attention to new behavioral targets in an effort to explore the broad utility of the contingency management approach in preventive medicine. A guided tour of these expansion efforts will be presented, with special focus on the target of exercise. In summary, this presentation will highlight efforts to disseminate contingency management as a drug abuse treatment and as a smoking cessation treatment, and illustrate how the same kinds of methods used to treat drug abuse can be applied to other preventive medicine targets, including diet and exercise, self-monitoring in diabetes, vaccination, and medication adherence. |
|
|
|
|
Music and the Behavior of the Listener: Theoretical Propositions and Future Research Directions. |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: The human experience of music is encountered in all corners of the world, and is intertwined with an almost infinite number of cultural practices. The current symposium examines the relationship of music to complex psychological experience from a functional contextualistic perspective. Three different papers will be presented examining different aspects of investigating this area. The first paper examines ways in which emotional avoidance can be studied with respect to its effects on listening to evocative musical material. The second paper explores in more depth possible ways of studying how music could potentially be utilized to enhance the psychological flexibility of the listener. The third study reviews a portion of the existing literature on the various structural components of a musical piece and proposes possible research avenues to investigating these topics from a perspective that emphasizes the functional aspects of the musical experience. These presentations serve as an introduction to a developing research program on the functions and effects of music, with early research results expected in the near future. |
Keyword(s): Emotional avoidance, Music Research, Psychological Flexibility |
|
The Effects of Emotional Avoidance on Complex Human Experience: Developing Empirical Strategies. |
BRENTON ABADIE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Experiential avoidance is a concept that has been the focus of clinical and theoretical interest to clinical behavior analysis for decades. Experiential avoidance has been described as "the tendency to alter the type, length, or occurrence of negative private events (thoughts, feelings, memories, somatic sensations, etc.) and the situations in which they may occur" (Gird & Zettle, 2009, p. 537). Experiential avoidance has been proposed as a possible underlying factor of numerous psychological problems and subjective distress. Recent research has investigated the possible relationship of emotional avoidance to the subjective experience of physical pain, uncomfortable perceptual experience, and dysphoric mood. While these studies have shed some light on the effects of emotional avoidance, additional research may be helpful to investigate how emotional avoidance may impact the experience of, and response to, complex psychological events. One specific possible direction may be a precise and thorough study of the effects of emotional avoidance on the behavior of the listener of evocative music. This paper presents possible directions of empirical research examining music listening choices as a function of levels of experiential avoidance as well as suggestions for how music can serve as a facilitator of psychological flexibility. |
|
The Psychological Experience of Music: Tool for Emotional Avoidance or Facilitator of Psychological Flexibility? Yes! |
SKYLAR FUSILIER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Brenton Abadie (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Music can serve a variety of functions for human beings, ranging from being a tool for emotional avoidance, to a facilitator of social or cultural practices, or even serving as a method of contacting difficult psychological material. Given the wide range of musical forms and functions, it would seem plausible that a specific individual's behavior with respect to music is or would be influenced by his or her generalized learning history. For example, an individual with a general tendency towards emotional avoidance may choose to utilize music as a way of distraction from unpleasant psychological experience. At the same time, music, when encountered from the perspective of acceptance, can bring the listener into contact with a variety of emotional responses on a powerful immediate level. Thus, it remains an appealing empirical question as to whether the facilitation of acceptance-based music listening can be an effective tool for promoting psychological flexibility. This paper explores the potential power of music listening towards enhancing "willingness", and upcoming research endeavors to investigate these themes. |
|
Lyrical Content and Psychophysical Aspects of Music: A Discussion of Various Research Strategies |
JANNA M. BOURQUE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Brenton Abadie (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Music listening is an extremely complex psychological experience. For example, there are numerous components to the structure of a single song with lyrics. On the one hand, the music itself contains psychophysical dimensions. A psychophysical dimension of music has been defined as "any property of sound that can be perceived independent of musical experience, knowledge, or enculturation" (Balkwill & Thompson, 1999, p. 44). These components can include tempo, timbre, pitch, and loudness. In addition, the lyrical content of a song can interact with a complex set of historical variables influencing the behavior of the listener. These various components of music have been examined by previous research, but mostly from the perspective of precise description and structural analysis. However, from a functional contextualistic perspective, what is of particular interest are the functions that these components may serve for a useful behavior analysis of a given individual. This paper proposes several possible research directions for investigating the specific units of music and their influence on the experience of the listener, such as, for example, "peak experiences" for them or lyrical preference. |
|
|
|
|
Procedural Modifications to Increase the Accuracy and Efficiency of Functional Analysis |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional Analysis(FA) of problem behavior (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) is an effective means of determining the maintaining variables of problem behavior (e.g., Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013) and is an essential part of effective clinical treatment for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Hagopian, Dozier, Rooker, & Jones, 2013). Although FAs are often effective at determining the function of problem behavior, two current directions of FA research involve making FA results more accurate and making FAs more efficient. The papers in this symposium address this research by: 1) comparing FAs where consequences are placed on a single response or on multiple responses, 2) developing procedures to assess whether some individuals escape to other events rather than escape from demands in the FA demand condition, and 3) evaluation brief FA procedures. Taken together, these data suggest that small modifications to the FA procedures may make this procedure more accurate and efficient. Interobserver agreement is sufficient and data collection is complete for all three studies. |
Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Methodology, Problem Behavior, Undifferentiated Outcomes |
|
Within-Subject Comparison of Single and Multiple Topography Functional Analysis Outcomes |
GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Jennett (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School
), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional analysis of problem behavior (FA; Iwata et al., 1982/1994) is an effective means to determine the maintaining variables of problem behavior for individuals with intellectual disabilities (IDD). When individuals engage in multiple topographies of problem behavior, conducting an FA by programming consequences for all topographies of problem behaviors in each test condition may sometimes be an appropriate practice for identifying the function of these responses (Derby et al., 1994). However, in some cases, providing programmed consequences for all topographies of behavior that occur in an FA test condition may inadvertently mask the function of some responses (Asmus et al., 2003). In the current study, the outcome of two concurrent FAs (with consequences on single and multiple topographies of problem behavior) were compared to determine the extent to which conducting an FA where multiple topographies of problem behavior receive consequences obscured FA outcomes and delayed identification of function for three individuals with IDD. Results for some problem behaviors indicated that multiple topography FAs may obscure FA outcomes and that single topography FAs may be better able to determine a function when undifferentiated outcomes are obtained. Reliability data were collected in at least 25% of sessions and averaged 98.1% across participants. |
|
Identifying Potential Positive Reinforcement Contingencies during the Functional Analysis Escape Condition |
KEVIN J. SCHLICHENMEYER (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School
), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Jason M Keeler (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: For 3 participants, an initial functional analysis indicated that problem behavior was maintained by escape from demands. During the escape interval, participants were frequently engaged in alternative activities (i.e., flopping, stereotypy, or climbing on furniture), suggesting that their problem behavior may have been maintained by positive reinforcement (i.e., access to these alternative behaviors) instead of or in addition to negative reinforcement (i.e., escape from demands). To examine this possibility, we conducted an additional functional analysis that included 3 modified conditions: continuous access to the alternative response with no demands, continuous access to the alternative response combined with continuous demands, and continuous interruption of the alternative response combined with continuous demands. For all participants, high levels of problem behavior occurred when continuous access to the alternative response was combined with continuous demands, and one of these participants also showed higher levels during the continuous interruption of the alternative response combined with continuous demands condition. These data suggest that problem behavior maintained by escape may also be maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of access to alternative behavior that is freely available during the escape interval. Reliability data were collected for 25% of sessions and averaged 97% across participants. |
|
Evaluation of an Abbreviated Functional Analysis and Treatment Assessment |
BRAD ASSENZIO (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Although functional analyses are considered best practice for identifying the function of problem behavior, clinicians have expressed concern regarding the time commitment required to complete them. The purpose of the current study was to extend previous work on brief functional analyses by assessing the utility of a functional analysis format that incorporates brief sessions, repeated measures, and a 25 min function-based treatment assessment. Five students with an autism spectrum disorder who exhibited problem behavior participated. Brief functional analysis and treatment sessions were only 5 min in duration, and no more than three sessions of each functional analysis condition were conducted. A multielement design was used to demonstrate experimental control during the functional analysis and treatment assessment. An abbreviated function-based treatment (i.e., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior), based on the maintaining variable identified by the brief functional analysis, was evaluated. For 3 of the 5 participants, a maintaining variable was identified in 75 minutes and a treatment was evaluated in 25 minutes. For 2 participants, an extended functional analysis was required to identify the maintaining variable for problem behavior. Reliability was calculated for 47% of sessions and averaged 96.4% |
|
|
|
|
Investigation of Interventions Targeting and Utilizing Repetitive Behaviors and Interests among Individuals with Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tara Wagner (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Repetitive, stereotyped, restrictive, and preservative patterns of interests and behaviors are a diagnostic feature of autism spectrum disorders. Such behaviors and interests can be disruptive to learning and may lead to social stigmatization. While interventions to reduce the negative effects of these behaviors are necessary, it may also be helpful to incorporate perseverative interests into treatment packages. In this symposium we present research regarding the treatments that target or make benefit of repetitive behaviors or interests of individuals with developmental disabilities. The first paper summarizes a systematic review of the literature aimed to reduce echolalia. Results indicate 18 interventions across the literature. Implications for practice will be discussed. The second paper investigates the effects of a token economy with and without tokens reflecting perseverative interests. Results indicate that the inclusion of perseverative interests improved the effectiveness of the token economy. The third paper evaluates the effects of four distinct interventions to reduce vocal stereotypy. The effects of the four treatments on vocal stereotypy, engagement, and problem behavior were compared utilizing a multielement design. Results indicate successful treatment choices, but the effects on other behaviors need to be considered. Collectively, studies present innovative treatment and uses of stereotypy and perseverative interests. |
Keyword(s): echolalia, perseverative interests, vocal stereotypy |
|
Interventions for the Treatment of Echolalia with Individuals with ASD: A Systematic Review |
ERICA STRICKLAND (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: This systematic review aimed to determine the effectiveness of different interventions for the treatment of echolalia and repetitive language in individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Echolalia and repetitive language can disrupt the learning process and impact the quality of life for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Because of this, it is critical to find effective interventions that decrease this behavior. The major features of 18 contemporary interventions are synthesized and reviewed in terms of treatment characteristics, design and measurement, and outcomes to analyze the effectiveness of these interventions. It is concluded that multiple interventions have a sound empirical basis and demonstrated effectiveness in the reduction of echolalia and repetitive language. Implications for practice and further research are discussed. |
|
Effects of a Perseverative Interest-Based Token Economy on Challenging and On-Task Behavior of a 7-year-old Boy with Autism |
TRACY RAULSTON (University of Oregon), Amarie Carnett (Victoria university of Wellington), Russell Lang (Texas State University), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Amy Tostanoski (Vanderbilt University), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Token economy interventions involve delivering small tangibles (e.g., tokens) contingent on the presence or absence of target behaviors, and then providing an opportunity to exchange a preset number of these tokens for back-up reinforcers. In this study, we compared the effects of a token economy intervention that either did or did not include tokens reflecting the perseverative interests of a 7-year-old boy with autism. Tokens were delivered contingent up 20 consecutive seconds of on-task behavior and back-up reinforcers could be obtained for every 10 tokens earned. An alternating treatment design revealed that the perseverative interest-based tokens were more effective at decreasing challenging behavior and increasing on-task behavior during an early literacy activity than tokens absent the perseverative interest. The beneficial effects were then replicated in the childs classroom. The results suggest that perseverative interest-based tokens might enhance the effectiveness of interventions based on token economies. Implications for practical application will be discussed. |
|
Comparisons of Treatments to Reduce Vocal Stereotypy in Children with Developmental Disabilities |
KELSEY HENRY (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Kally Amos (Baylor University), Rachel Scalzo (Baylor University), Emily Gregori (Baylor University), Sarah Turchan (Baylor University), Tamara Zoch (Baylor University), Tara Wagner (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy is common among children with developmental disabilities and can result in disruption of task engagement and learning as well as social exclusion. In this study we compared the effects of four treatments to reduce vocal stereotypy: (a) response interruption and redirection(RIRD), (b) differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), (c) noncontingent access to music, and (d) noncontingent access to recording of participant’s own vocal stereotypy. During RRID, the participant was required to follow two simple instructions contingent upon vocal stereotypy. During DRO, the participant was given access to a preferred item contingent upon the absence of vocal stereotypy. During noncontingent access to music, preferred music was played softly in the background and vocal stereotypy was ignored. During noncontingent access to vocal stereotypy, an audio recording of the participant’s vocal stereotypy was played softly in the background and vocal stereotypy was ignored. A multielement research design measured the effects of each treatment on vocal stereotypy, task engagement, and problem behavior implemented during the participant’s regular one-to-one clinical teaching sessions. Results indicate treatments effective at reducing vocal stereotypy, but suggest that influences on other variables, such as task engagement and problem behavior, should also be considered. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Maximizing Effects of Reinforcement and Maintenance Procedures |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell College) |
CE Instructor: Tina Sidener, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will be comprised of data-based presentations that describe innovative research on maximizing effects of reinforcement and maintenance procedures. In the first study, the authors evaluated the effectiveness of Automatically Accessed Reinforcement Training (AART) with two males with autism. Findings indicated that the AART was effective both both participants, and was superior to Socially Mediated Reinforcement Training (SMRT) for one participant. The second study compared response patterns during FR token schedules and FR tandem schedules, as well as during FR token schedules and VR token schedules under ratio requirements common to clinical application. The third presentation is a data-based quantitative literature review of maintenance procedures in studies published in the Journal of Applied behavior Analysis from 2002 through 2011. Articles were coded for participant characteristics, setting characteristics, use of strategies to program for maintenance, the presence maintenance assessments, and the conditions under which maintenance data were collected. Results indicated that while certain techniques are common in the literature, few consistencies exist. |
|
A Comparison of Reinforcement Delivery Methods to Teach Identity Matching |
SARAH DICKMAN (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Cassondra M. Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), Emily Napier (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Only a handful of procedural variations have been suggested for individuals who fail to acquire matching-to-sample (MTS). In typical MTS procedures a preferred item is delivered by an instructor contingent upon a correct response (i.e., Socially Mediated Reinforcement Training; SMRT). Automatically Accessed Reinforcement Training (AART) is an alternative matching to sample procedure in which, an item is hidden beneath the correct comparison stimulus. Thus, a correct matching response directly produces access to the reinforcing item. Two males diagnosed with autism participated. The AART was evaluated with one participant who previously failed to acquire identity matching via SMRT. Both SMRT and AART were then compared with one additional participant. The results show that both participants acquired matching to sample via the AART. Results for the second participant suggest that the AART was superior for teaching matching to sample. These data suggest that the AART may be a useful alternative procedure for children lacking matching skills. |
|
Response Patterns during Token Schedules of Reinforcement with Adolescents Diagnosed with Autism |
KATHRYN ROSE GLODOWSKI (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Julie M. Stine (The New England Center for Children), Jonathan Seaver (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Token schedules of reinforcement are ubiquitous in clinical settings, yet little research has thoroughly evaluated the effects of clinically common token schedule values on responding. Basic research has shown that FR chained schedules produce lower response rates and longer pre-ratio pauses than FR tandem schedules. Basic research has also shown FR token schedules produce overall lower response rates and longer pre-ratio pauses than VR token schedules. These findings, however, have been most apparent at relatively high ratio requirements. The purpose of the current study is to compare response patterns during FR token schedules and FR tandem schedules, as well as during FR token schedules and VR token schedules under ratio requirements common to clinical application. |
|
Enhancing and Assessing Maintenance of Treatment Effects in Behavioral Interventions:
A Review of the Literature |
ERIN RICHARD WHITE (Alpine Learning Group), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: In their seminal article defining applied behavior analysis, Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) outlined maintenance of behavior as a change as one of the core dimensions of the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Maintenance is of particular importance to practitioners of ABA because procedures employed by behavior analysts often involve the use of systematic prompting procedures, contrived contingencies, such as token reinforcement systems, and other cues or stimuli that may not be readily available in the client’s every day environment. While maintenance of skills is at the core of behavior analysis, little is known about the types of procedures that maintain behavior and how the maintenance assessments themselves influence behavioral maintenance. To determine how researchers incorporate various techniques to enhance and/or assess maintenance into their studies, we conducted a quantitative literature review of research studies published in the Journal of Applied behavior Analysis from 2002 through 2011. Results indicated that while certain techniques are common in the literature, few consistencies exist. |
|
|
|
|
Influences of Group Contingency Interventions on Disruptive Behavior in the Classroom Setting |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Teachers are in need of effective and efficient interventions to address low engagement and high levels of off-task and disruptive behaviors in the classroom setting. This symposium will describe three studies that examined the development and implementation of group contingency intervention packages. The first study utilized an interdependent and independent group contingency package with elementary students in an urban setting. The results display an immediate increase in engagement and decrease in disruptive behaviors upon implementation of the intervention. The second study evaluated an interdependent group contingency intervention combined with self-monitoring procedures for middle school students identified with Emotional Disturbance in an alternative setting. With the intervention package, the data demonstrate an increase in on-task behaviors and a decrease in disruptive behaviors. The third study incorporated a tootling procedure and public posted feedback with an interdependent group contingency intervention with elementary students in two classrooms. The results support an increase in appropriate behaviors and a decrease in disruptive behaviors with the implementation of the intervention across both classrooms. The discussion of these cases will focus on how group contingency intervention packages may be modified to improve outcomes for students. |
Keyword(s): Classroom Management, Classwide Intervention, Group Contingencies, School Setting |
|
Combining Group Contingency Components to Increase Effectiveness in Decreasing Disruptive Behaviors and Increasing Engagement |
ASHLEY SHIER (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Disruptive behaviors, which have long been a concern for educators, can occupy much teacher time and ultimately impact academic instruction. Individualized behavior plans can be time consuming and may not be feasible for one teacher to manage. Group contingencies can be a time efficient and effective way to manage classroom behavior (Theodore, Bray, & Kehle, 2004). The present study examined the effects of an interdependent and independent group contingency package on the behaviors of second and third grade students in an urban classroom. Using a reversal design, engagement and disruptive behavior levels were compared during baseline and intervention. Results supported the overall decrease in disruptive behaviors and increase of engagement. Following the removal of the interdependent component only, engagement maintained high intervention levels while disruptive behaviors returned to baseline levels. This may suggest the importance of combining multiple contingency components for the best outcomes. Intervention components as well as limitations and implications for future research are discussed. |
|
Influence of Self-Monitoring on an Interdependent Group Contingency for Students With Emotional Disturbance |
HILARY B. DENUNE (University of Cincinnati), Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Low student engagement during academic tasks and high levels of disruptive behaviors can have a profound negative impact on student outcomes. Students exhibiting emotional disturbance (ED) lack the academic skills and self-control necessary to remain engaged during passive academic tasks and are more likely than their peers to exhibit disruptive behaviors. Researchers have examined the effects of combining group contingencies and self-monitoring procedures to address student behavior, though influence of self-monitoring on group contingencies has not been investigated. This presentation will describe a study analyzing the impact of self-monitoring procedures on the effectiveness of an interdependent group contingency implemented in a middle school classroom serving students with ED. Target variables included student on-task and disruptive behaviors. After the implementation of an interdependent group contingency intervention, self-monitoring procedures that required students to indicate whether or not they were following classroom rules at multiple times during the class period were added. Reliability and adherence data were collected for 20% of all observation and intervention sessions. Results indicated an increase in student engagement and a decrease in disruptive behaviors upon introduction of intervention procedures. The influence of the self-monitoring procedure on the interdependent group contingency will be discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Tootling on Disruptive and Appropriate Behaviors in Elementary School Children |
ABIGAIL LAMBERT (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe Meyer Institute), Daniel H. Tingstrom (The University of Southern Mississippi), Brad A. Dufrene (The University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: The current study was designed to replicate and extend the literature regarding the effectiveness of a positive peer reporting procedure known as tootling (Skinner, Skinner, & Cashwell, 1998) for decreasing disruptive student behavior as well as increasing appropriate student behavior. Tootling is a technique that teaches students to recognize and report peers prosocial behaviors rather than inappropriate behaviors. To date, tootling has been used in only one study utilizing direct observations data for disruptive behavior in the classroom setting (Cihak, Kirk, & Boon, 2009). To extend the tootling research, direct observation data of both disruptive and appropriate behaviors in children were collected. Participants included upper elementary school students (i.e., fourth and fifth grade) and instructors in two classrooms in a local elementary school. The tootling procedure was used with an interdependent group contingency and publicly posted feedback to increase the amount of tootles produced by the students. An ABAB withdrawal design with a multiple baseline element across two classrooms was used to determine the effectiveness of the tootling intervention for decreasing disruptive behaviors. Results demonstrated improvements in appropriate behaviors and decreases in disruptive behavior as compared to baseline and withdrawal phases. |
|
|
|
|
Using Self-Instructional Training and Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) to Facilitate Knowledge Translation to Direct-Service Providers |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gabriel Schnerch (University of Manitoba) |
CE Instructor: Gabriel Schnerch, M.A. |
Abstract: Knowledge translation is the process of transferring evidence-based knowledge from researchers to direct-service providers with the purpose of improving the quality of services. However, training a large number of direct-service providers in an efficient and effective manner can present a challenge. Self-instructional manuals have been demonstrated to be effective in training individuals to conduct discrete-trials teaching (DTT), and to administer preference assessments (PA) and the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA), a tool that measures the learning ability of individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. Another approach to facilitate knowledge translation is the use of Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI), an online tool for delivering instructional material and tests. We will present two single-subject design studies and one between-group design study that demonstrate the effectiveness of self-instructional manuals and CAPSI for teaching university students and direct-service providers to conduct DTT, PA, and the ABLA. The overall results suggest that a combination of self-instructional manuals and CAPSI may provide the most effective approach for knowledge translation to direct-service providers. |
Keyword(s): blended learning, computer-aided instruction, knowledge translation, self-instructional training |
|
Teaching Individuals to Conduct Preference Assessment using Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction |
LINDSAY WISHNOWSKI (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (St.Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are an evidence-based procedures used to identify potential reinforcers for persons with developmental disabilities. A recent study by Ramon et al. (2012) found that a self-instructional manual was more effective than a method description extracted from published articles for teaching university students to conduct multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments for persons with developmental disabilities. The present study extended this research by (a) adapting the self- instructional manual from Ramon et al. for online delivery, (b) adding video modeling as a teaching component, and (c) delivering the training package using a modified computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI, Pear and Kinsner, 1988). The training package was evaluated using a multiple-baseline design across three university students, replicated across three more students; and a multiple-baseline design across a pair of staff members, replicated a across a second pair. During the baseline phase, participants studied a two-page written description of the assessment procedure adapted from published studies. During the self- instructional manual phase, participants completed all of the following online: studied the self- instructional manual presented in eight units, viewed video demonstrations of the procedure, and completed review exercises scored by the computer program to demonstrate mastery of each study unit. Performance accuracy of each participant was scored using a standard behaviour checklist during a simulated preference assessment conducted following each phase. Clear and immediate improvement in performance accuracy was observed in all participants immediately following the self-instructional training package. Overall, students improved from a mean of 35% correct in baseline to a mean of 94% correct following CAPSI and staff improved from a mean of 23% correct in baseline to a mean of 87% correct following CAPSI. During retention and generalization assessments, five of the six students and one of the four staff members performed at or above 85% correct (the mastery criterion). The findings showed that online delivery of the self-instructional manual plus video modeling has tremendous potential for providing an effective method for teaching a preference assessment procedure without face-to-face instruction. |
|
Effects of a Self-Instructional Manual, Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction, and Video Demonstration on Declarative and Procedural Knowledge Acquisition of the ABLA |
LEI HU (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of two training methods on teaching 12 university students the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA; an instrument measures an individual's ability to learn some basic behavioural functions). The two methods involved the students (a) studying the ABLA using a self-instructional manual (SIM) and (b) working on the manual combined with passing unit assignments delivered through a computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) program. A multiple baseline design across the two training methods was used to monitor the students' performance. Eleven students who received CAPSI training, as opposed to only three students who received SIM training, scored = 85% of accuracy on declarative knowledge. Watching demonstration videos about the ABLA after the SIM and CAPSI training maximized procedural knowledge for 10 students. The present study is one of the first to compare training effects of two methods on teaching a behavioral assessment. The practical implications of training procedures were discussed. |
|
Knowledge Translation of Discrete-Trials Teaching Using a Self-Instructional Manual and Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction |
ASHLEY L. BORIS (University of Manitoba), Jade Wightman (University of Manitoba), Katherine M. Kenyon (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: Knowledge translation (KT) is the process of transferring evidence-based knowledge from researchers to service providers in various fields of healthcare, including psychology, with the purpose of improving health services. However, training a large number of service providers in an efficient and effective manner can present a challenge. Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) is a web-based approach for delivering instructional material, and may be effective in facilitating KT for service providers. Using single-case AB designs nested within a between-group design, we compared the effectiveness of two approaches to KT for teaching university students to conduct an applied behavior analysis technique called discrete-trials teaching (DTT): (a) CAPSI plus a self-instructional manual; versus (b) only a self-instructional manual. The experiment involved: (a) a pre-test to measure participants’ written knowledge of DTT and accuracy conducting DTT; (b) DTT training delivered through one of the above approaches that was supervised by an experimenter; and (c) a post-test to re-measure participants’ DTT knowledge and application accuracy. The preliminary results indicate that CAPSI plus a self-instructional manual and a self-instructional manual alone are both effective approaches for training individuals to accurately conduct DTT. Descriptive statistics from the CAPSI program, such as the percentage correct of lower-order and higher-order thinking level questions on unit tests, will also be examined. The implications of using each approach for facilitating KT will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Minimize Training, Maximize Performance: Research on Low-Cost Ways to Train Staff in Residential Settings |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah Prochak (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Limited resources and/or opportunities to train staff may hinder effective implementation of behavior support plans and quality of services provided to adults who reside in community group housing. The two studies presented in this symposium highlight how different low-cost self-monitoring systems may help increase desirable staff performance. The types of participants in both studies were staff who worked with adults with developmental disabilities and/or mental illness within large organizations. Targeted performances were either correct implementation of behavior support plans or initiation of positive interactions with residents. The first study used an alternating treatments design to compare tactile prompts with no performance feedback and tactile prompts with performance feedback to increase positive interactions between staff and residents. Results from this study show that positive interactions did increase, but were undifferentiated between the two treatments. The second study used a multiple baseline across behaviors design to assess the use of checklists in correcting implementing client behavior support plans. Results from this study show that the checklists increased staff adherence to the behavior support plans and that the checklists may provide insight into training areas that possibly warrant further attention from supervisors. |
Keyword(s): Adults, Residential Setting, Staff Training |
|
Effects of a Tactile Prompt and Performance Feedback on Increasing Positive Interactions between Clients and Staff in a Residential Setting |
SARAH PROCHAK (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of a tactile prompt and performance feedback sessions on increasing positive interactions between clients and staff in a residential setting. Four participants first wore a vibrating pager that was not turned on to evaluate how often positive interactions were occurring in the natural environment. Next, two treatment conditions were alternated to evaluate the difference between an antecedent and an antecedent plus consequential strategy to increase and maintain positive interactions. The participants wore the vibrating pager with it turned on during the first half of the treatment conditions and the other half they wore the vibrating pager with it turned on and received feedback on their performance at the end of each observation period. Finally, a reversal to baseline condition was implemented to evaluate rates of responding when the vibrating pager was turned off and feedback sessions were terminated. For one participant, a follow-up condition in which no vibrating pager was worn was implemented to determine if positive interactions would maintain independent of the intervention. The results showed that the vibrating pager was effective in increasing positive interactions with clients, but results between the antecedent and antecedent plus consequential conditions were undifferentiated. |
|
Using Checklists to Increase Treatment Integrity of Behavior Program Implementation |
ALLISON DRAKE (Misericordia), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The actions of direct care staff in residential facilities may have a profound effect on the quality of life of their clients. However, treatment integrity of behavior support programs (BSPs) is often low due to the lack of resources available for effective training programs. The purpose of this experiment was to evaluate the effects of a simple, cost-effective intervention on staff's adherence to individual BSPs within the developmental training setting. Using a multiple-baseline across behaviors design, participants were each given a self-monitoring checklist detailing the steps of proactive behavioral interventions that they were required to implement as part of their job responsibilities. For one participant, results showed that the use of one checklist increased accuracy of implementation on untargeted BSPs, with results maintaining post-intervention after the checklists were removed. The second participant's accuracy implementation for each BSP was only positively affected while the corresponding checklist was in place. Results indicate that self-monitoring interventions may be an easy, cost-effective method to increase treatment integrity that can be easily individualized and also allow for supervisor monitoring of specific areas of deficit which may warrant additional training. |
|
|
|
|
Leadership Seminar: Charting a Course for Behavior Analysis: Signposts of Future Directions |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D. |
Panelists: JULIE SMITH (Continuous Learning Group), SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas), MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis and related disciplines offer much to promote behavioral solutions to socially significant practices. How our discipline is led and becomes more influential is a challenge we can apply our science toward. By drawing upon their pioneering work in behavior science, panelists will provide comments regarding this theme of the Seminar on Leadership and Cultural Change. The seminar is designed tohelp educational leaders to create new models of stewardship and open opportunities for innovation while adjusting to growing social upheaval, technological advances, and environmental concerns, as well as crises in the global economy, health, education, and environment. It will address how behavior analysis finds common ground with other sciences by investigating the behavior of leaders who influence organizations and society.
|
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in the future of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) State broad themes to be explored in basic and applied research that may revitalize interest in our discipline; (2) Describe any methodological refinements likely to develop to enable future research; and (3) Identify themes in science, society, and the culture at large that influence leaders of behavior analysis and discuss how these frame the future of our field.
|
JULIE SMITH (Continuous Learning Group) |
Dr. Julie M. Smith is the co-founder of Continuous Learning Group, the world’s largest behavior-based consultancy. She and her team have devoted the last quarter-century to pioneering the most powerful and practical behavior-centric business management system available today. Working with her global clients, Dr. Smith has created an extensive track record that proves CLG’s behavior-centric approach leads to superior strategy execution and dramatic performance improvement. As a world-class business management consultant, Dr. Smith is noted for her astonishing energy and ability to help leaders achieve “mission impossible” while navigating their organizations’ inevitable cycles of challenge and change. Dr. Smith’s engaging, motivating style makes her a sought-after speaker to address organizations, professional conferences, and forums on change and global leadership. Incorporating her extensive experience, humor, and real-world examples into her presentations, Dr. Smith brings a masterful clarity to even the most complex issues. She has a gift for taking complex behavior-change methods and making them simple, so leaders at all levels can achieve positive, measurable, and repeatable results while simultaneously improving employee engagement. Dr. Smith lives with her husband, Mickey, in Morgantown, WV, where they enjoy spending time with their family building Heston Farm, which includes Heston Farm Winery, Pinchgut Hollow Distillery, and Foxfire Restaurant. Identified as one of the fastest start-ups in West Virginia, Heston Farm already has won national awards for marketing, packaging, and product quality. In recognition of her visionary entrepreneurism, Dr. Smith was recently inducted into the West Virginia Business Hall of Fame. |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Sigrid S. Glenn, regents professor emeritus at the University of North Texas (UNT), is a past president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and was elected as one of ABAI’s five founding fellows. Dr. Glenn’s published work includes empirical and theoretical articles, as well as books and book chapters, targeting audiences within and outside behavior analysis. Her articles and chapters developing the concept of metacontingenies are used by behavior analysts all over the world in analyzing cultural problems and developing avenues of cultural change. She is widely recognized by behavior analysts as incorporating cultural phenomena in the behavior analytic worldview. Dr. Glenn was the founding chair of the nation’s first Department of Behavior Analysis and the primary author of its master’s and bachelor’s degree programs. She is a charter certificant of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board and for 10 years she founded and directed UNT’s online academic certificate program. Dr. Glenn travels nationally and internationally, lecturing on behavior theory and philosophy as well as cultural processes from a behavior analytic perspective. |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Mark Mattaini, DSW, is an associate professor in the Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago. Editor of the journal Behavior and Social Issues, Dr. Mattaini is also the author/editor of 10 books, including Peace Power for Adolescents: Strategies for a Culture of Nonviolence (NASW Press) and Finding Solutions to Social Problems: Behavioral Strategies for Change (American Psychological Association, with Bruce Thyer), and more than 80 other publications. Since the mid-1990s, Dr. Mattaini has focused his research and practice on behavioral systems analysis for violence prevention with youth, and analyses of the dynamics of nonviolent struggle. His new book, Strategic Nonviolent Power: The Science of Satyagraha, published by Athabasca University Press and available in open access format online, analyzes potential contributions of behavioral systems science to nonviolent social action and civil resistance supporting justice and human rights. He also is consulting with the American Friends Service Committee on peace building projects.
|
Keyword(s): Leadership Seminar |
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: Navigating the Grant World as a Behavior Analyst |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W194a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University) |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College) |
NANCY A. NEEF (The Ohio State University) |
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Earning grants is a high achievement in research-based academic careers. Moreover, some careers in academia carry a grant requirement for tenure. Given this contingency, behavior analysts must propose and conduct research that is appealing to a broad audience. Both basic and applied research must be innovative, have a significant impact on the human condition, and be described in a manner that is easily consumed by diverse groups to achieve the grant-gaining x-factor. The current emphasis on earning grants may seem intimidating for new behavior analysts. In an effort to decrease some of the elusiveness of the task, expert panelists will discuss their experience with navigating the grant world. Each panelist will discuss how they entered the grant scene, how their grant writing has evolved over time, and how they communicate behavior principles to funding agencies. They will provide their top tips and recommendations on grantsmanship. Finally, the audience will have an opportunity to ask questions to panelists. |
Keyword(s): funding, grants, professional development |
|
|
|
|
What Does Evidence-Based Practice Have to do With Applied Behavior Analysis? |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The term "evidence-based practice" now appears in the professional literature of every discipline that attempts to change human behavior in some dimension (e.g., health, social, communication, etc.). In recent years, behavior analysts have begun discussing the role of evidence-based practice within our field. Differing views about the definition of "evidence-based practice of ABA" have been raised as well as the question of how the evidence-based practice of ABA should influence practitioners. This presentation invites leading scholars within ABA to define evidence-based practice and to discuss the implications of their definition on the practice of behavior analysis. By answering questions like "What is a practice?" "What constitutes evidence?" and "How should the evidence-based practice of ABA influence practitioners' decision-making in their daily work?", Tim Slocum and Tristram Smith will demonstrate that the answers are essential to our field but more murky than they appear on face value. In addition, they will identify the role researchers must play if an evidence-based practice of ABA is to be realized in a meaningful way. They conclude by providing recommendations about how we should proceed as practitioners, researchers, and as a field if we expect to fully adopt the evidence-based practice of ABA. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The primary target audience is practitioners who are required to make decisions regarding evidence-based practice as a part of their daily work. A secondary audience is researchers who conduct research and/or submit for federal funding in this area. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) Provide different definitions for the evidence-based practice of applied behavior analysis; (2) Answer the question "What is a practice?"; and (3) Answer the question "What constitutes evidence?" |
|
Evidence-Based Practice: A Framework for Professional Problem Solving |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Dr. Slocum will suggest that evidence-based practice of behavior analysis (EBP-BA) be defined as a decision-making process that integrates (A) the best available evidence with (B) clinical expertise and (C) client values and context. This definition corresponds with definitions of EBP in other professions including medicine and psychology, supports the foundational principles of applied behavior analysis, and provides a framework that can be applied to virtually all of one's professional practice as a behavior analyst. In this definition, behavior analysts' practices are understood to encompass all of their professional behavior. It states that behavior analytic practice should be based on the best available evidence. The quality, volume, and relevance of evidence varies greatly across the decisions that behavior analysts make--what is constant is that behavior analysts should seek out and use the best of what is available. This approach to EBP-BA suggests that ABA researchers (A) advance best available evidence through primary intervention research, (B) investigate how clinical expertise, client values, and context can be most effectively integrated into professional decision making, and (C) develop ways to make the best available evidence functionally accessible to practitioners. |
Dr. Timothy A. Slocum earned his doctorate in special education at the University of Washington in 1991 and has been a faculty member at Utah State University (USU) in the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation since then. He has been involved in reading instruction and reading research for more than 25 years. He has conducted research on phonological skills, vocabulary, and school-wide implementation of research-based reading instruction, and evidence-based practice. He teaches courses at the undergraduate, master's, and doctoral levels on topics including evidence-based reading instruction, research methods and statistics, advanced topics in behavior analysis, and language. Dr. Slocum was recognized as 2011 Teacher of the Year by the USU College of Education, and he received the 2011 Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education award from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. |
|
What is Evidence-Based Behavior Analysis? |
TRISTRAM SMITH (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Abstract: Although behavior analysts often say we engage in evidence-based practice, we express differing, sometimes contradictory views on what constitutes "evidence" and "practice." In order to provide useful guidance to consumers, providers, third-party payers, and researchers, we need to be clear on what is or is not a practice and what is or is not suitable evidence. This talk will critique applied behavior analytic interventions that behavior analysts have identified as evidence-based practices. It argues that establishing such practices involves more than analyzing the effects of discrete intervention procedures on behavior; it requires synthesizing findings into a package that is demonstrably usable by independent providers and useful to consumers. Recognizing the need for synthesis offers behavior analysts many promising opportunities to build on our existing research in order to increase the quality and quantity of evidence-based practices. |
Tristram Smith, Ph.D., is a professor of pediatrics at the University of Rochester Medical Center (URMC), where he leads federally funded studies comparing the efficacy of different interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders. He is also a clinician in URMC's Community Consultation Program, serving students with ASD and other intellectual disabilities in schools and other agencies. His commitment to the study and treatment of children with ASD began in 1982, when he had the opportunity to volunteer as a buddy for an adult with autism who lived near his college. This experience inspired him to apply to graduate school at the University of California, Los Angeles, where he studied clinical psychology and worked as a therapist and researcher with O. Ivar Lovaas, Ph.D., in the UCLA Young Autism Project. Before moving to Rochester in 2000, he directed clinics for children with autism and their families in the states of California, Iowa, and Washington. He has authored or coauthored several of the most widely cited studies on treatment outcomes for children with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
Development of an Applied Behavior Analysis Program at the National Changhua University of Education in Taiwan |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W196b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Gabrielle T Lee, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gabrielle T. Lee (ABA Services, LLC) |
HUA FENG (National Changhua University of Education) |
Dr. Hua Feng completed her studies in educational psychology at National Taiwan Normal University and special education at The Ohio State University before assuming a position at National Changhua University of Education. The National Changhua University of Education was instituted in 1971, acquired national status in 1980, and reached university level along with its present name in 1989. It is the premiere university in Taiwan for training teachers. Dr. Feng served as a professor in the Department of Special Education there for nearly 10 years. She then became director of the Graduate Institute of Rehabilitation Counseling and continues to serve as a professor in that program. She trains teachers and conducts research in assessment and teaching children with autism, teaching social skills for students with emotional/behavioral disorders, complex verbal behavior, a behavioral approach to counseling for disability, intraverbal training and teaching, and development of theory-of-mind testing and teaching strategies. |
Abstract: This talk will present a brief history of the Applied Behavior Analysis Program at the National Changhua University of Education (NCUE) in Taiwan. Taiwan has actively promoted applied behavior analysis and its application for more than 10 years. The graduate program, which offers board certification in behavior analysis, has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board since 2006. In 2011, a clinical center, which was based on behavior analytic principles, was established. Teachers who are trained in this center have contributed greatly to raising the awareness and profile of applied behavior analysis in academic circles in Taiwan. The students and professors at NCUE have contributed research findings in a number of important areas including verbal behavior, pretend play, joint attention, self-management skills, perspective-taking, and emotional skills training. Staff and students at the clinical center have developed training protocols and comprehensive assessment tools to assist them with the provision of evidence-based instruction for children with autism. Special education and rehabilitation teachers have the opportunity to access in-service training and practicum opportunities through the clinical center. Research findings suggest that these opportunities have had a favorable impact on the education system in Taiwan. Future development plans and proposed research also will be discussed as a part of this talk. |
Keyword(s): ABA, teacher education |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Verbal Behavor |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Naftally Israeli (Bar-Ilan University) |
|
CANCELLED: The Philosophical Roots of Equivalence |
Domain: Theory |
NAFTALLY ISRAELI (Bar-Ilan University) |
|
Abstract: Murray Sidman's landmark 1971 paper identified stimulus equivalence as a basic class of language functioning, and provided for the first time evidence of a substantial behavioral difference between verbal humans and other groups. Since then, hundred of research studies exemplified these findings and integrated them to a theory of arbitrarily applicable relational responding. Nevertheless, the philosophical roots of the idea of equivalence has not been thoroughly studied. Herein, I identify two of these philosophical roots. The first is Bertrand Russell's resemblance argument, which he advanced while defending a theory of universals against empiricism and nominalism. The second of these philosophical roots lies in a 40-year old debate in the area of philosophy of language - the debate between literal and metaphorical understanding of human language and thought. I claim that a common assumption of the two sides of the debate is the assumption of equivalence. These two philosophical arguments will provide two strong theoretical arguments for the idea of equivalence, and will suggest new directions for research of this phenomena. |
|
A Science of Verbal Behavior: Visions, Divisions, and Possible Integrations |
Domain: Theory |
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University) |
|
Abstract: The future development and impact of the field of behavior analysis depends upon the analysis of complex human behavior in general and verbal behavior in particular. It is only through such analyses that behavior analysis can provide effective and influential alternatives to contemporary treatments provided by cognitive psychology and related fields. The purpose of this paper is to (a) review the development and diversity of the functional analysis of verbal behavior, (b) address controversies and conflicts in that development, (c) promote empirical/theoretical integration and methodological development, and (d) examine the role of the functional analysis of verbal behavior in both behavior analysis and psychology. Examples of possible integration include Skinner's original analysis of verbal behavior with recent findings of derived relational phenomena and transformation of function, as well as possible integration of the several theoretical accounts of these phenomena. Methodological development is needed in the functional analysis of complex verbal behavior, and in the experimental analysis of human behavior more generally. Such integrations and developments might provide a larger and more coherent vision of what Skinner had termed, "a science of verbal behavior," with its unique scientific characteristics and contributions. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Role of Verbal Behavior in ABA Intervention Programs |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mary Lynch Barbera (Barbera Behavior Consulting) |
Discussant: Megan Miller (Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Mary Lynch Barbera, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of Verbal Behavior (VB) to teach children with autism and related disorders is currently being used, at least in part, in a large percentage of ABA programs for children with autism (Kates-McElrath & Axelrod, 2006; Love, et.al, 2009). While there is research supporting many of the components of VB programming, there are a number of procedural variations among VB programs and not one VB package. Without standardized staff training on VB terms, procedures, and without validating VB packages, comparing VB with other types of ABA and non-ABA treatments will continue to be an impossible task. In this symposium, data from two different VB packages will be highlighted to support the use of Verbal Behavior in ABA intervention programs. The role of VB in ABA programming is an extremely important topic to study since ABA programs which are based on Skinners classifications of verbal behavior and focus on pairing procedures may have curricular advantages. |
|
Using the VB-MAPP to Measure the Effectiveness of Verbal Behavior Programming in Toddlers with Autism |
MARY LYNCH BARBERA (Barbera Behavior Consulting) |
Abstract: In this presentation, an overview of The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (The VB-MAPP, Sundberg, 2008) and its use in measuring the effectiveness of ABA/VB programming will be given. Pre and post VB-MAPP milestones and barriers scores from three toddlers with autism will be presented. Patterns of VB-MAPP toddler profiles utilizing several VB-MAPPs from 2-3 year olds diagnosed with moderate autism will also be discussed. Home ABA/VB programming based on initial milestones and barriers will be explained. An overview of materials needed for caregivers and therapists to get started with the Verbal Behavior Approach will be given. Procedures such as stimulus-stimulus pairing, the use of multiple control, and the importance of fast paced intensive teaching with mixed operants will be highlighted. Pre and post videos will be presented for one learner whose VB-MAPP milestones score rose from 15 to 92 in a fifteen month time period to demonstrate the effectiveness of using the VB-MAPP to measure progress of a VB program. Finally, ideas for further research in the area of Verbal Behavior programming will be discussed. |
|
Developing Learner Cooperation with VB through the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control |
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Knospe-ABA) |
Abstract: The ABA/VB Autism Intervention Institute Knospe-ABA GmbH (based in Germany), which serves over 350 children throughout Europe, prioritizes the research and procedural recommendations of Verbal Behavior. Robert Schramm, Knospe-ABA's lead supervising Behavior Analyst has developed an approach to earning instructional control that encapsulates ABA/VB and brings motivated learning to its fullest potential. Over 95% of the providers using these techniques have been able to demonstrate greatly improved instructional control with their learners. The 7 Steps to Earning Instructional control are based on sound behavioral principles and practice. This approach to instructional control does not rely on basic escape extinction techniques such as escape blocking, forced physical prompting or repeating SD's. In addition to offering a more simple way to develop instructional control with most learners, it also is easy to teach to adults and therefore valuable in reproduction with less trained caregivers and therapists. Preliminary data will be presented to demonstrate that instructional control can be earned with the 7 Steps. Additionally, an integrity checklist for training on the 7 steps, which has demonstrated the benefits of training providers on this technique in order to decrease non-compliance of learners with autism, will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Sources of Control Exerted Over Response-Class Hierarchies and Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jessica L. Seaver (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Jessica L. Seaver, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium includes talks addressing variables that affect response hierarchies and verbal behavior. The variables analyzed include: a) comparing the use of a conditional- versus simple-discrimination task in assessing intraverbal control, b) evaluating the effects of an alternative response on the resurgence of terminal members of a response-class hierarchy, and c) manipulating reinforcement schedules, discriminative stimuli, and motivating operations in producing mands in multioperant environments. |
Keyword(s): Intraverbal Control, Mand, Response-Class Hiearchies, Verbal Behavior |
|
A Comparison of Using a Conditional- versus Simple-Discrimination Task in Assessing Intraverbal Control |
MYCHAL MACHADO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ana Carolina Sella (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Intraverbal control plays an important role in the study of complex verbal behavior (Skinner, 1957). Palmer and Katz (2005) used a lexical-decision task, which requires participants to press a specific button depending on whether two English words were related or unrelated, in their assessment, and response latency between the related and unrelated pairs of words served as a measure of intraverbal control. A potential limitation of this task is that it confounds the assessment of intraverbal control by including a conditional discrimination, which may contribute to the variability observed within and across participants. We evaluated (n = 15) and compared (n = 15) a textual-response task (simple discrimination) to a lexical-decision task (conditional discrimination) with adults of typical development. Shorter response latencies were observed with related English words compared to unrelated English words with a textual-response task, supporting a systematic replication of the results obtained by Palmer and Katz with a lexical-decision task. Within-subject comparison results show that the use of a textual-response task resulted in reduced differences in response latencies between the types of word pairs in comparison to a lexical-decision task. Future research should focus on identifying the boundary conditions for measuring intraverbal control using both tasks. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of an Alternative Response on Resurgence of Terminal Members of a Response-Class Hierarchy |
JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (The University of Kansas), Erica Jowett (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In the assessment and treatment of response-class hierarchies of problem behavior, researchers have found that directly altering one member of the hierarchy can indirectly affect other members. One of the most problematic forms of these indirect effects is resurgence of previously extinguished, more severe, members when initial, less-severe members contact extinction. Shabani, Carr, and Petursdottir (2009) described a method for developing an arbitrary response-class hierarchy, which provides a method for evaluating parameters of resurgence without requiring researchers to evoke severe problem behavior. Three typically-developing children participated in the study. In Experiment 1, Shabani et al.s method was replicated and extended. In Experiment 2, an alternative response was taught in isolation and then placed under extinction in the presence of the button hierarchy. When the alternative response was present but under extinction, there was no significant delay to resurgence as compared to when the card was absent and the first member of the hierarchy was under extinction. However, when the alternative response was first reinforced in the presence of the hierarchy and then placed on extinction, there was a delay to resurgence of terminal members of the hierarchy, which may have significant treatment implications. |
|
Manipulation of Reinforcement Schedules, Discriminative Stimuli, and Motivating Operations in Producing Mands in Multioperant Environments |
JONATHAN SEAVER (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) emit repetitive and restricted responding. Limited research on treatment of repetitive or restricted manding exists. Across 4 experiments and for 8 individuals diagnosed with an ASD or Multiplex Developmental Disorder, we evaluated the effects of procedures designed to increase the rate of targeted mands in a multioperant environment. In Experiments 1 through 3, relative reinforcement schedules, discriminative stimuli, and motivating operations were manipulated. In Experiment 4, we combined multiple manipulations to produce targeted manding. Interobserver agreement data were collected across more than 30% of sessions with an average agreement score of greater than 90%. All manipulations were effective in increasing target mands for at least one participant and effects were reliable within participants. Results were idiosyncratic across participants. |
|
|
|
|
Parents, Culture, and Shooters |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Donald K. Pumroy (University of Maryland) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Association for Behavior Change) |
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Part II: As a continuation of last year's symposium on Spotting and Stopping Shooters, the presenters have extended their work in this area. More is known about parental behaviors and cultural influences that can be correlates of the shooter behaviors. Two factors stand out in trying to perform an analysis of the shooter's; behaviors. One focus continues to be the impact of parents on their child. It appears there are new, finer points that have been found regarding the parent's behavior toward the child that becomes the shooter. It is also clear that many cultural factors (such as school atmosphere, teachers, other students, and the information learned about guns and their availability) tilt a child to become a shooter. Dr. Joe Wyatt will present a cultural analysis, Dr. Donald Pumroy will discuss the type of research that should or must be done, Dr. Roger McIntire will discuss child rearing practices used by parents of shooters, and Dr. Judy Blumenthal will discuss antecedents to shooter behavior. |
Keyword(s): Parenting, Personality, Shooters, Violence |
|
School Shooters: A Cultural Analysis |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University) |
Abstract: Like every other behavior, school shootings take place in a context. This
presentation will discuss the variables that are thought to increase the
likelihood of an individual engaging such an act in the U.S., and will
contrast the U.S. context with those found in other developed nations. The
discussion will include the roles of gangs, mental health issues, violent
media and gun availability. The roles of second amendment advocates, the
media and the congress will be presented. Suggestions for prevention will
be described. |
|
Learning as The Cause of Behavior |
DONALD K. PUMROY (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: This paper has three parts. The first part is concerned with the question Why does a person behave as he/she does? The general public is quite concerned about this problem, psychologists less so at least the way it appears. There are several different explanations for the why. Many have suggested genes, DNA, brain chemistry and/or damage. My position is that many of the behaviors a person shows are the result of learning. How such learning takes place will be discussed in general. And lastly the application of learning will be applied to the behavior of some of the more recent shooters. The shooters are those who shoot into a group collected at a school, movie, marathon race or any place where ever a group has collected. |
|
A Parenting Class for High School Students |
ROGER W. MCINTIRE (University of Maryland, Summit Crossroads Press) |
Abstract: Although parenting will be an important part of preparation for our next generation, very little of our science is touched by elementary or secondary curricula. The tyranny of the paranoia concerning science often leaves children with only clichés, speculations and confusion in regard to family functioning. In addition to the fundamental concerns of parenting--principles of sound nutrition and diet, principles of general hygiene and health, the course outline will provide student practice and review of the behavioral principles that would concern family dynamics and child rearing. These principles would include principles of learning and language acquisition and principles of immediacy and consistency that govern parents’ reactions to children’s behavior. |
|
Antecedents to Shooter Behavior |
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: Much attention and money is spent on safe guarding the environment from a potential shooting event. Contrasted to this are identifying and changing antecedents to shooting behaviors. What just happened that pushed the shooter over the edge? This paper will identity likely antecedents to a shooter's behavior, also referred to as triggers and cues. It is conceivable that if antecedents can be successfully identified, preventing a shooting behavior will be successful, in addition to changing other inappropriate behaviors that the potential shooter might have. |
|
|
|
|
Humans and Our Ecosystem: Using Behavior Analysis to Help the Environment and Understand How Our Environment Affects Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W192a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mary Margaret Sweeney (Utah State University) |
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This symposium brings together researchers from across the country that approach environmental issues from a behavioral perspective. Although the approaches differ, we work toward a common goal of creating a beneficial cycle of interactions between humans and our ecosystem. Meredith S. Berry will present data that suggest natural environments may improve self-control (providing additional impetus for conservation), and together with past research suggest that pro-environmental behaviors themselves may be improved by exposure to natural environments. Brent Kaplan will present research that shows scores on the New Environmental Paradigm scale (NEPS) are significantly related to behavioral economic demand for reusable shopping bags. These data provide construct and external validity to the NEPS, and also help to bridge the gap between behavior analysis and environmental psychology. Criss Wilhite will present her efforts to encourage xeriscaping, zero waste for academic buildings, and other projects at Fresno State. Dr. Scott Cohn of Western Colorado will present results from recycling field experiments and discuss them in terms of operant response requirements. Dr. William L. Heward of Ohio State has agreed to highlight key findings from these research presentations, and assist us in discussing the broader implications and future directions for this work. |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, delay discounting, environmental behavior, sustainability |
|
The Nature of Self Control: Visual Exposure to Natural Environments Decreases Impulsivity |
MEREDITH STEELE BERRY (Utah State University, University of Montana), Mary Margaret Sweeney (Utah State University), Justice Morath (Salt Lake Community College), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Kerry Jordan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The benefits of visual exposure to natural environments for human well-being in areas of stress reduction, mood improvement, and attention restoration are well documented, but the effects of natural environments on impulsive decision-making remain unknown. Impulsive decision-making in delay discounting offers generality, predictive validity, and insight into decision-making related to unhealthy behaviors such as drug abuse and overeacting. The present experiment evaluated differences in such decision-making in humans experiencing visual exposure to one of the following conditions: natural (e.g., mountains, forests), built (e.g., buildings, cities), or control (e.g., triangles, squares) using a delay discounting task that required participants to choose between immediate and delayed hypothetical monetary outcomes. Participants viewed the images before and during the delay discounting task. Participants were less impulsive in the condition providing visual exposure to natural scenes compared to built and geometric scenes. Results suggest that exposure to natural environments results in better self-control than built environments. |
|
Behavioral Economic Demand for "Green" Bags Predicts Scores on the New Ecological Paradigm Scale |
BRENT KAPLAN (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavioral economics has emerged as a viable way to model and inform public policy initiatives. Although much of the extant literature on behavioral economics has been restricted to pharmacological issues such as addiction or reinforcing efficacy of stimuli in therapeutic settings, recently researchers have investigated its applicability to a more broad range of societal issues. To further extend the reach of behavioral economics to such issues, we translated the behavioral economic notion of demand to sustainable products and assessed its relation to a widely cited proenvironmental attitudes scale, the New Ecological Paradigm Scale (NEPS). A hypothetical purchase task was used to assess 76 participants' demand for "green" bags in which they were asked how many reusable shopping bags they would purchase at differing prices. A number of findings emerged. First, the exponential model of demand fit the data well with a median R2 of .91 and demonstrated strong construct validity. Second, scores on the NEPS significantly predicted willingness-to-pay (Pmax) and was marginally related to other demand indices. Implications for public policy and further behavioral economic research are discussed. |
|
Developing a Sustainable Campus Using the Five-Term Metacontingency |
CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Mara Brady (California State University, Fresno), Beth Weinman (California State University, Fresno), Peter Van de Water (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: In collaboration with administrators, faculty, and students, procedures were developed to strengthen university sustainability programs. The five-person Fresno State Sustainability Project committee used Houmanfar, Rodrigues and Ward's (2012) five-term metacontingency to conduct campus-and-community-wide sustainability programs. We assessed the cultural milieu of administrators and targeted behavior and reinforcers at each level of operation. This resulted in financial and material support from the university to implement new landscaping, recycling processes and conservation activities using campus personnel and volunteer student labor. Additionally, community groups joined with the Fresno State Sustainability Project to develop and produce a major educational campaign. The Fresno State Sustainability Project also developed a two-day Earth Day fair involving people from campus, the city of Fresno and the surrounding counties. Data include measures of water use, student use of lawns and other landscapes, monetary support, zero waste activities and changes in the number of personnel and entities supporting the project. |
|
The Cost of Recycling: Effects of Modifying the Operant |
SCOTT COHN (Western State Colorado University) |
Abstract: Environmental education plays a well-documented role in modifying recycling attitudes and beliefs. However, increasing the reinforcing value of the behavior through education does not necessarily translate into sustained improvements in recycling behavior. Previous research has demonstrated that factors like opportunity and convenience that translate into lower behavioral costs, produce higher rates of recycling when compared to interventions solely focused on changing attitudes and beliefs. Given that overt behavior exists in a dynamic relationship with the physical environment, changes made to an environment can alter response costs without modifying other schedule parameters. The sensitivity of recycling behavior to environmental changes is similar to other behaviors where the magnitude or rate of reinforcement is low in relation to response costs. Through a series of field studies, recycling rates were evaluated both before and after environmental modifications to reduce the response costs associated with recycling. In all cases, significant improvements were observed following modifications. Results are presented in the context of findings from community-based recycling initiatives, as well as the history of research on behavioral ecology and the biological constraints on learning in rats, mice, pigs, and humans. |
|
|
|
|
Interventions for Teaching Important Skills to Young, Typically Developing Children |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
CE Instructor: Claudia L. Dozier, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The application of behavioral principles and procedures for teaching important skills (e.g., replacement skills to decrease the occurrence of problem behavior, increasing choice making and preference for choice making, and acquisition of pre-academic and academic skills) to young typically developed children is the focus of this symposium. Two studies will be presented that involve the evaluation of different procedures for increasing delay tolerance (i.e., learning to wait) in young children. The first study involves a comparison of two procedures for fading delays to reinforcement for the purpose of teaching delay tolerance. The second study involves a comparison of the delivery of high-, moderate-, and low-preferred items during the delay period to increase delay tolerance. A third study will be presented that involves comparing the effects of two common teaching procedures (i.e., massed vs. distributed practice) for teaching several academic skills. The final study involves a large-scale evaluation to determine whether young children prefer to make choices and an evaluation of the effects of conditioning to increase preference for choice versus no choice contexts. |
Keyword(s): choice, delay tolerance, distributed practice, young children |
|
Massed Versus Distributed Practice for Acquisition of Tacts and Textual Behavior with Typically Developing Children |
SHAJI HAQ (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Isabelle Carrell (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Examining the efficiency of massed and distributed practice can provide educators with an indication about how to allocate time toward educational activities. This study evaluated the effects of massed and distributed practice on the acquisition of tacts and textual behavior in typically developing children. We compared the outcomes of massed practice (i.e., consolidating all practice opportunities during the week into a single session) and distributed practice (i.e., distributing all practice opportunities into four sessions during the week) on acquisition of textual behavior in English, tacting pictures of common nouns in Spanish, and responding to English text in Spanish using an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a multiple probe design. We also examined correct responding during probes occurring 48 hours following training each week. The results indicated that the distributed practice condition was a more efficacious and efficient training procedure. Maintenance data collected up to four weeks after training also indicated consistently higher levels of correct responding to targets that were trained in distributed format. Thus, the results indicate that distributed practice was a more efficacious training procedure overall. We will discuss implications for practice and potential areas for future research. |
|
An Evaluation of the Value and Conditioning of Choice as a Reinforcer for Typically Developing Children |
JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (Penn State Harrisburg), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas), Courtney Laudont (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Bretta Rene Mick (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Providing choices has been a successful intervention for increasing appropriate behaviors and decreasing inappropriate behaviors; however, the mechanism responsible for this success is unknown. Choice may be a reinforcer, or the differential outcomes associated with choice opportunities may be responsible for treatment effects. In the current study, we replicated and extended previous research by determining the prevalence of preference for choice in a large number of children and evaluating whether a history of differential outcomes associated with choice and no-choice resulted in changes in preference for choice and no-choice conditions. Results showed that the majority of participants (20/30) preferred the choice condition during the assessment, and a history of differential outcomes associated with choice and no-choice conditions resulted in changes in preference for choice and no-choice conditions in approximately half of the participants (5/11) exposed to these histories. |
|
An Evaluation of Item Preference in Increasing Tolerance to Delays in Typically Developing Children |
JESSICA FOSTER (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg), Steven W. Payne (Melmark) |
Abstract: Children sometimes have a difficult time waiting for preferred items and make impulsive choices (i.e., choosing a smaller but immediate reinforcer over a larger but delayed reinforcer). Previous research (e.g., Newquist, Dozier, & Neidert, 2012) has shown that in the absence of delay fading, providing high-preferred leisure items is effective for increasing self-control (i.e., choosing a larger but delayed reinforcer over a smaller but immediate reinforcer). The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of delivering low-, moderate-, and high-preferred toys during the delay on delay tolerance. Results have been idiosyncratic across participants in that (a) for three participants, all items (regardless of preference level) were effective for increasing delay tolerance, even when they were also provided when the participant made the smaller, immediate reinforcer choice and (b) for one participant, only high-preference items were effective for decreasing delay tolerance and only when the items were not also delivered for making the smaller, immediate reinforcer choice. |
|
A Comparative Analysis of Time-Based Versus Contingency-Based Strategies for Teaching Delay Tolerance |
MAHSHID GHAEMMAGHAMI (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Joshua Jessel (Western New England University) |
Abstract: The ultimate effectiveness of treatments for problem behavior, like functional communication training (FCT; Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008), depends on the extent to which the treatment can be extended to and maintained in the typical environment of that individual. Continuous and immediate reinforcement is not feasible in the typical environment and the unavoidable delay to reinforcement may lead to a reemergence of problem behavior and extinction of the newly acquired communication response (Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001; Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011). In this study, we compared the relative effectiveness of two progressive delay training procedurestime-based and contingency-basedfor teaching tolerance for delays to reinforcement following functional communication training. Results from two participants (aged 1.9 and 5.5 years old) have shown lower rates of problem behavior and emotional responding during contingency-based than time-based progressive delay training. The treatment effects maintained as delay intervals were increased to practical levels and generalized to a second context. Interobserver agreement averaged 97% (range 82% to 100%) for all variables measured. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Variability: Its Fundamental Importance and Relation to Other Phenomena |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston) |
Discussant: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: This symposium will highlight recent advances in the experimental analysis of behavioral variability. Our first presentation (Galizio & Doughty) will include data from pigeons bearing on the issue of how to conceptualize reinforced behavioral variability (i.e., as reinforced directly or as a byproduct of other processes). The second presentation (Stahlman, Lau, & Leising) then will present data from rats related to the role of behavioral variability in both operant and respondent preparations and its potential implications for understanding creativity. Our third talk (Abreu-Rodrigues & Pontes) will include data from humans in which the resurgence of behavioral variability was examined as a function of instruction type. The fourth talk (Neuringer & Jensen) will present data from pigeons in which sensitivity to matching was assessed in a typical concurrent schedule and under an operant-variability contingency. As illustrated above, the experimental analysis of behavioral variability cuts across species (pigeons, rats, and people), conditioning type (operant, respondent), and topics (e.g., creativity, resurgence, choice). To highlight the varied nature of this important area of study, our discussant (Sanabria) will consider the implications of these presentations. |
Keyword(s): behavioral variability, choice, creativity, operant variability |
|
Understanding Behavioral Variability: Effects of Response Spacing and Reinforcement Contingency |
ANN GALIZIO (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston) |
Abstract: Neuringer states that behavioral variability can be directly reinforced, such as when pigeons vary between a number of response sequences (e.g., LRRL, where L and R are left- and right-key pecks, respectively). Alternatively, Machado argues that such variability is a byproduct of the reinforcement of switching between individual pecks within a sequence. We conducted two experiments related to an understanding of the variables that impact reinforced behavioral variability. In Experiment 1, variability of 4-peck sequences was assessed as a function of inter-response interval duration and inter-trial interval duration. Variability was affected only by changes in inter-response interval duration. In Experiment 2, we compared variability in 4-peck sequences under a threshold contingency that required behavioral variability and a contingency that required a single changeover within the sequence (but not necessarily variability). Variability was higher under the threshold contingency. The implications of these results for understanding the reinforcement of behavioral variability will be discussed. |
|
Respondent Variability and Its Possible Relation to Creative Behavior |
WILLIAM DAVID STAHLMAN (University of Mary Washington), Matthew Lau (University of California, Los Angeles), Kenneth J. Leising (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that behavioral variability is predictively modulated by signals of the perceived quantity (e.g., the probability) or quality (e.g., the size) of a reinforcer. In general, an animals actions become more variable when the quality or quantity of an expected outcome is low. In addition to isolating factors that influence variability, it is worthwhile to identify other measures that correlate with enhanced variability. One such measure, an organisms reduced sensitivity to CS-US relations following its experience of CS-alone training (i.e., latent inhibition), has been shown to correlate with creative behavior in humans. We conducted a study to examine this relationship in rats. We trained rats in both a Pavlovian latent inhibition task and an operant task. We posited that a similar relationship ought to exist between latent inhibition and operant variability, should a mechanism generating creative output in humans be the same as the one that supports operant variability. Therefore, we predicted rats that demonstrated rapid learning in the Pavlovian task to demonstrate greater performance variability in the operant task. We present data bearing on the relationship between the two types of learning events and suggest that a fundamental process may be responsible for behavior labeled as creative. |
|
Resurgence of Systematic and Random Patterns of Response Sequences |
JOSELE ABREU-RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Thaissa Pontes (Universidade de Brasilia) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the resurgence of response sequences in a context of systematic and random variation. College students were required to emit sequences of five-key presses. The Systematic Group was instructed to emit sequences according to some systematic pattern while the Random Group was instructed to emit sequences randomly; the Control Group did not receive instructions. In the Reinforcement phase, a continuous reinforcement schedule (CRF) was in effect for sequence 1, and a variation contingency for all other sequences. In the Elimination phase, sequence 1 was under extinction while sequence 2 was continuously reinforced; the variation contingency was in effect for the remaining sequences. In the Resurgence phase, all 32 possible sequences were under extinction. During the Reinforcement and Elimination phases, all groups learned the target sequences. Also, the Systematic and Random groups produced sequence patterns according to the instructions, mainly in the first phase; the Control Group showed mixed sequence patterns. In the Resurgence phase, sequence 1 reappeared for all participants, but because its occurrence was no greater than that of the other sequences, it is questioned whether resurgence was demonstrated. More convincing evidence of resurgence was provided by the reappearance of the instructed sequence patterns. |
|
Similarity of Choices under Concurrent and Operant-Variability Schedules of Reinforcement |
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College), Greg Jensen (Columbia University) |
Abstract: When animals and people choose under concurrent schedules of reinforcement, their choices show three characteristics. First, overall choice distributions tend to match the distributions of reinforcers. Second, the choices tend to be emitted stochastically, i.e., in a way that makes individual choices difficult to predict. Third, however, when cues (external or indigenous to the reinforcement schedule) provide information about the next reinforcer, those cues influence the next choice. This three-part theory of choices was tested with pigeons choosing among five operanda under two different schedules: a concurrent schedule and an operant-variability schedule (where stochastic-like responses were explicitly reinforced). Matching described response distributions under both schedules; responses approximated a stochastic model under both schedules; and schedule-dependent differential cues affected choices under both. However, differences also emerged. Matching was more precise under the operant-variability than the concurrent schedule. Approximations to a stochastic model were closer under the operant-variability schedule. And the individual characteristics of the two schedules resulted in higher frequences of switching (than predicted by stochastic matching) among operanda under the concurrent schedules and lower frequencies under the operant-variability schedule. In conclusion, we demonstrated both general similarities in choices under the two schedules and schedule-specific differences. |
|
|
|
|
Reducing Maladaptive Behavior During Transitions |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Adam Brewer (Texas Tech University) |
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Transitions between relatively rich and relatively lean reinforcement situations may evoke maladaptive behavior. However, the mechanisms behind (and therefore best interventions to reduce) maladaptive behavior evoked by rich-to-lean transitions remain largely unknown. Additionally, there are disparities between the basic and applied literatures that remain unresolved. The studies in this symposium explore effects of modified reinforcement schedules and signaled activities on maladaptive behavior evoked by transitions. The studies address issues of clinical significance in more highly controlled contexts with human or nonhuman subjects. All studies were able to effectively identify environmental variables, such as the reinforcement rate, reinforcement distribution, structure of the signal, or presence of the signal, that reduced maladaptive behavior evoked during transitions. |
Keyword(s): negative-incentive shifts, problem behavior, transitions, translational |
|
The Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior Related to Transitions from Rich to Lean Reinforcement |
JOSHUA JESSEL (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (Western New England University) |
Abstract: There is little correspondence between the basic and applied research literatures regarding the concept of transitions. The experimental analysis of transitions with nonhuman animals considers a transition to be an unavoidable change in signaled reinforcement schedules resulting in a pause unique to switches from rich to lean schedules of reinforcement. Pausing is therefore said to be evoked by the aversive qualities engendered by the contrast in the changing reinforcement schedules. By contrast, transitions are usually discussed in applied research as physical changes in location irrespective of previous or upcoming schedules. We attempted to translate the basic framing of transitions to behaviors and contexts of social significance (Study 1), create an applied model for the investigation of problem behavior related to transitions (Study 2), and evaluate a possible treatment for the problem behavior evoked during rich-to-lean transitions (Study 3). Problem behavior was more readily observed during transitions from rich-to-lean components across both qualitative and quantitative differences in reinforcement. The treatment of unsignaled probabilistic rich-reinforcement presented in the lean component resulted in a decrease of problem behavior for both participants. |
|
Things Just Got Worse! Does it Matter Now if They Get Much Better Later? |
CHAD M. GALUSKA (College of Charleston), Robert A. Sauer (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Negative incentive shifts in reinforcement context disrupt operant responding and may underlie transition-induced problem behavior in humans. In three experiments, we determined if arranging continuous reinforcement (CRF) at the end of daily sessions attenuated this disruption in rats. A multiple fixed-ratio (FR) FR schedule with alternating components identical in terms of response requirement (e.g., FR 100) but differing in terms of reinforcer magnitude (1 and 4 pellets) was arranged. After demonstrating that the transition from a just-received large reinforcer to a signaled upcoming small reinforcer produced extended pausing, CRF was introduced upon the completion of the final ratio in the session; each lever press produced one pellet for a period of 50 pellet deliveries. CRF drastically reduced within-session pausing during negative incentive shifts when arranged on the lever previously associated with the small - but not the large - component of the multiple schedule. These effects were long-lasting, persisting for several months after CRF was discontinued. In a second experiment, response-independent reinforcer deliveries at session offset exacerbated within-session pausing. A third experiment demonstrated that rats first exposed to the effective CRF procedure were inoculated to the disruptive effects of negative incentive shifts; these rats never developed extended pausing in these transitions. Together, these results suggest that it is the strengthening of the response-reinforcer relation and not the future improved reinforcement context that is responsible for drastically reducing - or preventing altogether - the behavioral disruption engendered by negative incentive shifts. |
|
The Effects of Task-related and Arbitrary Signaling on Aberrant Behavior During Transitions |
KATIE HINE (The University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Transitions from one activity to another have been associated with increases in aberrant behavior in persons with intellectual disabilities (IDD). Williams, Saunders, & Perone (2011) demonstrated that for persons with IDD transitions from a rich to lean schedule of reinforcement were consistently associated with higher rates of aberrant behavior. Decreases in aberrant behavior during difficult transitions have been reported when changes in activity are signaled, often with a picture schedule. The current study further investigates the effects of signals on aberrant behavior during transitions for a representative adult with IDD (PB). The signals used were either photographs of materials present in an activity (task related), or photographs of common objects not present in an activity (arbitrary). Sessions consisted of 8 transitions, each starting with a 30-sec interval during which the signal was presented, discussed, and posted on a bulletin board, followed by 2-minutes of engagement in the activity. The rate of aberrant behavior decreased when transitions were signaled regardless of whether the signal was task-related or arbitrary. These results suggest that the time associated with signal presentation rather than the informative nature of the signal affected the rate of aberrant behavior during transitions. |
|
Activity Engagement and Challenging Behavior during Rich-to-Lean Transitions |
APRAL FOREMAN (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Michael Kranak (West Virginia University), Katelynn Miller (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The discrepancies between basic and applied research on how signals affect transitions warrants further investigation. The current study evaluated influences of signaled transitions between activities on pausing, activity engagement, and challenging behavior of three elementary-aged children who engaged in chronic, severe challenging behavior. A preference assessment was conducted with each child to identify one high-preferred (“rich”) activity and one low-preferred (“lean”) activity. The activities alternated randomly, creating four transition types: rich-to-lean, lean-to-lean, lean-to-rich, and rich-to-rich. We used an ABA reversal design to evaluate behavior during transitions when those transitions were signaled with only a visual timer (A) or a visual timer plus a picture schedule (B). Pausing, percentage of time spent engaged, and rates of challenging behavior (e.g., disruption) were the dependent measures. Rates of challenging behavior were differentiated across transition types, with rich-to-lean transitions resulting in more problem behavior than the other transition types for some children. Rates of challenging behavior shifted during the picture-schedule phase. This research begins to bridge the gap between basic and applied transition research and begins answering the questions about the discrepancies within the literature. |
|
|
|
|
The Rat is Always Right: Why the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Still Matters |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: A number of articles have appeared in behavior analytic journals recently criticizing what some view as the overly esoteric nature of contemporary basic research in the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) and questioning its future as a scientific enterprise. Howsoever one may view the current usefulness of EAB research, concerns about the future of EAB certainly cannot be founded on the assumption that we have already discovered all there is to know about the various conditions of which behavior is a function. There are still many fascinating phenomena which require the elucidation of further investigation, and it is in these behavioral frontiers that EAB has its greatest relevance. In the interests of identifying some of these frontiers and EABs role in exploring them, the speakers in this symposium will offer their perspectives on areas in which they believe interesting and important EAB research remains to be conducted. In so doing, we hope it will become clear that not only is EAB as relevant as ever, it is a primary means by which we may shed light on some of these heretofore overlooked areas of investigation. |
Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, motivation, nature-nurture, Pavlovian conditioning |
|
Back to Basics: Operants, Respondents, and "Instincts" in the Nature-Nurture System |
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: While a focus on complex operant phenomena in birds and mammals is understandable in basic research, the exploration of basic principles in a wider taxonomic sphere is important as well. Long ago, behavior analysts helped discover that operant behavior and principles interact with species-typical "instincts," as they do with Pavlovian processes. Beyond that basic fact, the scope and details of these interactions remain unknown to a surprising extent, even as still do the behavioral and biological nature of the major functional behavior categories themselves. Just as basic research in atomic physics brought great benefits--including unexpected applications--pursuing the corresponding foundational principles of behavior is likely to do the same. Are there indeed discrete or at least pragmatically useful categories? Along with the notable advances in neuroscience, the increasing power of genomic analyses should help shed light on the evolution of operant learning and its full scope, and the nature of behavioral categories and interactions. An increased focus on invertebrate learning can be expected to be an essential component. By actively pursuing interdisciplinary research in this fundamental area, we will in addition be laying the groundwork for significantly greater recognition and application of the operant principles in which we specialize. |
|
Pavlov's Science is Still at the Forefront of Methodological and Conceptual Advancement |
DANIEL GOTTLIEB (Sweet Briar College) |
Abstract: The study of Pavlovian conditioning has progressed like most successful areas of basic scientific research: through the investigation of questions that, at a given time, are the most answerable and the most broadly applicable. Over the last several decades, the field has made enormous progress in characterizing the general function of Pavlovian conditioning as well as in understanding more specific phenomena. Perhaps the greatest strides, however, have been in the area of methodological advancement. A stunning array of previously untestable questions are now empirically addressable, not because of advances in technology but rather because of advances in experimental design and statistical analysis. I will briefly highlight recent advancements of which few who work outside of the field are aware. I will then discuss some of the questions most in need of answering in the future. There is nothing esoteric about modern research in Pavlovian conditioning, and there is more of use still to be learned. |
|
Where There's a Will, There's a Way: Motivation and the Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The study of motivation within behavior analysis has historically pertained to organism-environment interactions that alter the extent to which stimuli function as reinforcers and/or aversive stimuli, thereby producing a change in an organisms behavior with respect to such stimuli. In contemporary behavior analysis, such interactions are typically accounted for via the motivating operation (MO) concept. While an increasing number of applied studies are manipulating MOs as the independent variables of interest, such studies remain rare within the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB), and relatively little is known about the effects of different motivational states on a variety of otherwise well-studied phenomena, including habituation to reinforcers, delay discounting, stimulus control, and escape and avoidance learning. Furthermore, the environmental conditions associated with the phenomena we learn to describe as emotions appear to function as MOs, a phenomena that was relatively well-studied during the early years of EAB but has received relatively little attention in the last 50 years. In the present paper, all of these issues will be discussed and we will argue that motivation is one of the many areas in which further basic experimentation is required. |
|
Persistently Momentous: Basic Research on Behavioral Momentum |
AMY ODUM (Utah State University), Andrew R. Craig (Utah State University), John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire) |
Abstract: One way to conceptualize behavior is in terms of its persistence. Some behavior challenges may result from behavior that lacks persistence (e.g., poor academic performance, lack of exercise), while others may stem from behavior that is too persistent (e.g., addiction, anxiety). Behavioral momentum encompasses the empirical study of the factors contribute to response persistence as well as a theoretical system for understanding those factors. Briefly, how fast a behavior occurs is separable from how persistent it will be. Response rate is related to response-reinforcer contingencies, whereas resistance to change is related to stimulus-reinforcer relations. This straightforward distinction has important, counterintuitive, and under-appreciated implications for our attempts to modify behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Important Procedural Arrangements in Equivalence Class Formation |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College ) |
Discussant: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The present symposium focuses on different procedural arrangements that could be important for formation of equivalence classes. Thus, techniques for presenting meaningful stimuli, which could be, defined as stimuli that have acquired successive and simultaneous discriminative properties, as well as conditional discriminative properties will be discussed, along with other important procedural arrangements. The first paper by Arntzen, Steingrimsdottir, and Nartey present an experiment on the role of morphing in expansion of equivalence classes in typically developing children. The second paper by Fields and Arntzen ask about the effects of the inclusion of a meaningful stimulus in a set of nominally meaningless stimuli enhance the formation of and equivalence class consisting of such a stimulus set. The third paper by Almeida, Perez, and de Rose investigated transformation of meaning across relations of equivalence and opposition. Finally, Soares Filho, Clavijo-Alvarez, and Tomanari present on experiment that investigated the effects of positive and negative reinforcement on the acquisition of conditional discriminations and equivalence class formation in humans. |
Keyword(s): meaningful stimuli, morphing, stimulus equivalence |
|
On the Role of Morphing in Expansion of Equivalence Classes |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College), Richard Nartey (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: We will present an experiment with children as participants where we asked if it was possible train to two sets of stimuli, that is two three 4-members classes and then connect the two sets of stimuli by training the link between the nodes. This was followed by an overall test for emergent relations. Thirty children were random assigned to three different groups. A many-to-one training structure was employed for training both sets. Participants in the three groups were exposed to varying degree of abstract to familiar stimuli and also conditions with morphed stimuli (50 % of abstract and familiar stimuli). The main findings are that more participants who were exposed to familiar stimuli as the node and the other stimuli as abstract stimuli formed equivalence classes than participants with all abstract stimuli. The last group with morphed stimuli formed equivalence classes as the group with familiar stimuli as node. |
|
The Class Enhancing Effects of Meaningful Stimuli Attributable to Their Discriminative and Conditional Discriminative Properties |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The inclusion of a meaningful stimulus in a set of nominally meaningless stimuli enhances the formation of and equivalence class consisting of such a stimulus set. Meaningful stimuli have acquired successive and simultaneous discriminative properties, as well as conditional discriminative properties. Thus, it is possible that these stimulus control functions could be responsible for the enhancement of equivalence class formation. This notion has been evaluated in a number of recent experiments in equivalence classes have been formed by sets of nominally meaningless stimuli. Before class formation, however, one of the stimuli in the set is given discrimination training or conditional discrimination training. Thereafter, an attempt is made to form an equivalence class that contains the stimulus with an acquired stimulus control function along with other meaningless stimuli. Prior acquisition of successive discriminations enhances equivalence class formation but less so that a class consisting of a meaningful stimulus. The overtraining of the successive discrimination increases likelihood of class format to the level produced by the meaningful stimulus. When one meaningless stimulus becomes a member of one conditional discrimination, it too enhances likelihood of class formation but not as much as the inclusion of a meaningful stimulus in a class. Overtraining does not produce further enhancement of class formation. In contrast, the establishment of many conditional discrimination with one meaningless stimulus prior to class formation enhances likelihood of class formation to the same extent as the inclusion of a meaningful stimulus in the class. These results and others support the views that the class enhancing function of a meaningful stimulus can be accounted for by the presumed stimulus control functions acquired by meaningful stimuli. |
|
Transformation of Meaning Through Relations of Equivalence and Opposition |
JOAO ALMEIDA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), William Ferreira Perez (University of Sao Paulo), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Studies using different methods confirmed that equivalent stimuli share meaning. For instance, assessments with a semantic differential (SD) and the IRAP demonstrated that arbitrary stimuli acquired the meaning of equivalent facial expressions of emotions. According to Relational Frame Theory, equivalence is one among several kinds of relations that may be arbitrarily applied to stimuli. Other relations result in transformation, rather than transfer of meaning: for instance, an arbitrary stimulus bearing a relation of opposition to a meaningful one should acquire an opposite meaning. The present study investigated such transformation of meaning across relations of equivalence and opposition. Ten college students formed a relational network with A1 (facial expression of happiness) similar to B1 and opposite to B2, and B1 similar to C1 and opposite to C2. SD scores were compared with evaluations of the faces by a control group and indicated transfer of meaning to the equivalent arbitrary stimuli and acquisition of an opposite meaning by the opposite stimuli. IRAP results showed a more robust indication of transfer of meaning to equivalent stimuli and transformation of meaning of opposite stimuli. Results in general support the expected transfer and transformation of functions but some inconsistencies require further research. |
|
Effects of Positive and Negative Reinforcement on the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations and Equivalence Class Formation |
Paulo Sergio Dillon Soares Filho (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Alvaro A. Clavijo Alvarez (Universidade de Sao Paulo), GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: This experiment investigated the effects of positive and negative reinforcement on the acquisition of conditional discriminations and equivalence class formation in humans. Thirteen participants were exposed to the training of 12 conditional relations (six AB and six BC) in a MTS procedure. Four relations were trained using positive reinforcement (+10 points contingent to correct choices and 0 point contingent to incorrect choices); four using negative reinforcement (0 point / - 10 points); and four using positive and negative reinforcement together (+10 points / 10 points). Only five participants have reached the acquisition criterion and were exposed to the equivalence class tests. Comparing the acquisition, participants have first learned the conditional relations that have been trained on positive and negative reinforcement together. Then, they have learned the relations on negative and positive reinforcement contingences, in this sequence. All tested participants have shown similar test performances, no matter what contingencies of reinforcement they were exposed to. |
|
|
|
|
Application and Investigations of Token Reinforcement Systems |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Samaha, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Token reinforcement systems have endeared themselves in educational settings and other core domains of applied behavior analysis, including developmental disabilities, since the beginnings of the field (Ayllon & Azrin, 1968; Kazdin, 1977; Kazdin, 1978). In addition to providing opportunities to expand the scope and relevance of our field, such systems also provide an important set tools to behavior analysts studying the conceptual underpinnings of phenomena such as reinforcement, conditioned reinforcement, and punishment. The four papers presented in this symposium continue this tradition by demonstrating the usefulness of token systems in diverse applications. Donaldson, DeLeon, Fisher, and Kahng demonstrate the use of a token procedure to evaluate differences and preferences for gaining versus losing rewards. Russell, Ingvarsson and Haggar investigate the use of a token system in the context of behavioral economic procedures designed to contrast the value of different categories of reinforcers. Boyle, Samaha, and Bloom evaluate maintenance of responding under schedule thinning using fixed and variable schedules of token exchange. Finally, Parry and Anderson examine the effectiveness of a token reinforcement system augmented with self-managed check-in/check-out. |
Keyword(s): token economy, token reinforcement |
|
Using Progressive Ratio Schedules to Evaluate Edible, Leisure, and Token Reinforcement |
DANIELLE MARIE RUSSELL (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Jennifer Haggar (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The general purpose of the current study was to evaluate the potency of different categories of reinforcers with young children diagnosed with developmental delays. The participants were two boys and one girl ages 7 to 8, and the measured response was written solutions to math facts. In Phase 1, the reinforcing potency of tokens, edible items, and leisure items was evaluated by using a progressive ratio (PR) schedule. For two participants, tokens resulted in the highest PR break points. For one participant, edibles resulted in the highest break points, while tokens were found to have the lowest break points. In Phase 2, the effects of presession access on the break points of edibles and tokens were examined. This manipulation evaluated the extent to which tokens might function as generalized conditioned reinforcers. Presession access altered the break points of edibles, but not tokens. Further, during presession access, participants chose to exchange their tokens for activities rather than edibles. These findings suggest that PR schedules may be useful to assess the effectiveness of different categories of reinforcers in the context of specific tasks, and to evaluate to what extent token training results in the establishment of tokens as generalized conditioned reinforcers. |
|
Effects of and Preference for Conditions of Token Earn vs. Loss |
JEANNE M. DONALDSON (Texas Tech University), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The effects of token earning and losing on the disruptive behavior of 12 first-grade students was evaluated under symmetrical contingencies of earn and loss. Both contingencies produced decreases in disruptive behavior. For some participants, more consistent decreases were observed during the loss contingency. Additionally, participants generally earned/kept more tokens during the loss contingency. When offered a choice of contingencies, the majority of participants preferred the loss contingency. The results showed some consistency with behavioral economic principles of loss aversion and the endowment effect. |
|
Increasing Unit Price: A Comparison of Fixed- and Variable-Ratio Token Schedules |
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Utah State University), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Token economies involve individuals working to earn tokens that are exchangeable for back-up reinforcers. Token economies produce meaningful changes in behavior, however an important issue related to token schedules is how best to fade the schedule of back-up reinforcement to practical and cost-effective levels. Although research shows that token economies continue to be effective during and after schedule thinning, little research exists regarding the best way to do so. The concept of unit price from behavioral economics predicts that responding will be the same given the same ratio of cost (e.g., ratio requirements) to benefits (back-up reinforcers earned), and treats fixed- and variable-ratio requirements the same in terms of cost. Despite this prediction, early research on variable-ratio schedules suggests that they maintain responding at higher ratio requirements than fixed-ratio schedules. Thus, the purpose of this study was to compare fixed- and variable-ratio schedules of reinforcement while increasing response requirements to earn back-up reinforcers (i.e., unit price) in the context of a token reinforcement system for compliance with academic tasks. Results showed no consistent differences between the schedules at any unit price. |
|
Incorporating Self-Management into a School-Based, Tier II Token Economy Intervention |
MICHAEL PARRY (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Check-in/check-out is an evidence-based Tier II intervention used widely in schools. CICO is a Tier II intervention designed for use within a comprehensive, school-wide framework. Components of CICO include frequent feedback on social behavior and a token economy. We investigated a modification of this intervention, incorporating the use of self-management into check-in/check-out. The intervention included the following features: morning and afternoon feedback sessions with a mentor, self-monitoring of performance throughout the day, randomly scheduled accuracy checks, and rewards contingent upon earned points. We used an ABAB reversal design to assess experimental control. Across participants, the self-management intervention resulted in decreases in disruptive behavior and increases in academic engagement. Social validity data were mixed with students and parents rating the intervention as valued and the coordinator rating the intervention as not useful. Possible reasons for the mixed social validity will be discussed with an emphasis on systems-variables necessary for successfully embedding an intervention in the school culture. |
|
|
|
|
A Translational Approach to Investigating Work Performance: From the Lab to the Cubicle |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amy J. Henley (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This symposium includes four talks that span laboratory and applied organizational behavior management investigations. Two of the presentations describe human operant investigations of feedback sequencing in simulated work environments. Both studies evaluate claims of efficacy and preference for the feedback sandwich, a highly promoted method of delivering feedback in organizations. The remaining presentations were conducted in applied settings addressing real world employee performance problems. The third presentation evaluates the effects of self-monitoring involving interlocking behavioral contingencies on work performance and sales. The final presentation will share findings from a study investigating the effects of task clarification and/or feedback on the customer service skills of telephone operators. The symposium will conclude with considerations and future research directions from a discussant. |
Keyword(s): Employee Performance, Feedback, Task Clarification, Translational Research |
|
Should You Order the Feedback Sandwich? Efficacy of and Preference for Feedback Sequence |
AMY J. HENLEY (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Feedback is an effective method for increasing performance in a wide range of settings, although questions remain regarding the most effective characteristics of feedback. The purpose of the present study was to investigate (1) the efficacy of and preference for feedback sequence (positive-corrective-positive, positive-positive-corrective, corrective-positive-positive, no feedback), and (2) the influence of feedback timing on efficacy and preference. Undergraduate participants performed four office tasks each associated with a feedback sequence, presented in a counterbalanced fashion. Study 1 evaluated the effects of feedback sequence on performance when feedback was delivered immediately after the session. The corrective-positive-positive sequence resulted in the greatest increase from baseline mean for two participants. The positive-corrective-positive sequence was most efficacious for one participant. An efficacious feedback sequence was not identified for the fourth participant. The corrective-positive-positive, positive-positive-corrective, and no feedback conditions were preferred by two of four participants. Study 2 evaluated the effects of feedback sequence on performance when feedback was delivered before the session. Preliminary data for two participants suggest the corrective-positive-positive and no feedback conditions resulted in the greatest increase in performance from baseline mean. Participants indicated preference for the no feedback, positive-corrective-positive, and positive-positive-corrective sequences. Data collection for the remaining two participants is underway. |
|
Further Analysis of the Sandwich Method of Feedback |
MICHAEL FANTETTI (Western New England University, Brohavior
), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Courtney June (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The sandwich method of feedback is frequently used in organizational settings as a way to deliver information on performance. Previous research has suggested that the sandwich method improves performance, but not any more than descriptive feedback. However, participants prefer descriptive feedback to the sandwich method. The purpose of this study was to extend previous research by comparing several components of the sandwich feedback method to descriptive feedback. In addition, a choice phase was conducted to examine whether participants prefer one type of feedback over another. This was done across four participants in a multiple baseline design with a built in reversal design, measuring a response that consisted of entering information into a computerized data entry system. Results show that participant responding varied across interventions, although 3 of 4 participants selected the descriptive feedback condition in the choice phase. Interobserver agreement was 100% across all sessions, and treatment integrity was 99.12% across 48.9% of sessions. |
|
Increasing Sale by Managing the Interlocking Contingencies between Sales Representatives and Customers Using Behavioral Self-Monitoring |
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Jason Copeland (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: The interlocking contingencies that exist between a customer and sales representatives may contribute to buying decisions. The purpose of this study is to redesign the sales call verbal process of 5 sales representatives to shape the verbal behaviors most likely to result in a sale. Verbal behaviors related to sales were identified by sales representatives in a focus group meeting and were used to develop a self-observation check sheet. The self-monitoring phase was associated with an average increase of 12 percentage points over baseline. These changes were associated with 65% more sales during the intervention period for the experimental group compared with 16% more sales for the comparison group. The interlocking contingencies between certain sales representative verbal behaviors, consisting of Contact (asks for customers contact information including email address) and Deposit (states how much of a deposit can get the order started) and certain customer verbal behaviors consisting of Phone (provided phone number) and Want (did customer say they want to buy a building) seemed to occasion an increase in customer buying behavior. For each sales representative, this increase in sales translates into $1,126,528 more in annualized revenue and $4,989 more in annualized sales commission. |
|
Improving Customer Service Telephone Skills with Graphic Feedback and Task Clarification |
BRENDAN J. BOEHR (Florida Institute of Technology), David Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology), Cindy Schmitt (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The director of the Continuing Education department at a private university targeted four sets of employee telephone operator customer service skills for improvement. Each set of skills was a composite of several important customer service behaviors according to Telephone Doctor, a popular online customer service training provider. Composite skills included Greetings (appropriate greeting statement, department and university identification, and employee identification, all in the correct order), Communication Skills (requesting a customers name in a particular way, using the customers name to personalize calls), Closing (thanking the customer, offering additional help, and an appropriate farewell statement), and [another set of skills to be determined]. Two employees whose natural telephone performance with real customers was recorded on a daily basis for the duration of the study participated. We employed a modified multiple baseline design with counter-balancing measures to control for potential order effects following sequential exposure to the two independent variables: graphic feedback delivered by a supervisor, and the provision of task clarification. That is, graphic feedback followed by task clarification was implemented for the first two component skills and task clarification followed by graphic feedback for the final two skills. Preliminary results suggest that feedback was effective. |
|
|
|
|
Pursuing a Career in Behavioral Science? You Need Funding! |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University) |
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
CE Instructor: Paul L. Soto, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Obtaining research funding is a critical part of most research careers. A number of funding avenues are available to basic and applied behavior analysts. The speakers in this symposium are individuals with successful records of obtaining funding from a variety of sources such as the National Institutes of Health, the National Science Foundation, the Federal Aviation Administration, and other sources and individuals who serve as program officers at the National Institutes of Health and the National Science Foundation. Each speaker will provide their perspective on strategies for success in obtaining funding. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): grants, NIH, NSF, research funding |
Target Audience: Basic and applied behavior analysts interested in obtaining federal funding for research. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Identify potential funding sources; (2) Understand how to research opportunities and announcements; and (3) Identify strategies for developing successful applications. |
|
Funding Research for Behavioral Solutions |
STEVEN R. HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
Abstract: Funding behavior analysis research through the National Institutes of Health can be difficult. The challenge is not just about the shrinking available dollars. The more important difficulty is the NIH emphasis on clinically relevant research and the need to demonstrate that behavioral research will translate into improved treatment for a clinical disorder. Much important behavior research has little to do with clinical disorders but is about understanding the behavior of average people: how they make decisions that affect the economy, the environment, the safety of transportation and industry, and the functioning of communities. Solving behavioral problems in these domains are every bit as important as contributing to health care, so how does such research get funded? In this talk, Dr. Hursh will illustrate several strategies for successful research funding, using his experience as a case study. In particular, nearly all his research has been funded from sources other than NIH. Alternative funding requires a shift from being a behavior analyst to being a problem analyst, applying behavioral solutions. |
Dr. Steven Hursh is president and chairman of the Institutes for Behavior Resources, where he directs research and application efforts on human performance and fatigue, behavioral economics, drug abuse, and cooperative team performance. He is also an adjunct professor of behavioral biology in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Hursh is the world leader in theory and modeling in the behavioral economics subfield of psychology as defined by the application of economic concepts and metrics to individual and group behavior. In addition, Dr. Hursh is also the technical leader of an effort to model the relationship between sleep deprivation and performance. His patented biomathematical model, the Sleep, Activity, Fatigue, and Task Effectiveness, or SAFTE model, and the Fatigue Avoidance Scheduling Tool has been accepted by the U.S. Department of Defense as the standard warfighter fatigue model, has been validated and calibrated by the Department of Transportation as a fatigue risk management tool, and is currently used by the Federal Railroad Administration, the Federal Aviation Administration, and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and major corporations to assess fatigue in transportation and other industries to assess and manage fatigue in operational settings. Dr. Hursh earned his B.A. in psychology from Wake Forest University and a Ph.D. in experimental psychology from the University of California, San Diego. During his 35 years in research, Dr. Hursh has authored or co-authored more than 80 published articles, book chapters, and technical reports, and served as associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Dr. Hursh has obtained grants and contracts from numerous sources including the National Space Biomedical Research Institute, NASA, Federal Railroad Administration, Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Motor Carriers Safety Administration, Transport Canada, Army, and Air Force, plus private industry consulting. |
|
Preparing Quality Grant Applications: Understanding the Process and the Context |
WILLIAM J. MCILVANE (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: This presentation will convey perspectives on the process of preparing competitive grant applications for peer review. For more than 30 years, Dr. McIlvane has been writing applications to various federal funding agencies, most of which have been successful. He also has served on dozens of advisory panels that have reviewed grant applications or made recommendations about funding priorities and procedures. In his current position, he serves as principal investigator on five active National Institutes of Health grants. He also mentors colleagues in the process of preparing competitive grant applications. Through his combined experiences, he has come to understand quite a bit about the variables that determine whether or not grant applications are successful. Because he serves in multiple roles (i.e., principal investigator, reviewer, mentor, and research administrator), he will convey multiple perspectives that may help behavior analysts understand the overall context within which grant applications are successful (or not). Also, he will discuss strategies and tactics for operating research programs within tight budgetary constraints such as those faced currently by researchers nationwide. |
Dr. William McIlvane directs a broad research program that addresses a variety of scientific problems relevant to understanding and perhaps correcting behavior deficits of people with neurodevelopmental disabilities. One area of deficit, for example, is in symbolic behaviors involved in communication (speaking, listening, reading, writing, etc.). One focus of his program is development of methods to encourage progressively more rapid learning of symbolic behaviors. Another is to adapt behavioral neuroscience methods--including animal modeling--to further understanding of brain processes involved in symbolic behavior. A second focus of Dr. McIlvane's program is to develop valid nonverbal neuropsychological testing methods for use with individuals and populations that do not understand verbal instructions. Methods developed in this aspect of his research have been adapted to further understanding of the behavioral profiles associated with disorders such as autism, depression, and neurotoxicant exposure. In addition, Dr. McIlvane's program has a strong research-to-practice emphasis. For example, methods emerging from laboratory research are being used to teach practical skills in regular and special education classrooms in both the United States and in Brazil. Dr. McIlvane has obtained funding from the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, the National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders, the National Institute on Environmental Health Services, the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Center for Research Resources, the Health Resources and Services Administration, and the National Science Foundation. He has been continuously funded since 1985. |
|
NIH Funding Opportunities in Behavioral Research |
SUSAN VOLMAN (National Institute on Drug Abuse) |
Abstract: Behavioral research is critically important to NIH’s mission not only at the NIH institutes that have responsibility for behavioral disorders, but also because behavior has a pervasive effect on most health outcomes. Topics that will be covered in this talk include an overview of NIH-wide initiatives in behavioral research, such as the Science of Behavioral Change (SOBC) and the Basic Behavioral and Social Science Opportunity Network (OppNet), and the funding priorities in behavioral research of the National Institute on Drug Abuse and other NIH Institutes. Strategies for finding the best home for your research at NIH also will be presented. |
Dr. Susan Volman oversees a program at the National Institute on Drug Abuse that emphasizes a systems neurobiology approach in animal models, including electrophysiological recording of neural activity during drug-related activities; studies of learning and memory systems to elucidate how normal processes of neuronal plasticity contribute to drug addiction; and computational approaches to understanding the effects of drug-induced alterations on neural circuits. Dr. Volman obtained her Ph.D. in neurobiology and behavior from Cornell University in 1985 and was a postdoctoral fellow at the California Institute of Technology. She was a faculty member in the Department of Zoology and a member of the Neuroscience Graduate Studies Program and the Center for Cognitive Science at The Ohio State University and then served as director of developmental neuroscience at the National Science Foundation before coming to NIDA in 1998. Dr. Volman has carried out NIH-funded research in a variety of neuroethological model systems with a common theme of neural circuit re-organization underlying behavioral change in response to injury, natural selection, and during ontogeny. Her most recent research had been on song learning in birds. She has served on the editorial board of Brain, Behavior, and Evolution and on the review panel for the behavioral and computational neuroscience programs at the NSF. |
|
Funding Opportunities at the National Science Foundation |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University) |
Abstract: The National Science Foundation funds basic and applied research in many areas of interest to behavior analysts. In general, funded research advances theory and has substantial broader impacts beyond the results of the research itself. This presentation reviews the proposal and review process including the criteria of intellectual merit and broader impact, highlights opportunities in Decision, Risk & Management Sciences, and describesthree funding mechanisms that may be of special interest: dissertation improvement grants for doctoral students; CAREER grants for early-career behavioral scientists; and research in undergraduate institutions (RUI) grants for faculty at undergraduate colleges and universities. |
Donald Hantula is a visiting scientist and program director for decision, risk, and management sciences at the National Science Foundation, an associate professor of psychology and director of the Decision Laboratory at Temple University, and associate editor of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. His research includes behavior analysis, behavioral economics, human decision making in dynamic environments, and technological applications. He has previously held positions in occupational health promotion (The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), human resource management (King's College), and management information systems (St. Joseph's University), and as a visiting scholar at the University of Nevada, Reno. His research has appeared in American Psychologist, IEEE Transactions, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, the Journal of Analytical Psychology, and Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes. His most recent book is Consumer Behavior Analysis: (A)Rational Approach to Consumer Choice with Victoria Wells. |
|
|
|
|
Parameters of Reinforcement Based Procedures in Intervention for Individuals Diagnosed with Autism |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the principles of applied behavior analysis is the provision of reinforcement. Researchers have shown that reinforcement based procedures can be effective in decreasing a wide variety of aberrant behaviors and can be utilized to increase appropriate behaviors. This symposium will present three papers that evaluate different components of reinforcement based procedures for individuals diagnosed with autism. The first paper evaluated the effectiveness of a differential reinforcement procedure in increasing rates of responding for children diagnosed with autism. The second paper compared the use of a paired preference assessment to teachers using in-the-moment reinforcer analysis to increase the rate of responding for individuals diagnosed with autism. The final paper compared the use of a paired preference assessment to teachers using in-the-moment reinforcer analysis to increase expressive labeling for individuals diagnosed with autism. The results of these presentations will be thoroughly discussed, as well as ideas for future research and clinical implications. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Expressive Labeling, Preference assessment, Reinforcement Strength |
|
How Effective is Differential Reinforcement for Individuals Diagnosed with Autism? |
ALYNE KUYUMJIAN (Autism Partnership Foundation), Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Aditt Alcalay (Autism Partnership Foundation), Misty Oppenheim-Leaf (Behavior Therapy and Learning Center) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement procedures are commonly implemented as part of comprehensive programming for individuals diagnosed with autism. Differential reinforcement is utilized both to decrease aberrant behaviors and to increase pro-social behaviors. Despite differential reinforcement being a commonly implemented procedure, it is not known what effect differential reinforcement has on increasing the rates of responding for high functioning individuals with autism as compared to lower functioning individuals diagnosed with autism. The purpose of this study was to compare rates of responding on a simple sorting task for individuals who were diagnosed with autism and were either considered higher functioning or lower functioning. Using an alternating treatment design, participants were evaluated on their rates of sorting chips during a differential reinforcement condition, a constant reinforcement condition, and an extinction condition. An analysis of the rates of responding across each participant and across participants considered higher functioning as compared to participants considered lower functioning were conducted. Results, future research, and clinical implications will be discussed. |
|
Formal Preference Assessments Compared to In-the-Moment Analysis of Reinforcers for Increasing Rate of Behaviors |
ADITT ALCALAY (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Kathleen H. Tsuji (Autism Partnership), Stephanie Bloomfield (Autism Partnership Foundation), Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation) |
Abstract: The systematic use of reinforcers is an essential component of behavioral intervention for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Today, rigorous and formal preference assessments, including paired-preference assessments, are widely conducted to help determine which items to use as reinforcers during intervention. Although paired-preference assessments are widely used, there is no experimental evidence examining whether extensive advanced sampling actually produces high rates of responding compared to in-the-moment analysis of reinforcer effects. The present study compared the rate of responding on a simple sorting task when participants were provided items that were determined as preferred during an extensive paired preference assessment versus a teacher selecting items based on in-the-moment analysis of reinforcer effects. The researchers utilized an alternating treatment design and the results indicated no clear difference in the rate of responding, but there were clear differences in terms of efficiency. Ideas for future research and clinical implications will be discussed. |
|
Formal Preference Assessments Compared to In-the-Moment Analysis of Reinforcers for Increasing Expressive Labeling |
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Aditt Alcalay (Autism Partnership Foundation), Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), Stephanie Bloomfield (Autism Partnership Foundation), Kathleen H. Tsuji (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: The systematic use of reinforcers is an essential component of behavioral intervention for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Today, rigorous and formal preference assessments, including paired-preference assessments, are widely conducted to help determine which items to use as reinforcers during intervention. Although paired-preference assessments are widely used, there is no experimental evidence examining whether extensive advanced sampling actually produces high rates of acquisition of new tasks, as compared to in-the-moment analysis of reinforcer effects. The present study compared participants' rates of learning expressive labeling tasks in a condition where teachers utilized only reinforcers as determined by formal paired preference assessments to a second condition where teachers utilized in-the-moment analysis of reinforcers. The results showed that both conditions resulted in participants learning the targeted skills; however, the in-the-moment analysis condition was more efficient, resulted in better maintenance, and resulted in higher rates of responding. Clinical implications and ideas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Supporting Children with ASD in General Education Classrooms: Priming, Embedded Instruction and Social Script Training |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute and McMaster University) |
CE Instructor: Joel Hundert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There is little evidence that placing children with ASD in general education classrooms will automatically result in improved academic performance or social behaviors. Without interventions that are both effective and practical to implement, children with ASD in general education settings have been found to experience difficulty learning class curriculum, attending to teacher instruction, following classroom routines, and interacting with peers. Although there are many interventions that have been shown to be effective in clinical and special education settings, there is much less known about how to design and deliver interventions that can be implemented in general education classrooms for children with ASD. This symposium will present three interventions that hold promise as being both effective and practical to implement: social script training to increase peer interaction, priming to improve participation in class lessons and embedded instruction to teach child-specific objectives. The presentation will be data-based and involve children and adolescents with ASD attending general education classrooms. |
Keyword(s): autism, general education, inclusion, schools |
|
The Effect of Social Script Training and Peer Buddies on Generalized Interactive Play |
JOEL P. HUNDERT (Behaviour Institute and McMaster University) |
Abstract: Typically, children with ASD in general education settings show low levels of interacting with peers. There have been several interventions that demonstrate an improvement in the peer interaction of children with ASD when the intervention is in place, but fewer interventions have been able to demonstrate effects which generalize to increased peer interaction of children with ASD in settings where the intervention is not being implemented. The effects of social script training, peer buddies and a combination of both were examined on the interactive play of three young children with ASD in inclusive educational settings. Measures of the interactive play of each child with ASD in both a training and a generalization setting were measured in a multiple baseline design. Only the combination of social script training and peer buddies produced improved interactive play in a generalization setting. These results suggest that interventions that target a number of social behaviors associated with sustained peer interaction may need to be implemented in inclusive settings. |
|
Comparison of Embedded Self-Instruction and Teacher-Delivered Embedded Instruction on Classroom Performance of Children with ASD |
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: Embedded instruction consists of providing practice to a child on individual learning objectives during breaks in routines of general education classrooms. Embedded instruction been shown to be effective in teaching targeted learning outcomes. However, the number of practice trials of embedded instruction implemented in a school day reported in outcome studies typically has been low (i.e., 15 30 a day). A higher number of practice trials may be possible if the embedded instruction is implemented by the child with ASD, rather than an educator in the classroom. Embedded self-instruction may be introduced by having practice in the form of self-correcting flash cards which the child is cued to practice during brief interludes in the school day. This presentation will compare the effectiveness of embedded self-instruction to the more typical, teacher-delivered embedded instruction on the spelling performance of two children with ASD in general education classrooms. In preliminary evaluation, embedded self-instruction was associated with more frequent practice trials and produced higher levels of correct performance than teacher-delivered embedded instruction. These results suggest that embedded self-instruction may be a valuable addition in inclusion classrooms. |
|
The Effect of Priming on The Test-Taking Performance and Class Lesson Participation of Children with ASD in General Education Classrooms |
NICOLE WALTON-ALLEN (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: Compared to their typically developing classmates, children with ASD included in general education classrooms tend to have more difficulty learning class curriculum and participating during teacher presented lessons. One promising intervention is priming which consists of providing a child with practice at home or in a resource room at school of a problem situation that the child encounters in the classroom (e.g., correct answering of arithmetic problems; raising hand to answer teacher questions in a lesson). Only a few studies have examined the effectiveness of priming on the classroom performance of children with ASD. This study will present the results of priming of class arithmetic lessons at home by a tutor on childrens test performance and participation during arithmetic lessons of two children aged, 8 and 10 years with ASD in general education classrooms. Using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design, priming was introduced at home in the evening before a weekly arithmetic test in the classroom. The children showed an increase in correct performance with the introduction of priming. Priming holds promise as a practical and effective intervention for children with ASD in general education settings. |
|
|
|
|
Beyond Behavior Analysis: Systemic Issues Impacting the Delivery of Community Services for Adults With Autism |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)
) |
PETER F. GERHARDT (JPG Autism Consulting, LLC) |
JOANNE GERENSER (Eden II Programs) |
GLORIA M. SATRIALE (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)) |
Abstract: According to the U.S, Department of Health and Human Services, by 2023, 380,000 individuals with autism will exit the educational system and enter the adult services system. Notwithstanding educational supports ranging in cost from $45,000 $100,000, less than 50% of individuals with autism have EVER held a job post graduation. Recent statistics on other quality of life measures: Independent living 85% of individuals with autism still live at home with their parents; 78% of individuals with autism and their families were not aware of resources. Although the field of behavior analysis has been very successful in developing effective and functional treatment and intervention principles and protocols, there exist administrative, bureaucratic and political issues that potentially negatively impact the continued successful delivery of behavior analytic services under adult service systems. Examples include regulatory policies, funding constraints, and cultural sensitivities. These global issues require attention and solution by professionals in our field if adult services are to develop and sustain the influx of individuals into the adult support system. This panel discussion will address some of the national issues currently challenging significant movement and improvement of post-education supports and offers suggestions for behavior analysts navigating un and under funded adult service systems. |
Keyword(s): adults, autism, community supports |
|
|
|
|
Adolescents and Alcohol: Acute Sensitivities, Enhanced Intake, and Later Consequences |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
LINDA P. SPEAR (Binghamton University, State University of New York) |
Dr. Linda Spear is a SUNY distinguished professor in behavioral neuroscience in the Department of Psychology at Binghamton University, State University of New York. She has served as president of the International Behavioral Neuroscience Society, the International Society for Developmental Psychobiology, and the Neurobehavioral Teratology Society. Dr. Spear has been a member of the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA), the National Institue on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA), and the National Center for Research Resources (NCRR) review committees, the extramural advisory boards of NIDA and NIAAA, as well as the NIAAA National Advisory Council. With more than 250 research publications, including a book, The Behavioral Neuroscience of Adolescence, she conducts research largely using animal models to characterize neurobehavioral features of adolescence, with a particular focus on sensitivity to and long-term consequences of alcohol use during adolescence. Dr. Spear currently directs the Developmental Exposure Alcohol Research Center (DEARC) and is a member of the consortium on the Neurobiology of Adolescent Drinking in Adulthood (NADIA)--both NIAAA-funded initiatives. She was the 2005 recipient of the Keller Award, an award given annually by NIAAA to "an outstanding alcohol researcher who has made significant and long-term contributions" to the study of alcohol abuse and alcoholism, and in 2012 received the Henri Begleiter Excellence in Research Award from the Research Society on Alcoholism as well as the Elsevier Distinguished Lecture Award given by the Neurobehavioral Teratology Society. |
Abstract: Adolescence is a conserved developmental period characterized by ontogenetic alterations in brain and behavior that often bear notable similarities across species, including increases in peer-directed social behaviors, risk-taking, as well as elevated per occasion use of alcohol. Studies using a rodent model of adolescence have shown that, seemingly due in part to age differences in brain function and in expression of acute tolerance, adolescents are more resistant than are adults to alcohol effects that normally serve as cues to moderate drinking, while conversely showing greater sensitivity to ethanol-induced social stimulation. To the extent that these findings in laboratory animals are relevant to human adolescents, this developmental blending of enhanced/attenuated ethanol sensitivities may encourage relatively high levels of consumption, particularly among adolescents who are otherwise at risk for especially elevated alcohol intake because of genetic or environmentally associated alterations in ethanol sensitivities Such elevated ethanol exposures may lead to adverse consequences among at-risk adolescents that may persist into adulthood. Indeed, our findings to date have revealed certain long-lasting consequences of repeated exposure to ethanol during adolescence that are replicable, specific, and dependent on timing of the ethanol exposure, with early adolescence being perhaps an especially vulnerable period, and comparable exposures in adulthood generally not inducing similar effects. |
Keyword(s): adolesence, drug abuse, risk taking, social behavior |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior in Children |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:20 PM |
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Mallory Smith (Blossom Center for Children) |
|
Using Sensorimotor Play as a Setting Event for the Rapid Acquisition of Core Socio-Communicative Behaviors inFive Children With Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MALLORY SMITH (Blossom Center for Children), Gia Vazquez Ortega (Blossom Center for Children) |
|
Abstract: Children with autism often have difficulty making eye contact, imitating motor movements, and using vocalizations to request. Research has found that increasing motivation by using child choice, interspersal of acquisition and maintenance tasks, reinforcing attempts, and delivering natural reinforcers in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) treatment programs increase the acquisition time to learn new skills. Nevertheless, some children are qualified as "nonresponders" to these methods due to lack of interest for objects or progress continues to be slow. In this study, 5 children with autism who were receiving ABA intensive treatment, participated in a 2 month intervention embedded into their current treatment program. The intervention consisted of two 15-minute treatment intervals within their regular 4-hour ABA session. The 15-minute intervals consisted of use of sensorimotor play activities in combination with motivational procedures to increase critical skill areas of joint attention, motor imitation, engagement time, and unprompted vocal requests in the context of sensorimotor play. Results indicate that the use of sensorimotor play activities in combination with motivational procedures assisted in rapidly increasing core skills. The results from this study suggest that sensorimotor play may be an important consideration for children with autism of various functioning levels to acquire and generalize core skills at a faster rate. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mitigating the Risks Associated with Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Anjali Barretto, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
CATHLEEN C. PIAZZA (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Dr. Cathleen Piazza received her doctorate degree from Tulane University in New Orleans, LA. She completed her predoctoral internship and a postdoctoral fellowship at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in Baltimore, MD. After her training, Dr. Piazza continued as a faculty member at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, where she served as the director of the Severe Behavior Unit, the chief psychologist of the Neurobehavioral Unit, and the director of the Pediatric Behavioral Sleep Clinic. In 1996, Dr. Piazza became the director of training for the Department of Behavioral Psychology. In 1997, she became the director of the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program. In 1999, the Kennedy Krieger and Marcus Institutes became affiliates, and Dr. Piazza moved to Atlanta, GA, to initiate the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program at the Marcus Institute. She also served as the director of training for the Marcus Institute. Dr. Piazza is a former editor, former book editor, former associate editor, and former board member of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. In 2002, the Chron's and Colitis Association named Dr. Piazza a Woman of Distinction. She also was identified as the most productive female researcher and one of the top five researchers in the world in the areas of behavior analysis and behavior therapy in the 1990s. Dr. Piazza has served as a mentor to more than 50 predoctoral interns and postdoctoral fellows who trained at the Kennedy Krieger, Marcus, and Munroe-Meyer Institutes. Dr. Piazza currently is the director of the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program and a professor at the University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute and Department of Pediatrics. Dr. Piazza has published more than 75 peer-reviewed studies on the assessment and treatment of severe behavior and feeding disorders. |
Abstract: Treatments for pediatric feeding disorders based on applied behavior analysis have the most empirical support in the literature, even though the results of several studies have shown that the etiology of pediatric feeding disorders is often complex and multifactorial. Factors that contribute to the etiology of a feeding disorder include medical problems, oral-motor dysfunction, and nutritional and/or caloric deficits. Therefore, it is critical that the behavior analyst seek input from physicians, speech and/or occupational therapists, and dietitians before initiating treatment of a child with a feeding disorder. The first purpose of this presentation is to familiarize the audience with the potential risks associated with treatment of a pediatric feeding disorder. A second purpose is to teach the audience ways to mitigate these risks. A third purpose is to teach the audience why interaction with professionals from other disciplines is important for safe and effective treatment of a child with a feeding disorder.
|
|
|
|
|
Leadership Seminar: Leadership Lessons from Behavioral Science: Bringing the Best Out of Yourself and Others |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: E. Scott Geller, Ph.D. |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Tech) |
E. Scott Geller, alumni distinguished professor at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University and senior partner of Safety Performance Solutions, Inc., has authored or co-authored 39 books, 56 book chapters, 38 training manuals, 234 magazine articles, and more than 350 research articles addressing the development and evaluation of behavior-change interventions to improve quality of life. His most recent books are Actively Caring for People: Cultivating a Culture of Compassion and Actively Caring at Your School: How to Make it Happen. He is a fellow of the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, the Association for Applied Behavior Analysis International, and the World Academy of Productivity and Quality Sciences. He is past editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (1989-1992), current associate editor of Environment and Behavior (since 1982), and current consulting editor for Behavior and Social Issues, the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and the Journal of Safety Research. In 2005, Dr. Geller was awarded the Virginia Outstanding Faculty Award by the State Council of Higher Education. He has received Lifetime Achievement Awards from the International Organizational Behavior Management Network and the American Psychological Foundation. At the May 2009 graduation ceremonies at the College of Wooster, his alma mater, Dr. Geller was awarded the honorary degree doctor of humane letters. |
Abstract: From dawn to dusk, psychology affects every aspect of our lives. For example, success in educational settings, at the workplace, on the athletic field, and at home is influenced dramatically by interpersonal and intrapersonal leadership. Are teachers facilitating motivation and learning among their students? Do supervisors empower workers to go beyond the call of duty to achieve organizational goals? Do coaches bring the best out of their players by enhancing self-motivation and cultivating interdependent teamwork? Do parents discipline their children so undesirable behaviors are not only eliminated but desirable behaviors and attitudes are promoted? This presentation will offer research-based principles and techniques teachers, coaches, supervisors, and parents can use to instruct and inspire others to perform at optimum levels of effectiveness. This is transformational leadership. Within this context, the vision of an Actively Caring for People Movement will be introduced--large-scale applications of behavioral science and leadership principles to cultivate cultures of compassion worldwide, thereby preventing interpersonal conflict, bullying, and violence. |
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in instructing and inspiring others to perform at optimum levels of effectiveness. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Define the advantages of a success-seeking over a failure-avoiding mindset; (2) List five levels of interpersonal listening; (3) Increase the perception of empowerment and self-motivation in yourself and others; (4) Define self-transcendence and its connection to actively caring for people (AC4P); and (5) Define five dispositions that enhance one’s propensity to perform AC4P behavior and explain how to influence these five person states. |
Keyword(s): leadership |
|
|
|
|
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG Symposium 1 of 2: Analysis of Sexual Behavior in Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Allison Hoff (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Sela Ann Sanberg, M.A. |
Abstract: The science of behavior analysis has been applied to a myriad of human behaviors, including those of a sexual nature. The purpose of this presentation is to explore several research strategies for analyzing sexually-related behavior, including number of condoms taken in a bar, implicit attitudes about sexual assault survivors, and rights and responsibilities of behavior analysts working with LGBTQ-identified clients. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications, as well as directions for future research, instruction, and applied projects. |
Keyword(s): sex ed, sexual behavior, sexuality |
|
Effects of an Educational Intervention on Adult Participants' Implicit & Explicit Attitudes about Female Sexual Assault Survivors |
BRIGID MCCORMICK (Instructional ABA Consultants), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The present study employed a repeated-measures, between-groups design to assess implicit and explicit attitudes of members from the general population and graduate students ages 23-65 about sexual assault survivors. Implicit attitudes were assessed using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a pretest, posttest, and follow-up measure to examine participants' attitudes about what role a sexual assault survivor plays in the rape. That is, is she to blame given the following situational variables: drunk, showing skin, in private with a man, it is nighttime, sober, modestly dressed, in public with a man, or it is daytime. Additionally, a questionnaire examined explicit attitudes related to the same scenarios and facts about sexual assault at pretest and posttest. Results of the questionnaire remained consistent across time for participants in both the control and treatment groups but only those in the treatment group showed increases from pretest to posttest on the open-ended response section that tested facts about sexual assault. On the IRAP, all participants in the treatment group showed decreased victim blaming from pretest to posttest, as did two of three participants in the control group. It is unclear whether the educational intervention had an effect on implicit attitudes in the treatment group, or if practice effects or exposure to terms led to the decrease. These results, limitations, and areas of future research will also be discussed. |
|
Analysis of Prompt Salience and Condom Type on the Number of Condoms Taken in a Gay Bar |
NICHOLAS SCHREIBER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: This study examined the effect of prompt salience and condom type on the number of condoms taken in a gay bar. The research design was an alternating treatments design within a multiple treatments reversal. Available condoms alternated every evening between Lifestyles Ultra Sensitive and Ultra Lubricated during the following conditions: baseline, poster prompts, and lighted dispenser. Overall, 604 condoms were distributed across twelve weeks. The data suggest that condom type had little to no effect on the number of condoms taken, and that the prompt interventions were not as effective as when the condom dispenser was available alone. This research was not consistent with existing literature suggesting that prompting procedures increase the number of condoms taken. Prompt salience in this bar appeared to be the greatest factor in why interventions were not as effective as intended, and future research is warranted on the reactivity that may be occasioned by visual prompts. |
|
Growing a Friendship between LGBTQ and ABA: A Social Justice Approach to Practice and Research |
SELA ANN SANBERG (University of Nebraska Medical Center; California), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Matt Gibson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: For centuries, Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer/Questioning (LGBTQ) identified individuals have contacted aversive consequences and limited access to reinforcers as a result of their identity and/or their perceived or actual behavior patterns, as compared to persons who present as Heterosexual and Cisgendered. The field of ABA has produced numerous research studies over the past several decades that have conceptualized LGBTQ-related behavior and identification as problematic, adding to the further marginalization of these individuals. Moreover, behavior-analytic practitioners and researchers have targeted these behaviors for change, which in many cases resulted in significant harm to the individual. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a framework of social justice to help guide behavior analysts in ethical decision-making when working with LGBTQ identified individuals. Basic definitions of terms related to gender identity and sexual orientation and behavioral research related to these topics will be reviewed. Case examples within the context of BACB ethical guidelines and APA ethical codes, and future directions for research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Professional Judgment of Behavior Analysts: How do we do? |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Discussant: Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Edward J. Daly III, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts promise their clients the best available solution. The best available solution is defined by standards of scientific evidence. However, application of the best available solution requires many localized judgments pertaining to the particulars of the case. Frequently, professionals are unaware of commonly occurring contingencies that have been shown in the research to have a detrimental effect on their decision making. This symposium will present three papers that review related facets of professional decision making that have significant implications for how behavior analysts should go about providing solutions. The first paper will review the literature on commonly identified judgment errors that are likely to occur in the professional contexts in which behavior analysts operate. The second paper will review the literature on the development of professional expertise, with particular emphasis on contextual factors that contribute to good and poor judgment. The third paper will do a behavioral analysis of commonly identified judgment error types. The unobservable intermediary processes used as explanations in the literature are not necessary when decision making is viewed through the lens of robust principles of behavior. In each presentation, implications for practice will be presented to help attendees better meet the ethical requirement of applying the best available solution. |
Keyword(s): decision making, judgment errors, professional expertise, professional judgment |
|
Factors that Influence Our Professional Judgment: Heuristic Strategies and Cognitive Biases |
MAUREEN O'CONNOR (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mackenzie Sommerhalder (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Professionals view themselves as possessing expertise that allows them to arrive at sound clinical judgments. Yet, there is over 50 years of research indicating that judgment is biased and often produces wrong decisions. To make matters worse, professionals are not aware of their errors and often only grow in confidence about the accuracy of their decisions (Dawes, 1994). Judgment errors are attributed to cognitive shortcuts (heuristics) and biases that result from systematically ignoring relevant information and relying on irrelevant information (Kahneman, 2011). For example, the confirmation bias refers to the tendency to selectively seek, interpret, and accept evidence that supports our beliefs or hypotheses and to ignore or deemphasize contrary or non-supportive evidence. By exclusively focusing on one hypothesis we fail to consider and rule out plausible alternative explanations which can lead to errors in professional decision making. This presentation will review most common judgment errors identified in the literature for the purpose of helping professionals to recognize that their professional decision making is susceptible to error and to encourage them to identify their own biases and adjust their professional decision making practices accordingly. Gaining awareness about the sources of professional error is an important first step in promoting sound professional decision making. |
|
A Behavioral Analysis of the Controlling Variables Affecting Professional Judgment |
WHITNEY STRONG (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Polly Daro (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: The research on professional judgment documenting the many heuristics and biases that routinely influence decision making has been carried out almost entirely within a cognitive paradigm. Yet, behavior analysts possess robust principles of behavior with strong explanatory power that may be very useful for examining the contingencies influencing decision-making. For example, clinicians often fall prey to the base-rate fallacy by ignoring the antecedent probability of a diagnostic condition, which leads to many incorrect diagnostic decisions. From a behavior-analytic perspective, this is a case where relevant information exerts insufficient stimulus control over the clinicians diagnostic behavior. In other cases, prior information can influence clinical decisions through anchoring effects or availability biases, whereby prior information (e.g., referral comments, appealing but unrelated symptoms) exerts too much antecedent control and leads the practitioner to fail to examine alternative explanations adequately. This presentation will provide a behavioral analysis of common judgment errors that have been identified in the literature by examining the antecedent and reinforcement contingencies that appear to be operating for these robust biases. Attendees will benefit from learning about the contingencies influencing their decision-making and how to overcome these pitfalls by managing the contingencies more effectively and adhering to a rigorous data based problem-solving process. |
|
|
|
|
International Service Delivery from Both Sides |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W193b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kaitlin McGuire (Global Autism Project) |
SHINTA BARASA (Autism Care Indonesia) |
MAPY CUETO (Alcanzando) |
MARISSA SALAT (Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: There are currently only 54 countries in the world in which BCBAs live and work. This leaves 139 countries without BCBAs, and the majority of them do not have access to BCBA training programs. This drastically compromises the quality of services available for individuals with autism in other parts of the world, particularly in under-resourced countries. As behavior analysts and clinicians, it is our imperative to disseminate the best possible information and services for individuals with autism. These services are best performed at a local level, by individuals living and working in the culture of their clients. Given the lack of access to training, international partnerships between local individuals in other countries and behavior analytic organizations in the United States are often critical to the dissemination of behavior analysis. This presentation focuses on successful international partnerships, including how they are formed and the benefits to both partners. Drawing on information from partnerships with Peru, India, Indonesia, Kenya, and the Dominican Republic, this presentation discusses perspectives on ABA training from both the providers and the recipients. |
|
|
|
|
Those Troublesome Terms |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D. |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus) |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (Behavior Development Solutions) |
Abstract: What is the effect on the science and practice of behavior analysis when practitioners define terms inconsistently or when those terms are defined in ways that are not useful? Consistent definitions of terms could facilitate the discovery of useful explanations and procedures and allow us to be more effective in helping clients achieve their goals. Are some definitions and terms more useful than others? Panel members will review the history of troublesome terms such as "behavior," "contingency," "consequence," "discriminative stimulus," "frequency," "feedback," "functional," "non-contingent reinforcement," "rate per minute," "relative frequency," "reliability," "social validity," "stimulus," and "trials to criterion," discuss the difficulties caused by these terms and their definitions, and recommend more useful definitions and terms. A lively, but scholarly discussion will likely ensue between panel members and the audience. This session might spark a larger discussion among practitioners about the need for consistent and useful definitions of these troublesome terms. |
Keyword(s): terminology |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Innovations: Social Skills across the Spectrum |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Discussant: Debra Malmberg (California State University, Northridge) |
CE Instructor: Benjamin R. Thomas, M.A. |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders demonstrate severe social impairment. Common deficiencies include a lack of social initiations, response to social initiations, conversational speech, and play. These deficits demonstrate the need for continued research designed to identify maximally effective interventions for the full range of social skills deficits. This symposium presents four studies that extend the literature on social skills interventions. The first study used a portable device to deliver video modeling treatment that targeted persistence in offering play bids to peers by children with autism. A multiple baseline design across four children was used. The second study used video modeling to simultaneously teach the social skills of giving compliments and responding to compliments to both members of three play dyads. The third study used a multiple baseline design across participants and responses to assess whether one child with autism could teach his two siblings how to skateboard correctly. The final study used a multiple baseline design across three children with autism to assess the effects of an after-school group social skills intervention on appropriate speech, cooperative play, social initiations, and isolation behaviors. Findings will be discussed in relation to the most recent literature and implications for future research. |
Keyword(s): autism, social skills |
|
Increasing Play Bids and Interactive Play in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Denise Grosberg (Claremont Graduate University), VICKI NGUYEN (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Children with autism lack the social skills necessary to make attempts at engaging with a play partner. We used a portable video modeling intervention (PVMI) to increase persistence in making play bids to a playmate. A multiple baseline design was used to assess treatment effects. Participants included four children with autism and four typically developing children who served as confederates. During baseline sessions, the child with autism was instructed to play outside with a friend. Three confederate peers were stationed in the outside play area and were available to play should the child with autism approach them. In the intervention phase, the child was shown video clips of adults approaching one, two, and three peers before the adults invitation to play was accepted. Results showed that the children demonstrated persistence in making play bids after the PVMI, and generalized and maintained increases across different peers and settings. Further, social validity data indicated that children were more sociable following intervention than during baseline. Findings from this study suggests the efficacy in using PVMI to increase play bids and subsequent play for children with autism. |
|
Simultaneously Teaching Dyads of Children with Autism Verbal Social Interaction Using Portable Video Modeling |
Brenda Miranda (Claremont Graduate University), CATELYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Individuals across the autism spectrum exhibit deficits in social reciprocity. Social reciprocity is defined as a shared exchange in which both interaction partners make appropriate and mutually enjoyable contributions. Compliments are one means of demonstrating social reciprocity. The current study used a multiple baseline design to assess the efficacy of a portable video modeling intervention in simultaneously teaching dyads of children with autism to give and receive compliments appropriately. Participants were 6 children with autism between the ages of 5 to 12 years old. Participants were assigned to dyads based on age, functioning, and activity. During sessions, each dyad was instructed to engage in a play activity (e.g., board games, coloring). In baseline sessions, the children seldom demonstrated compliments or responses to compliments. During intervention, the children in the dyad sat together to watch a video of two adults modeling appropriate compliments and responses during play activities on a portable video device, the Apple iPad. Results of the current study demonstrated the efficacy of using portable video modeling interventions to teach children with autism to give and respond to compliments. The discussion emphasizes the implications of administering portable video modeling interventions within children’s natural environments and to multiple children simultaneously. |
|
How to Ride a Skateboard: The Child with Autism as a Teacher |
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Claremont Graduate University), Michael Lafasakis (Hospital Clinic Home Center, Inc.), Silvana Z. Davila-Thomas (Brooklyn Behavior, Inc.) |
Abstract: Sibling-training models often involve a typically developing (TD) sibling acting as a therapist for a child with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). To date, few studies have examined the potential benefits for sibling relationships, related to family play and social skill development, when the child with ASD takes on the role of teaching his siblings. The purpose of this study, therefore, is to evaluate the effects of reversing the sibling-training roles: Teaching a child with ASD how to teach his siblings a recreational skill. We used behavioral skills training (BST), within a multiple-probe baseline design across responses, to teach a child with ASD how to ride a skateboard. Next, the child followed an activity schedule, containing BST components, to teach his siblings (one TD and one with Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified) how to skateboard correctly. Researchers used a multiple-baseline design across participants and responses to demonstrate the effects of sibling training. Following training by the child with ASD, both siblings skateboarding skills improved and family social interaction also increased, with large effect sizes (d=2.87 and d=1.51, respectively). Discussion of these findings will focus on implications for future research in sibling-related treatments. |
|
An Evaluation of a Comprehensive Group Social Skills Program for Children with High Functioning Autism |
Abbey Hye (Scripps College), GERIN GASKIN (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Group interventions are believed to be advantageous to target important skills for children with autism such as social skill acquisition, however, there is little empirical research evaluating the efficacy of these interventions. This study is one of the first to evaluate the effects of a social skills group intervention for children with high functioning autism. The evaluation used a multiple baseline design and included three 5- to 9-year-old children with autism. During baseline, the participants seldom demonstrated appropriate speech, cooperative play, or social initiations, and they exhibited high occurrences of solitary activity. Weekly, group intervention sessions were two hours long and included children with autism and neurotypical peers. During these sessions, therapists used behaviorally based treatment strategies (e.g., peer mediated interactions, Naturalistic Teaching Strategies, video modeling, scripts, Modified Incidental Teaching Sessions) to facilitate positive peer interactions during structured and unstructured activities (e.g., outdoor play, conversations, pretend play dyads). With the implementation of the social skills program, cooperative play and appropriate speech increased rapidly and the participants displayed dramatic decreases in isolation behaviors but did not affect participant’s social initiations. Results indicate that social skills group interventions can promote the acquisition of social skills in children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching and Refining Adaptive Skills in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Kaitlynn Gokey (Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
|
Fadinga Concurrent Activity During Self-Control Training in Children With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLYNN GOKEY (Behavior Consultants, Inc.), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Aimee Stephens (Florida Institute of Technology), David Mathisen (Florida Institute of Technology) |
|
Abstract: We evaluated a modified technique for teaching self-control and increasing the duration of waiting for access to a preferred item among three children with autism. Participants initially chose a small, immediate reinforcer over a large, delayed reinforcer and a large, delayed reinforcer with a concurrent activity requirement for the duration of the delay. When the delay to the larger reinforcer with the concurrent activity requirement was gradually increased from 0 s to the terminal delay, participants switched to and maintained selection of that option, thereby demonstrating increased self-control. Finally, the duration of the concurrent activity was gradually reduced without changing the duration of the delay to the large reinforcer. All three participants continued to select the delayed large reinforcer, showing self-controlled responding in the absence of a concurrent activity. |
|
Increasing Choice-Making Skills in Children With Autism With Limited Communications Skills |
Domain: Applied Research |
JANET ELIZABETH WHILEY (TreeHouse School) |
|
Abstract: Within our daily lives each of us has many, many opportunities to make choices. Such opportunities are severely limited for individuals with autism and severe communication difficulties. Choice is often offered by asking an individual which of a range of options they would prefer; a lack of communication skills can make this method ineffective for children with autism. Specific technologies are required to ascertain the preferences of individuals with autism especially when the choice is about something that cannot be physically held out and offered to the individual. This study examined the preference of four children with autism by asking them to select a photograph of one of three possible activities, but this was not followed by access to the activity (no-access condition). Following a multiple baseline (across stimuli) design, contingent access to the activity following selection was provided. Although two of the participants showed differentiated responding when no access was provided, the pattern of responding always changed when access was provided. Results are discussed in the context of using methods of ascertaining choice to identify preferences for activities where access to that activity cannot be provided immediately. |
|
Teaching Safety Awareness Skills to Both Verbal and Non-Verbal Teens With Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
RONALD MORENO (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Hoang T. Nguyen (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Junelyn Lazo (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: Three teens participated in this study. Participant one is a 12-year-old non-verbal male diagnosed with autism. Participant two is a 13-year-old verbal male with autism, and participant three is a 16-year-old verbal male diagnosed with autism. For participant one, training involved three phases, first, discrimination of his family members and strangers with similar facial and body features were introduced within discrete trial training sessions. Second, participant one was trained to identify "known" vs. "unknown" person by selection. Finally, participant one was trained to follow three simple instructions given by "known" persons but refuse to follow the same instructions given by "unknown" persons. For participant two and three, scripting, video modeling, and role-play were used to teach safety awareness skills. Result shows that all participants were able to reach mastery criteria of 100%. Additional "safety awareness skills" and limitation were identified at the end of the study. |
|
Decreasing Transition Latency Using iPad Activity Schedules For Students With ASD |
Domain: Applied Research |
Carmen L. Hall (Fanshawe College), KIMBERLY MAICH (Brock University) |
|
Abstract: The use of iPads and other tablet-based technology has increased substantially due to the accessibility and user-friendly nature of the technology. The current study investigated the use of an iPad for transitions across the day of an elementary student with ASD in an inclusive, inner-city school. A single-subject ABAB design was completed to evaluate the effectiveness of the photographic activity schedule on the latency, on-task behaviour, and prompt level for transitions across the day for 12 weeks. Results demonstrated an overall decrease in the latency for the student to complete the transitions throughout the day. The number and intrusiveness of prompts decreased, and the on-schedule behavior increased substantially and maintained after the teaching phase ended. The study demonstrated initial support for the use of the iPad and an electronic scheduler app for the decrease in latency in transitions and increase in on-schedule behavior. Implications for practice will be discussed along with suggestions for teaching procedures when introducing iPad apps for transitions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interpersonal Functioning |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tracy Protti (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Scott T. Gaynor, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A thriving society encompasses a multitude of people who must communicate with one another in order to advance. To ensure improvement of the well being of a society, analyzing the functions associated with interpersonal relationships, maladaptive and adaptive, has significant value to researchers, educators, and practitioners alike. By assessing psychological flexibility and the context, changing or persisting in behavior in the service of chosen values as it relates to interpersonal functioning can lend to a better understanding of how improvement can be enacted within a society. The current symposium will offer different contexts in which psychological flexibility and interpersonal functioning can be evaluated. The first paper will focus on the maladaptive interpersonal functioning that results from an individual's high levels of loneliness as predicted by low social support, high psychological inflexibility, and low social skills. The second paper will cover the development and validity of a survey that assesses the connection between body image disturbance and its impact on interpersonal relationships. The third paper will discuss the contributions of psychological flexibility and empathy in the context therapist-training program evaluation. The fourth paper will discuss the convergence of three cognitive behavioral treatments to help treat chronic distress in patients. |
|
Interpersonal Functioning: Flexible Relating and Loneliness |
BRONWYN FREDERICK (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Interpersonal functioning is affected by one's environment, one's perception of one's environment, and how one copes with those perceptions. Loneliness, or the dissatisfaction with the quality or quantity of one's social groups, is associated with greater general distress and poorer self regard. College students are at a particular risk for loneliness and associated struggles because of sudden and persistent changes in social support. When a student does not adjust to the new social structure easily, they may feel a lack of integration with social networks. Psychological flexibility may offer a means of understanding how social isolation sometimes leads to loneliness. Greater levels of psychological flexibility are associated with greater levels of psychosocial functioning. The current study examines the relationships among psychological flexibility, perceived social support, social skills and loneliness in first year freshmen. These three variables will be assessed in first year during midterm and finals. Preliminary data suggest that social support, psychological flexibility, and social skills will interact to predict the level of loneliness students report. Perhaps social skills training and increases in psychological flexibility might improve a person's adaptability in social situations. Implications for flexibility-based interventions will be discussed. |
|
When Birds of a Feather Don't Flock Together: Validation of the Body Image and Interpersonal Relationship Survey |
EMILY SQUYRES (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Katie Thibeaux (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Jessica Auzenne (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Many experience dissatisfaction with the way their bodies look or the way their body works. For some however, this dissatisfaction comes to interfere with their lives across many domains. Body image disturbance involves inaccurate perceptions about one's body that prompt distressing thoughts and feelings. People who struggle with body image disturbance tend to place high importance on their perceptions about their body and the accompanying thoughts and feelings while actively attempting to avoid them. This sometimes involves restricting social interactions in an attempt to manage painful body experience, which contributes to additional psychological distress and interpersonal ineffectiveness. Although there are many measures assessing body image disturbance, none of these assess body image disturbance as it impacts interpersonal relationships. This study focused on the development and validation of The Body Image and Relational Distress Scale (BIRDS) with samples with and without body image disturbance. Preliminary evidence suggests that the BIRDS allows for reliable and valid assessment of the impact of body image on interpersonal relationships. Data also suggest positive relationships amongst body image disturbance, psychological distress and interpersonal difficulties. Utility of the BIRDS will be explored. Implications for family- and group-based treatments of body image disturbance will be discussed. |
|
How Does your Therapist Grow: Psychological Flexibility and Relationship Skills in the Developing Clinical Behavior Analyst |
TRACY PROTTI (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: The quality of the therapeutic relationship is indisputably critical in predicting the effectiveness of psychotherapy. Psychotherapies delivered from a behavior analytic perspective are no exception. The behavior analyst aims to create a context in which behavior change can occur. In clinical behavior analysis, much of that context is the relationship itself. This study explored some of the skills purported to be central to creating a therapeutic relationship in the context of evaluating a therapist training program. Participants were trainees in clinical behavior analysis who were undertaking their first field placement. Participants participated in a four and a half day training focusing on building the repertoire that is theoretically relevant to developing a therapeutic relationship. They completed an assessment of empathy, therapist beliefs, psychological flexibility, and relationship flexibility before and after the training. Then, participants began their field training. After nine weeks, participants completed the assessments again. Growth of the trainee repertoire was examined in terms of psychological flexibility, relationship flexibility, and empathy, and compared with trainee evaluations. Results suggest that psychological flexibility contributes to empathy, with inconsistent impact on therapist skills. Implications for training targets and methods will be discussed. |
|
The Shaping Game: Contextual CBT Beyond the Treatment Package |
SANDRA GEORGESCU (Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In clinical behavior analysis, the therapist treatment is based on the functions of the problematic behavior; differing from the traditional approach based on the DSM or ICD that categorize problematic repertoires. From a functional perspective, persons who suffer from chronic distress seem to employ frequent problematic behaviors that have an avoidant function. Recently developed approaches to clinical behavior focus on directly addressing the avoidant repertoire and building skills to allow for contact with uncomfortable, and previously aversive, stimuli. This includes Dialectical Behavioral Therapy (DBT), Functional Analytical Psychotherapy (FAP) and Acceptance Commitment Therapy (ACT). These treatments aim to expand skills appropriate for varying contexts in which avoidant behavior is probable. By integrating these CBA approaches, treatment can better serve those suffering from chronic distress. As an example, we will consider the case of a 40-year-old white female with a history of sexual abuse and crisising behavior. Having had multiple hospitalizations for cutting and suicidal gestures, she requested outpatient treatment. DBT was applied based on skills deficit model targeting emotional dysregulation; ACT targeted experiential avoidance as functional class; and FAP provided the framework targeting in session moment to moment behaviors. Implications and challenges of this approach will be discussed |
|
|
|
|
Generative Instruction in Classroom Management, for Academic Achievement, and with Both Typical and ASD Children |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Whether the focus is classroom management or academic instruction, the future of behavior analysis in education must examine classroom contingencies that prevail in American education, and how we can lead the way in producing generic repertoires in addition to our current effective procedures for teaching academic skills. In the first presentation, two teachers at Morningside Academy describe the direct effects of teaching organizational repertoires on middle school students materials consumption, as well as the generative effects on academic achievement, efficiency, and engagement. In the second presentation, two teachers examine math achievement scores to describe the additional effects of teaching students to write their own problems, on teaching how to solve given word problems. In the third presentation, Haugland Learning Center extends Morningsides Generative Instruction to teaching middle and high school students on the Autism Spectrum, and begins to answer the question of how much generativity is possible with ASD learners. The last presentation describes a recent book about Precision Teaching and its contributions to the wave of Response to Intervention systems being implemented in schools across America, an example of behavior analysis hitching a ride with more mainstream practices in typical and special education. Elizabeth Street will summarize and critique. |
Keyword(s): generative instruction |
|
Organizational Interventions that Affect Classroom Material Consumption, with Generative Achievement, Self-management and Engagement |
BRIEN MCGUIRE (Morningside Academy), Joseph Gleason (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Excessive consumption of classroom materials (pencils, pens, and erasers) reflects sub-optimized organizational systems in a classroom. Many students at Morningside come to us with minimal organizational skills. These deficits have far-reaching effects on the students’ ability to succeed in often-chaotic, mainstream classrooms. One of our main goals is to give these students tools that will help them thrive in the wide range of environments they will encounter throughout their lives after leaving Morningside. Through behavioral interventions and precision teaching techniques, we create a more organized classroom. Aside from simply creating a more aesthetically appealing work environment, we will show that better organizational techniques effect changes in the rate of student consumption of classroom materials. In addition, we will discuss correlated generative benefits to enhanced organizational systems, including academic achievement as seen in formative and summative assessments, improved time management during transitional periods, and an increase in higher-level active learning behaviors. Attached is a Standard Celeration Chart illustrating generative benefits in academic achievement that we have produced so far. |
|
Math Problem Solving: Discriminative and Generative Procedures |
SHILOH ISBELL (Morningside Academy), Nicole Erickson (Morningside Academy), Marianne Delgado (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: At Morningside Academy, teachers utilize many performance pinpoints to measure student progress toward mastery. Most commonly we use see problem/write answer to measure skills ranging from basic math fact tools through more complex computation and conceptual skills. The Morningside Word Problems program teaches students how to analyze math word problems by problem class or type. Students build rate of see problem/write answer on the problems presented in the program, but is there is another way to demonstrate understanding of word problems? To find out, we will assess the underlining component skills required to be successful in Morningside Word Problems. Using the program as a jumping-off point, we have created a series of curriculum-based assessments (CBAs) measuring students skills in generating their own word problems using their knowledge of number families and word problem structure. We will compare student progress in writing their own word problems on our newly developed CBAs to data gathered on the standardized Fuchs, Hamlett, & Fuchs math curriculum-based assessment of word problem completion. Attached is a Standard Celeration Chart representative of many of our charts that demonstrate the effectiveness of problem solving on standardized progress monitoring instruments. |
|
Implementation of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction with Students on the Autism Spectrum |
ANDREW R. KIETA (Haugland Learning Center) |
Abstract: Beginning in 2010, Haugland Learning Center and Morningside Academy have been working to answer the question of whether students on the Autism spectrum could demonstrate generativity through contingency adduction. This process marks the first attempted implementation of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction with a student population in which every student is on the Autism spectrum. After nearly 4 years of collaboration, the answer to our question is, increasingly, yes. This session will focus on (1) how the elements of the Morningside Model have been systematically installed to yield positive teacher and learner outcomes (2) how the program administrators and coaches have buttressed the Morningside Model to further support ASD learners and (3) how the training and coaching model has developed passionate teachers and analysts. Performance data will demonstrate the growth exhibited by students, teachers and coaches, and will frame the question of how we continue to develop and implement technologies that result in more dynamic learning outcomes. Attached is a representative Standard Celeration Chart showing ASD students academic progress using Morningsides Generative Instruction. |
|
Creating Classroom Synergy through a Marriage of Response to Intervention and Precision Teaching |
ELIZABETH M. STREET (Central Washington University), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Based on their recent book entitled Response to Intervention and Precision Teaching: Creating Synergy in the Classroom, the presenters briefly describe the history and critical characteristics of the Response to Intervention (RTI) framework and of the Precision Teaching technology. They then recommend a marriage between these two approaches, each of which has provided impressive empirical evidence of its success in improving classroom performance. The authors also focus on the ways in which the power of Precision Teaching is enhanced by peer tutoring and provide an outline of the roles of the student and teacher in the peer tutoring model. Next, they suggest the tool and component skills in reading, writing, and arithmetic that, when fluent, predict better performance in higher level skills. Last, they discuss how Precision Teaching can facilitate performance in the content areas and explain how it establishes learners who are capable of engaging successfully in project-based learning. |
|
|
|
|
Intensive Intervention: Evidence for Bold New Directions
in Special Education |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Devin Kearns (Boston University) |
Discussant: Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Rachel E. Robertson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Intensive intervention has emerged as an important new term in special education, mainly because many researchers have observed limited gains in student achievement in recent studies. The search for better approaches has stretched researchers’ thinking and highlighted the role of single-subject research in developing more effective, individualized interventions. As chair, Devin Kearns, Ph.D. (Boston University), will describe the reason “intensive intervention” has become an important term for special educators as it applies to academics and behavior. In the first presentation, Rebecca Zumeta, Ph.D. (American Institutes for Research; AIR), will describe her work with the National Center on Intensive Intervention to build intensive interventions for students. Second, Tara Moore, Ph.D. (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), will report the results of a study investigating teachers' knowledge and use of research-based classroom and behavior management strategies. Third, Rachel E. Robertson, Ph.D. (University of Pittsburgh), will discuss her work developing sustainable behavior interventions for racially and socioeconomically diverse parents of children with autism. Finally, Christopher Lemons, Ph.D. (Vanderbilt University), will describe his research building early reading interventions for children with Down syndrome. Joseph H. Wehby, Ph.D. (Vanderbilt University), who has decades of research experience in academic and behavior interventions, will serve as discussant to integrate themes across studies, highlighting the tension between rigor and relevance in applied research and the integration of academic and behavior interventions. |
Keyword(s): Academic-Behavior Interventions, Developmental Disabilities, Response-To-Intervention, Teacher/Parent-Implemented Interventions |
|
Putting the "Special" Back in Special Education: Using Data-Based Individualization to Provide Intensive Interventions |
REBECCA ZUMETA (American Institutes for Research) |
Abstract: Analyses of intervention studies indicate that 3-5% of students, particularly those with disabilities, demonstrate insufficient response to academic and behavioral interventions that are generally effective for their peers. The National Center on Intensive Intervention works with schools and districts to help them implement data based individualization (DBI) to support this vulnerable population. In this session, Dr. Zumeta will describe the Center's work, implications for implementation in reading, mathematics, and behavior, and lessons learned to date. Specifically, case examples will be used to illustrate how DBI might be applied in the areas of academics and behavior. In addition, Dr. Zumeta will describe the Center's updated approach to providing systematic reviews of academic and behavioral intervention and assessment materials. The talk will conclude with a discussion of trends we have observed in the field related to delivery of tiered intervention services and the role of special education within tiered systems. |
|
Teachers' Knowledge and Use of Research-Based Behavior Management Strategies: Implications for Intensive Interventions |
TARA MOORE (The University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Regina M. Oliver (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Educators are accountable for implementing research-based classroom and behavior management strategies to prevent and intervene on problem behavior in classroom settings. However, little is known about the extent to which teachers are knowledgeable about such strategies and the extent to which these strategies are being implemented consistently in classrooms. In this session, findings will be presented from a teacher-completed survey where 104 preK-12 general and special education teachers were asked to rate how knowledgeable they are about specific research-based classroom and behavior management strategies for prevention and intervention and to rate the extent to which they implement these strategies in their classrooms. Results highlight teachers lack of knowledge and use of effective behavior management strategies needed to provide the most intensive interventions for students who exhibit problem classroom behaviors. Presenters will also summarize participants responses to questions about the adequacy of their teacher preparation programs and in-service training and support to promote their use of research-based strategies to prevent and reduce problem behaviors. Presenters will discuss implications for increasing teachers knowledge and implementation of effective strategies for intensive behavioral interventions through preservice, induction, and in-service training activities. |
|
Intensive, Effective, Sustainable Behavior Interventions: Can We Prove Skinner Wrong? |
RACHEL E. ROBERTSON (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: For a variety of reasons, gains made during behavior interventions can be extremely difficult to maintain – which may have ultimately left B.F. Skinner pessimistic about our ability to improve life conditions through behavior analysis (Chance, 2007). In this talk it is argued that one of the most critical ways for researchers to improve the effectiveness of behavior interventions is to make them implementable and sustainable for the family members, teachers, and direct care workers of people with problem behavior. Examples of successes and failures from a recent single-subject study with racially and socioeconomically diverse mothers of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) will be provided, including a detailed analysis of parent treatment integrity and maintenance of results over time. Parent statements and permanent products relevant to the acceptability, effectiveness, and sustainability of behavior interventions will also be presented, along with issues relating to the external validity of the current research base on parent-implemented behavior interventions for children with ASD. Results indicate that differential reinforcement plus a visual support was acceptable, effective, and sustainable in 2 of 3 diverse families of children with ASD, even though parent treatment integrity decreased over time. Implications for building effective and sustainable interventions will be discussed. |
|
Enhancing Interventions for Children with Intellectual Disabilities: Adaptation, Intensification,
or Individualization? |
CHRISTOPHER LEMONS (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Many children with intellectual disability, including children with Down syndrome, have teachers who are unsure what type of reading instruction is likely to increase outcomes for their students. Effectiveness of two commercially available, evidence-based reading interventions was evaluated through 3 multiple baseline across participants, single-subject research design studies involving 15 children with Down syndrome between the ages of 5 and 13 years. School staff implemented the phonological awareness and decoding interventions for an average of 25 sessions across approximately 12 weeks. Results indicate improvements in the reading of taught phonetically regular and high frequency words associated with the decoding intervention, but no generalization to oral reading fluency. No reliable gains were associated with the phonological awareness intervention. This talk will present results from this and other studies of reading interventions for students with Down syndrome in which interventions were systematically intensified and discuss implications for research and practice. |
|
|
|
|
Adjustment to Change |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W194a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Cloyd Hyten (Aubrey Daniels International, Inc. ) |
CE Instructor: Andy Lattal, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Benjamin Franklin famously observed that the only certainties in life were death and taxes. Almost two hundred years later, Bob Dylan equally memorably observed how the times they are a’changin’. Both of these famous American aphorisms emphasize the inevitability of change in everyday life. The papers in this symposium address different aspects of how behavior adjusts following changes in reinforcement contingencies. Lattal’s paper addresses some of the methodological issues in assessing change in both laboratory settings and applications. Kincaid next shows the effects of adjusting changes in reinforcement rates as a function of the organism’s (pigeon’s) behavior to the dynamic situation. Phillips and Hagopian then will review how schedule thinning techniques have been applied in treatment. Finally, Daniels will discuss how organizations and individuals in organizations adjust to change, with a particular emphasis on the importance of shaping. |
Keyword(s): behavior change, schedule thinning, shaping, transition |
|
Adjustment to Rapid and Gradual Schedule Thinning Tranisitions |
STEPHANIE L. KINCAID (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Reinforcement-based treatments for problem behavior often involve extremely rich reinforcement schedules that are impossible or impractical to implement long-term. A potential solution is to this problem is to decrease reinforcement, also known as “thinning” the schedule. Schedule thinning describes a variety of techniques for gradually and systematically conducting the rich-to-lean transition. The underlying assumption is that a more gradual transition between rich and lean schedules will result in more maintenance of behavior across the transition. When a schedule thinning procedure fails, a common solution is to back up to a richer schedule and then re-thin. We investigated an analog of these conditions in a reinforcement-rate titration procedure. Pigeons responded on two concurrent variable interval schedules programmed on the same response key in a changeover key arrangement. The programmed reinforcement rate of one of the component schedules was constant across sessions, while the reinforcement rate of the other schedule was adjusted daily based on performance. If responding was at or above 80% of the baseline response rate, the schedule was thinned. If responding was below this criterion, the schedule was enriched. Different rates of thinning were compared to determine whether more gradual shifts in reinforcement resulted in greater maintenance of behavior. |
|
Schedule Thinning, Reinforcer Density, and Behavior Change |
CARA L. PHILLIPS (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Reinforcement schedule thinning in the context of behavioral treatment offers an applied example of the effects of manipulating reinforcement density. Thinning is defined here as any procedure that involves decreasing the density of reinforcement within a treatment session. Examinations of the literature encompassing two common treatments for problem behavior, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA; specifically, functional communication training, FCT) and fixed time delivery of reinforcement (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement, NCR) reveal a number of methods for thinning. These include: delay schedules, chain schedules, multiple schedules, and in the case of FCT, response restriction. Although each method has been demonstrated to be effective, thinning can often result in increases in problem behavior and decreases in appropriate behavior. Several examples from our research will be discussed that highlight issues with the ways in which reinforcement schedules for problem behavior and alternative behavior are manipulated in the pursuit of a terminal schedule that can be implemented outside of the research environment. We will also describe supplemental treatment components which somewhat ameliorate the effects of thinning. However, important questions remain. What is happening during thinning? Does changing the density of the reinforcer produce local extinction in some cases? What do schedule thinning-induced changes in behavior reveal about the mechanisms by which different treatments reduce behavior? We will attempt to address these questions by describing possible directions for future research. |
|
The Analysis of Behavior Change |
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis traditionally is a science of the steady state, in which changes in a dependent variable are measured as the effect of an independent variable imposed on baseline behavior that has been trained for some time under a condition in which the independent variable was either not present or present at another value. Sprinkled throughout these numerous studies of steady-state behavior, however, are a few studies of behavior during the transition periods. These include studies of both response acquisition and extinction, adjunctive behavior, behavioral history, and resurgence. Some of these experiments involve a single transition, as in the transition to extinction, but others involve repeated transitions that result in a virtual steady state of transitional performance, as in the repeated acquisition of behavioral chains. In this paper I will review these various preparations for studying behavioral transitions and then consider some of the variables that attenuate and potentiate behavioral change when conditions change. |
|
Some Problems of Organizational Change |
AUBREY C. DANIELS (Aubrey Daniels International, Inc.) |
Abstract: The workplace is a dynamic environment requiring flexibility and adjustment to both changes in competitor organizations and constantly changing technologies for carrying out the work. Organizational change involves many individuals and can involve many levels within an organization. The complexity of the task of helping organizations through transitions makes it particularly important to implement the changes correctly. Failures to do so can have cascading negative and long lasting effects that are corrected only with valuable time and human resources. In this paper I will discuss some of the problems of organizational change and how they might be minimized or trumped while still achieving organizational goals. Strategically, effective change begins with careful observation followed by the design of a flexible but targeted program of change. Tactically, shaping through the differential reinforcement of successive approximations is critical with both individuals and with groups within the organization. |
|
|
|
|
From Children to Elderlies: A Collaborative Translational Approach in Japan—With Participation From the Multicultural SIG: Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Discussant: Jane Yip (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This special symposium presents four related yet distinct studies by the Japanese behaviour analytic practitioners who emphasize on strong multi-disciplinary team efforts: combining basic and applied, as well as cognitive, physical, and behavioral, translating autism behavior intervention into gerontology. The first paper discusses how the Upper-Body Dressing Scale (UBDS), which assesses the behavioral chains of upper-body dressing and determines prompting level , enables rehabilitation therapists to document the critical stages in dressing and to assess motor and processing skills of stroke patients. The second paper examines the relation between knee strength and lower extremity behavioral functions with dementia patients. The study contributes towards the prediction of the loss of socially valid behavior functions. The third paper provides data on predicting the recovery of cognitive, physical, and behavioral functions after stroke. It will present a logarithmic modeling with mathematical procedures that is simple enough to be adopted in daily clinical practice. The fourth paper reports a social skills training (SST) for autistic children in which the generative aspects of SST are used as social reinforcement. The use of cultural emphasis on group interaction as a potential establishing operation is discussed as an avenue to behavioral cusps. |
Keyword(s): autism, behavioral assessment, gerontology, social skill |
|
Development of Behavioral Assessment Scale: The Upper-Body Dressing Scale for a Buttoned Shirt |
ARISA ENDO (Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, Sakuradai K), Shotaro Sasaki (Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, St. Mariann) |
Abstract: Post-stroke patients with hemiplegia are unable to use the same behavioral chains that are used by healthy persons to accomplish dressing tasks. However, if function-based individualized behavioral chains are learned, patients can achieve a degree of independence in dressing. We developed the Upper-Body Dressing Scale (UBDS), which assesses the behavioral chains of upper-body dressing and determines for prompts given by therapists during evaluation of upper-body dressing ability, and provided data on repricability, validity and sensitivity to clinical change. This study included two rounds of data collections: 51 stroke patients (women 25, men 38; mean age 69.4) enrolled in the first round for the purpose of item generation and repricability, and 161 stroke patients (women 67, men 94; mean age 67.6) participated in the second round for questionnaire validation. Intra-class correlation coefficient was 0.87-0.99 for repricability. The level of correlation between UBDS score and the dressing item scores of activities daily living scales were 0.84 to 0.85. The score and duration of UBDS on the first day of training was a significant independent predictor of dressing ability. This detailed UBDS assessment enables rehabilitation therapists to document the most difficult stages in dressing and to assess motor and process skills for independence of dressing. |
|
The Relation Between Knee Extension Strength and Lower Extremity Behavioral Functions |
NAOYUKI CHIBA (Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, Sakuradai Kojinkai Hospital), Yoshitsugu Omori (Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, St. Marianna University, Yokohama City Seibu Hospital) |
Abstract: Lower limb weakness has been identified as an important risk factor for inability to perform behavioral functions. Despite the benefit of behavioral training programs, little is known about the relation between knee extension strength and behavioral functions. We assessed the relation between knee extension strengths and socially valid behavioral functions. This study included two rounds of data collections: 56 dementia patients (women 45, men 11; mean age 84.5) enrolled in the first round and 183 elderly male patients (median age 81.0) participated in the second round. Throughout the strength measurement, each subject was given consistent verbal encouragement and praise as reinforcement. Knee extension strength was a significant predictor of the ability to dress the lower body, toileting, and transferring to bed/toilet/shower. The curve of the negative and positive predictive values indicated that a cut off score of 0.8 Nm/kg would provide the best balance for dressing the lower body and toileting; and 1.2 Nm/kg for transferring to bed/toilet/shower. In addition, the association between knee extension strength and gait speed was curvilinear. Below 0.37 of normalized strength against body weight, the walking speed reduced remarkably. These cut-off values of knee extension strength contribute towards prediction of the loss of behavioral functions. |
|
Predicting Recovery of Cognitive, Physical and Behavioral Functions |
MAKOTO SUZUKI (Kitasato University) |
Abstract: The accurate prediction facilitates proper definition of goals of intervention for individual patients, thus improving the quality and efficacy of behavioral interventions. We provided data on predicting the recovery of cognitive, physical and behavioral functions after stroke. This study included two rounds of data collections: 43 stroke patients (women 24, men 19; mean age 72.4) enrolled in the first round for prediction of cognitive recovery, and 21 stroke patients (women 11, men 10; mean age 73.5) participated in the second round for prediction of physical and behavioral functions recovery. All patients received conventional rehabilitation training for 5 days per week. The patients were given specific feedback and praise as reinforcement concerning cognitive, physical and behavioral functions. The time course of early-phase recovery for cognitive, physical and behavioral functions resembled logarithmic function. Scores of cognitive, physical and behavioral functions sampled at two baseline points based on logarithmic regression modeling could estimate prediction of those recoveries (cognitive function, R2 = 0.52-0.68, p < 0.0001; physical functions, R2 = 0.74-0.95, p < 0.0001; behavioral function, R2 = 0.78-0.80, p < 0.0001). This logarithmic modeling with mathematical procedures is simple enough to be adopted in daily clinical practice. |
|
From Social Skills Training to Behavioral Cusps: Aren't We Just Having Fun? |
KOZUE MATSUDA (Children Center), Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: Social skill is the ability to elicit social reinforcement from others. In this study, we examined five children with autism, ages 6 to 7 years old, none of whom exhibited social interaction with peers at their own preschools. We implemented a social skills training (SST) in summer school. Prior to the summer school, we conducted functional behavioral assessments in each childs own school setting to identify the target behavior based on social validity and the current baseline, and planned a curriculum and activities that included social reinforcement. During the summer session, we use the generative aspect of SST and the activities as social reinforcement rather than preceding tangible reinforcement or token economy system. The data was gathered from direct observations as well as videotaped. The study reveals that each childs social interaction increased almost immediately at the start of summer school and was maintained until the final days of classes. The use of cultural emphasis on group interaction as a potential establishing operation is discussed as an avenue to behavioral cusps. |
|
|
|
|
VB SIG Student Group Event: Emergent Responding via Direct Training, Conditioned Seeing, and Visual Imagining |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates) |
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Examining how behavior appears without apparent direct training is of paramount importance to explaining and improving behavior. In the first paper in this symposium, Delfs and colleagues extended the research on the emergence of tacts following listener training and vice versa. The following three papers evaluated the role of covert behavior and private events on establishing untrained overt behavior. Shanman and Greer investigated the role of conditioned seeing on listener and tact responding after hearing the names of arbitrary stimuli. Yeager and Greer extended that study by using multiple exemplar instruction and a delayed stimulus presentation. In the fourth paper, Aguirre and Rehfeldt evaluated covert behavior with an application of visual imagining of text to facilitate spelling. This symposium grew out of the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Groups Student Group, and the four papers represent critical extensions of studies evaluating the roles of direct training and covert behavior on facilitating untrained behavior. The studies have implications for theory and research on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior, functional independence of the verbal operants, stimulus equivalence, relational frame theory, and naming. As discussant, Sundberg will explain the importance of these studies in terms of theory, research, and practice. |
Keyword(s): Conditioned Seeing, Emergent Responding, Naming, Visual Imagining |
|
Evaluating the Efficiency of Listener and Tact Instruction |
Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center), HANNAH ROBINSON (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Dickman (Marcus Autism Center), Lauren Shibley (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), Amanda Graham (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Daniel Conine (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Existing recommendations for training sequences of receptive and expressive language are mixed with respect to which sequence leads to more efficient learning. Petursdottir and Carr (2011) indicated that research is still needed to determine the most effective teaching strategies and sequences for training. More recently, Delfs, Conine, Dickman, and Shillingsburg (accepted for publication), compared the efficiency of listener training to that of tact training in producing the bidirectional relations. The results indicated two patterns of emergent responding. One pattern included emergent responding occurring under both training conditions. The other pattern showed that tact training resulted in emergent listener responding more frequently than listener training led to the emergence of tacts. The current study replicated these methods utilizing a parallel treatment design, however a more concise method of teaching and data collection were implemented. Several participants, aged 3-8 years receiving services to address language deficits were included. Results replicated Delfs et al. and extended previous research by including assessment of the emergence of teaching feature, function, and class of items both receptively and as tacts. In addition, students who use sign language were also included. Implications for clinicians and educators, as well as areas of future research, are also included. |
|
The Relation Between Components of Naming and Conditioned Seeing |
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
) |
Abstract: Research on naming has focused on acquisition of object-name relations with respect to vocal stimuli, but has not yet focused on acquisition of visual stimuli. This study sought to identify conditioned seeing as a measurable behavior, and to relate that behavior to the demonstration of naming. There were twelve participants in Experiment 1, six of whom then continued on to Experiment 2. Experiment 1 demonstrated a correlation between drawing responses as a measure of conditioned seeing and speaker responses in a test for naming. In Experiment 2, a non-concurrent multiple probe design was used to test the effects of a delayed phonemic response teaching intervention on the acquisition of the drawing responses. Four of the participants in Experiment 2 demonstrated both the acquisition of the speaker component of naming as well as the drawing responses as a function of the delayed phonemic response teaching intervention. No participants demonstrated the speaker component naming without the acquisition of the drawing responses. Results from Experiment 2 further supported the relation between these two variables suggesting that drawing responses were a measure of conditioned seeing, and that conditioned seeing is related to the development of naming as it pertains to visual object-name relations. |
|
The Establishment of Tacts from Past Experiences: Conditioned Seeing? |
TIMOTHY MICHAEL YEAGER (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
) |
Abstract: Skinner conjectured about possible behaviors of "conditioned seeing" and "operant seeing" (1953), attempting to define ways of referring to the experience of visual imagery consistent with functional behaviorism. Later, Skinner (1974) referred to this phenomenon as "seeing in the absence of the thing." Shanman (2013) reported that conditioned seeing and Naming are related, and identified one possible measure for conditioned seeing. We examined the effects of multiple exemplar instruction across listener and speaker responses with a delayed stimulus presentation on the acquisition of novel tacts from past experiences using a non-concurrent multiple probe. Each probe consisted of an assessment for Naming and the acquisition of tacts from past experiences. There were four participants, three diagnosed with autism and the other a speech and language delay. In pre-experimental probes, two participants demonstrated the Naming capability, however no participants demonstrated the ability to acquire tacts from past experiences. Following intervention, all four participants acquired tacts from past experiences, and the two participants who did not demonstrate the Naming capability prior to, did so after the intervention. Implications of the current study, its relationship to previous and possible future studies will be discussed. |
|
Effects of Visual Imagining and Instruction on the Spelling Performance of Adolescents with Learning Disabilities |
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Covert verbal behaviors can be characterized as mediating responses, emerge following overt responding, and occur when an individual acts as a speaker and listener within the same skin (Skinner, 1957). Behavior analysts generally agree that covert verbal behaviors do occur, however, there is still a lack of researchers studying this area. Utilizing Skinners (1957) interpretation of private events may lead to interventions to teach such behavior, which can play an important role in establishing more sophisticated academic repertoires. The current study used a multiple-probe design to evaluate the effects of visual imagining instruction on increasing correct written spelling responses with three adolescents with various learning disabilities. After the participants were presented with the textual target stimuli, they were instructed to imagine the word in their head, which they were then instructed to write the word. Two out of the three participants met mastery criteria of correct written spelling responses after error correction and reinforcement were added with the visual imagining condition. One participant met mastery criteria during the visual imagining only condition, however, the presentation of textual target stimuli enhanced responding alone. Limitations and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
More on the Emergence of Language Learning Capabilities and how to Induce them in the Educational Settings |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nirvana Pistoljevic (CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: We present brief updates of research programs in verbal behavior development across different CABAS; component programs and language environments across the world. The work in verbal development has identified verbal developmental cusps, and cusps that are also new learning capabilities, that when present, or instantiated, allow children to: a) accelerate their rates of learning, (b) learn new operants that they could not learn prior to the instantiation of these cusps, and (c) learn in new ways (e.g., observational learning and incidental language learning or Naming). Papers will focus on strategies for inducing listener skills and expanding complex communication in children, through the evidence-based protocols used in classrooms. We will talk about how to induce important verbal capabilities, such as Naming (Incidental Language Acquisition Skill, Vocabulary Explosion) and Observational Learning (acquisition of new operants without direct contingencies) and their effect on the success of our students in general education settings. |
Keyword(s): naming, language |
|
Effects of Conditioning Voices as Reinforcers for Listener Responses on Rate of Learning, Awareness, and Preferences for Listening to Stories in Children with Autism |
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University), Eldin Dzanko (EDUS-Education for All), Lejla Buturovic (Special Education Institute "Mjedenica") |
Abstract: We used a delayed multiple probe design to test the effects of a voice conditioning protocol (VCP) for 6 students with autism (ages 6 -11) on: (a) selecting to listen to adults tell stories in free play setting, (b) rate of learning of listener curricular objectives, (c) observing voices and the presence of adults across 3-settings, and (d) intervals of stereotypy while listening to recordings of voices. The VCP involved conditioning voices as reinforcers for listening via stimulus-stimulus paring until the children chose listening to audio recordings of voices (90% of 5s whole intervals in 5-min.). After the VCP, children accelerated their learning rate significantly; increased observing responses in the 3-settings; selected to listen to stories and decreased intervals of stereotypy after achieving the stimulus-stimulus pairing criterion. The data suggest that reinforcement for observing responses is a verbal behavior developmental cusp that acts to accelerate the learning of children and that the cusp may be induced using the VCP with children like these. |
|
The Importance of Observational Learning and Naming for Success in Mainstream Education |
STANISLAVA MAJUSEVIC (Special Education Institute "Mjedenica"), Zumreta Jeina (Special Education Institute "Mjedenica"), Admira Kaljanac (EDUS-Education for All) |
Abstract: We report studies in which we tested the effects of a peer-yoked contingency game with several variations, on the acquisition of Observational Learning, Naming, and additional collateral gains for children ages 6 to 8 years old diagnosed with ASD and/or other developmental disorders. A total of 14 children who all attended special education kindergarten or elementary school classrooms in Bosnia and Herzegovina participated in the 3 separate studiesreported on. None of the students were able to learn through group instruction due to missing verbal capabilities. Also, due to the nature of their classrooms and the schools' government dictated curriculum, the use of known protocols while working 1:1 to induce the missing capabilities, was not practical. Through a delayed, multiple baseline design, we sought to demonstrate the effects of a combination of protocols and variations of the yoked-contingency game on the acquisition and advancement of missing verbal repertoires. The data suggest that the peer-yoked game board with different variations and components was effective at increasing or fully inducing Observational Learning, Naming and spontaneous speech in all 14 participants. |
|
Let's Learn Together! Teaching New Operants through Peer-yoked Contingencies |
Fabiola Casarini (Tice Learning Centre), VANESSA ARTONI (Universita degli Studi di Parma) |
Abstract: Learning through observation is unanimously considered a fundamental requisite for every individual to successfully face many different situations of everyday life. Rothstein and Gautreaux (2007) explained that Observational Learning repertoires may be evoked, if missing, in three principal ways: peer tutoring, monitoring and peer-yoked contingencies. Davies-Lackey (2005) and Stolfi (2005) tested the relationship between a peer-yoked contingency and the acquisition of an Observational Learning repertoire in children with autism. Yoked contingencies can be defined as conditions where subjects must work or learn together in order to receive reinforcement (Greer & Ross, 2008). The present study used a pre-probe post-probe design to test the effects of a peer-yoked contingency on the acquisition of new operants in 4 pre-school students with autism or other developmental delays. After the implementation of peer-yoked contingencies all participants showed an increase in the number of new operants learned through observation |
|
Effects of the Paint the Music Now Program on Expanding the Community of Reinforcers of Students with Special Education Needs |
JEREMY H. GREENBERG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
Abstract: Students with special education needs such as autism tend to have difficulty with appropriate play skills and leisure time skills. A lack of play may lead to inappropriate behaviors such aspassivity or stereotypy. Furthermore, having a limited community of reinforcers makes it difficult to find motivators to learn other skills such as language, social, and academics. The present study tested a treatment package in a small group format called Paint the Music Now on the on task painting behavior of four boys between 5 and 12 years old. The students were selected due to their lack of play, narrow community of reinforcers, and leisure time skills. Using a delayed multiple baseline across students with repeated reversal component experimental design, a functional relationship was demonstrated between the on task painting behavior of all four students and their participation in the Paint the Music Now. The treatment package consisted of verbal instruction, music and movement, presented in a small group format. Two maintenance probes were conducted after one month and two months after the second treatment condition to test for the generality of the treatment package. Limitations of the present study were also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Comparison of Four Studies That Analyzed the Reader and Writer Behavior of Experimental Articles |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:20 PM |
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Josue Gonzalez Diaz (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Comparison of Four Studies That Analyzed the Reader and Writer Behavior of Experimental Articles |
Domain: Basic Research |
Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara), JOSUE GONZALEZ DIAZ (University of Guadalajara) |
|
Abstract: Four studies that analyzed reading and writing technical texts behavior were carried out. The first study analyzed the level in which eleven master degree students read and wrote scientific texts, specifically about identification and elaboration of some elements of empirical articles, and formulated and justificated from them a research question. The results showed correspondence between the two types of behavior (reading and writing). It means, if they read poorly their research questions were just a repetition of the text previously read. On the other side, if the reading was good their research questions were original and well justified. The second study, using the same design of the previous one, analyzed the effects of corrective training in twenty undergraduates. The results showed a dramatic improvement just in the case of the performance of the experimental group. The third study analyzed the effect of varying the experimental articles' textual features (making them unstructured). Participated twenty undergraduate students and the results obtained were low. The fourth study, analyzed the effect of exposing six experienced researchers to experimental articles unstructured. The results showed the participants' performances, of both experimental and control groups, were excellent. The importance of identifying strategies that improve the way in which researchers are trained in reading and writing experimental articles is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Teaching Effectiveness in Intervention Programs |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
Discussant: Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Despite the many intensive early intervention programs implemented every year, mainly with children diagnosed with autism, some aspects of regularly used techniques are under-researched, and thus best practice has not been identified. In this symposium we report studies on prompting strategies and error correction that seek to remedy limitations in the literature on these topics. The first paper describe experimental studies evaluating delayed prompting strategies in a conditional discrimination task. It was found that , across the studies, there were persistent variations in effectiveness in prompting strategies across participants, but with some evidence in later experiments of greater average effectiveness of progressively increasing prompt delays in reducing prompt dependence. The second study was a field study of error correction techniques used in several schools. It found substantial variation in the preferred techniques being used in classrooms , that appear unrelated to theory or an evidence base. The discussant will evaluate these contributions both in the light of the literature that evalautes featiues of practice in ABA classrooms and her knowledge of practice in ABA schools in Ireland. |
Keyword(s): classroom use, error correction, prompting strategies |
|
A Comparison of Three Variations of the Prompt-Delay Procedure with Trial and Error Teaching or Differential Reinforcement in Match-to-Sample Instruction. |
SEAN J O'NEILL (University of Ulster), Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster), Claire E. McDowell (University of Ulster, Coleraine) |
Abstract: Teaching conditional arbitrary discriminations with match-to-sample instruction to children with varying disabilities can involve either trial-and-error or errorless learning procedures. Progressive and constant prompt-delay (PPD, CPD) are two widely used errorless learning procedures but they are rarely systematically compared. Using an adapted alternating treatments design, the first experiment directly compared three errorless teaching conditions (PPD, CPD 2-s and CPD 5-s), with one trial-and-error control condition, across five participants with intellectual disabilities and autism. This was done using four sets of a three-stimulus array in a conditional discrimination table top task. Acceptable levels of inter-observer agreement and procedural integrity, collected in approximately 33% of sessions, were obtained. Prompt-delay conditions proved effective for two participants. The prompt-delay procedure was modified for the other three participants to include the use of differential reinforcement across two experimental conditions (CPD 5-s & Control). This strategy was effective in two of three participants. Overall, there was no strong contender for best strategy in this group of participants which was itself fairly typical of children in intensive intervention programs. In the second experiment, an adapted alternating treatments design using a 3-stimulus array conditional discrimination task was implemented with five participants. We sought to replicate and extend previous findings by directly comparing three variations of the prompt-delay procedure (PPD, CPD 5-s, CPD 2-s), in addition to a control, incorporating the use of differential reinforcement where necessary based on previous findings. For three participants, differential reinforcement was incorporated throughout. Acceptable levels of inter-observer agreement and procedural integrity were obtained across approximately 33% of sessions. As predicted, prompt delay alone was effective, in terms of acquisition, for two participants, while prompt-delay in addition to differential reinforcement was effective for two of the remaining three participants. For the remaining participant, successful acquisition was obtained using stimulus fading. A between subject analysis show progressive prompt delay (PPD) to be associated with the least average amount of training trials and errors to criterion as compared with other variations of this procedure. |
|
Assessing Staff Agreement on Use of Effective Error Correction Procedures Used in Early Intervention Programmes for Children with Autism |
CLAIRE E. MCDOWELL (University of Ulster, Coleraine), Shelley Alison Brady (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research), Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: Professionals working with children diagnosed with autism use a number of behavioural techniques to encourage students to succeed in their work. Although there has been a vast amount of research into the effects of different types and schedules of reinforcement on behaviour, there has been little or no research into the effects of another type of consequence; error-correction techniques. In the past, research has provided practitioners with guidelines to using reinforcement effectively, however there is a lack of published accounts of error-correction procedures that are well-specified , have been evaluated, and could be used for staff training. Often, considerable variation is seen among these error correction procedures across and within early intervention programmes and, as a result, their underlying behavioural mechanism is not clear. Further research is required in order to isolate the effective components and processes operating within different error-correction procedures. Based on an assessment of current staff, practices, this study categorized and assessed the variation in error correction procedures used within and across early intervention programs for young children with autism in a number of ABA schools in Ireland. It was found that considerable variation exists across these schools.This study is the initial stage of a program of research aimed at developing a teaching training package and a computer-based assessment of efficiency of various error-correction techniques. |
|
|
|
|
Modifications of Functional Analysis Methodology to Address Idiosyncratic Forms of Socially Mediated Reinforcement |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Functional analysis is a well established technology that can lead to the development of effective reinforcement-based interventions for decreasing problem behavior. The current symposium includes three papers addressing the topic of modifications made to standard functional analysis methodology to assess problem behavior related to idiosyncratic forms of socially mediated reinforcement. For the first paper, the presenter will discuss the clinical utility of a divided attention condition in the functional analysis of problem behavior and review the data for 26 cases. For the second paper, the presenter will describe the indirect assessment, descriptive assessment, and functional analysis of problem behavior suspected to be sensitive to peer attention as a reinforcer. For the third paper, the presenter will describe the functional analysis of elopement without therapist retrieval, using a response latency and response allocation measure. |
Keyword(s): divided attention, elopement, functional analysis, peer attention |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Divided Attention |
JILL FODSTAD (Indiana University School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional analysis is an effective means to determine the function of severe problem behavior (Beavers, Iwata, Lerman, 2013; Hanley, Iwata, McCord, 2003). Fahmie, Iwata, Harper, and Querim (2013) demonstrated that the divided attention condition was more efficient than the standard attention condition. The current investigation reviewed the clinical use of the divided attention condition across 26 cases (individuals ranging in age from 2 to 33-years-old) where this condition was evaluated in a hospital-based inpatient or outpatient program. Both FA outcomes and subsequent intervention data were included in the clinical case review. Results indicated that if problem behavior occurred in the attention condition, that behavior would also occur in the divided attention condition, but not necessarily vice-versa. This suggests that in some cases, intervention may only be required in specific contexts, but not in other contexts (e.g., when being ignored) - with 87.5% of cases where treatments were implemented for a divided attention function yielded a greater than 80% reduction of baseline rates of problem behavior. Results are discussed in light of the importance of clarifying ambiguous FA outcomes (e.g., Schlichenmeyer et al., 2013), and identifying procedures to make clear FA outcomes more likely (e.g., Conners et al., 2000). |
|
The Role of Peer Attention on Problem Behavior for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities |
STEFANIE UPSHAW (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (The New England Center for Children), Kylie Roberts (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Research has indicated that the problem behavior of some children can be sensitive to peer-delivered attention. However, the prevalence of peer attention as a maintaining variable for problem behavior in individuals diagnosed with autism has not been investigated. In this study, we conducted interviews with caregivers, descriptive assessments, and functional analyses to identify the reported and actual prevalence of peer attention following problem behavior and as a reinforcer for problem behavior. Caregivers reported that peers commonly delivered attention contingent on problem behavior. Descriptive assessments showed positive contingencies between problem behavior and peer attention for some students. Functional analyses showed that peer attention was a reinforcer for problem behavior. |
|
Response Latency and Response Allocation as Measures of Elopement |
MICHELE R. TRAUB (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Elopement is a prevalent behavior within I/DD populations that endangers those who engage in it. Despite this, little research on function-based interventions has been done, due to the difficult nature of assessing it systematically. Several studies have attempted to perform functional analyses of elopement, but the need to retrieve the individual following each occurrence of behavior may have provided reinforcement in the form of attention. Conversely, a failure to retrieve may place the individual in danger. In this study, by using two adjacent rooms from which subjects could elope freely and safely without retrieval, we compared two alternative response measures, latency to elopement and the percent of session allocated to each of two locations, in a pairwise fashion to determine the function of elopement in two individuals. Results of both analyses matched on the functions indicated for each subject, and the functions were idiosyncratic across subjects. This study provides preliminary evidence that both latency and allocation are valid in assessing the function of elopement, and that such an assessment could be conducted without the need for retrieval and without putting the individual at risk. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Behavioral Economics in the Assessment and Treatment of Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
CE Instructor: Kate E. Fiske Massey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of behavioral economics in applied behavior analysis has long been applied to understand areas of study such as addiction, gambling, and consumption. More recently, the application of behavioral economics has been extended to the treatment of individuals with developmental disabilities. In the current symposium, three groups of researchers have examined the utility of behavioral economics principles in the assessment and treatment of individuals with autism spectrum disorders. The first study examines variations of the progressive ratio analysis to increase its utility in clinical settings. The second study evaluates delay discounting in individuals with autism, and considers the impact of presession access to reinforcers on impulsivity. Finally, the third study examines the manipulation of the cost of reinforcement and pay for task completion to increase student completion of nonpreferred tasks. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral economics, Delay discounting, Progressive-ratio analysis |
|
Enhancing the Utility of Progressive-Ratio Analyses in Clinical Settings |
KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University
), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University ) |
Abstract: Progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement are used to evaluate the potency of a reinforcer by assessing the reinforcer's ability to maintain a behavior across successively higher ratio requirements. However, the methods typically described in the literature may limit the utility of the tool in applied settings, due to the use of non-functional tasks, poor student response, and time constraints. To address these issues, we adapted the PR analysis to a vocational task and assessed two stimulus presentation methods, high PR salience and low PR salience, in a multi-element design. Two adolescents with autism were included in the study, one of whom never produced responses in a PR analysis prior to this evaluation and one for whom a break point could not be established during the limited session time. For the first student, the high PR salience condition evoked levels of behavior at which assessment could be successfully completed. For the second student, the low salience condition decreased his responding to a level easily captured within the available time. Results indicate that the PR analysis can be successfully adapted to curricular tasks and that varying the salience of the PR requirements may enhance the utility of the assessment for clinical purposes. |
|
The Effects of Presession Access to Reinforcement on Delay Discounting in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
ROBERT LARUE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University
), Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University
), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Developmental Disability Center, Rutgers University
), Shawna Ueyama (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Ethan Eisdorfer (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Impulsivity is a common concern in individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). While not a defining characteristic of ASDs, the presence of impulsivity can be pervasive and can dramatically affect the intervention process. Delay discounting refers to the decrease in the present value of reinforcers as a function of the delay of their receipt. In other words, the value of reinforcers often decreases as the length of time one has to wait for them increases. Researchers have outlined some procedures for evaluating delay discounting in human populations. However, much of this research is limited to hypothetical choices with typically developing populations. The purpose of the current investigation was the employ delay discounting procedures with individuals with ASDs. In the investigation, participants were given choices between an impulsive choice (a sooner smaller amount of reinforcement) and a self-controlled choice (accepting a delayed, larger amount of reinforcement). Indifference points (the point at which an individual switches from the smaller-sooner to larger-later reinforcement) were plotted. Presession access to reinforcement was then manipulated to determine if the presence of abolishing operations (satiation) affected impulsivity. The preliminary results suggest that using delay discounting procedures may inform treatment development for this clinical population. |
|
The Use of Complex Economies to Influence Choice Making in Adolescents and Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
CHRISTOPHER MANENTE (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Suzanne Wichtel (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Practitioners often face challenges when developing programming for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). A common challenge involves finding a balance between implementing sound programming and an individual's right to choice. The purpose of the current investigation was to find a way to integrate choice into the habilitation programming for adults with ASD, particularly programming that they may not voluntarily choose to participate. One potential way to increase engagement in low-probability activities is through the manipulation of pay rates of less-preferred tasks and the cost of preferred reinforcing items. In the current investigation, we altered the "pay rate" of specific tasks (high, medium and low preference jobs) and the "cost" of specific reinforcers (high, medium, and low preference rewards). The results from the investigation indicate that the manipulations of pay rate for jobs and cost of rewards resulted in varied responding for both job and reward selection. Specifically, participants switched from stable responding in baseline to varied responding when the economy was manipulated. The procedures outlined in the investigation represent one possible way for practitioners to provide effective intervention while protecting the rights of all people to direct their lives as independently as possible. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Progressive Social Action: The Legacy of the Past and Strategies for the Future |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Robin Rumph, Ph.D. |
Chair: Joseph E. Morrow (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago) |
ROBIN RUMPH (Texas ABA) |
Abstract: The behavior analytic emphasis on environmental determinism makes the approach a natural bedfellow of progressive social action, as the source of social and cultural problems are located in the environment rather than in people. Eliminating these problems requires modification of the controlling external environment rather than modification of presumably defective people. Progressive change may therefore include counter-control skill training of people to alter the problematic environment. The panelists will present several brief prompts for discussion, including (a) the historical linkage between behavior analysis and progressive social action, beginning with Watson and then Skinner, the emergence of behavior modification in the 1960s, and up through the present, (b) current and immediately realistic opportunities for further behavioral systems analytic work in the areas of structural and collective violence, sustainability, environmental justice, and grassroots activism in the context of economic systems that favor large corporations, and (c) possible strategies for incorporating progressive social action into a behavior analytic career. |
Keyword(s): Social action |
|
|
|
|
CANCELED: Measuring Organism Variables in our Stimulus-Organism-Response-Consequence Model: Phenotypic Expression of Genetic Disorders and Neuroimaging Data |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Anjali Barretto, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
DAVID M. RICHMAN (Texas Tech University) |
Dr. David Richman is a professor of educational psychology and leadership at Texas Tech University. He received his Ph.D. in school psychology and minor in applied behavior analysis from the University of Iowa, and he completed a research postdoctoral fellowship at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and the Kennedy Krieger Institute. Dr. Richman has previously been on faculty at the University of Kansas School of Medicine, University of Maryland Baltimore County, and the University of Illinois. Dr. Richman's areas of research include assessment and treatment of problem behavior; phenotypic expression of genetic disorders correlated with intellectual disabilities and severe behavior problems; family resiliency, parenting stress, familial quality of life; and cortical reorganization post-behavior therapy. |
Abstract: Many behavior analysts have shown keen interest in how an animal’s genetic endowment interacts with environmental variables to evoke and elicit responses and how these responses and associated consequences affect future responses and produce changes in organism variables. Throughout the years, great progress has been made in understanding biobehavioral interactions. However, our progress in understanding these complex interactions could be accelerated if more behavior analysts participated in transdisciplinary research teams that function as “think tanks” to develop studies that answer questions that could not be addressed by single-discipline research. The focus of this talk will be on (1) the potential benefits of incorporating indirect measures of behavior to document patterns of behavior within specific genetic disorders prior to costly large-scale direct observation studies, and (2) how technological advances such a functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) can expand our range of dependent variables to facilitate our understanding of how organism variables interact with environmental variables. Specifically, this talk will describe Dr. Richmond’s research on phenotypic expression of Cornelia de Lange Syndrome and Autism Spectrum Disorder that has incorporated parental report or fMRI dependent variables. |
|
|
|
|
Controlling Social Learning Contingencies in the Development of Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We present 3 papers concerning the identification and establishment of controlling contingencies for verbal behavior developmental cusps. Building on the previous identification of the role of the echoic as a conditioned reinforcer, the first paper reports that pre-teaching the echoic facilitated tact learning in preschoolers. This finding is related to recent research on the role of length of speech sound utterances on language acquisition. The second paper reports 3 experiments isolating the effect of observing actions as children with the naming cusp are provided name-learning experiences on their incidental learning of name of things. The data suggest that the presence of actions in name learning opportunities interferes with the learning of names as a speaker: they learn the actions but not the names. However, if children are provided multiple-exemplar training across name learning experiences involving they can learn the tacts of things in addition to the actions incidentally. The third paper reports the effects of a protocol for establishing social reinforcement in fourth graders with autism. The paper extends the findings on the role of yoked contingencies in social learning of social reinforcers. |
Keyword(s): Echoic-tact |
|
The Effects of Pre-Teaching the Echoic on Learning Tacts |
R. Douglas Greer (
Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences |
), LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Luis Perez Gonzales (University of Oviedo) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of pre-teaching the echoic in isolation on preschoolers' learning of tacts using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants with counterbalanced sets of stimuli. Eight preschoolers (age from 3 to 5 years old) diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders were participants in the study. The participants were divided into 4 dyads based on their levels of verbal of behavior development. The dependent variable was the number of learn units to criterion in tact programs. Within each dyad, we taught one participant tacts by pre-teaching the echoics and the other one we taught using the traditional echoic-to-tact teaching before they were switched and received the other treatment condition. We found that a combination of training procedures that teach the student to echo the word (target picture out of sight), then say the word independently (target picture out of sight) was more effective and efficient for 3 of 4 sets for our participants. |
|
Actions and Names: Observing Responses and Incidental Language Acquisition |
CLAIRE S. CAHILL (Fred S. Keller School), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts andSciences
) |
Abstract: In 3 experiments we investigated the relation between observing responses and language acquisition by preschoolers with and without disabilities. In Experiment I, participants were presented with the opportunity to observe multiple aspects of a stimulus, such that the participant heard the name of an object while observing an action demonstrated with the object. Participants consistently acquired the actions associated with the objects, but produced fewer names as a speaker. Experiment II analyzed responses to stimuli presented with and without actions. The results indicated that the visual-motor (action) aspects of the stimuli selected out the participants observing responses over the auditory (name) aspects of the stimulus. The presence of an action hindered rather than facilitated incidental acquisition of names, suggesting the dominance of visual stimuli over auditory stimuli. In Experiment III, participants were selected who acquired listener responses when actions were present, but did not readily acquire the speaker responses. Following a multiple exemplar intervention (MEI), participants acquired both speaker and listener responses. The results suggest that rotated opportunities to emit multiple responses to a single stimulus in the presence of reinforcement can result in a shift of stimulus control such that new observing responses emerge. |
|
Establishment of Social Listener Reinforcement in Fourth Graders with and without Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JO ANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Morris School District and Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: In two experiments, we studied social listener reinforcement in an elementary inclusive setting. Experiment 1 consisted of a comparison of the number of verbal vocal operants and socially appropriate behaviors emitted by four elementary age students with and without disabilities, using a multiple probe design. Probes were conducted in three settings: 1) social discussions, 2) academic discussions, 3) lunch time across 5 days for each peer and participant. Additionally, we measured social behaviors that each peer and participant emitted throughout the school day across 10 consecutive days. The results indicated that typically developing peers emitted a greater number of social vocal operants and appropriate social performance behaviors. These results indicated that Participant 1 and 2 did not demonstrate social-listener reinforcement. In Experiment 2, we tested the effects of a social-listener reinforcement (SLR) intervention with two students with autism, using a delayed multiple probe design. The sequence of the SLR procedures included: 1) I Spy, 2) 20 Questions, 3) Guess Who, 4) Advanced 20 Questions, 5) Peer Tutoring, 7) Group Instruction, and 8) Empathy. Results demonstrated that the social-listener reinforcement procedure significantly increased the numbers of vocal verbal operants and socially appropriate behaviors emitted by participants. |
|
|
|
|
A Tutorial on Delay of Reinforcement |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Mark P. Reilly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: : A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Delayed reinforcers are ubiquitous effects of operant contingencies. In psychology's early days, they were mostly viewed as impediments to learning: the more time between an act and its consequences, the slower the learning. Technical problems complicated studies of delay gradients (the functions relating rate of responding to delay): e.g., can we ignore additional responses occurring between a response and its scheduled delayed reinforcer? When several successive responses are followed by a reinforcer, all are followed by that reinforcer, the most recent with the shortest delay. Peter Dews, recognizing the significance of this observation, showed how it could clarify our understanding of performances maintained by reinforcement schedules and pointed the way to surmounting the technical difficulties in determining delay gradients. This tutorial considers the relevance of that experimental history not only for the foundations of our science but also for its applications. For example, in a vast array of instructional applications, correction procedures guarantee that correct responses eventually follow errors; those errors, followed after some delay by reinforcers produced by the subsequent corrects, may persist for that reason. Improving our understanding of delayed reinforcers in both basic and applied settings may therefore help us to enhance our instructional practices. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Especially those who wish to expand their understanding of basic processes, including students, practitioners, and teachers, and all with an interest in the details of the phenomenon of reinforcement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to 1) Recognize in both theory and practice that the effect of a reinforcer on subsequent behavior diminishes, according to a decay function, the longer the delay between prior behavior and the reinforcer; (2) Recognize in both theory and practice that the effect of a reinforcer on subsequent behavior depends on the entire sequence of responses that led to the reinforcer, and not just on the most recent one; and (3) Apply procedures to reduce the effects on undesired behavior, such as errors in stimulus control procedures, that might otherwise be maintained because they are followed after short delays by reinforced correct responses. |
|
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
A. Charles Catania, professor emeritus at University of Maryland, Baltimore County, is a past-president of ABAI and Division 25 of the American Psychological Association and has served as editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He had the good fortune to start his career in 1954 in Fred Keller's introductory psychology course at Columbia and later to serve as a teaching assistant in Nat Schoenfeld's experimental psychology sequence. He earned his Ph.D. at Harvard, where he then conducted postdoctoral research in B. F. Skinner's pigeon laboratory. After a stint in psychopharmacology, he moved to the University Heights campus of New York University and then to UMBC, where he maintained a pigeon laboratory with Eliot Shimoff, also a Columbia product. Much of their collaborative research was concerned with the behavior engendered and maintained by a variety of reinforcement schedules, with an abiding interest in relating schedule performances to fundamental behavioral processes and to the delay-of-reinforcement gradient in particular. His service as director of an applied behavior analysis master's track at UMBC allowed him to explore relations between basic and applied areas of our field. He remains professionally active and recently completed the fifth edition of his textbook, Learning. |
Keyword(s): correction procedures, delay gradient, instructional practices, reinforcement delay |
|
|
|
|
Applications of ABA for Decreasing Problem Behavior of Students in the Classroom |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sindy Sanchez (University of South Florida ) |
CE Instructor: Jackie Lansdale, M.A. |
Abstract: The presenters in this symposium will describe a variety of interventions utilizing behavior principles to decrease problem behaviors of students in the school setting and increase appropriate behaviors in the classrooms. The first presentation will describe a study using the Tier 2 Check-In/Check-out intervention incorporating peer tutors as the intervention coordinators, therefore minimizing the involvement by school staff. The second study took place in a school implementing the Positive Behavior Support framework and evaluated the use of response cards (white boards) in an Elementary School classroom to decrease problem behavior and increase active student responding as well as accuracy of responding. The last presentation will describe a comparison study of NCR versus DRO and discuss which procedure was most effective in reducing disruptive behavior of school aged children and which procedure was most preferred by teachers. Teacher preference was assessed via questionnaires and a choice condition in which they picked which procedure to implement. |
|
Evaluating Check-In Check-Out with Peer Tutors |
SINDY SANCHEZ (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of peer tutors to implement an intervention known as Check-In Check-Out (CICO) to increase desirable classroom behavior of three elementary students (tutees). Peer tutors performed the morning check-in with the tutees where they gave the tutees a Daily Progress Report (DPR) form discussed the expectations for the day. At the end of each class period, the peer tutors and tutees briefly met with the classroom teacher who provided the tutees with feedback and scored the DPR form based on a 0-2 scale if they met the expectations for that class period. The teacher did this following each class period. At the end of the day the tutees checked-out with the peer tutors and received a reward if they met their daily points' goal. Following baseline, all three tutees increased the daily points earned with the implementation of the CICO procedure in a multiple baseline across participants design. |
|
Effects of Response Cards on the Disruptive Behavior of Students |
LESLIE SINGER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of response cards (RC) in the form of white boards on the disruptive behavior and academic responding of students during whole-class guided-reading instruction in a first-grade classroom. The authors combined two baseline conditions with an alternating treatments design and then replicated the effects across four teacher-nominated students. The first baseline condition was the teacher’s typical instruction format, where one student who raised his/her hand was called upon to respond to the teacher’s question. The second baseline condition (BL’) was the same with an additional control for the number of teacher-delivered questions to the class per session. The RC condition was the same as BL’ except students were expected to write their answers on the laminated card and then display upon the teacher’s cue. RC and BL’ were alternated and results revealed that RC implemented by a classroom teacher did reduce students’ disruptive behaviors and increased their academic responding during class. |
|
NCR Versus DRO: Evaluation of Effectiveness and Teacher Preference |
Jackie Lansdale (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), LESLIE SINGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) and differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) are effective in reducing problem behavior of children both in and out of the classroom. However, few studies have assessed which procedure is most socially acceptable among teachers. In addition, studies have not recorded data on fidelity of implementation among teachers. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across teachers design was used to (a) demonstrate the effect of NCR and DRO on the problem behaviors of school aged children with no identified developmental disability, and (b) assess implementation fidelity of each procedure by the teacher. This study further assessed which procedure was preferred by teachers by the addition of questionnaires and a choice phase in which teachers ultimately chose which procedure to implement. Results showed that both procedures significantly reduced problem behavior across all participants, with the DRO procedure having the greatest effect. The procedure that was preferred most by teachers varied across participants. |
|
|
|
|
Preference Assessments in OBM Research |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Byron J. Wine (ABA Technologies) |
Abstract: A small but growing literature exists in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) on the use of employee preference assessments. Undergirding the need for preference assessments is work suggesting that managers may not always be able to predict what employees will find valuable (Wilder, Harris, Casella, Wine, & Postma, 2011). Based on this research, it has been recommended that formal preference assessments be incorporated into the design of reward systems in organizations. In this symposium, three OBM studies will be presented that utilize some form of assessment of employee preference for one or more aspects of their work environment or an intervention they are exposed to. In the first study, participants were allowed to select type of incentive that was to be delivered as part of a behavior change initiative to improve hand washing in an inpatient hospital. The second study. The second study investigated the optimal intervals for assessing incentive preferences. The third study assessed the unique and combined effects of allowing employees to select task and type of incentive. |
Keyword(s): incentives, preference assessment |
|
Improving Hand Hygiene in a Hospital: An Examination of Staff Preferences |
REBECCA STERN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Hand hygiene is the single most effective way to stop the spread of disease and infection; however, compliance continues to be substandard in human service settings (Acosta-Gnass & Stempliuk, 2009; CDC, 2007). The purpose of the current study was to increase compliance with hand hygiene among staff in a hospital setting while also examining staff preference of interventions. A large scale, multi-component intervention was developed based on previous research and pilot data obtained on the hospital unit. A survey was distributed to identify preferred reinforcers prior to the intervention and acceptability was assessed following implementation. Results suggest that lotteries and peer monitoring were successful at increasing hand hygiene and no change was observed after the intervention was modified based on staff responses from the social validity measure. Results also suggest that the type of sanitizer product used influenced hand hygiene compliance. |
|
An Assessment of Optimal Preference Assessment Intervals among Employees |
DAVID KELLEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Byron J. Wine (ABA Technologies), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that employee preferences for tangible items may change significantly from one month to the next; however, no guidelines exist with regards to how often to assess employee preference. Changes in preference, as measured by two different preference assessments across four different time intervals, are presented. Results of both assessments revealed that a one-week interval resulted in the strongest correlations between assessments. Additionally, only the one-week interval included no changes in item designation from a high-preference to low-preference or low-preference to high-preference. These data suggest that a one-week interval may be the maximum time to wait before re-administering preference assessments. |
|
The Effects of Degree of Choice on the Performance of Employees |
BYRON J. WINE (ABA Technologies), David Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: While the value of choice has been demonstrated in clinical populations, it has yet to be evaluated in an organizational setting. The rate of office task completion was measured in two employees while four levels of choice were alternated in a multi-element design. The choice variables manipulated were choice versus assignment of preferred reinforcers, and choice of order of task completion versus participant choice of order. Initial results suggest increased responding in the maximum choice intervention for at least one participant. |
|
|
|
|
Systems-Wide Interventions in OBM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams and Associates, Inc.) |
|
Scaling Up Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports: Organization-Wide Adoption in Children's Behavioral Health |
Domain: Service Delivery |
BARRY L. MCCURDY (Devereux Center for Effective Schools), Tamra Williams (Devereux Institute of Clinical and Professional Training & Research), Juan Carlos Lopez (Devereux Center for Effective Schools), Lisa Thomas (Devereux Center for Effective Schools) |
|
Abstract: More contemporary approaches to children's behavioral health have called for less focus on traditional, one-to-one treatment of youths via psychotherapy or medication management in favor of an ecological approach focusing on environmental variables (Dishion & Stormshak, 2007). School-wide positive behavioral interventions and supports (SWPBIS) is one prevention model that incorporates a tiered approach to implement a continuum of progressively intensive interventions. The research base on SWPBIS in public school environments is vast, suggesting the approach may be considered an evidence-based model (Horner, Sugai, & Anderson, 2010). However, to date, there is relatively little information on the implementation of "systems-wide" PBIS in other child serving settings. In 2011, Devereux, a national provider of behavioral health services for children and adolescents with behavior disorders initiated the adoption of systems-wide PBIS across all of their residential and day treatment programs nationally. The purpose of this presentation is twofold: (1) to provide an overview of the process for scaling up PBIS across a national behavioral healthcare organization, including an introduction to the tools for training, measuring fidelity, and data-based decision-making; and (2) to share initial outcome data. |
|
Applying Behavioral Systems Analysis to Strategic Planning |
Domain: Service Delivery |
PETER-CORNELIUS DAMS (Dams and Associates, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: While opportunities may arise for OBM consultants to conduct strategic planning projects, OBM graduates are not always trained in this area and have to learn on the fly. This paper describes a successful systems approach to strategic planning that has been applied to dozens of corporate, public sector, and nonprofit organizations. It describes the elements of a strategic plan and showcases sample plans. A tool for creating compelling mission statements, based on Brethower's Total Performance System, will be shared. Another systems-based tool not necessarily part of the typical approach to strategic planning is the gap analysis. Gap analyses uncover weaknesses in the organizations operational foundation that must be addressed in the strategic plan to ensure the organization is capable of supporting strategies for change. Tips will be shared for evoking high rates of responding during strategic planning events and for increasing the probability of desired implementation behaviors. This overview will provide OBM consultants with a guide for creating strategic plans that do not end up on the shelf. |
|
|
|
|
|
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG Symposium 2 of 2: Clinical Assessment and Treatment of Sexual Behaviors |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Laura Mahlmeister (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Laura Mahlmeister, M.S. |
Abstract: The science of behavior analysis has been applied to a myriad of human behaviors, including those of a sexual nature. The purpose of this presentation is to provide multiple examples of how sexual behavior issues can be assessed and treated using a behavior-analytic approach. This symposium underscored the need for behavior analysts to provide function-based, individualized, and least-restrictive interventions to influence the occurrence of sexual behaviors that are inappropriate in topography and/or occur in inappropriate environments. Case study data and their implications will be presented, as well as directions for future research and practice in this area. |
Keyword(s): masturbation, sex ed, sexual behavior, sexuality |
|
The Analysis of "Aberrant" Sexual Behavior in Persons with Disabilities; a Continuation of Sexual Education Research |
JESSIE COOPERKLINE (Instructional ABA Consultants), Brigid McCormick (Instructional ABA Consultants) |
Abstract: The sexual behaviors of persons with disabilities is an understudied area in Applied Behavior Analysis. When a person with a disability engages in sexual behavior it is often labeled as aberrant, and these individuals are then stigmatized, which can impact their quality of life. Limited research has been conducted on these "aberrant" sexual behaviors and related courses of treatment. Current literature supports competing reinforcement for automatic behaviors, though does not explicitly address sexual behavior. This presentation will include case studies of individuals with cognitive disabilities, mental illness diagnoses, and autism who engage in "aberrant" sexual behavior. The behaviors that individuals in this study engage in include public masturbation and non-consensual sexual advances toward other individuals with disabilities. The agencies response to the aberrant sexual behavior before and after consultation with a BCBA will be discussed. Additionally, a brief review of literature on sexual education for persons with disabilities will be included. |
|
Effects of a DRA and FCT on Decreasing Inappropriate Sexual Behaviors in an Adult with Autism |
ANTHONY RUSSO (LifeSpeed: Behavioral Support Services), Kevin Schneider (LifeSpeed: Behavioral Support Services), Brigid McCormick (Instructional ABA Consultants) |
Abstract: Inappropriate sexual behaviors can be dangerous to both the client and others. Research shows that increasing communication skills can lead to a decrease in maladaptive behaviors, such as inappropriate sexual behavior, when it serves the function of attention. The present case study used a token economy and functional communication training procedure to increase appropriate communication when interacting with females and thus, decreased nonconsensual sexual advances with females of all ages in the community setting for a 32-year old male with Autism. The interventions were also employed at the client's workplace to decrease inappropriate sexual display and urination, while increasing appropriate attention seeking behaviors. Results and limitations will be discussed along with future applied considerations. |
|
The Do's and Don'ts of Sex Ed |
LORRAINE BOLOGNA (Autism Consulting and Therapy), Brigid McCormick (Instructional ABA Consultants), Allison Hoff (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The practice of Applied Behavior Analysis has the ability to impact the spectrum of human behavior. While research and educational materials regarding other commonly occurring behavior such as communication, aggression, and daily living skills are commonly disseminated, there is a disproportionate lack of research and educational materials in the behavior analytic literature regarding sexual behavior. Sexual behavior is an important part of an individual's behavioral repertoire, and many behavior analysts will, at some point, target sexual behavior with clients. Current practiced methods of education and intervention for sexual behavior often come from practitioner experimentation as opposed to empirical behavioral research, which can lead to a possible breach of ethics. Current literature, guidelines provided by experienced practitioners, and social, cultural, and religious concerns will be discussed, with a focus on components that both increase and decrease effectiveness, to assist practitioners in creating sound interventions. Strategies for the decrease of inappropriate and increase of appropriate sexual behaviors for a variety of specific scenarios will be explored, and areas of future research will be suggested. |
|
|
|
|
Utilization of Standard Measurement in a Clinical Behavior Therapy: History, Practice, and Training Implications |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Current psychotherapy practices utilize self-report measures such as the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) in order to detect clinically relevant changes in psychological symptoms. These measures, while psychometrically valid, are proxies to behavior change in that they do not provide information regarding how the client is interacting differently with their environment. While third wave behavioral treatments such as FAP and ACT emphasize behavioral practices, their measures do not reflect inductive and data-based single subject designs. Symptomatic self-report measures are used not only by psychological professionals, but also medical professional when evaluating the effects of various treatments including medical interventions. This emphasis on symptoms rather than behaviors and behavior change, runs somewhat contrary to the underlying principles of behavior-based clinical practices. Early behavior analytic practices, at times, did focus on the behavior of social maladapted and psychotic behaviors, with some success. This presentation focuses on the use of standard behavior measurement practices in past clinical use, and discusses its potential for future use, specifically with respect to the Standard Celeration Chart. |
Keyword(s): Celeration Chart, FAP, Precision Teaching, Psychotherapy |
|
An Overview of Standard Celeration Charting and the Advantages of Standard Measurement in Clinical and Training Settings |
STUART M. LAW (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A brief history and explanation of the Standard Celeration Chart will be presented, particularly with respect to training procedures and various utilizations outside of academically oriented Precision Teaching settings. Even when fluency is not a goal per se, measuring behavior as it occurs in time can have benefits in teaching staff to behave with respect to data produced by their treatments. Common current behavior analytic treatments utilize datasheets, which are entered by case managers, in which case direct-care staff are not in contact with relevant data. There are many instances in which the chart is utilized outside of academic settings or train staff within academic institutions. These trainings can be effective as staff are able to behave with respect to data, and make inductive decisions regarding their own behavior. This discussion will also familiarize people as to why standard measurement tools could effective in evaluating treatment outcomes and performance measures in a therapeutic environment |
|
A Review of Single-Subject Treatments in Clinical Settings, and the Utility of Standard Measurement in Historical and Current Outpatient Practices |
BRIAN JAMES FEENEY (Complete Behavior Health, LLC) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of Precision Teaching tools and methods associated with fluency have been demonstrated within education settings. Initial development and use of these tools began with in-patient clinical populations as early as the 1960’s. However, these tools and methods have received little attention from the mental health community since then. Current mental health outpatient services typically utilize self-report measures in order to detect clinically relevant changes and utilization of formal data collection procedures may be challenging due to restrictions with funding and time. The use of the Celeration Chart and temporal measurement of behavior may have the potential to be applied to a variety of behavior therapies and outpatient mental health settings. Areas of application may include staff training, client behavior, therapist behavior, assessment, testing, and case conceptualization. This presentation reviews the current state of the literature with regards to the application of fluency and Precision Teaching to behaviorally based therapeutic services and outpatient mental health care settings. Gaps in the literature will be identified and suggestions for application will be provided. |
|
Potential Application of Standard Measurement in Functional Analytic Psychotherapy |
ALEXANDROS MARAGAKIS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a behaviorally based therapy that focuses on shaping clients' complex interpersonal behavior. Unlike many evidence based therapies, FAP currently lacks a treatment manual that provides a step-by-step method of how to conduct therapy. This lack of a treatment manual makes outcome and treatment fidelity studies difficult to conduct, therefore impeding the collection of evidence for the utility of FAP. However, this lack of a treatment manual is also beneficial in that it theoretically allows therapist to shape their own behavior to match the needs of the client in order to become a meaningful source of contingencies, and in turn, increase or decrease Clinically Relevant Behaviors (CRBs). This discussion investigates the potential utility of introducing the Standard Celeration Chart to measure both the CRBs of the client and the therapist. The implications of using the chart in regards to potential training and case conceptualization issues will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Not-So-Sweet Revenge--Unintended Consequences of Artificial Sweeteners
|
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: Erin B. Rasmussen, Ph.D. |
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
SUSIE SWITHERS (Purdue University) |
Dr. Susie Swithers is a professor in the Department of Psychological Sciences at Purdue University. Her work examines how learning and experience affect the development of controls of ingestive behavior, using rats as a model system. Her recent studies have used concepts derived from basic Pavlovian conditioning to understand how changing the relationship between food cues and calories might contribute to disruptions in energy balance, as well as how exposure to high fat diets might disrupt basic learning processes that normally contribute to the inhibition of food intake. Dr. Swithers received her bachelor’s degree from the University of Virginia and a Ph.D. in behavioral neuroscience from Duke University. She joined the faculty at Purdue as an assistant professor in 1995 and helped found Purdue’s Ingestive Behavior Research Center. She has received awards from the International Society for Developmental Psychobiology and the Academy of Behavioral Medicine Research and recently completed service as the chair of the National Institutes of Health Biobehavioral Regulation, Learning, and Ethology Study Section.
|
Abstract: One solution that has been proposed to combat the ongoing obesity epidemic has been to replace caloric sugars with artificial sweeteners that provide sweet tastes without providing the associated calories. While such an idea seems to be common sense, scientific data supporting artificial sweeteners as beneficial for weight loss are weak. Further, more recent epidemiological data from long-term studies in a variety of human cohorts have indicated that daily consumption of artificial sweeteners may exacerbate metabolic disturbances like Type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, and stroke. One explanation for such a counterintuitive result is that consuming sweet tastes without typical post-ingestive outcomes could interfere with basic learning processes that normally operate to regulate energy balance. Using data from an animal model, work from Dr. Swithers' lab has explored how interfering with predictive relations between tastes and calories may contribute to negative health outcomes. The results suggest that obesity and its attendant co-morbidities are unlikely to be helped by consuming "diet" foods manufactured with sugar substitutes. |
Keyword(s): artificial sweeteners , energy balance, obesity, Pavlovian conditioning |
|
|
|
|
Star Trek into Behavior: To Go Where No Behavior Analyst Has Gone Before |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: To paraphrase Roddenberry et al: Behavior: the final frontier. These are the studies of the behavioral enterprise. Its symposium mission: to explore how strange new worlds, new life and new civilizations, enable us to "to boldly go where no one has gone before". The Star Trek franchise has been used to explore new social ideas, technology, and how we behave. In this symposium, we present multiple ways in which Star Trek has stimulated our own thinking about behavior analysis, and how it can be used in the classroom as both an analytical and teaching tool. Some of the topics to be covered include precision teaching, celeration charting, verbal behavior, emotional behavior, and other basic operant and respondent principles and procedures. |
Keyword(s): Operant/Respondent, Precision Teaching, Principles/Concepts, Star Trek |
|
Does Data have Feelings and Emotions? A Behavioral Analysis of a Star Trek Character |
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
Abstract: A book by Richard Hanley asked Is Data Human? The metaphysics of Star Trek. Herein I will attempt to analyze a smaller aspect of Datas repertoire- does he engage in behaviors indicative of or influenced by emotions and feelings. Skinners analysis of language offered in Verbal Behavior provides tools to an observer about classifying particular aspects of verbal operants that may be viewed as related to the language of emotions. In part, these relate to tacting private events. Other behavior- notably autoclitics- often have subtle influences on the listener by indicating either a property of the speaker's behavior or the circumstances responsible for that property. This talk will review several examples which appear to support the presence of various autoclitics in Datas verbal behavior with the crew. |
|
Encounters at Datapoints: Behavior Analysis Through Star Trek |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The exploration of new planets, people, and species in Star Trek is a thinly veiled veneer for the study of human behavior in different, changing cultures. The questions explored in Star Trek allow us to study human behavior at a distance, both figuratively and literally. In this presentation, various examples from Star Trek will be provided regarding basic principles and procedures in operant and respondent conditioning, such as positive and negative reinforcement, punishment, shaping, chaining, and fading. In addition, there will be a brief discussion of how these principles are involved in the development of Commander Data’s positronic brain, which is usually attributed to cognitive circuitry in robotic androids. In addition, data will be presented regarding using Star Trek to teach behavioral principles in the classroom. |
|
Star Trek 3: The Search for Standard Celeration Charts |
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (Penn State) |
Abstract: The original Star Trek series took viewers on a bold voyage to the final frontier of space with alien life forms, exotic planets, and futuristic technology. Perhaps so many people fell in love with the series because of the inspiring messages delivered each episode: equality for all genders, races, and classes of people, solving ethical and societal issues through rationality and compassion, and the ingenuity and resourcefulness of the Enterprise crew coming to the benefit of those in need. Showcasing how humanity could rise to great heights through superior technology combined with ingenuity also strikes a chord in all applied behavior analysts who aspire to create and implement socially valid interventions through the science of behavior. Precision Teaching, developed by Ogden lindsley, represents the science of measurement. As one of Skinners greatest graduate students, Lindsleys Precision Teaching allows behavior analysts to a strikingly futuristic visual medium called the Standard Celeration Charts. The current presentation will show behavior analysts how the Standard Celeration Chart helps behavior analysts analyze, interpret, and communicate data in a superior manner to the more common nonstandard linear graph. The themes of Star Trek will appear throughout the presentation. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Human Choice |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
) |
Abstract: Human choice behavior might have economical consequences both on individual and systems level. In this symposium we will approach choice behavior from a perspective of discounting losses on an individual basis. We will also present a model for intervention on a systems level to increase retention in higher education. The last presentation will address the historical and recent joint scientific enterprise of economics and behavior analysis to explain and possibly influence human choice behavior. |
|
Discounting of Losses |
ELISE FRØLICH FURREBØ (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Discounting of losses The hyperbolic/hyperboloid discounting curve is a display of choice behavior over time, and thus understanding how the curve is formed and what it consists of, is important in the search for causes of choice and choice-changes. Inter-temporal decision making challenges us as individuals in many situations; as consumers, in healthy living, in our work- and study habits etc. The challenge taking place in these choice settings is that we continuously keep considering what one ought to do for a long term advantage against the more pleasurable short term gains. Similar discounting seems to occur for losses; a future loss may be discounted in that it is preferred postponed. However, studies show that discounting is not as steep for losses as it is for gains (Frederick, Loewenstein, & O'Donoghue, 2002; Thaler, 1981). This is referred to as the sign effect. The scope of this paper is to discuss possible reasons for the sign effect, focusing on the discounting of losses and its seemingly flatter curve. Differences in how we discount losses compared to discounting of gains, suggests the need for different strategies for handling unwanted discounting accordingly. |
|
Procrastination: What is it, and Can it Be Reduced in College Students? |
LARS INGE HALVORSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Procrastination: what is it, and can it be reduced in college students? Pablo Picasso said "Only put off until tomorrow what you are willing to die having left undone." Procrastination is a familiar phenomenon for most students. It appears in all facets of our lives, and is considered a big problem when it comes to time management and finishing tasks. We investigated what happens in a classroom setting when you set up contingencies that increase the likelihood of students reading before class, and compared participation in the interteaching arrangement and exam performance. This was combined with a pre- and post-test of procrastination and an internal external scale test. The two tests were implemented to give a broader picture of each individuals own assessment of their behavior. |
|
Historical and Present Joint Scientific Enterprise between Economics and Behavioral Analysis. |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
) |
Abstract: Social sciences, like political science,economics, sociology and psychology do not share a common technical language like the natural sciences. In 1948, Jacob Marschak, leader of the Cowles Commission of Economics, addressed B.F. Skinner saying that in their efforts to understand the economic responses of human choice they have done this "so far without obtaining any help from psychologists". From the correspondence between the two they concluded that "both fields (economics and psychology) have much to gain from the study of their mutual relations". In 1955, later Nobel Laureate Herbert Simon addressed the contribution of psychology to "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice", but he concluded that the distance between the knowledge of the two scientific fields was too great. In this presentation we will discuss some theoretical issues raised by the discussion between B.F. Skinner and J. Marschak. |
|
|
|
|
Presidential Scholar Address |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Obesity, Weigh gain |
Chair: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Michael Perone, Ph.D. |
|
Why We Get Fat: Adiposity 101 and the Alternative Hypothesis of Obesity |
Abstract: Since the 1950s, the conventional wisdom has held that we get fat because we eat too much and move too little. Virtually all research on obesity and its related chronic diseases is predicated on this notion. The problem has always been that doing the opposite--eating less and exercising more--fails almost invariably to cure the problem, suggesting the possibility that our underlying hypothesis is simply incorrect. What's the alternative? Before World War II, European clinicians argued that obesity was caused by a defect in the regulation of fat tissue metabolism. By the 1960s, it was clear that fat accumulation is fundamentally regulated by the hormone insulin, which in turn is secreted primarily in response to the carbohydrates in our diet. So a reasonable hypothesis is that we get fat not because we consume more calories than we expend, but because the carbohydrates that we eat happen to be uniquely fattening. A simple revision to first principles in our underlying assumption about the causes of weight gain will have profound and far-reaching implications. |
|
GARY TAUBES (Author) |
|
Gary Taubes, author of the bestselling Good Calories, Bad Calories: Fats, Carbs, and the Controversial Science of Diet and Health and Why We Get Fat: And What to Do About It, is an award-winning science writer and a correspondent for Science magazine. The only print journalist to have won three Science in Society Journalism awards, given by the National Association of Science Writers, he has contributed articles to The Best American Science Writing 2002 and The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2000 and 2003. Taubes has spent years synthesizing research in every area of science connected with the impact of nutrition on health. His 2002 New York Times Magazine cover story "What If It's All a Big Fat Lie?" caused a big stir in the ongoing fat-versus-carbohydrate discussions. Then in his book Good Calories, Bad Calories, he went on to show that the key to good health is the kind of calories we take in, not the number. In it, he argues that it is refined carbohydrates and sugars that lead to heart disease and diabetes and cause us to gain weight, not fat and cholesterol. Through his research, Taubes shakes our preconceptions about diet and health to the core, and challenges scientific studies that have been misinterpreted and prescribed as advice for the general public for years. He offers instead new ways to eat, live, and think about health, based on the highest caliber of scientific research. |
|
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in whether our underlying assumption about the causes of weight gain are valid. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Understand the epidemiology and natural history of obesity; (2) Develop a basic understanding of the hormonal regulation of fat tissue; and (3) Understand the role of carbohydrates in regulating fat accumulation and the nature of behavioral changes that have to be made to prevent or treat it. |
|
Keyword(s): Obesity, Weigh gain |
|
|
|
|
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Brigid McCormick (Instructional ABA Consultants) |
Presenting Authors: |
All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sex Therapy and Educational Programming (STEP) Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities. |
Keyword(s): masturbation, sex ed, sexuality |
|
|
|
|
Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Melissa Raymond (Milestones Learning Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to provide an update on current issues and activities concerning the state and practice of behavior analysis in Louisiana. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethical standards. |
Keyword(s): State chapter |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the VB SIG business meeting is to update members on current activities of the SIG, including updates from the treasurer and website coordinator. We will present the awards to the winners of the VB SIG Student Research Competition, the VB SIG Student Grant Competition, and the Jack Michael Award. Finally, we will present the newsletter to all new members. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and the Arts Special Interest Group (BAARTs SIG) |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W178b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota) |
Presenting Authors: |
This organizational meeting of the new Behavior Analysis and the Arts Special Interest Group will include appointing SIG officers, identifying goals for the next year, planning a website and establishing a committee to oversee planning events for the annual convention in San Antonio May 22-26, 2015. This is an open meeting for anyone interested in the BAARTs SIG mission “to promote behavior analysis through networking, participation in special events, promotion of artistic activities, and dissemination of information." |
Keyword(s): arts, BAARTs SIG, behavior analysis |
|
|
|
|
Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the Evidence-Based Practice SIG is to promote socially important behavior by facilitating effective and sustainable practices in real-world settings. Our goal is to maintain a SIG that reflects member input and focuses on a select number of activities that can be completed within the year. We believe EBP serves as an important approach with which behavior analysts should be familiar. The purpose of this annual meeting to review our policies, objectives, and future directions of the SIG. In this meeting, we seek to identify new members who would like to learn about the benefits of participating in the EBP SIG. |
|
|
|
|
Global Autism Project |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project) |
Presenting Authors: |
This annual meeting provides information about the Global Autism Project. |
Keyword(s): Autism, International Service, Teaching/Training |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Fellows Committee |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W474a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Kurt Salzinger (Hofstra University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is a closed meeting of the ABAI Fellows Committee |
|
|
|
|
Introduction to BACB Certification |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (BACB) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will cover important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), including information on BACB credentials, eligibility requirements, approved course sequences, examination administration, and applying for examination. This meeting is intended for individuals who are planning to become certified. |
Keyword(s): BACB, BCaBA, BCBA, certification |
|
|
|
|
Encyclopedia of Psychology |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Encyclopedia of Psychology (psychology.org) has a strong behavior analytic structure and is in the first five hits when "psychology" is entered into a Google search. It is very popular among high school and introductory college students, and receives more than 50,000 hits a day. This meeting is to discuss publication opportunities in the Encyclopedia of Psychology. The explicit goal of the Encyclopedia of Psychology is the dissemination of behavior analysis and to correct any erroneous psychological world views of its readers. Our intent is to provide a very broad range of short articles from a behavior analytic perspective. Articles could be applications (especially novel ones) of behavior analysis, short discussion/analyses of notable figures or perspectives in psychology from a behavior analytic perspective, and various white papers that articulate behavior analytic perspectives. Papers would typically be one to two pages, would include a figure and a short biography and picture of the author. The meeting is open to anyone, is conceptualized as a working group, and hopefully will include additional ideas and strategies from the floor. |
Keyword(s): dissemination, publication |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the business meeting for the EAHB-SIG. The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Career Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention; (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research; and (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior. |
Keyword(s): Human Operant |
|
|
|
|
Association for Behavior Analysis International Student Committee |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Zachary H. Morford (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
The ABAI Student Committee business meeting will be conducted for all student members of ABAI and any other interested parties. The meeting will cover the initiatives, events, and progress made by the ABAI Student Committee this past year leading up to and including the ABAI annual convention. Student representatives and student members will have an opportunity to review the committee's work, ask questions, receive information on student initiatives, and provide potential suggestions or recommendations for the committee to consider in future endeavors. |
Keyword(s): Students |
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the meeting is to review issues of interest affecting individuals with acquired and traumatic brain injuries and related neurological deficits. Treatment for this population is complex and requires the efforts of many therapeutic disciplines including behavior analysis. This group provides an opportunity to network with rehabilitation professionals working in neurorehabilitation programs across the country. Topics such as student programs, research, funding, staff training, sports concussion, community reintegration, and military-related injuries will be discussed. Search "Facebook - ABA Special Interest Group" to connect with this group and join us at the meeting. |
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, concussion, Neurological, Rehabilitation |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport and Fitness Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W181c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Presenting Authors: |
All conference attendees interested in behavior analytic applications in health, sport, and fitness are welcome. During this meeting, the business of the special interest group will be conducted. This year, we also will have a discussion of current and future research projects. The aim will be to facilitate collaborations and stimulate discussion on this topic. Anyone interested in these areas should attend. Future events and activities will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): fitness, health, sports |
|
|
|
|
Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the annual business meeting of the Multicultural SIG: Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts. |
|
|
|
|
History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the business meeting is to review the SIG's current status, that is, how well it is addressing its purpose, mission, and objectives (e.g., its Listserv) and consider new activities that may further advance them (e.g., a website, ABAI HoBA symposia, an awards program). |
|
|
|
|
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Terri M. Bright ( Simmons College and Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Applied Animal Behavior (AB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or who have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes to (1) promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; (2) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and (3) support in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change of animals in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with, or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. All are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility and Editorial Board of Behavior and Social Issues--Joint Meeting |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W181b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility and the editorial board of the journal Behavior and Social Issues will meet to review our current status and identify objectives and plans for the coming year for supporting global political liberation; participatory justice; environmental and "wild" justice; sustainable, aesthetically rich lifestyles; human and collective rights; and restorative and participatory justice through behavior analytic and behavioral systems science for practice, advocacy, activism, media outreach, and publication. Extended conversation following the meeting will be encouraged. |
Keyword(s): Environmental Justice, Human Rights, Social Issues |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management Network (OBMN) and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the annual meeting of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to organizational behavior management, the Network, JOBM, and the JOBM editorial process. Additionally, network officers and the JOBM editor will present data summarizing the status and development of the organization and journal. |
Keyword(s): Business meeting, JOBM, OBM |
|
|
|
|
Association for Behavior Analysis International Science Board |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Business meeting for the ABAI Science Board |
Keyword(s): Science Board |
|
|
|
|
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health) |
Presenting Authors: |
Positive behavior support uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in positive behavior support operate in various levels including direct child and/or interventionist level to broad systems level (e.g., schools or organizations). The Positive Behavior Support Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, giving input on the goals and objectives, and developing plans for disseminating accurate information about positive behavior support while promoting its presence at future conferences. All interested people are encouraged to attend this meeting chaired by Rose Iovannone. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Support, Business Meeting |
|
|
|
|
EAB Sun PM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
1. Responding Under Escalating and Constant Unit Prices: Manipulation of Reinforcement Duration |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES ALLEN CHASTAIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: We examined completion of two-digit, computer-based arithmetic problems by undergraduate college students under two conditions. In the Escalating Unit Price condition, fixed-ratio (FR) response requirements to produce the reinforcer, video clips, were systematically increased across blocks of trials while reinforcer duration remained unchanged. In the Constant Unit Price condition, FR response requirements were systematically increased with equivalent increases in duration of video access. Data were recorded on terminal FR schedule values completed prior to participants choosing to terminate a session, total (correct and incorrect) number of problems completed in a session, latency to first response per trial and average rate of problem completion. Results showed that 9 of 12 participants generally completed higher FR values (and consequently more total problems) during Constant Unit Price conditions than during Escalating Unit Price conditions. No within-participant differences in average latency to first response or average response rates were observed across conditions. These data demonstrate the importance of unit price and magnitude of reinforcement values when measuring total responding; and show that measures based on amount of responding, such as progressive ratio schedules, may show sensitivity to differences that more conventional measures such as response rate and latency to respond do not. |
|
|
2. The Behavioral Economics of Effort: The Unspecified Role of the Sub-Criterion Response |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRISTINA M. NORD (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Although response effort is considered a dimension of the cost to obtain reinforcement, little research has examined the economic impact of effort on demand for food. The goal of the present study was to explore the relationship between effort and demand. Three Sprague Dawley rats were trained to press a force transducer under a series of fixed-ratio schedules (1, 10, 18, 32, 56, 100, 180, 320, and 560) under different force requirements (5.6 g, 18 g, and 56 g). Thus, we maintained a constant nominal unit price (responses / food) but varied the minimal response force. Using a force transducer allowed us to measure responses failing to meet the minimal force requirement (i.e. sub-criterion responses), an advantage over prior approaches using weighted levers to manipulate effort. Results showed that demand assessments were reliable at each force requirement. Consistent with prior research, increasing the unit price decreased food consumption, and raising minimum force requirements further reduced demand for food. Additionally, increasing the force requirement increased the number of sub-criterion responses. The increase in sub-criterion responses raises the question of whether previous reports of force-related decreases in food demand result from the force manipulation or from incidental changes in the sub-criterion class. |
|
|
3. The Near-Miss Effect in Blackjack: Group Play and Lone Play |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Previous research in blackjack demonstrated that gamblers report outcomes are closer to wins when the player's total more closely approximates the dealer's total. However, additional comparisons, such as to another player's total or to 21, may affect the prevalence of a near-miss. The current study investigated the presence of a near-miss in blackjack while playing alone and with other players, and examined ratings in relation to the difference of the player's total from 21, the dealer's total, and another player's total. College students played 25 hands of blackjack with the only the dealer and another 25 hands with another player and the dealer and rated how close the outcome was to a win. The results demonstrated the presence of a near miss effect as a function of the numerical distance from the player's total to 21, and the absence of a near miss when the player busts. |
|
|
4. A Functional Exploration of the Near-Miss Effect in Slot-Machine Gambling |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Rachel Enoch (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The near-miss effect is an event whereby losses that appear close to wins, such as two of the same symbol on a three-reel slot machine, have reinforcing consequences that are similar to wins. The present study provides a functional, rather than a structural, account of the near-miss effect at the behavioral level of analysis. The first experiment demonstrated that the symbols associated with near-misses are conditioned as reinforcers during wins and generalize to near-misses. The second experiment demonstrated that symbols that are never reinforced during play may also obtain reinforcing value. The implications, limitations, and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
5. Structural Characteristics AND Slot Outcomes Impact Subject Evaluations of Slot Machine Likability |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AMY K. LOUKUS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The current study examined the impact of variables thought to influence gamer choice of slot machine, including structural characteristics (e.g., theme, color scheme, interactivity, number of reels) and displayed outcomes. Fifty-six undergraduate students completed an online survey for course credit in which they rated the likability of 40 slot machines (20 3-reel, 20 5-reel) according to a 5-point Likert scale, and anecdotally identified highly preferred features of their top three favorite machines for each set. Following, a paired-stimulus preference assessment of 10 machines (five 3-reel, five 5-reel machines) allowed for the systematic evaluation of feature preferences across all participants. The group was later presented with the same task but all payouts/machine outcomes were removed. Results suggest that although the structural features more commonly believed to influence machine choice may hold some influence on gamer preference, participants opted to play the machines with winning display patterns more frequently when outcomes were presented and other structural features remained the same. Implications of these results for future research and in the treatment of problem gambling will be discussed. |
|
|
6. The Role of Conditioned Reinforcement in The Near Miss |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ROBERT M. SCHIENLE (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: The near miss effect in slot machine gambling is generally understood as two out of three winning reel symbols align horizontally at the payline, with the third winning symbol appearing just above or below the payline. Previous slot machine research has shown that the presentation of a near miss increases the duration spent gambling (Côté, Caron, Aubery, Desrochers, & Ladouceur, 2003; Ghezzi, Wilson, & Porter, 2006). The current study aims to extend what is known about the reinforcing properties of the near miss by using an observing response procedure, whereby the participant must make a response to reveal the outcome of a reel spin. University students were recruited via online software and asked to play a simulated slot machine for 125 trials. Results indicate that participants were more likely to make an observing response on near miss reel spins than on winning or full miss reel spins. Therefore, results of this study suggest the presentation of a near miss does, in fact, function as a conditioned reinforcer in slot machine gambling. |
|
|
7. Persistence of Positive Reinforced Lever Pressing Following Variable vs Fixed Negative Reinforced Water Maze Escape-Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Sarah Biviano (Youngstown State Universiy) |
Abstract: The basis of Eisenbergers Learned Industriousness theory is that reinforcement of high effort for one behavior will result in the generalized persistence of other behaviors (e.g., Eisenberger, Terborg, & Carlson, 1979; Eisenberger, 1990). However, no study has investigated whether negatively reinforced high effort behaviors (e.g., high effort escape) will result in increased generalized persistence for positively reinforced behaviors. In the present study two groups of rats had to escape from a radial arm water maze. The variable escape group, because the submerged platform was placed on a different arm on each trial, had to exert high effort to escape each trial relative to the rats in the continuous escape group that simply had to swim to the same location on every trial. Agreeing with, and extending learned industriousness theory, the rats in the variable escape were more persistent during the bar pressing (shaped and maintained by positive reinforcement food pellets) extinction phase at the end of the study than the continuous escape group. However, inexplicably, a control group receiving no water maze training was the most persistent group and pressed at the highest rates both for reinforcement and during extinction |
|
|
8. Probability Affects Choices Involving Negative Reinforcers: Experiment 1 – Delay |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER A. BONOW (Blueprints), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Examining the variables affecting human choice behavior is particularly important as people regularly engage in risky, harmful, and even life-threatening behaviors such as smoking, gambling, and drinking excessively. The current study was the first in a series investigating the role of the probability of reinforcement in a self-control paradigm utilizing negative reinforcement. This variable is often included in discounting research, but not frequently examined in basic self-control experiments. This experiment examined the effects of varying the delay to, and probability of, reinforcement while holding the magnitude constant. 27 undergraduate students were exposed to a loud white noise while watching a DVD movie. Selecting one of two buttons on the screen resulted in either an immediate or delayed removal of the noise. A parametric examination of different probabilities of reinforcement demonstrated a shift in selecting behavior across participants. The mean percentage of selections of the immediate alternative was 87% of trials when the probability of reinforcement was 1.0 and decreased across reduced probabilities to 36.9% of trials when the probability of reinforcement was .25. Data indicate that probability and delay interact in a self-control paradigm suggesting that the influence of this factor on human choice behavior should be examined more thoroughly. |
|
|
9. Probability Affects Choices Involving Negative Reinforcers: Experiment 2 – Magnitude |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Jennifer A. Bonow (Blueprints), LAUREN JONES (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Examining the variables affecting human choice behavior is particularly important as people regularly engage in risky, harmful, and even life-threatening behaviors such as smoking, gambling, and drinking excessively. The current study was the second in a series investigating the role of the probability of reinforcement in a self-control paradigm, a variable that is often included in discounting research, but neglected in basic self-control experiments. This experiment examined the effects of varying the magnitude and probability of reinforcement while holding the delay to reinforcement constant. 22 undergraduate students were exposed to a loud white noise while watching a DVD movie. Selecting one of two buttons on the screen resulted in either an immediate short- or immediate long-duration removal of the noise. A parametric examination of different probabilities of reinforcement demonstrated a shift in selecting behavior across participants. The mean percentage of selections of the long-duration alternative was 87% of trials when the probability of reinforcement was 1.0 and decreased across reduced probabilities to 31.79% of trials when the probability of reinforcement was .25. Data indicate that probability and magnitude interact in a self-control paradigm suggesting that the influence of this factor on human choice behavior should be examined more thoroughly. |
|
|
10. Avoidance Performances of Humans Under Negative Reinforcement With the Reduction of Task Disturbing Events |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DAIKI MISHIMA (Teikyo University), Kaname Mochizuki (Teikyo University) |
Abstract: Herrnstein & Hineline (1966) showed the decrease of shock frequency could negatively reinforce rats' lever presses. We tried to replicate their experiments in humans. Participants played a block stacking game in which they could earn points when they stacked up five blocks in three layers on a platform. During the game, the platform was "shaken" according to two values of VT (variable-time) schedules. These shakes crushed all stacked blocks at that time, so it disturbed the participant to get points. When a participant choose a cyan colored block, the VT value changed to large so that the frequency of shakes decrease. The value returned to the smaller one when the next programed shake occurred in the larger value. The task disturbing shakes corresponded to the electric shock and the choice of safety block corresponded to a lever press in rats' experiment. The experiment consisted of three 10 minutes avoidable sessions and unavoidable sessions which appeared alternatively. Five of 12 university students showed increase of avoidance responses in the last avoidable session and two of them were statistically significant. This experiment showed that the decrease of the density of task disturbances could be a reinforcer for human behavior. |
|
|
11. Demand Assessment for Quantifying the Value of Negative Reinforcers Using a Progressive Ratio Schedule With a Fixed Positive Reinforcer |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN KLIEBERT (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Several studies have used progressive ratio (PR) schedules to evaluate the efficacy of positive reinforcers (e.g., DeLeon, Frank, Gregory, & Allman, 2009; Penrod, Wallace, & Dyer, 2008, Roane, Lerman, & Vorndran, 2001). Yet there are no direct assessment procedures for quantifying the value of negative reinforcers. The current study sought to determine whether breakpoints when responding on PR schedules for various tasks can be used to quantify the value of those tasks. The study includes one participant. Following a demand latency assessment conducted to identify a hierarchy of demands in terms of aversiveness by examining the latency to problem behavior following the presentation of demands, high and low aversive demands were selected for inclusion in a PR demand assessment during which the participant worked to access a highly-preferred edible item on increasing schedules of reinforcement. Higher breakpoints were observed for the low aversive task and lower breakpoints were observed for the high aversive task. Results indicate this method of quantifying reinforcer value may be ideally suited for the purpose of determining the value of escape/avoidance of various negative reinforcers; therefore, could serve as a means of assisting in developing effective treatments for problem behavior maintained by escape/avoidance. Keywords: demand, escape-maintained problem behavior, negative reinforcer |
|
|
12. Effects of Early Big Wins and Probabilistic Wins on Progressive-Ratio Breakpoints in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CAROLINE WILLIAMS (College of Charleston), Christine Logan Chambers (College of Charleston), Carolyn Kitts (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston) |
Abstract: The big-win hypothesis states that gambling will persist longer if a big-win is experienced early in playing. The behavioral hypothesis states that gambling will persist longer is wins are experienced intermittently. The purpose of this series of experiments was to examine the effects of big-win and probabilistic wins on progressive-ratio (PR) breakpoints in rats. Five female Long Evans rats responded on a lever under a PR 5 schedule for a 4-s delivery of a 50% sweetened condensed milk solution. Sessions ended when rats went 5 min without a response or 10 min without earning a reinforcer. Superimposed on this schedule, one condition arranged a big win condition in which a large number (e.g., 12) of dipper presentations were delivered after the second completed ratio. This resulted in a decrease in breakpoints, which subsequent research suggested was not due to satiation. Subsequently, an random-ratio (RR) 10 schedule was superimposed on the PR schedule; this resulted in a significant increase in breakpoints for all of the rats. Parametric manipulations of both the size of the big win and the RR parameter are underway. Overall, the results fail to support the big-win hypothesis and provide support for the behavioral hypothesis. |
|
|
13. Resurgence in a Peak-Interval Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MIRARI ELCORO (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), April H. Graves (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Michael J. Choromanski (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Kimberly R. Wise (Armstrong Atlantic State University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of previously reinforced behavior during extinction of another, more recently reinforced behavior. Resurgence provides a framework for deciphering the origin of operant responses, study effects of historical variables, and also understanding various socially relevant behaviors such as creativity and clinical relapse. In the present study, four experimentally nave Long Evans rats were trained using a concurrent variable-interval (VI) 30-s, fixed-interval (FI) 30-s schedule, each programmed on a different lever. After responding stabilized, responding under the VI 30-s schedule was extinguished for 15 sessions. A peak-interval procedure (PIP) then was employed to examine resurgence of the previously VI responding. The PIP consisted of FI 30-s trials (30% of trials) alternating randomly with 300-s peak trials (70% of trials), each separated by 20-s blackouts. Overall response rates revealed resurgence of VI responding during the peak trials. Additional analyses include proportions of lever presses during the resurgence test relative to responses during extinction and analyses focused on responding during peak trials. These findings are compared with similar studies of resurgence and with findings from the literature on behavioral contrast. The present study extended the use of a procedure typically utilized to examine temporal control to the analysis of resurgence. |
|
|
14. Resurgence of Previously Reinforced Lever Pressing During a DRO Challenge |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER L. HUDNALL (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (The University of Kansas), Alexandria Darden (The University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Resurgence can be defined as the re-emergence of a previously reinforced behavior when a currently reinforced behavior is met with some challenge. Typically, this challenge is to condition of extinction, under which the phenomenon of resurgence has generally been examined. However, a previously reinforced behavior may re-emerge when the current behavior is met with some challenge other than extinction. This experiment examines the phenomenon of resurgence during both extinction and DRO schedules. During phase 1 of this experiment, right lever pressing was maintained on an FR20 schedule of food reinforcement while presses on the left lever were not reinforced. During phase 2, no lever presses on either lever were reinforced. During phase 3, right lever presses were not reinforced, but left lever presses resulted in food delivery. In the final component, phase 4, left lever presses were not reinforced, and right lever presses were maintained on a DRO schedule. Results indicate that, when DRO is a challenge to the maintenance of a current behavior, re-emergence of a previous behavior is both robust and long-lasting. These data add to the emerging literature regarding resurgence under non-extinction conditions. |
|
|
15. Alternative Reinforcement Rates and the Magnitude of Resurgence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SHUN FUJIMAKI (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is a reappearance of previously extinguished target response following the removal of reinforcement for the alternative response. Shahan and Sweeny (2011) proposed the quantitative model of resurgence based on behavioral momentum theory. The purpose of the present study was to test the prediction from this model, that is, the higher-rate of alternative reinforcement produces greater resurgence. We conducted the experiment using pigeons under a two-component multiple schedule across three-phase. In the acquisition phase, both target responses in Rich and Lean component were reinforced on VI 60-s. In the elimination phase, target responses were extinguished in both components, while alternative responses were reinforced on VI 30-s in Rich component and VI 120-s in Lean component. In the resurgence phase, all reinforcement was withheld. Figure 1 shows proportion of baseline response rates in the elimination and resurgence phases. Pigeon D11 showed greater resurgence in Rich component. Inconsistent with the prediction, however, the magnitude of resurgence was greater in Lean component in B21 and was little difference between components in each pigeon. Thus, there was no systematic relationship between alternative reinforcement rates and resurgence. |
|
|
16. Repeated Resurgence Across Sessions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES E. COOK (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the reoccurrence of a previously extinguished response when an alternative response no longer produces reinforcement. Resurgence is a replicable process, but few studies have examined the results of repeated resurgence tests. Resurgence tests with nonhuman animals may take weeks to prepare, and the resurgence effect is transitory, lasting only 1-2 sessions, making examinations of resurgence across time difficult. Four pigeons underwent repeated resurgence tests across daily sessions. Each session was divided into 3 phases. In Phase 1, responses on the left key (resurgence key) were reinforced on a fixed-interval (FI) 30-s schedule. In Phase 2, responses on the center key (alternative key) were reinforced on a FI 30-s schedule, and responses on the left key were placed on extinction. In Phase 3 (resurgence test), responses on all keys were placed on extinction. The right key (control key) never provided reinforcement. Phases changed when responding occurred exclusively on the key providing reinforcement for 2.5 min. In the resurgence test, responding occurred on the resurgence key, and little to no responding occurred on the control key across sessions. The resurgence effect decreased but occurred repeatedly across 30 consecutive sessions. |
|
|
17. Resistance to Change in Choice and Non-choice Contexts in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CALEY N. DOUD (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston) |
Abstract: Research investigating the factors governing resistance to change in the face of disruption has focused largely on the prevailing reinforcement rate prior to disruption. We investigated the role that response freedom has on behavioral persistence. Rats responded under a two-component multiple schedule that alternated throughout the session. In one component, presses on a single lever produced food pellets according to a variable interval (VI) schedule. In the other component, two levers were available and a concurrent VI VI schedule was arranged. In one group of rats, the scheduled reinforcement rate was higher in the single component. For another group, the scheduled reinforcement rates was higher in the concurrent component. In the critical group, the scheduled reinforcement rate was held constant in the two components of the multiple schedule. After a baseline was obtained, responding was disrupted with prefeeding and extinction. Results-to-date indicate that when reinforcement rate varied, responding in the component with the higher reinforcement rate was more resistant to change. When the reinforcement rate was held constant, the component associated with the lower response rate tended to be more resistant to change. Little support was found for the contention that having multiple response options increases response persistence in the face of disruption. |
|
|
18. Behavioral Resistance to Change and Ethanol Effects |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TALITA CUNHA (Universidade de São Paulo - USP), Miriam Garcia-Mijares (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Drugs can cause different effects in organisms, as different performance in a task or stimulus discrimination uncommon. Organism condition before a task is an important factor to behavior, and this design was not investigated under behavioral momentum approach. The goal of the experiment was to investigate the effects of extinction over the behavioral resistance to change of organisms responding under ethanol effects. Four wistar rats self-administered 5g/kg ethanol diluted in agar (ALC) or 15% maltodextrin diluted in agar (MAL), in random days, and were exposed to a multiple schedule VI15VI45. After baseline, six extinction sessions were performed. The data showed negligible differences in response rates between ALC and MAL conditions on baseline or extinction phases. However, resistance was higher for VI15, under both conditions. The results demonstrated that extinction affected the responses controlled by the multiple schedules in accordance to the behavioral momentum theory, and that this effect is maintained after alcohol consumption. As it seems that this is the first experiment to investigate this issue, the effect of other disruptors should be address by other experiments. |
|
|
19. Pauses in Multiple Extinction Fixed-Interval Reinforcement Schedules With Fixed Durations of the Extinction Component: Implications for Timing |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (oslo and akershus university college), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia), Lucas Couto de Carvalho (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Five rats served in an experiment with multiple extinction fixed-interval schedules of reinforcement. While the fixed-interval schedule was kept constant at 60 s, the fixed extinction period was varied from 10 to 160 s. Pauses during the fixed-interval schedule decreased systematically with increases in the previous extinction period. Pausing was under control of both time to the next primary reinforcement signaled by the discriminative stimulus associated with the fixed-interval schedule and time since the last primary reinforcement, signaled by the duration of the extinction period. |
|
|
20. Human Timing: A Comparison of Tree Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
IVÁN BÁRCENAS (Universidad de Guadalajara), Gonzalo Fernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Torres (Universidad de Guadalajara), Luis Hernando Silva Castillo (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Time perception is essential for survival and adjustment of an organism to its environment. Timing is a process underlying choice behavior and learning. The way in which organisms organize their behavior according to the temporal properties of the environment has been extensively studied; several procedures used in the study of animal learning have been adapted for human research; specifically, differential reinforcement of low rate (DRL), temporal bisection and peak procedure. However, the data obtained in such procedures in humans has not been systematically compared to determine the functional equivalence of the different procedures and reliability. The present study aims to compare the numerical index provided by these procedures where the timing is evaluated (indexes are quantitative descriptions of accuracy and precision level in timing). In order to find out about the functional similarities among these procedures, fifty Mexican students were evaluated in three different tasks (Temporal bisection, pick procedure and DRL). Comparisons of procedures provide knowledge for understanding the human perception of time and information about reliability of the instruments and tasks used to study of timing. |
|
|
21. A Neurocomputational Model of Stimulus Class Formation in Down Syndrome |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALVARO TORRES CHAVEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Angel Tovar y Romo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Adriel Ruiz (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: The neurophisiological profile of individuals with Down syndrome (DS) sets restrictions on stimulus class formation (i.e., learning to categorize stimuli on the basis of functional equivalence). At the neuronal level, learning is an outcome from the balance between long term potentiation (LTP) and long term depression (LTD); animal models of DS have shown an atypical balance between LTP and LTD, this is probably the basis of difficulties reported in DS populations when they learn and derive stimulus relations of the kind observed in stimulus class formation tasks. We developed a neurocomputational model to analyze the influence of LTP/LTD imbalance on class formation. AB and BC stimulus relations where trained in the model, and then we evaluated the emergence of the transitive AC relations. Initially the model was unable to show emergence of the transitive relations, this is similar to difficulties reported on tests performance of individuals with DS. We proved different training protocols and found that difficulties related to the emergence of transitive AC relations could be overcome when the learning of BC relations did not interfere with the learning of AB relations. From these simulations we derive an appropriate training structure and sequence to be used with people with DS. |
|
|
22. A Comparison of Match-to-Sample and Respondent Training of the Blocking Effect in Equivalence Classes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KRISTOPHER BROWN (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Basic research has implicated Kamin’s blocking effect in equivalence class formation. Although both match-to-sample and respondent-type training are procedures used to facilitate class formation, only match-to-sample has been studied in research on blocking in class formation. Since respondent-type training may resemble natural learning opportunities more closely, research on the blocking effect in respondent-trained equivalence classes is important for a more coherent explanation of both blocking and class formation. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to compare match-to-sample and respondent-type training for their susceptibility to blocking using undergraduate students as subjects. Initial results indicate that scores on post-tests containing stimuli included in the blocking preparation to be slightly lower than scores on tests containing non-blocked stimuli. Results are discussed in regards to the necessary and sufficient conditions for equivalence class formation and directions for future research. |
|
|
23. Equivalence Class Formation Without Explicit Reinforcement of Conditional Discriminations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Different procedural arrangements have been used to establish the necessary conditional discriminations needed for testing for equivalence formation. We asked the following research questions: Is it possible to establish conditional discriminations without any programmed consequences? If these conditional discriminations are intact before testing, will the participants form equivalence classes? Sixteen college students participated in the present experiment. The training and testing of equivalence class formation were arranged in a paper-and-pencil format. Each trial was organized as a row and the sample stimulus was always in the left-most column, while the three comparisons were in three columns to right. For each trial, pairs of stimuli (e.g., A1 and B1) always appeared together while the other comparisons (e.g., B2 and B3) appearing together with them changed from trial to trial. The participants were asked to highlight the correct comparison in each row. When one comparison was highlighted for all 36 trials, the participants handed in the training sheet and were given a test sheet with 18 trials. The results from the training showed that 15 participants responded correctly according to the experimenter-defined conditional discriminations while none of the participants responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence on the test (see Figure 1). |
|
|
24. The Effects of Experimentally Establishing Meaningful Stimuli on Equivalence-Class Outcomes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KATERINA THANOPOULOS (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ankit Patel (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Nicole Martocchio (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Understanding the conditions under which stimulus equivalence relations emerge has important theoretical implications for a behavioral definition of symbolic “meaning,” as well as implications for how to better train symbol-referent relations amongst learners with intellectual challenges. Consider the potential stimulus class of non-representational forms, ABCDE. Past research indicates that (1) a high percentage of participants demonstrate equivalence relations if the C stimuli are meaningful (e.g., a set of familiar pictures), and (2) the percentage will be much lower if all the stimuli in the class are non-representational. The present study asked whether experimentally establishing non-representational C stimuli as meaningful in college-student participants would produce results similar to those found when the C stimuli are familiar pictures. Thus, Group 1 received pre-training and testing in which C stimuli became part of a separate equivalence class (i.e., CFG), prior to ABCDE training and equivalence testing. Results were compared against Groups 2 (non-meaningful stimuli) and 3 (picture stimuli). The results to date show that Groups 1 and 3 had relatively higher equivalence success rates than Group 2, indicating that the pre-training for Group 1 established meaning for the C stimuli. Additional data collection is underway to increase group sizes and statistical power. |
|
|
25. Effects of Different Emotional Expressions on the Relatedness of Stimuli in Equivalence Classes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIELE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Recent studies using a semantic differential (SD) to verify transfer of meaning among equivalent stimuli showed a difference in evaluations for different emotional expressions (lower deviation for stimuli that were equivalent to happy faces than for stimuli that were equivalent to the angry faces). This study used an SD to verify relatedness as a function of different emotional expressions (happiness, sadness, and fearless). Ten college students formed equivalence classes that consisted of arbitrary stimuli (B, C, D, and E) and meaningful stimuli - faces expressing happiness, sadness, and fearless (A). After showing equivalence class formation, participants evaluated D stimuli with an SD. Using the same device, an untrained control group (n=18) evaluated the faces. Preliminary analysis seemed to indicate lower deviation scores for stimuli that were equivalent to the fear and sad faces than for stimuli that were equivalent to the happy faces. In this case, participants seemed to overestimate D stimuli (e.g., D stimuli equivalent to the happy faces were evaluated as more positive than the happy faces evaluated by the control group). Further analysis is needed to confirm the effects of the different emotional expressions used in this study on the relatedness of stimuli in equivalence classes. |
|
|
26. Comparing the Effect of Emotions on False Memories Using the Stimulus Equivalence and DRM Paradigms |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NATALIA AGGIO (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The Stimulus equivalence and DRM Paradigms were used to investigate the effect of emotions on false memories. On Phase 1, six college students were taught three four-stimuli equivalence classes - Classes 1, 2 and 3 - and three 12-stimuli equivalence classes - Classes 4, 5 and 6, all with one node. The nodes for Classes 1, 2 and 3 were familiar pictures. Three happy, three neutral and three angry faces were randomly used as the node in Class 4, 5 and 6, respectively. The other stimuli in all classes were nonsense words. On Phase 2 participants first saw three lists composed by nine of the 11 nonsense words from Classes 5, 4 and 6. Next, a distracter task were performed for three minutes and than three lists composed by all stimuli from previously list (Targets), the rest of the nonsense words form Classes 5, 4 and 6 (Critical Distractors) and the nonsense stimuli from Classes 1, 2 and 3 (Non-related distracters) were shown. Participants should indicate witch stimuli were presented on the first lists. Data showed more recognition of critical than non-related distracters on the list composed by stimuli from Neutral class, compared to Happy and Angry classes. |
|
|
27. Effects of Stimulus Discriminability on the Emergence of Symmetrical Relations in Adult Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Penn State Hazleton), James G. Modico (Penn State Hazleton), Christopher T. Russo (Penn State Hazleton), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The goal of the present study was to investigate effects of discriminability of sample and comparison stimuli on the emergence of symmetrical relations. College students were trained on two types of baseline conditional discrimination tasks involving simple (one Japanese character) and complex (two Japanese characters) stimuli. One task involved simple samples and complex comparisons (simple-complex), whereas the other task involved complex samples and simple comparisons (complex-simple). Test trials, run without programmed consequences, presented the symmetry probe of the baseline relations trained. That is, the simple-complex baseline relations presented on the training trials were presented as the complex-simple symmetry relations on the test trials. Similarly, the complex-simple baseline relations were presented as the simple-complex symmetry relations. The results show that the simple-complex baseline relations were acquired faster than the complex-simple baseline relations. The results also show that, relative the acquisition of the baseline relations, the simple-complex symmetrical relations emerged faster than the complex-simple symmetrical relations. In accord with Saunders and Greens (1999) theoretical analysis that untrained discriminations need to be acquired on the stimulus-equivalence test trials, the present results suggest that stimulus discriminability of sample and comparison stimuli on test trials affects the emergence of symmetrical relations. |
|
|
28. Evaluating the Results of A Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors Using a Trial-by-Trial Analysis |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN M. WORCESTER (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: While previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of the use of functional analysis to determine the reinforcers for inappropriate mealtime behavior, the use of a trial-by-trial analysis has not been applied to clarify functions observed throughout functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behaviors. The current study utilizes the functional analysis procedures detailed by Piazza, Fisher, Brown, Shore, Patel, Katz, Sevin, Gulotta, and Blakely-Smith (2003) in combination with the trial-by-trial analysis to evaluate the occurrences of behavior during the establishing operation and reinforcement intervals. Results showed that the use of the trial-by-trial analysis helped to clarify the functions of behavior during the functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior. A specific behavioral treatment package aimed at addressing the functions identified throughout the functional analysis was then implemented. |
|
|
29. A Function-based Intervention for Decreasing Problem Behavior and Facilitating Conditional Requesting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MO CHEN (Department of Educational Psychology, University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Shelley Kreibich (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: The study was aimed to examine the effectiveness of a function-based intervention for decreasing problem behavior and facilitating conditional requesting in a seven-year-old girl with autism using a multiple-probe design across settings. An antecedent-based functional analysis showed that the girls problem behavior was maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of access to preferred items and activities. The tolerance for delayed reinforcement (TFD) procedure was implemented to increase her waiting duration for preferred tangibles with no problem behavior till 5 minutes. Subsequently, a conditional requesting procedure was implemented using menu and communication boards: If she selected a pictorial symbol from her communication board that was also on the menu board, she could have it immediately; If she selected a pictorial symbol from her communication board that was not on the menu board, she had to wait for it with no problem behavior for 5 minutes. Results showed that TFD and conditional requesting procedures effectively reduced the girls problem behavior to a low level, and increased her ability to request items conditionally. Also, intervention outcomes generalized to three other untrained settings and her waiting duration even increased to about 1 hour when probe data were collected during her activity schedules. |
|
|
30. Functional and Equivalence Class Formation via Specific Consequences in Children With Autism |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Eugenia Andrea Lee Santos (Universidade Federal do Para ), KATARINA KATAOKA DIAS (Universidade Federal do Para
), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Para
) |
Abstract: Some previous studies, reporting equivalence or functional class formation with class-specific consequence procedures, found intersubject variability due to loss of reinforcers efficacy. In the present study, we tested (1) the efficacy of introducing variations of events (within a category) as class-specific consequences and (2) the inclusion of such consequences into the equivalence classes. Two children diagnosed with autism participated. They were given identity matching to sample training (stimulus set A) and simple discrimination reversal training (stimulus set B). A variety of videos of a same theme plus a variety of food within the same category (such as sweet or salty) were used as class specific consequences. Probe trials tested for the emergent arbitrary relations AB and Consequence-A relations. Both participants showed 100 percent accuracy in baseline discriminations after four 20-trial training sessions. In probe sessions, both participants showed strong evidence of equivalence class formation, including respective class specific consequences. This study is being continued: new class members will be included via repeated reversal of simple discrimination procedure and tested via matching to sample procedure and vice-versa. We discuss if the distinction between equivalence and functional class formation is merely procedural or reflects two different behavioral phenomena. |
|
|
31. Transfer of Emotional Meanings to Abstract Stimuli After Simple and Conditional Discrimination Training With Class-Specific Outcome |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Stimuli class formation implies the development of new types of stimuli control and the extension of psychological functions to members of a class. The present study investigated whether mixed training involving simple discrimination and MTS training with class-specific outcomes was sufficient for the development of two stimulus classes and whether transfer of function phenomenon would occur when the merger behaviors were based in relations among antecedent stimuli and consequences. Five undergraduates were exposed to the training involving stimuli A1, A2, B1, B2, C1 and C2. One signal served to indicate correct matches for class one (Sr1), while other indicated matches for class two (Sr2). After demonstrating the formation of classes A1B1C1 and A2B2C2, all participants learned parings between pictures of human faces expressing emotions (D1 and D2) and stimuli from set A. In further tests with a semantic differential was verified that two, out of five participants evaluated the abstract stimuli from sets B and C as strongly related to stimuli from set D. These are maybe the first evidence of transfer of functions among stimuli classes established by class-specific outcomes. |
|
|
32. Happy Faces Are More Salient Than Angry Faces in both Equivalence and ERP Experiments |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RENATO BORTOLOTI (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Naiene Pimentel (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Several studies have shown that different stimuli may be differentially relatable to other stimuli by experimental training. Happy faces, for instance, seem to be more strongly related to their equivalent stimuli than angry faces. Processes that may account for the higher degree of “relatability” of happy faces are not yet known. The current study investigated if the valence of emotional faces has differential impact on P300 waveforms. The P300 is an event-related potential (ERP) component that reflects processes involved in stimulus categorization. Rare pictures of faces expressing happiness (P=0.1) and anger (P=0.1) were mixed with standard pictures of neutral faces (P=0.8) in an oddball paradigm. In some blocks of trials, participants were asked to count happy faces (targets) and ignore both angry (distractors) and neutral (standards) faces; in other blocks, they were asked to count angry faces (targets) and ignore both happy (distractors) and neutral (standards) faces. Reliable differences between the ERPs to happy and angry faces were found only when the happy faces were the targets. The higher salience of happy faces on categorization processes revealed in the current study seems compatible to (and may help to explain) the higher relatability of these stimuli with others through equivalence training. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
TPC Sun PM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
33. Conceptual Analysis of Social Behavior |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
IZABEL CARVALHO (UnB) |
Abstract: This research conducted a conceptual analysis of the term social behavior. The conceptual analysis provides techniques for philosophical discussion of conceptual issues based on the analysis of the mode of use of the terms and limits proposed by Harzem and Miles (1978). Three are main tools of analysis: Polar Principle- identify the ordinary use of the term and what stays out of it; paradigmatic case - which unquestionable example of usage of the term; and applied to the particular case - which sample generates doubt. In this study, the analysis techniques were applied on the definitions of social behavior most cited studies in the field of behavior analysis arguing with the use of the term in ordinary language and philosophy. The etymology of the word " behavior " means and ways of acting that is done or is doing, while the " social " word comes from the word " society " that are related to groups of people who, under common rules , act together at interests in common. Thus in ordinary language, social behavior can mean characteristic behaviors of people interacting with one another, to belong to a given specific group, according to the culture. While in Behavior Analysis, the concept was introduced by Skinner (1953) defining technically as behavior of an individual whose environment is mediated by the behavior of another individual, and from this concept emerged some discussions regarding the characteristics of the mediated environment. This concept was opposed to the individual behavior whose behavior is taken directly interact with the environment. A verbal episode constitutes a paradigmatic case where the behavior of the speaker is mediated by the behavior of the listener. A case that generates questions is behaving alone is social, considering the history of social learning of the individual. |
|
|
34. A Quantitative Analysis of Skinner's Criticisms Against Physiological Explanations of Behavior and His Main Targets |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
DIEGO ZILIO (State University of São Paulo) |
Abstract: Skinner is known for his position against physiological explanations of behavior. However, the author was not criticizing physiology as an independent field from behavior analysis, a field that could also present means for achieving more effective ways of prediction and control of behavior. In other words, physiology could also contribute to the explanation of behavior. For him, the main problem was in how some authors and/or theories were using physiology in the explanation of behavior. In his criticisms, Skinner explicitly declared which authors and theories were wrongly using physiology. The goal of this poster is to present a quantitative analysis of Skinners criticisms against physiological explanations of behavior and his main targets. This analysis is divided as follows: which/who: the targets of Skinners criticisms; when: the period of time when the criticisms were presented; and what: the specific criticisms that were made. The analysis is based upon 148 texts written by Skinner, among articles and books, which were selected for containing keywords related to our subject matter. |
|
|
35. Lies, Damn Lies, & Statistics: Examining Sports Records with the Standard Celeration Chart |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ANDREW JOHN HOUVOURAS (Brevard Public Schools), Jess Webbe (Northeast Behavioral Associates), Rayna Michelle Houvouras (Coastal Behavioral Therapy) |
Abstract: Data matters, particularly in sports. Athletic accomplishments are quantified, chronicled, discussed and debated passionately but, how often are they analyzed graphically with the one chart capable of examining data sets that span several decades? Hardly ever... until now! Using the standard celeration chart, numerous athletic records from major sports will be analyzed first and then the debates and discussions will begin in this illustrated, interactive, illuminating presentation. |
|
|
36. Spreading the Good Word of Behavior Analysis |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
MARK MALADY (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Marc D'Antin (Brohavior) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has had several difficulties in establishing procedures to effectively disseminate the science to other members of the world. Behavior analysis has had a long run at attempting various routes of dissemination. The current poster will aim to address the various dissemination approaches that have been tried and various novel approaches at different levels that may be used. The level of the individual change unit and the level of system wide change will be the primary focus of this poster. Forms of dissemination such as introduction classes, internet awareness, and bar conversations will be presented along with others. Users will be asked to perform a Q-sort to identify their individual participation in spreading the good word and their view on the subject of dissemination. The data will be used to guide the discussion of how to use behavior analysis to make everlasting real world change. |
|
|
37. Exploring the Behaviorisms |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
MARC D'ANTIN (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Cameron Green (Florida State University, Brohavior), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior), Scott A. Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The current poster will address the various systems of behaviorism that have been created over the past 100 years. Kuo's system of radical behaviorism, Skinner's radical behaviorism, Goldiamond's Non-Liner system and other systems will be presented. Common characteristics will be presented and the overall implications of components of the system development process will be covered. The differences across the systems will be presented in order to highlight the various points of the tittle that may make dissemination to other academics difficult. A discussion will be held with viewers on the creation process of the systems that the field currently needs. |
|
|
38. An Investigation of Topic and Data Depiction Trends in Articles Published in The Psychological Record (1937-2013). |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
VANESSA WILLMOTH (University of Nevada, Reno), Gabby Watkins (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: As The Psychological Record (TPR) transitions towards an Association for Behavior Analysis International owned journal, it is fitting that there be an examination of publication trends within this journal since its existence. For the years 1937 through 2013, we examined trends in annual frequency of articles published in TPR; in the topical emphasis of those articles and in the separation between data and non-data based works. Our findings indicate prevalent topics and the continued dominance of data-based works in TPR. The value of this type of archival research for the future direction of TPR as well as the field of behavior analysis will be discussed. |
|
|
39. An Investigation of Interbehavioral Prevalence in Articles Published in The Psychological Record and The Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis (1978-2013). |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
GABBY WATKINS (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: It is important to understand the philosophical underpinnings of a science, as these are what guide the direction of the science, particularly in how phenomena are studied and how those findings are interpreted. Within Behavior Analysis in the United States, Interbehaviorism is not commonly known and if it is known it is oftentimes misunderstood. It is possible that Interbehaviorism has more influence in other areas outside of the United States, though it is not clear as to where and to what degree. In addition, a large criticism of Interbehaviorism is that it is not data driven. For the years 1978 through 2013, we examined the interbehavioral prevalence of articles published in The Psychological Record and The Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis; in the geographical region of origin of those articles and in the separation between data and non-data based works. Our findings indicate top regional contributors, and the relative balance of data and non-data based interbehavioral works. The value of this type of archival research for the future direction of our science as well as the overarching implications of understanding one’s own philosophical underpinnings will be discussed. |
|
|
40. CANCELED: What is an Organism? |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Kimberly G. Vail (University of North Texas), MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The word organism has remained an unarticulated backdrop to nearly all thinking about behavior. Skinner has reported that he moved away from the isolated preparations of reflexes to instrumental behavior because of his interest in the whole organism. Radical Behaviorist conceptualizations, however, raise interesting and important questions about where the boundary between organism and environment are to be drawn and about the conditions under which the word organism is used. This poster will explore how the term Organism has been used in various endeavors interested in understanding behavior (broadly defined). What are the necessary and sufficient conditions for appropriate use of the term? Does the exploration help to expand or constrain the scope of our science, the research therein, and the implications for its application to cure social ills? Can the conditions in which various systems use the word organism inform the efforts of other endeavors? These are some of the questions explored in this poster. |
|
|
41. Behavior Analysis and Religion |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
EVELYN BOATENG (Saint Xavier University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has been shown to be effective in helping to create behavior change. For years, people have looked at religion as a mean to behavior change. Is it possible for there to be a connection between behavior analysis and religion? |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
EDC Sun PM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
42. Effects of Parent Training on Treatment Integrity and Academic Skills |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA S. KUPZYK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Parent tutoring has been identified as a promising practice for improving academic skills. Treatment integrity is essential to making valid decisions about the effectiveness of interventions. In parent tutoring research, assessment of integrity has generally been limited to adherence. There has been a recent call for a broader conceptualization of integrity that includes domains such as adherence, quality, dosage, and engagement. The purposes of this study were to (a) assess the impact of parent tutoring on students skills and (b) extend measurement of integrity in parent tutoring research to multiple domains. Youth referred to an academic clinic and their parents participated. Graduate students in school psychology conducted academic assessments, identified an effective intervention, and taught parents to use the intervention in the home environment. Procedural integrity (i.e., training of the parents) and implementation integrity (i.e., use of the intervention by the parent) were measured using adherence checklists. Data will also be collected on quality, dosage, and engagement in tutoring. Preliminary results indicate that students skills in targeted academic areas improved following parent tutoring. Treatment integrity ranged from moderate to high across domains. Discussion will focus on assessment of treatment integrity in applied settings and factors affecting implementation and outcomes. |
|
|
43. Preliminary Analysis of a Simple Observational Tool for the Assessment of the Quality of Afterschool Reading Instruction: The Reading Environment Practices Survey (REPS) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Samira Kaskel (Nova Southeastern University), DAVID REITMAN (Nova Southeastern University), Sheree Tarver (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Efforts to promote reading fluency and literacy have been the subject of extensive study and debate over the past decade. While intervention approaches have proliferated, there has been relatively less attention devoted to the analysis of intervention content and the extent to which various curricula and instructional practices correspond to best practices in reading fluency and literacy promotion. Efforts to assess literacy intervention quality have been exceptionally limited outside of school settings, for example in afterschool and community-based summer camp programs. The present study sought to develop a brief observational measure to evaluate the extent to which elements of high-quality reading instruction are present during brief observations conducted by trained raters.
The Reading Environment Practices Survey is a 10-item measure the was considered to have two-factors, Reading Processes (RP) and Instructional Content (IC) . The 5-item RP scale consisted of items concerned with observations of reading fluency building strategies (i.e., guided oral reading), observer impressions of instructor enthusiasm and modeling, and students being provided with opportunitues to practice reading with feedback. The 5-item IC scale consisted of items
assessing behavior management practices, and instructional planning, as well as items assessing the quality of instructional materials and the instructional space itself.
Data analyses include the presentation of means and standard deviations and reliability (coefficient alpha) for the proposed subscales, as well as exploratory factor analysis and discriminative validity assessment (i.e., a comparison of subscale scores for certified teachers, certified teachers with reading specializations, and uncertified staff).
The results suggested the the measure required some modification to improve the internal consistency of the subscales. Data from the exploratory factor analysis suggested a possible third factor, Preparation, as well as the need for relabelling of the primary factors. Specifically, Reading Processes was renamed Reading Practices and Instructional Content was renamed General Instructional Quality. Preliminary validity assessment utilizing over 40 classroom observations suggested that Certified Teachers with Reading Specializations were, in fact, perceived as being more liklely to practice instructional techniques that are in-line with best practices than others without such specialization. |
|
|
44. Incorporating iPad Technology Within RepeatedReading Interventions for Students With Learning Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Krislyn J. Carlson (Beresford Schools & University of South Dakota) |
Abstract: Fluent reading is a prerequisite for understanding what one reads. The inability to decode what one is reading automatically often leads to reading comprehension problems and low achievement in content areas. Reading fluency problems, i.e., the inability to quickly and accurately identify words in textual passages, is even more pronounced in populations of school-age children with learning disabilities. Of the five essential components to good reading, the National Reading Panel identified reading fluency as one of the most neglected skill in reading instruction. In addition to the importance of incorporating reading fluency into the instruction for readers who are struggling in this area, many schools are also embracing a variety of emerging educational technologies in their ongoing efforts to improve literacy instruction. Educational technologies, such as the introduction of Apples iPad and other electronic tablet technologies, may expand the use of mobile technology within reading instruction and reading fluency interventions. Unfortunately, while educators report promising anecdotal results with students using iPads and tablet technologies for literacy and reading fluency instruction, little formal research exists to support the use of these devices for improving reading performance of students experiencing reading difficulties. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to examine the effects of reading fluency interventions that incorporate repeated readings and Precision Teaching measurement approaches that employ iPad technologies to address the oral reading performance of second- and third-grade students with learning disabilities. More specifically, this study compares two variations of repeated readings intervention conditions to see what effects the addition of audio modeling by a fluent reader will produce on the reading rate and accuracy of the participants. |
|
|
45. CANCELED: Using Constant Time Delay to Teach Braille Word Recognition |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH IVY (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Braille illiteracy is a severe and serious issue concerning education for students with visual impairment. Time delay is a systematic response prompting procedure with a strong evidence base to teach functional and academic skills to students with a range of disabilities. Although time delay is considered an evidence-based strategy to teach literacy skills to children with severe disabilities, research on the efficacy of time delay to teach literacy skills to children with severe visual impairment has not been published to date. In this poster session, the presenter will share the results of two single subject studies using constant time delay procedures to teach braille learners. In one study, prompts included physical guidance, modeling, and pointing out salient features of braille words to teach highly motivating words to four students with multiple disabilities. In the second study, verbal prompts were used to teach braille or Nemeth code to three students transitioning from print to braille. The results of these two studies provide strong evidence of the promise of constant time delay as an effective and efficient intervention to teach students with the most severe visual impairments, with and without additional disabilities. |
|
|
46. Differential Effect of Preteaching Content Words on Accuracy in Connected Text for Students With Learning Disabilities and Typical Readers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Gail Coulter (Western Washington University), MICHAEL C. LAMBERT (Western Washington University) |
Abstract: The differential effect of preteaching content words on accuracy and fluency in connected text was examined with three participants identified with learning disability and reading two grade levels below their same age peers and with three typical developing peers at grade level. Researchers incorporated a multiple baseline design with three phases (i.e., Baseline, Wordlist, and Wordlist + Vocabulary) and found that preteaching increased fluency to some extent and significantly increased accuracy for the students at grade level and increased both fluency and accuracy for the students with learning disabilities. The technique was less time intensive and required minimal instructional support while providing participants with access to general education curriculum. Pretaught words generalized to unfamiliar passages containing the pretaught words and were maintained for fourteen days after the interventions concluded. |
|
|
47. Efficacy of a Fluency-Based Training on Reading Performance in Students With Dyslexia |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA ANDOLFI (TICE Learning Centre), Iris Pelizzoni (University of Parma), Eleonora Villani (TICE Learning Centre), Francesca Cavallini (University of Parma) |
Abstract: We studied the effects of a fluency-based training on reading performance. The participants were ten students diagnosed with dyslexia who were attending primary school. This study was a single subjects study in which the dependent variable was the number of correct syllables read during the probe sessions. The independent variable was a fluency-based training in which participants practiced in reading syllables and words twice a week. The results showed that all the students increased the number of correct syllables read, indeed they outperformed the expected improvement; the outcome's magnitude and the total amount of training will be analyzed. |
|
|
48. Ludic Contingencies As Enhancement To Reading Teaching Procedure |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
DEISY DAS GRAÇAS DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Leonardo Brandão Marques (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: The enhancement of teaching reading procedures is an important strategy to improve the literacy rates in development countries. In Brazil a procedure has been effective in teaching reading for children with academic failure history. However, keeping children engaged in these learning activities has been a challenge. This study evaluates the impact of ludic activities as motivational factor for maintenance on the reading teaching procedures. Two teaching conditions were available for the children: (1) on condition one, standard matching-to-sample (MTS) and constructed MTS (CRMTS) teaching procedure was used; (2) on condition two, mini-games was intercalated with the same MTS and CRMTS procedure, as a ludic condition. On beginning of each session the participant could choose with procedure will use. On both conditions the same four teaching blocks were presented in the same order and mastering the reading activities was the criterion for access the next teaching block. The results indicate that a majority of participants choose the ludic condition, keeping this preference stable until the study finishes. Participant with different preference patterns had the same learning rates. Spontaneous engagement and number of errors’ analysis indicates that the mini-games can be a useful engagement tool for teaching Portuguese reading skills. |
|
|
49. The Effects of Token Economy on Rate of Correct Responses: Evaluating Math Performance in Students With Behavior Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
UZMA MANZOOR (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The effects of an exaggerated token economy system were evaluated on multiplication performance of students with behavior disorders. The participants ranged from ages 9 to 11 years and were part of a special education classroom that was already under a token reinforcement system. The researcher used a multiple baseline design across participants combined with an ABA design. The investigator collected data on the rate of correct problems, percentage of correct problems, and celeration trends during each phase of student performance. Overall results suggested that students performed better on average when the exaggerated token economy system was implemented compared to baseline phases. The results also indicated that the use of rate of performance versus percentage as a dependent measure may yield different conclusions and therefore it was observed that rate of performance should be an integral dependent measure in Applied Behavior Analysis literature. |
|
|
50. Some Effects of Large and Small Numerosities Over the Discrimination of Quantities in Elementary Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
ALESSANDRA CAMPANINI MENDES (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Rogério Crevelenti Fioraneli (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - UFSCar), João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Visual enumeration seems to be in the origin of math behavior. It involves the immediate discrimination of small quantities without counting (frequently known as subitizing) and rough estimation. Studies indicate as crucial variables the spatial arrangements of the objects as well as the interval of time those objects are exposed each time. This study aimed to verify the effects of small and large quantities of dots over visual enumeration when dots are distributed into different arrangements. Participated 37 elementary students with an average age (in years) of 10.6 (SD = 0.6), from a public school in Brazil. An individual and computerized Test of Visual Enumeration was applied, consisting of 30 tasks involving subitizing (display of four dots or less on the screen) and numerical estimation (five to ten dots on the screen). There were a higher percentage of correct responses, as well as a smaller latency, in subitizing than in numerical estimation for most participants, mainly when dots were presented in a canonic distribution than in random distribution, and when dots were closer from one another than when they were dispersed. Data confirms the literature and can provide support to applied tasks such as the teaching of basic counting. |
|
|
51. Effects of Response Cards Versus Hand-raising During Smart Board Activities on Response Accuracy of Elementary Students With Language Impairments |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Kenda E. Smith (Auburn University at Montgomery), SARA C. BICARD (Auburn University at Montgomery) |
Abstract: Response cards have been used with a variety of populations and in a variety of content areas. However, very few studies investigated language skills among students with language impairments. In addition, there is limited evidence about how to effectively use interactive white boards systems with students with disabilities. This study investigated the effects of response cards and hand raising during interactive whiteboard activities on immediate and delayed response accuracy of five participants with language impairments in an urban elementary school. Participants answered ten questions to assess their language comprehension at the end of each session as well as on weekly tests. Each week onditions were alternated between using write-on response cards to respond by each student for every question or the teacher calling on a individual student who raised their hand to respond. The response accuracy during the questioning session for three of the five participants was slightly higher during response cards than hand raising. Weekly test scores were also slightly higher during response cards for 3 of the 5 participants. Sampling of off-task behavior indicated that participants were more on-task during the response card condition. The results are consistent with previous findings about response cards. |
|
|
52. Using Functional Analysis to Identify Effective Interspersal Ratios |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SCOTT SINGLETON (University of Central Oklahoma), Hailey Hinkle (University of Central Oklahoma), Micah Highfill (University of Central Oklahoma), Jennifer Hancock (University of Central Oklahoma), Patty Nuhfer (ABA Oklahoma) |
Abstract: Interspersal of known and unknown items have been used to effectively teach academic skills. The specific ratios used in previous research has varied. Additionally, some research has suggested that the additional time required to include known items reduces the opportunity to respond to items targeted for intervention. Given the current trend for the inclusion of Response to Intervention models, intervention efficiency is a critical factor in the selection of interventions. Four elementary students were selected based on risk identification and failure to respond to initial reading interventions provided through the school's Response to Intervention (RtI) program. A functional analysis was used to compare the effectiveness of no interspersal, 50% known, 70% known, and 90% known to unknown interspersal ratios. Additionally, student choice to continue the intervention was included as a measure of social validity and an indicator of reinforcement density. Interventions were limited to 10 minutes to ensure the efficiency of the intervention. Following the analysis, each participant was provided with a best treatment phase. [Data collection is underway and will be completed by the end of January] |
|
|
53. A Comparison of Regressive and Progressive Prompt-Delay
Procedures for Teaching Sight-Words |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MACKENZIE SOMMERHALDER (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Polly Daro (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Maureen O'Connor (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Whitney Strong (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Prompting strategies are useful for teaching sight-word acquisition. This study compared two different prompting procedures—progressive prompt delay (PPD) and regressive prompt delay (RPD)—for improving sight-word reading in two second-grade students. Both procedures have a delay between the presentation of the reading word and a modeling prompt. For PPD, the presentation interval is progressively lengthened across instructional trials. For RPD, the presentation interval is progressively shortened across instructional trials with instructions to the student to say the word more quickly than the instructor. A parallel-treatments design was used to compare the effects of both conditions. The results indicated that RPD was as effective as PPD in improving sight-word reading. A simultaneous-treatments design element was then used to evaluate student preference for treatment. The students were asked to select the method (RPD or PPD) for instruction prior to further instructional trials. The results indicate that student choice of method varied idiosyncratically, with one student preferring RPD and the other preferring PPD. This study contributes a novel prompting method (RPD) that may add a motivational component lacking in existing prompting methods and illustrates how choice can be added as a design element to instructional intervention studies. |
|
|
54. A Computer-Based Multiplication Fact Fluency Intervention for High School Students with Emotional Disturbance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WALLACE LARKIN (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Emily Flowers (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: The investigation of effective academic interventions for students with emotional disturbance is critical because students with emotional disturbance are at an increased risk for academic failure. The risk for academic failure is particularly apparent in mathematics. In response to this, a computer-based online multiplication fact fluency program, along with a performance-based interdependent group contingency was implemented for five high school math classes with students with emotional disturbance. The students participated in the program three days a week, and were assessed using curriculum based measures weekly in order to monitor each classrooms progress in this data-based intervention. A multiple baseline across classrooms design was used to evaluate the results of the intervention. Significant gains in student performance on math fact fluency probes were seen for all participating classes, and four of the five participating classes increased an instructional level by the end of the intervention. The implications for researchers and practitioners from the intervention include the effective use of a technology-based academic intervention, as well as the successful addition of performance-based group rewards as a means of motivating students with emotional and behavioral disorders to both participate in the intervention procedures and improve performance on multiplication fact fluency assessments. |
|
|
55. A Comparison of Two Different Teaching Methodologies in Learning Vocabulary Words-Computer and Flashcards |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: In this study, we will compare the results of subjects using flashcards to learn the definitions of a series of vocabulary words and using a computer program to learn the same definitions. Both subjects will complete timings, and data will be plotted on a standard celeration chart. The subject who uses flashcards will use the see/say learning channel, while the subject who uses the computer program will use the see/type learning channel. We will look at words known before completing the timings and words known after completing the timings and generalization to other learning channels. We will also look at benefits of both methods of learning the vocabulary words. |
|
|
56. The Effects Of Self-Monitoring On Academic Behaviors Of Tenth Grade Students With Learning Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANDREA HOWARD (University of Cincinnati), Melanie Schneider (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Increasing pre-academic and academic behaviors are primary concerns for teachers at the high school level. Implementing self-monitoring interventions can reduce teacher efforts that take away from instructional time while introducing and reinforcing a desirable keystone behavior for students. In the presented case, three fifteen- to sixteen-year-old students with learning disabilities in a high school resource room were referred for additional intervention. In order to decrease rates of tardiness, increase rates of homework completion, and increase rates of homework accuracy, a self-monitoring intervention was implemented within a small group framework. Students shared daily self-monitoring sheets with two graduate students leading the weekly group and received reinforcement contingent upon reaching collaboratively set goals. Results of implementation showed that, on average, student tardiness decreased from baseline to intervention phases, while both homework completion and accuracy increased as a result of the self-monitoring intervention. Data are presented both through individual data paths and as group averages. Outcomes of this case add to the current body of research supporting self-monitoring as an effective intervention for students with a range of ability levels and behavior concerns. |
|
|
57. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Training on Emergent Literacy Skills |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University), Mallory Roberts (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: With increasing emphasis being placed on reading achievement, the need for effective interventions that promote is increasing. Print-concept knowledge (PCK) refers to a class of observable behaviors that children typically learn through interaction with books and print before entering school. The behaviors that comprise PCK include identification of the organization of a book and words (e.g., title and cover), and discrimination between words on a page and pictures. These skills are typically learned without explicit training through exposure to multiple exemplars in literacy-rich environments during early childhood. Research has demonstrated that these skills are precursors to reading that predict reading outcomes. With these issues present, an intervention was designed to teach these skills to children with intellectual disabilities. The intervention provided explicit instruction in a discrete-trial teaching format that included training multiple exemplars (e.g., different children’s books that had different functions such as narrative and expository text). Results demonstrated that participants increased the class of behaviors that developmental research refers to as “print awareness.” The results suggest that behavior analytic approaches to teaching can inform contemporary literacy research. |
|
|
58. Decreasing the Off-Task Behaviors of Reluctant Adolescent Readers During Sustained Silent Reading Through Book Interest and Ability Matching |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE ALLEN-WILLIAMS (Weber State University), Kristin L. Nelson (Weber State University), Clay Rasmussen (Weber State University), Melina Alexander (Weber State University), April Ricks (Jefferson Academy) |
Abstract: Sustained Silent Reading (SSR) is a practice that continues to be used in classrooms everywhere despite a lack of evidence to support its use. The intent of SSR is to give students practice reading and to increase their appreciation of literature and enjoyment of reading. Despite the popularity of SSR, research has shown that the practice may only be appropriate for the independent medium- to high-ability readers who enjoy reading (Davis, 1988; Walker, 2000). Teachers are often required by their administration to implement SSR into their daily routine. Recent researchers have suggested modified versions of SSR to better address the needs of struggling readers. A multiple-baseline design across students was used to answer the question about the impact of book matching on off-task behavior during the SSR period. In this design, the intervention of book matching was gradually introduced to the participants. Once a participants baseline off-task behavior was consistent and contrary to the desired direction, he received the matched book. The remaining target students received their books once the level of off-task behavior of the first participant decreased. Baseline data collection continued to be collected for the other participants as each individual received their matched books. This study was conducted over 4 weeks with six junior high students displaying high levels disengagement during SSR. The dependent variable was off-task behavior; the independent variable was matching books to students interests and reading levels. The dependent variable was defined to include any of the following: out-of-seat, talking aloud or other vocalizations, making non-language noises, touching another student, writing, having the book closed, having eyes closed or looking away from the book. The independent variable was a systematic, multi-step process to assure that the students were reading books that were of interest to them. Across the course of the study, five of the six students average off-task behavior decreased as a result of the book matching, confirming the suspicion that matching students with books to read according to interest and ability may positively affect their time on task during SSR. In this study, students average off-task behavior at baseline was 49.8%. After the book matching intervention, it was 31.2%. Although the group averages are somewhat marginal the individual students' off-task behavior for five of the six is more compelling. |
|
|
59. Increasing Math Skills in Primary School Students With the Use of Flashcards Known as SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Everyday Shuffled) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
STACEY HUNTER (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), John Parkinson (Bangor University), Michael Beverley (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Maths is such an important skill for a person to acquire and is used in numerous jobs and in everyday life (Mulero, Segura & Sepulcre, 2013). The Welsh assembly released the figures for math achievement at GCSE level for 2011/12 and stated only 57% of students in Wales achieved a grade A*-C. It is important that primary school students grasp the basics of maths (OFSTED, 2011), without the underpinning knowledge of maths it will be extremely difficult for students to answer more complex math equations (White, 2010). Therefore this study aimed at improving maths skills in primary school students aged 6-11. This study incorporated precision teaching into the schools maths lesson on a class wide basis using flash cards known as SAFMEDS (Say All fast minute everyday shuffled). The data showed that students in the experimental group showed a statistically significant improvement pre to post and showed retention of the knowledge learnt in the one month follow up and showed statistically significantly higher improvement scores when compared to a control group. The overall conclusion of this study shows that with the integration of SAFMEDS into a busy classroom setting can have a positive impact on students maths skills. |
|
|
60. The Addition of a Sounding-Out Step to Cover-Copy-Compare for Spelling |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
HEIDI FISHER (Central Michigan University), Benjamin Kennert (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Learning to spell in English is difficult because of inconsistencies in correspondences between letters and the sounds they represent. Traditional spelling instruction is often time consuming. Fortunately, there are a few evidence-based efficient spelling interventions. One such strategy is cover-copy-compare (CCC) which involves quick and repeated trials. In CCC students are given a piece of paper with the spelling words on one half the page and blank lines on the other half. The students are prompted to look at a spelling word, cover it and attempt to spell it on the blank line, and to uncover the word and compare it to what they spelled. These steps are repeated if an error is made. The use of CCC for spelling instruction has not involved explicit instruction in teaching students the relationship between the sounds in the words and the letters in the words. One previous study examined the benefit of adding a step to the typical CCC procedure which involved prompting the participants to sound out the target word before covering and attempting to spell the word. This step explicitly prompts the participant to attend to the relationship between the sounds in the word and the letters in the word. Although this study found that the addition of the sounding-out step improved spelling more than the typical CCC procedure, methodological flaws limit interpretation of the results. The present study sought to further assess the relative value of CCC plus sounding-out compared to CCC alone. Using a multiple baseline across subjects design, five second and third grade students were guided through first the CCC then the CCC plus sounding-out procedures in daily sessions for four to five weeks. Spelling was improved using both spelling interventions, and the spelling improvement was similar when the CCC or CCC plus sounding-out procedure was used. |
|
|
61. Using Brief Experimental Analysis to Identify Reading Decoding Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE HINZMAN (Keystone Area Education Agency), Barbara A. Pline (Keystone Area Education Agency), Chamoni J. DeLong (Keystone Area Education Agency), Pamela A. Fields (Keystone Area Education Agency), Doug A. Penno (Keystone Area Education Agency) |
Abstract: This study explored how brief experimental analysis (BEA) procedures could be utilized to identify reading decoding interventions for three students (a second grader and two third graders) who struggled to decode words accurately. This study was conducted in four phases. During Phase 1, student data was reviewed to ensure that selected students read with low accuracy (less than 95% accuracy) and had not responded favorably to previous intervention efforts. During Phase 2, diagnostic assessment was conducted to determine students accuracy when reading word lists consisting of different word types (e.g., CVC words, consonant digraphs, consonant blends, CVCe words). During Phase 3, after identifying the word type(s) to target for instruction, BEA was conducted (Figures 1-3) to determine an intervention for each student. The following evidence-based decoding interventions were implemented as BEA conditions: Elkonin sound boxes, Glass Analysis method, making words, and word sorts. Finally, during Phase 4, BEA-identified interventions were implemented until a pre-determined mastery criterion was met by each student. Intervention effectiveness was monitored during each instructional session with a 1-minute single-skill word list probe designed to match the instructional target (e.g., CVC words, consonant digraphs, consonant blends). This study will be completed with final student data collected February 2014. |
|
|
62. The Effects of Manipulating Problem Completion Rates on Assignment Choice and Preference Consistency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KILEY J BLISS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Gary L. Cates (Illinois State University), Kerry Pecho (Illinois State University), Jessica Fisher (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Matching law predicts an organism, given two choices, will engage in behavior resulting in higher rates of reinforcement (Herrnstein, 1961; 1970). Matching law has been extended to academic assignment choice. The mathematics interspersing procedure provides students additional opportunities to respond to academic stimuli (i.e., math problems) within an assignment by programming additional brief problems among longer target problems. The more problems completed on assignments with interspersing, the more likely students are to choose such assignments relative to an assignment without interspersing (e.g., Cates & Dalenberg, 2005). The discrete task completion hypothesis poses that students learn a history of contacting reinforcement for completing assignments, and additional brief problems within assignments serve as conditioned reinforcement (Skinner, 2002). Some students (i.e., non-choosers), however, choose assignments without interspersing relative to assignments with interspersing, presumably due to insufficient opportunities to contact conditioned reinforcement. This investigation sought to determine whether manipulating schedules of interspersing within assignments could influence non-choosers assignment choice. One hundred fifty participants responded to three paired assignments, one with and one without interspersing, and chose between assignments. Results showed increasing conditioned reinforcement within assignments caused non-choosers choice to change. Participant choice for assignments with interspersing, overall, increased as relative problem completion rates increased. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
TBA Sun PM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
63. The Use of Invertebrates and Other Animals to Demonstrate Principles of Learning |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
CHRISTOPHER DINGES (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: Since the mid-1990s, the Laboratory of Comparative Psychology and Behavioral Biology at Oklahoma State University has developed a number of exercises appropriate for classroom use to demonstrate principles of learning and other forms of behavior. These activities have primarily focused on the use of invertebrates such as planarians, houseflies, earthworms, and honey bees. We have also developed exercises using fish based on an inexpensive apparatus called the “Fish Stick.” Other exercises to be discussed are “Salivary Conditioning in Humans;” “Project Petscope” which turns local pet stores into animal behavior research centers; “Prey Preferences in Snakes”; and “Correspondence in the Classroom” which helps students write letters to scientists in the field of learning research. These various teaching activities are summarized, and the advantages and limitations are discussed. |
|
|
64. Challenging Behavior Service: Analyzing Training Needs and Priorities for School District Challending Behavior Consultants |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JAYME B. MEWS (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education) |
Abstract: Iowa is divided into nine Area Education Agencies (AEAs) who are responsible for delivering a variety of educational services to school districts, including behavior support. In 2009, the Iowa Department of Education (DE) supported an initiative for each AEA to develop a challenging behavior team to assess behavior and provide support in the students educational setting. The DE contracted with behavior analysts from the University of Iowa Childrens Hospital to provide training and consultation in behavior assessment.. In 2013, the DE expanded its initiative to provide training to newly developed challenging behavior teams in 3 Iowa school districts. Twelve trainees participated. An assessment of each participants prior experience and priority for training with behavior assessment skills related descriptive assessments, experimental analyses, antecedent strategies, and function-based strategies was conducted. Consultation and training was customized to fit the needs of each behavior team. The results indicated trainees had more experience with descriptive assessment and antecedent-based strategies than other assessments and strategies. Trainees will be assessed again at the end of the first year. This poster will highlight the training needs and priority for training of the local school district teams and their progress after one year. |
|
|
65. Evaluation of an Online Challenging Behaviour Course for School Staff and Parents. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KIRSTEN M. WIRTH (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Kendra Thomson (York University), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: We evaluated the efficacy of an online challenging behaviour course offered to school staff and parents through the St.Amant Autism Programs in 2012 and 2013. Our program has been charged with providing more resources to families and staff of children with autism in Manitoba, as effectively and efficiently as possible. One way to offer more resources by using little support is through online modes of learning. The Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) is an evidence-based teaching strategy that has been developed and used at the University of Manitoba since the 1980s (Pear & Kinsner, 1988), has evolved into a web-based program, and is now being used at various universities internationally. It has also been used for staff training in a number of research and pilot projects for ABA as well as other businesses. It seemed a logical jump as a cost-effective way to offer information to the public. Challenging behaviour has been the most requested topic we have received to provide workshops on, so it was chosen as a topic for our pilot use of an online course. In 2012 we had 20 school staff and 20 parents register for the course, and 30% of school staff and 10% of parents completed the course, respectively. Given that the majority of participants who withdrew or stopped participating had not contacted the course by writing at least 1 unit, in 2013 we implemented a deadline for completing at least 1 unit test in order to increase those who participate and complete the course, or they would be removed from the course. 60% of school staff and 15% of parents completed the course, respectively. School staff were eligible to earn credit hours towards a certificate provided by the province's Education department in both 2012 and 2013. Social validity data was obtained by participants both years, and those who responded indicated they felt the information was valuable in their daily lives and they enjoyed the online teaching method. Implications for future course offerings will be discussed. |
|
|
66. Exploring Perceptions of Doctor of Education Students, Candidates, and Alumni Relative to the Constructs of the Self-Determination Theory: A Case Study Analysis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JUANESE JONES (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: Over 50% of doctoral students do not complete the doctoral program ((Bair & Haworth, 1999). The quantitative case study was utilized to determine if perceptions of self and related university employees change as the participant’s progress through the program. The various doctoral groups included Ed. D. students, candidates, and alumni. The groups’ perceptions were recorded and analyzed to determine if there was a difference in the groups’ average perceptions of self-determination, learning environment, and instructor influence when attendance of professional organization meetings. The theoretical framework was supported by Deci and Ryan’s Self-Determination Theory (1985). The data were provided by Ed. D. students, candidates, and alumni who completed a combined instrument online. The combined instrument included the Self-Determination Survey, the Learning Climate Survey, and the Professional Organization Involvement Survey (LCQ; Sheldon & Deci, 1996; Williams & Deci, 1996). The Self-Determination Survey and Learning Climate Survey were provided by the Self-Determination Group. As evidenced by data analysis, there was no difference among Ed. D. students’, candidates, and alumni perceptions of self-determination, perceptions of learning environment, and perceptions of instructor influence when in attendance of professional organization meetings. The reason for the low graduation rate of doctoral students remains undiscovered. Though there was not a significant difference among the groups, there was a trend in the data showing a decrease in positive perceptions among the students, candidates, and alumni. |
|
|
67. The Effects of TPRA Observations and Feedback on the Emission of Errorless Instruction by Three Teaching Assistants in a Behavior Analytic Preschool |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
SUSAN BUTTIGIEG (Teachers College, Columbia University), Michelle Cole-Hatchard (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of TPRA (Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy) observations on the emission of errorless instruction with three teaching assistants in a behavior analytic classroom. The dependent variable was the number or errorless TPRA observations across predetermined programs, and the independent variable was the vocal and written feedback of the classroom teacher and supervisor, as well as teacher modeling. The design of the study was a nonconcurrent multiple probe design across participants. The data revealed that the most common error emitted by the participants was in the correction procedure. Results indicated that after the participants received feedback and were shown how to give a student an intact correction, the number of errorless TPRAs increased significantly as a function of feedback and TPRAs. |
|
|
68. An Operant Learning Story: Teaching Basic Principles of Behavior Analysis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
LUCAS COUTO DE CARVALHO (Oslo and Akershus University College), Márcio Borges Moreira (Instituto Walden4) |
Abstract: The Skinners idea of n=1 was a revolutionary one: it guided the experimental methodology used by behavior analysts. Environmental variables control over behavior might normally be seen as a change in the response rate or in the responding patterns of the same subject. Basing on this, the present work used a single subject design, where data compounded a course that was designed to teaching basic principles of behavior analysis. A female Wistar rat, aged 4 months at the beginning, called Maricota, served as subject. Maricota was exposed to several procedures where each procedure represented one phase of her story. The course tells the Maricotas story, since her first contact with the experimental chamber, while students can follow these learning procedures and their respectively effects on Maricotas behavior. Students have access to quizzes, graphs, and videos regarding detailed features of the course. The students performance is based on his or her own pace, similar to that formulated by Kellers personalized system of instruction (PSI). It seems that this course provides an example of how methodology found in Skinners n=1 and Kellers PSI could generate alternative ways to teaching basic principles of behavior analysis with the support of technology. |
|
|
69. An Evaluation of a Baseline Assessment When Teaching Individuals to Conduct Discrete-Trial Teaching |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALISON COX (University of Manitoba), Jade Wightman (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Training staff to administer discrete-trial teaching can be time consuming and expensive, thus researchers continue to examine strategies to improve efficiency without compromising quality. The standard single-subject research design for examining a method for teaching a procedural skill such as discrete trials training (DTT) follows these steps: (a) test the procedure (baseline), (b) apply the method, (c) re-test the procedure. The success of the teaching method is assessed by noting the difference between performance during baseline (step a) and the second test of the procedure (step c). Previous research on Fazzio and Martins (2010) manual for teaching DTT suggests testing may improve teaching accuracy independently of the teaching method (Arnal et al., 2007; Fazzio et al., 2009; Salem et al., 2009; Wightman et al., 2012). However, unintentional learning during baseline may overestimate intervention effects. The current study examines this possibility by comparing the relative effects of repeated exposure to baseline across two different baseline strategies. Preliminary results suggest that the traditional baseline condition results in unintentional learning while the modified baseline condition does not. |
|
|
70. Fidelity of Supervision of Field Experience (Group and Individual) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY ANNETTE LITTLE (Lipscomb University), Sally M. Barton-Arwood (Belmont University), Amber Music (May Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders) |
Abstract: Producing new behavior analysts who can provide quality, ethical services is critical in maintaining the credibility of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. One way to ensure the production of high quality behavior analysts is to ensure that student candidates in the field receive high quality supervision of field experience. Supervision of candidates in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis varies greatly across programs and individual supervisors. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) is attempting to address this variation by requiring supervisors to complete a BACB Supervisor Training Curriculum. The BACB Supervisor Training Curriculum promotes effective, evidence-based supervision (2012 Behavior Analyst Certification Board,® Inc.). The purpose of this presentation is to offer suggestions for evaluating fidelity of implementation in the supervision of candidates in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Feasible methods for measuring fidelity of both group and individual supervision will be provided. Preliminary data on the evaluation of group and individual supervision fidelity will be provided. |
|
|
71. Using BST for BCBA Supervision |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER MUSIC (Lipscomb University), Mary Annette Little (Lipscomb University), Lynnette White (Nashville Public Schools) |
Abstract: As the field continues to grow, the BACB provides guidance for teachers and supervisors of candidates seeking certification. It is essential those seeking supervision be provided with quality instruction and guidance in the acquisition and performance of behavior analytic skills. The BACB suggests the use of behavioral skills training (BST) as an effective method for teaching essential skills, such as those defined on the Fourth Edition Task List. Lipscomb University and community BACB-approved supervisors are actively developing teaching programs and curriculum materials for Task List items using BST to effectively provide instruction and supervision to those seeking certification. Preliminary data will be collected regarding the acquisition, comprehension, retention, and performance of skills taught using this new supervisory curriculum. In addition, fidelity of teaching implementation using these methods and social validity data from students will be collected. Future studies include the use of this curriculum in graduate-level BACB approved programs, comparison with traditional teaching and supervision methods, and effect of this supervisory curriculum on pass rates of students taking the BACB Exam. The presenters will provide an overview of the supervision curriculum and preliminary data on its effectiveness. |
|
|
72. Different Subfields, Different Language: Comparisons Between JEAB and JABA |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University), Kristalyn Salters-Pedneault (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Scholarly journals are a primary method of transmission of professional knowledge. Even within the same field, linguistic conventions may vary as a function of the audience that journals serve. To evaluate differences between the language used in subfields of behavior analysis (specifically, basic and applied research), the first three paragraphs of 203 randomly selected research articles were collected from the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB; N = 87) and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA; N = 116). These samples were compared using textual analysis software called Coh-Metrix. Coh-Metrix provides quantitative indices of various aspects of the text, including structural dimensions (e.g., paragraph and word length) and functional dimensions (e.g., how easy it is to understand, how concrete the words are). Independent-samples t-tests were used to compare the samples along a variety of dimensions. Although the two journals were similar in most of the factors evaluated (i.e., p > .05), differences were found in measures of concreteness, imagability, and meaningfulness of the text, with JABA scoring higher for each index. Implications of the differences in these primary texts of behavior analysis are discussed, with emphasis on students and practitioners. |
|
|
73. Using Fluency Components in Training Staff Discrete Trial Instruction Procedures |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada-Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Molli Luke (University of Nevada, Reno), Melany Denny (High Sierra Industries), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: When training staff to implement behavioral technologies the current common practice is using a combination of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Although this approach has been found to be successful across a plethora of situations with a wide variety of learners, the approach focuses on accuracy (topography of the learner's responses) verses fluency (Topography of responses over time). There are components of staff training that still need to be explored and empirically tested. The current study aimed to examine the relationship of fluency and accuracy on acquiring a Discrete Trial Teaching chain for support staff. Data will be presented on the various conditions designed to examine the role of fluency based approaches versus accuracy based approaches. The limitations of the current investigation and a future extension will also be presented. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
CSE Sun PM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
74. Real Advancement Independence Social Skills and Empowerment (RAISE): An Employment Program for Adults With ASD |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANN BEIRNE (Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: Meaningful employment is certainly a valuable goal for adults with disabilities. However, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics 2010 population survey, only 21% of all adults with disabilities participate in the work force. The Global Autism Project's adjunct program, Real Advancement Independence Social Skills and Empowerment (RAISE) is an employment and coaching program whose mission is to prepare adults with autism for employment by teaching social skills relevant to employment and independence in work tasks. The Global Autism Project currently hires employees participating in this program and has seen the benefits of supported employment for both the employees and company. RAISE, therefore, seeks to develop training for use by other companies in the private sector. Responsibilities of RAISE employees range from simple errands (including banking and office inventory) to managing company contacts and spreadsheets. Such responsibilities require that individuals develop skills such as following complex instructions independently and managing tasks efficiently. Benefits to RAISE participants include increased social opportunities, increased income and opportunities for both national and international travel. Support for RAISE participants is described in this poster. |
|
|
75. Increasing Engagement and Indices of Happiness in Adults With Psychological Disorders |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
HENRY AU (St. Cloud State University), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities often show deficits in prerequisite skills needed to participate in leisure activities at a level similar to same age normal functioning peers (Dattilo & Schleien, 1994). Additionally, individuals diagnosed with psychological disorders such as schizophrenia suffer from cognitive impairments that prevent them from functioning successfully in community settings, often leading to social isolation (Medalia, Reyheim, & Casey, 2001). Based on past research on the instruction of leisure skills and the development of a Happiness Index used to measure indices of happiness (Favell, Realon, & Sutton, 1996), the current study examined how photography was taught to three adult participants with various psychological disorders using a task analysis with structured prompting and reinforcement strategies. An ABAB single-subject experimental design was then applied to examine whether providing opportunities to engage in photography would increase the quality of life and indices of happiness. Results revealed that the indices of happiness and quality of life for the participants recruited in the study improved when they learned to engage in photography. Also, the participants were more motivated to become active with their lives, and allowed them to discover their strengths in other life skills. |
|
|
76. Evaluation of the Service Offered in the Area of Special Education: A Student Perspective |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Patricia Plancarte (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), ORTEGA SILVA PATRICIA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: In the area of the health frequently spoken about the evaluation of a service offered to the community, where the main interest of this is to benefit the patient's health and successfully meet the expectations of the people. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the special education services offered at the University Clinic of Integral Health (CUSI), from the point of view provided by the students of the psychology and suggest alternatives to improve quality. 30 students were interviewed using a questionnaire as an assessment tool, which yielded information related to: general data, characteristics service, and suggestions to improve the service. The results showed that 66 % of students know what to do with intervention programs, even though they recognize that the facilities are not well suited. Intervention programs were successful considering the results of the post-evaluation of children. The work with parents was satisfactory with 94 % of cases and 90 % of cases were progress in the development of the users. |
|
|
77. Classroom Projects to Motivate Student Involvement in Behaviorally-Based Community Initiatives |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
FORREST TOEGEL (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Bryan Yanagita (University 0f Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Elizabeth Kerber (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Undergraduates are required to learn about research methodologies in one or more targeted courses; with requirements focused on students conceiving of and subsequently implementing research protocols. While several projects involve sophisticated and potentially fruitful research ideas, many do not meet this objective. Whats more, conception of project ideas often are of primary focus, when undergraduates often could benefit from increased exposure to research strategies and controlling for confounding variables in well-conceived projects. Furthermore, a good majority of projects do little to improve human affairs. In attempt to address these issues and meet learning needs, our EAB course has been allotting credit for implementing small-scale community initiatives. Three projects have been implemented over the past year: two are behavioral-economics-based interventions assessing how decreasing response cost can improve behaviors society generally applauds (increasing paper recycling in professors offices, increasing fruit/vegetable consumption in college cafeterias); a third has been increasing reinforcement on a molecular level by introducing fun manipulations across-campus and measuring those best picked up via cultural selection. These projects have sustained high extra-curricular involvement and can provide students with an increased understanding of research intricacies while also providing benefits to society. |
|
|
78. Effects of Culturally Relevant, Multi-Media Integrated Social Skill Instruction With Parent Collaboration |
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
ALICIA BROPHY (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Students with or at-risk for behavioral disorders often exhibit significantly deficient social skills essential to successfully interact with adults and peers (Merrell, Sanders, & Popinga, 1993). Through social skills instruction, it is possible to facilitate student success within the school environment and enhance students' post-school outcomes (Gresham, 2002). Additionally, parental participation in children's learning can be a predictor of academic success; and interventions within the school environment have increased positive results when parents are involved (Jimerson et al., 2006; Turnbull & Turnbull, 2001). Using a multiple probe across skill sets design, this study seeks to investigate the effectiveness of a culturally relevant, multi-media social skill instruction program incorporating parental involvement on increasing the use of appropriate social skills and decreasing inappropriate behavior for participants. Results will be discussed relative to the importance of culturally responsive social skill instruction incorporating parental involvement for African American elementary students who are at-risk for academic and behavioral difficulties. |
|
|
79. Where Cultural Values, Sustainability and Ethics Collide for the International Behavior Analyst |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHELLE TURAN (University of Windsor), Kathie Shaw (A Balanced Approach), Kate Rice (Private Practice), Emily Johnson (Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: Behaviour Analysts wishing to travel to foreign countries to provide needed ABA services are faced with many challenges. These can include but are not limited to: language barriers, limited resources, opposing values, systemic differences and ethical conflicts. Implementing ABA services amidst these challenges requires careful consideration of the needs and wants of the clients and their service providers and how sustainability can be maximized. This poster presentation will overview each of these concepts as they applied to a recent ABA mission to India at a school for children with developmental disabilities and autism. |
|
|
80. Reducing Contamination in Paper Recycling Containers: Effects of Visual Prompts and Posted Feedback |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
GLORIA N. MAILLARD (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Daryl E. Stewart (University of North Texas), Olivia Nielsen (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: According to the Environmental Protection Agency, paper waste makes up 29% of municipal solid waste and only 63% of paper used in 2010 was actually recycled by Americans. A likely contributing factor to the failure to adequately recycle paper may be contamination of paper recycling containers with non-recyclable materials. We evaluated the effects of visual prompting alone, and visual prompting plus posted feedback on measures of contamination in paper recycling bins. Participants were students, faculty, staff, and visitors who used the recycling bins in two departmental offices located on the campus of a large university. Initially, laminated paper signs indicating that the container was intended for “paper only” were attached to recycling bins in each department. Subsequently, laminated paper signs reporting the amount of contaminant present in the container from the previous day were also posted on the container. The interventions were implemented within a combination multiple baseline design across locations with reversals. The preliminary results indicated that, although a visual prompt was effective to reduce contamination, further intervention, such as daily feedback, may be necessary to more completely eliminate contamination of recycling containers. |
|
|
81. Some Green Now or More Green Later: Exploring Discounting and Sustainability |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMIE HIRSH (Western Michigan University), Mack S. Costello (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Literature on behavioral applications to sustainability has grown in the past several years, culminating with the ABAI sustainability conference in 2012. As concerns regarding the current and future state of the planet continue to grow, the need to understand the mechanisms that will help drive small- and large-scale and long-term sustainable behavior change become more critical. A necessary step in the creation of successful interventions to evoke more sustainable behavior is understanding the relationship between discounting and sustainable behavior, and their relation to impulsivity and self-control. The present study seeks to explore the relationship between discounting and sustainable behavior by looking at correlations between discounting curves calculated from a discounting questionnaire and sustainable behavior, assessed from a survey about sustainable behavior and attitudes. Data will be analyzed with respect to 4 participant groups: 1) Faculty/staff with sustainability-related affiliations, 2) faculty/staff without sustainability-related affiliations, 3) students with sustainability-related affiliations, 4) students without sustainability-related affiliations. |
|
|
82. Comparing the Effects of Specific Prompts and Feedback on Recycling Behavior |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
LUCINDA LEWIS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School - LA Campus) |
Abstract: Increasing the rate and efficiency of recycling promotes sustainability by both decreasing the amount of waste going into landfills and reducing the amount of energy required to produce new products. The current study extended the findings of Larson et al. (1995) to determine if feedback with no outcome contingency would be effective at increasing recycling on a college campus and compared the effects of specific prompts with the effects of feedback in a classroom setting. The percentage of recyclable items correctly discarded in a recycling receptacle was examined across several classrooms. Participants included any personnel, staff, students, faculty, administrators, and visitors to the targeted classrooms. The use of specific prompts in this study involved signs posted on recycling and trash receptacles detailing which items the university recycled. The feedback condition involved signs that stated the percentage of recycling items from the previous day. Both the specific prompt and feedback conditions were successful at increasing recycling and showed similar results. However, the specific prompt condition slightly outperformed the feedback condition. |
|
|
83. Experimental Analysis of Lying Interbehavior |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
VERONICA LUNA HERNANDEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Christian Cruz (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Alejandro Ceron Martinez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Leslie Valeria Briseno Zamora (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: A conceptualization of lying as a behavior has been developed within Interbehavioral Psychology. This position argues that lying involves the participation of three features: 1. the participation of at least two subjects, 2. the interaction between a concrete event and a substitute event that is not present or is not apparent in the interactive situation, that is referred by the liar, and 3. A reference to certain event functions that dont correspond with the properties of the event (Luna, 2013). Using these features as guidelines, an experimental task is developed where a situation is presented that sets the occasion for the subject to lie. The present research explore the effects of the manipulation of different dispositional factors, feedback and verbal interactions, as possible variables that may facilitate or hinder lying. Results are examined through an interbehavioral analysis of the situation. |
|
|
84. Impact of Parent Involvement in Skill Acquisition and Maintenance in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
SEONG YEON LEE (Aisling Discoveries Child and Family Centre), Inas Ktaech (Aisling Discoveries), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre) |
Abstract: The rising prevalence and varying needs of autism spectrum disorder prompted community leaders and clinicians to develop services that are evidence-based and effective yet efficient to benefit more children and families in their communities. Toronto Autism ABA Services in Ontario, Canada, is one of those services, funded by Ontarios Ministry of Children and Youth Services. Whether the service could result in skill acquisition that can be maintained over time is a critical question, as many studies have already documented that even children who received intensive treatment often demonstrated difficulties in generalizing and maintaining acquired skills. One of the factors contributing to treatment outcomes and maintenance suggested by research is parent involvement during treatment. This study investigates potential benefits of parent involvement on childrens treatment outcomes and maintenance from short-term and group-based treatments by comparing results of 25 children with autism spectrum disorder aged between 4 and 14 years old in two treatment groups: one with mandatory parent involvement and one without. The results suggest that short-term skill building groups based on principles of applied behaviour analysis with parent involvement are cost-effective solutions to address the varying needs of individuals with autism spectrum disorder in the community. |
|
|
85. Behavioral Overview of Daily Life |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
Gonul Kircaali-Iftar (Professor Emeritus) |
Abstract: Although many cultures have gone through significant changes during the globalization era, one can still argue that almost all cultures have a variety of unique features. Turkish culture where I have been a member for more than 50 years has its own unique features especially when it comes to interpersonal relationships. I recently authored a book in Turkish on analyzing a variety of events of daily life throughout various settings such as schools, homes, work places, community settings, etc. in the Turkish culture. Most of these analyses are mainly based on my own experiences. I propose to share some of these experiences as well as the behavioral analyses that I offer regarding these experiences during this poster presentation. Furthermore, I would like to share the behavioral conclusions and recommendations that I offer regarding each analysis. While offering these, I will also try to introduce the most relevant behavioral concepts and define these concepts as operational as possible. At the end, I will provide a list consisting of a dozen golden rules for pursuing more successful interpersonal relationships and less problematic daily lives. |
|
|
86. Endorsement of Free Will by Professors in the Humanities and Bench Sciences |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Zachary Clayborne Dietrich (Georgia Southern University) |
Abstract: The belief in free will appears to be universal (Sarkissian et al, 2010). Rakos (2004) hypothesized that it is an evolutionary psychological adaptation that improved choice behavior in social situations; as an evolutionary adaptation, the belief should show consistency across various populations. To test the hypothesis, we administered the Social and Personal Belief Inventory containing the Free Will/Determinism Scale to 94 bench science professors, whose professional work assumes determinism, and 54 humanities professors, whose professional work makes no such assumption. Both professor groups strongly endorsed belief in free will, evidencing no significant difference between them despite differences in their training and study. Strength of belief was unrelated to extent of exposure to free will in their education. Factor analysis revealed four factors whereas previous research identified six factors. Professors strength of belief in free will was compared to college and high school students (Rakos et al, 2008) and found to be slightly but significantly stronger for both categories of professors. These data suggest that training and successful life experience has a small but significant impact on belief in free will, thus supporting the hypothesis that the belief is evolutionarily based and our environment can only promote marginal changes. |
|
|
87. Hierarchy of Aggregate Products in Brazil's Law of Guidelines and Bases of the National Education |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
IZABEL CARVALHO (UnB), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia) |
Abstract: This research examined the Brazilian Law of Guidelines and Bases of the National Education as a set of rules describing contingencies and metacontingencies. Only four behavioral contingencies of reinforcement were found, all in the chapter dealing with State and family obligations with education. The law defines a general aggregate product (full development of the learner) that depends on others (preparation for citizenship and qualification for work), found in the chapter on basic education. It was observed the importance of fundamental school as the basis of education, in terms of the definitions of aggregate product, and a greater control in their execution, in terms of three-term contingencies. For the most part the law is organized as a set of hierarchies of aggregate products necessary, as a whole, in the composition of its general aggregate product. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
PRA Sun PM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
88. Phase Change Lines, Trend Lines and Scale Breaks Using Excel 2013TM |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
NEIL DEOCHAND (Western Michigan University), Mack S. Costello (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The development of graphing skills for the behavior analyst is an ongoing process. Specialized software programs are often expensive, not widely disseminated, and require specific training. Dixon et al. (2009) provided an updated task analysis (Carr and Burkholder, 1998) in the widely used platform Excel 2007. Vanselow and Bourret (2012) provided online tutorials outlining some alternate methods also using Office 2007. This poster reviews an updated task analyses with alternative and under-utilized methods in Excel 2013. Twelve psychology graduate students were presented with task analyses in this study and the experimenters’ evaluated usability and utility based on their performance and feedback. The task analyses were rated favorably. |
|
|
89. Modified Habit Reversal and DRO to Reduce Finger Picking in a Young Male with Asperger's |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JON SARGEANT (Elk River School District 728), Melyssa Rose McDonough (St. Cloud State University), Nicholas Weatherly (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior is a significant problem for the person that engages in it. It can cause permanent scarring, risk of infection, and spread of blood-borne pathogens. The individual in this project was a young male who engaged in finger picking. A brief functional analysis was conducted and determined that finger picking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A multiple baseline across classroom settings design was used which included a modified habit reversal utilizing competing response training in the form of manipulating objects, and an increasing differential reinforcement for the omission of behavior was used. Results showed that the amount of time the individual engaged in finger picking was reduced to near zero levels. |
|
|
90. Decreasing a Middle School Boy's head Rubbing Using DRO and Token Economy |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MELYSSA ROSE MCDONOUGH (St. Cloud State University), Jon Sargeant (Elk River School District 728), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A modified habit reversal procedure and token economy was used as a behavior intervention protocol for a sixth grade male student who attended a mainstream middle school. The student pulled his hair and rubbed at his scalp, forming bald spots. Partial interval recording was used to assess the percent of intervals the participant engaged in head rubbing and a habit reversal procedure consisting of self monitoring and social support, along with tokens towards obtaining an electronic gaming device, was utilized to decrease the percent of intervals the individual engaged in the target behavior. Data show that implementing self-monitoring alone decreased percent of intervals of head rubbing. |
|
|
91. Generalization of Behavioral Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAUREN ERION (University of West Florida; PAAL), D. Reed Bechtel (Bechtel Behavioral Services), Susan J. Heatter (Sue Heater), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: The effects of Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) were examined on the level of vocal stereotypy emitted by an adolescent boy diagnosed with autism. Sessions were conducted in a familiar school environment and a discriminative stimulus was used to program for generalization. Data were taken on immediate and subsequent levels of vocal stereotypy as well as the rate of appropriate vocalizations. Generalization probes were conducted across three community environments including a local grocery store, fitness center, and community job site. Results show decreases in vocal stereotypy but problems with generalization across environments in the absence of direct training. |
|
|
92. Comparing PECS and Speech Generating Devices (SGD) on Mand Acquisition for Children with Autism. |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGHAN MILES (University of West Florida), D. Reed Bechtel (Bechtel Behavioral Services), Susan J. Heatter (Sue Heater), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study is to compare the effectiveness of Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and speech generating devices (SGD) on the acquisition of mands for children with autism. The study will also evaluate the children’s preference for either device. Participants will be children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder that have sufficient motor skills and no significant experience with PECS or SGD. Following a preference assessment, an alternating treatment single-case design with initial baseline will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of both PECS and SGD on the acquisition of mands. A preference assessment to determine which device is preferred will be conducted similar to the intervention conditions with both AAC systems available for the child to use. Data on the acquisition of mands with each communication device, PECS and SGD, will be graphed and visually analyzed to determine with which device each participant acquired requesting skills more rapidly and which device they preferred to use. |
|
|
93. Comparing In- Vivo Versus Video Instruction to Teach Adaptive Skills to a Child With ASD |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ASHLEY EVERHART (University of West Florida), D. Reed Bechtel (Bechtel Behavioral Services), Susan J. Heatter (Sue Heater), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: Children with autism display impairments in skills such as imitation, verbal communication, and language. The use video modeling (VM) has helped improve skills related to these deficits. The use of video modeling has been extended by trying new ways to present videos to clients to help teach functional skills. The use of VM has been a constructive and effective tool when teaching these skills to children with autism due to their preference for visual stimuli, selective attention, and avoidance of direct face-to-face interaction. This study utilized an alternating treatments design embedded in a multiple baseline across responses to compare in vivo versus video instruction on the rate of correct responses when teaching receptive identification of objects and gross motor imitation to a child with autism. It is anticipated that video instruction will more effectively increase the rate of acquisition of gross motor imitation and receptive identification compared to in vivo instruction. |
|
|
94. Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer: A Comparison of Two Pairing Procedures |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JEANINE R TANZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Typical practice includes using praise as a consequence for desirable behavior. An implicit assumption is that social praise and other forms of social interaction function as conditioned reinforcers. If praise actually functions as a reinforcer, the contingent delivery of praise should increase the probability of and maintain consistent responding. However, there are several unknown questions that suggest praise may not function as a reinforcer as reliably and readily as practice might imply. In addition, it is important to identify a procedure that will be effective in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for populations commonly used in applied behavioral research and for individuals for whom additional modes of reinforcement are necessary. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to compare two pairing procedures, stimulus-stimulus and response-stimulus pairing, in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for simple target responses demonstrated by individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The pairing procedure included pairing a neutral stimulus (praise statement) with an unconditioned reinforcer (highly preferred edible) to determine if the neutral stimulus would take on the reinforcing properties of the unconditioned reinforcer, thereby becoming a conditioned reinforcer. |
|
|
95. Evaluating Preferred Stimuli Across Assessments and Settings |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
TIFFANY N. KILBY (Florida State University), Janelle Peck (Florida State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to assess preferred stimuli for a child diagnosed with autism. Therapists and family members have had difficulty identifying preferred items for this individual, which has been correlated with occurrences of problem behavior. The study utilized three preference assessments: single-stimulus, paired-stimulus, and free-operant; each was conducted across two settings (home and clinic). Results indicated that the highest preferred stimulus remained constant across preference assessments and settings, but the moderately preferred and lower preferred stimuli yielded inconsistencies. These data are valuable for practitioners when evaluating which preferred stimuli to use during sessions and across settings. |
|
|
96. Use of a Treatment Analysis in Developing an Individualized Intervention for Decreasing Problem Behaviors During Feeding |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGHAN CLAUSEN (ABACS, LLC), Amanda P. Laprime (Simmons College) |
Abstract: A multi-element design was used to evaluate five interventions designed to increase the percentage of bites of novel foods consumed without problem behaviors, with an overall goal of increasing the variety of novel foods consumed. Interventions included first-then presentation, first-then presentation with a high-probability request sequence, blending of preferred and non-preferred foods, blending of preferred and non-preferred foods combined with a first-then presentation, and blending of preferred and non-preferred foods combined with a high-probability request sequence. Occurrences of food refusal, expulsion, and latency to consumption were measured to determine effectiveness of each intervention. The treatment analysis yielded differentiated results that were used to design an intervention that has effectively increased this student’s consumption of novel foods without engaging in problem behaviors in a home-based setting. |
|
|
97. Data-Based Decision Making: The Representativeness of Continuous Measurement During Sample Intervals |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHON METZ (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Clinical decision-making in non-behavior analytic fields is often based on parent or caregiver report or short, infrequent direct observations. While time-sampling methods offer a less demanding way to estimate behavior, they require collecting data for lengthy observation periods and the accuracy of time-sampled data remains ambiguous. The present study extends the work of Mudford et al. (1990) and Tiger et al. (2013) by evaluating the representativeness of continuously recorded sample data and determining its efficacy for clinical decision-making. Frequency data for problem behavior was continuously recorded, 24 hours a day for at least 6 months for participants with various response patterns (e.g., decreasing trends, cyclical, low and variable). Sample data was obtained by extracting 1 hour intervals from the 24 hour data and a line graph of problem behavior was created for each 1 hour sample interval. To determine the representativeness of each interval of sample of data, the researchers used visual inspection to compare each 1-hour sample graph to the 24-hour data graph at two decision points. Similar conclusions were drawn from 1-hour sample data and 24-hour continuous data for most participants. |
|
|
98. The Effects of the Flower Therapy Program on Complying Behavior of an Elderly Woman With Dementia |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
NOBUHIRO WATANABE (Tokiwa University), Yuta Watanabe (Migawa Nursing Home), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University) |
Abstract: We worked with a 91-year-old woman with dementia who lived in a care unit of a nursing home and often refused our care. In particular, she refused to go to a restroom. Then we programmed our own flower therapy and investigated whether she could go to a restroom as requested due to the therapy. The program was based on the A-B-A-B single-participant-design. In the baseline phase, we urged her to go to the restroom as usual. In the intervention phase, we arranged the flower therapy in which we gave her an artificial flower and asked her to deck the restroom with it. The dependent variable of the study was her travelling time from living room of the care unit to the restroom. The results were as follows. The average travelling times of the first and the second baseline phases were 221 and 365 seconds respectively. Those of the first and the second intervention phases were 150 and 166 seconds respectively. We carried out the follow-up sessions after the second intervention in which the average travelling time was 129 seconds. From the results, we conclude our flower therapy program was effective for making our client with dementia comply with our request. |
|
|
99. Treatment Outcomes of Pediatric Feeding Problems: Comparing Follow-up Services in Clinic versus Via Tele-health |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LING-YAN YANG (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jason R. Zeleny (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rachel Ray (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: A child is typically diagnosed with a feeding disorder when he or she fails to consume sufficient nutrients and/or calories to sustain normal nutrition and growth. Recent prevalence estimates suggest that feeding disorders occur in up to 45% and 80% of children who are typically developing or diagnosed with developmental disabilities, respectively (Chung & Kahng, 2006). Behavioral interventions are supported by substantial empirical research to treat pediatric feeding disorders. However, there are a very limited number of organizations and professionals in the country that specialize in the behavioral treatment of pediatric feeding disorders and this has created a serious issue for families pursuing treatment for their child. One viable option is to use telehealth technologies, video-conferencing platforms such as Adobe connect, to train caregivers to treat their child. Few studies to our knowledge have evaluated the effectiveness of using telehealth to treat pediatric feeding disorders using behavioral techniques and caregiver satisfaction of their teleheath experience. We compared the outcomes (e.g., oral intake, percentage of goals met, caregiver satisfaction) of children discharged from an intensive day-treatment program who received follow-up in clinic versus via telehealth. Preliminary results suggest that clinically relevant outcomes are achieved regardless of the avenue of outpatient follow-up. |
|
|
100. Objectively Measured Versus Self-Reported Physical Activity in College Students: Implications for Research and Practice |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW DOWNS (University of Portland), Jaqueline VanHoomissen (University of Portland), Andrew LaFrenz (Oregon State University), Deana Julka (University of Portland) |
Abstract: Research suggests that physical activity levels typically decline when students transition from high school to college and a significant proportion of college students do not engage in adequate physical activity. Because the vast majority of research on physical activity conducted thus far has relied on self-report rather than objective measurements, the problem of physical inactivity in college students is likely even worse than believed. The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which college students may overestimate their time spent engaged in moderate (MPA) or vigorous physical activity (VPA) when assessed via self-report as compared to objective measurement. Participants were 77 college students at a university in the northwest United States. Participants completed a validated self-report measure of physical activity on three separate occasions, and their actual physical activity levels were assessed continuously for two weeks via accelerometer. The vast majority of participants significantly overestimated their time spent engaged in MPA or VPA. Recent technological advances have provided researchers and professionals several new options for measuring physical activity behavior objectively, and the use of self-report in this domain can no longer be considered acceptable. |
|
|
101. Comparing The Effects of Differential Reinforcement With Escape Extinction to Sequential Presentation With Escape Extinction, on Increasing Acceptance of Foods in Children With Food Selectivity |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE REINOSO (University of Saint Joseph), Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is when individuals will only eat certain types of foods based on various characteristics of those food. Having food selectivity can affect an individual's health and well being. Research has confirmed that food selectivity occurs in children with and without various developmental disabilities. Previous research has confirmed, that using reinforcement procedures in combination with escape extinction has been effective in increasing types of foods that are consumed by those individuals with food selectivity. In this research study, the researchers used shaping, and prompting in combination with escape extinction and reinforcement procedures to treat food selectivity in three participants aged two to eleven years old. The purpose of the study, was to determine if using a tangible reinforcer or sequential presentation (edible reinforcer) increased food consumption and decreased food refusal behaviors. Data was taken on the percentage of bites that participants accepted and consumed per meal, and on the frequency of refusal behaviors per meal. Two of the participants had higher rates of consumption behavior and lower rates of refusal behaviors when using sequential presentation. One participant made more progress when they were provided a play item after the new food. The results indicated, that for some individuals using sequential presentation is more effective, and for others, a tangible reinforcer is more effective at increasing acceptance and consumption of new foods for those with food selectivity. |
|
|
102. Modifying PECS to Teach Conceptually Referenced, Core Vocabulary for Initial Symbolic Communication |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
MELINDA SNODGRASS (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine if a student with a severe intellectual disability concomitant with visual impairment could (a) learn to identify a conceptually referenced tactile symbol prior to learning symbols with concrete referents, and (b) generalize the use of a conceptually referenced tactile symbol across stimuli. For an single individual with a significant intellectual disability concomitant with visual impairment, tactile symbols were used for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). The symbols represented the core vocabulary words "more," "done," and "new," which reference concepts, not concrete items or experiences. Modifications to Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) were made to accommodate for the participant's visual impairment and for conceptually-referenced vocabulary. A variation of a single-subject nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three vocabulary words was used to demonstrate the effectiveness of most-to-least prompting and backward chaining to teach communication skills, and to demonstrate that he could generalized the use of a symbol to new stimuli prior to intervention. |
|
|
103. The Effect of Attention During a Treatment Package to Decrease Problem Behavior Maintained by Positive and Negative Reinforcement |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE H. LUSTIG (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), James Green (The University of Iowa), Gunsung Lee (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: This investigation evaluated the role of attention within a treatment package to decrease problem behavior maintained by both positive and negative reinforcement for one participant. Following a functional analysis (conducted within a multi-element design) which identified escape, tangible, and attention functions for Diego, a 4-year old boy with disruptive behavior disorder, two versions of a treatment package were implemented within an AB design. The treatment package was conducted within a chained schedule of reinforcement. Diego was required to complete a small task (sorting colors), and upon completion was required to mand for an enriched break which consisted of gaining access to toys and attention. Noncompliance resulted in verbal prompts to work with prompts delivered on a fixed time 1 min schedule. Thus, attention was provided each minute. This version did not result in consistent reductions in problem behavior. The prompting and correction procedures (i.e., attention procedure) were then omitted and attention was provided contingent on accurate task completion without simultaneous problem behavior. This version resulted in increases in task completion and decreases in problem behavior. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 42% of sessions and equaled 93%. |
|
|
104. Practice of Consultation for the Support of the Adults Indicated Severe Behavior Problem in the Institutions for the People With Intellectual Disability |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
AKIKO KURAMITSU (Fukuoka University of Education), Yukihiro Noguchi (seinangakuin university) |
Abstract: In this study, we implemented the consultation program of the support for the severe behavior problems indicated by the adults in four institutions for the people with Intellectual Disability. First author visited each institution as a consultant once a week, lectured the staffs of each institution on the knowledge and skills about the support based on Applied Behavior Analysis, gave advice about the support plan to reduce behavioral problems indicated by the adults in each institution, and conducted feedback to the support records that the staffs wrote. The dependent variables were the score of the knowledge of Applied Behavior Analysis of the staffs tested before and after the program and the frequency of occurrence of problem behavior of the target adults of all institutions, and we studied the effect of the consultation program. As a result, the improvement of the knowledge of Applied Behavior Analysis of the most of the staffs was shown, and the behavioral problems of the most of the target adults in all institutions were improved. Therefore, the effectiveness of the consultation program was suggested. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
DDA Sun PM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
105. Measuring Behavior-Environment Contingencies in Classrooms: An Application of Contingency Space Analysis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Problem behavior is prevalent among school-age children with developmental disabilities. This prevalence highlights the continuing need for identifying the most appropriate and efficient methods of behavioral assessment and treatment in educational settings. Experimental functional analysis remains the gold standard method of identifying the contingencies that maintain problem behavior. Descriptive assessments, however, may be used to measure behavior-environment contingencies in natural settings. These descriptive data may be used to identify hypotheses and design efficient experimental analyses. Lloyd, Kennedy, and Yoder (2013) evaluated a method of measuring contingencies known as Contingency Space Analysis (CSA). Using simulated data, authors demonstrated the potential biases that can result from using only a subset of observational data in which at least one of two events under investigation (e.g., problem behavior and instruction delivery) are coded (non-exhaustive approach). To extend this demonstration, we applied two methods of contingency measurement (non-exhaustive CSA and exhaustive CSA) to a series of classroom observations for four students with developmental disabilities and problem behavior. Results highlight potential problems associated with the common practice of limiting data analysis to intervals in which problem behavior occurs. |
|
|
106. Effects of Interdependent Group-Oriented Contingency Programs in a Japanese Regular Classroom |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KAYO IWAMOTO (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of interdependent group-oriented contingency interventions on the frequency of on-task and disruptive behaviors of elementally school students in three third-grade classes. Each targeted class had 32 students and included a student who has developmental disabilities. Target behaviors or dependent variables were on-task behaviors (sitting down at one's desk and placing one's school satchel in the locker at classroom until 8:15) and disruptive behaviors (e.g. talking without permission). In two of three targeted classes, on-task behaviors increased and disruptive behaviors decreased for all students in each class, including those with disabilities, as a result of the interdependent group-oriented contingency interventions. In one of three classes, the intervention plans could not produce positive behavior changes for a student with disabilities. Then, we conducted functional assessment for the student's disruptive behaviors and planed interventions based on the results of the assessment information. The results of this study were discussed in terms of the relationship between group-oriented interventions and three-tiered prevention model for school wide positive behavior support. |
|
|
107. A Comparison of Remote Monitoring and Direct Observations on Improving Independent Living Skills |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD ALLEN MERRITT (The University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (The University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: An increasing number of people with intellectual and developmental disabilities have opportunities to live in apartments and homes in the community with assistance from other people. The purpose of this research was to examine whether a remote video monitoring system with cameras linked to an off-site facility, in conjunction with a token system, could be used to maintain a high level of cleanliness of three apartments. Two people with intellectual and developmental disabilities lived in each apartment. Data were recorded daily in the apartments using the video monitoring system as well as direct observations. The token system was implemented in each of the homes within a multiple baseline design. Results indicated that the video monitoring system and the token system helped participants maintain a moderate level of cleanliness of the apartments, but due to the clarity of the videos, participants maintained a higher level of cleanliness when direct observations were used as compared to the video monitoring system. Video monitoring systems may aid in the implementation of some interventions, but certain behaviors may require direct observations to ensure precise and valid measurement. |
|
|
108. Sequential Stimulus Pairing Training for Kanji Writing in Students With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHIHIRO KADOYA (Keio University), Mikimasa Omori (Keio University), Jun-ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: Japanese students with developmental disabilities often exhibit difficulties in Kanji (ideogram) writing, and in acquiring the equivalence relations between pictures, written words, and sounds. Previous research suggested that students with developmental disabilities could acquire reading and writing skills through CRMTS(constructional response matching-to-sample) training that stimuli appeared separately and sequentially. Other research suggested that SP (stimulus paring) training facilitated the acquisition of Kanji reading. However, little had been reported on the effect of SP training for Kanji writing. In this study, we examined the acquisition and maintenance of Kanji writing skills through sequential SP (SSP) training using corresponding pictures for four students with developmental disabilities. In SP (SSP) training, left and right parts of Kanji appeared separately and sequentially, and then whole Kanji appeared. We prepared stimulus pairs consisting of picture stimuli that the students could name along with a corresponding Kanji character that they could not write. All students successfully acquired and maintained the Kanji writing and reading through this procedure. These findings suggest that SSP training may facilitate not only Kanji writing but also reading. Because it requires less motor responses, SSP training can be more easily applied for the students having difficulties of fine motor movement than CRMTS. |
|
|
109. Reduction of Head Banging By Increasing Activity Level |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY M. SMITH (Quest, Inc.) |
Abstract: This study was conducted in a group home environment. The individual in this study engaged in head banging behavior to the extent of having a permanent, large calloused area on her forehead. She would engage in these behaviors when she was alone or in a position where she could sit and fold her body in half to have her forehead make contact with her legs or ankles. Redirection strategies to preferred activities were used to reduce the frequency of head banging. This individual also engaged in tantrum behavior and aggression towards others. |
|
|
110. Examining the Use of Multiple Schedules for Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Florida International University), Yanerys Leon (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is often used as a treatment for problem behavior when functional analysis results indicate a social function. FCT consists of delivering the functional reinforcer contingent on an alternative response, while withholding the reinforcer for problem behavior (i.e., extinction). One limitation of FCT is once the alternative response is taught individuals may emit the response at high rates or inappropriate times; therefore schedule thinning is often necessary. Previous research has demonstrated multiple schedules are preferred over other methods of schedule thinning because they maintain low levels of problem behavior while maintaining appropriate levels of the communication response. However, to date, no research has examined the use of multiple schedules for behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. This study examined the use of a multiple schedule with alternating FR1 / extinction components to thin the schedule of negative reinforcement during discrete trial sessions with two male subjects. The multiple schedule produced low rates of problem behavior for both participants. However, additional treatment components (i.e., positive reinforcement for compliance, blocking) were necessary to decrease the rate of mands during the extinction interval. |
|
|
111. Improving Health Care Self-Advocacy Skills by Increasing Knowledge of Medications |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECA TORRES (Bancroft), Meghan Brennan (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Access to and self-advocacy in health care is an important piece to an overall positive quality of life for all individuals. Unfortunately, individuals' with intellectual disabilities access to health care is often adversely affected by a lack of communication skills (Lennox et.al., 2004) or a lack of knowledge about medications and medication adherence (De Maria et.al., 2011). Due to safety concerns, medications are often administered to individuals with disabilities with minimal focus on teaching skills. Teaching individuals with disabilities information about their medications, however, may allow them to take a more active role in their health care and be an important piece in improving overall quality of life. The purpose of the current study was to determine if teaching adolescents with intellectual disabilities to identify the names and important facts about their medications generalized to answering questions from medical professionals. A modified multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effects of teaching on medication names, doses, times, and reasons for the prescription. Results indicate that learning about medications did allow adolescents with intellectual disabilities to become more independent and accurate in their conversations with medical professionals. |
|
|
112. Measurement of Between-Session Responding during Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School
), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), William V. Dube (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School
) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior has become the gold standard of both clinical practice and research (Iwata, Hanley, & McCord, 2003). Therefore, recent research on FA has focused on how to make this procedure more efficient and accurate. One recommendation, from this literature, is to conduct FA conditions in a fixed sequence to maximize motivating operations and control for carryover (Hammond et al., 2013). One issue with this fixed sequence is that the patient may engage in problem behavior prior or subsequent to FA conditions, due to carryover, the presence of antecedent and consequent events between sessions, or multiple schedule contrast (Williams, Saunders, & Perone, 2011). In the current study, we conducted a descriptive assessment (DA) of problem behavior between FA conditions for patients admitted to a hospital inpatient unit that treats severe behavior disorders. Results indicate that problem behavior occurred between FA sessions in 50% of assessments. Results of the DA indicated that contingencies in the FA may occasion problem behavior between FA sessions and that problem behavior may be exacerbated by multiple schedule contrast. |
|
|
113. Test-Control Functional Analysis for Problem Behaviors Maintained by Combined Positive and Negative Reinforcement Contingencies |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CRAIG STROHMEIER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Murphy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Recent research has highlighted the importance of modifying functional analysis conditions to isolate relevant antecedent and consequent events that occasion problem behaviors (Schlichenmeyer et al, 2013). In this study, a standard functional analysis (Iwata et al, 1982/1994) yielded inconclusive results for a 12 year-old boy who demonstrated self-injurious, aggressive, and disruptive behaviors. Descriptive assessment informed a test-control functional analysis. Results of the test-control functional analysis suggested that interrupting access to a tangible and presenting a demand evoked problem behaviors maintained by avoidance of the demand and continued access to the tangible. An ABAB reversal design showed immediate reductions in problem behaviors during treatment, in comparison to baseline. Additionally, the patient demonstrated stable rates of functional communication when provided with a card to request brief continued access to a highly preferred tangible, before completing a demand. Reliability data were collected during 70% of initial functional analysis sessions (Mean agreement = 98.37%, range = 94.15% to 100%) and 80% of treatment evaluation sessions (Mean agreement = 99.28%, range = 94.44% to 100%). We discuss results of the analysis and treatment in the context of designing test-control functional analyses for problem behaviors maintained by combined positive and negative reinforcement contingencies. |
|
|
114. A Comparison of Topography and Selection-Based Verbal Behavior: The Importance of Conditional Discrimination and Motor Imitation Skills |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGHAN BRENNAN (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Increasing verbal behavior for individuals with developmental disabilities can result in improved access to reinforcers and social interactions, and decreased problem behavior. Topography-based and selection-based were two distinct types of verbal behavior described by Michael (1985). Praise and criticism of both have been expressed, and research does not currently provide a clear answer on which is better for individuals with disabilities. Adkins and Axelrod (2002) showed that selection-based verbal behavior was more effective than topography-based verbal behavior. Other studies showed mixed findings with one participant having more success with PECS (selection-based verbal behavior) and one participant having more success with sign language (topography-based verbal behavior) (Tincani, 2004). The purpose of the present study was to examine the differences between PECS and sign language with two children diagnosed with autism. The two modalities were evaluated with an alternating treatments design. The study also addressed one area of the debate surrounding these communication modalities: potential prerequisite conditional discrimination and motor imitation skills. A pre-test was completed for both participants assessing these prior to the treatment sessions. The results demonstrated that both participants were more successful with the selection-based communication modality, and there is a possible correlation between prerequisite skills and this success. |
|
|
115. Examination of Within-Session Responding during Single Stimulus Engagement Assessments |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY ROOTES-MURDY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory Young (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Single stimulus engagement (SSE) preference assessments involve evaluating the duration of an individual’s engagement with items (Hagopian, Rush, Lewin & Long, 2001). Severe problem behavior (SPB) data sometimes are collected to determine if engagement impacts the occurrence of SPB. The percent of item engagement and, if measured, the occurrence of SPB, is examined across the entire session to identify items associated with high rates of engagement and low occurrence of SPB. In the present study, SSE within-session data for 3 participants (2 females, 1 male) ages 2 to 12 years were examined to determine if SPB occurred during item engagement. Results of the SSEs were recalculated by comparing percent of item engagement to frequency of SPB that occurred concurrent to item engagement, as opposed to SPB for the entire session. Results showed that stimuli with high engagement sometimes were associated with higher rates of simultaneous SPB and engagement. In two of three cases, the order of item preference was altered when using the within-session adjustment. These results provide a rationale for examining within-session responding for SSE assessments, as opposed to only whole-session responding, when the occurrence of SPB is a consideration for item preference selection. |
|
|
116. Descriptive Analyses of Emesis, Gagging, and Coughing During A Caregiver-Conducted Meal |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
VIVIAN IBANEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Descriptive analyses have been used to observe food refusal directly under naturally occurring conditions. Although a history of emesis and health concerns related to emesis (e.g., reflux, food allergies) may be associated with food refusal, emesis has not been the focus of previous descriptive analyses. Emesis it is not an ideal response to evaluate using functional analyses due to potential health risks, and may be more suited for evaluation as it naturally occurs. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate emesis, gagging, and coughing via descriptive analyses by conducting conditional probability analyses to evaluate the most common caregiver responses following these responses. To date, one two-year-old female admitted to an intensive feeding program, has participated. Gagging and coughing were included given that these responses may be precursors to emesis. Results showed that tangible access and various forms of attention (concern and comfort) were the most likely events observed following emesis. Spoon removal also occurred frequently following emesis, although the probability of spoon removal was quite high overall. Threats, meal termination, and access to preferred foods or drinks were not observed. |
|
|
117. An Evaluation of Different Magnitudes of Differential Negative Reinforcement to Treat Food Selectivity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
COURTNEY MAUZY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan V. Mariano (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lindsay E. Gordon (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Given the role of negative reinforcement (escape) in the maintenance of food refusal and the effectiveness of escape extinction as treatment, it is surprising that little attention has been given to the effects of escape as reinforcement for appropriate mealtime behavior during treatment. We examined the effects of different magnitudes of negative reinforcement (30-s or 90-s break) for appropriate mealtime behavior (mouth clean, a product measure of swallowing) to treat the food selectivity of a child diagnosed with a feeding disorder. We compared the effectiveness of the different magnitudes of reinforcement with and without escape extinction using a combined multi-element and reversal design. Interobserver agreement was conducted on 80% of sessions and was above 80%. Food consumption increased only when escape extinction was implemented. The different magnitudes of reinforcement resulted in modest differences in the acquisition of appropriate mealtime behaviors (bite acceptance and mouth clean) when combined with escape extinction. |
|
|
118. Improving Functional Communication Training Using Multiple Schedules |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMIE JONES (Affiliate), Wayne W. Fisher ( Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center
), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Angie Christine Querim (Ball State University), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: When a functional analysis (FA) implicates that destructive behavior is socially reinforced, functional communication training (FCT) is the most frequently prescribed and most effective function-based treatment (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). However, FCT has limitations including high rates of requests for reinforcement (e.g., requesting to escape every directive) and difficulty delivering reinforcement immediately upon request (e.g., requesting attention when an adult is changing an infant sibling). When Hagopian et al. (1998) used reinforce-schedule thinning to address the limitations to FCT, they found FCT + extinction (FCTE) was ineffective in 14 of 25 applications, thus necessitating the addition of a punishment component (FCTP). To eliminate the punishment component, the current study used a multiple schedule signal when the communication response would (Sr+) and would not (EXT) produce reinforcement during the FCT (mult-FCT), then the current study thinned the reinforcement schedule by 80% by lengthening the duration of the EXT component. As the attached figure indicates, results obtained with mult-FCT were comparable to FCTP + fading and superior to FCTE + fading as reported in Hagopian et al. The current results illustrate how stimulus control methods (e.g. a multiple schedule signal) can improve function-based treatments such as FCT. |
|
|
119. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior in Children With Fragile X Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE D. CHIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mariana I. Castillo Irazabal (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Robinson (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: More than 50% of children with Fragile X syndrome (FXS) exhibit behavior problems such as aggression and self-injury (Bailey et al., 2008). Biological mechanisms are typically used to explain such problem behavior (Hall, Lightbody, & Reiss, 2008). Recently, Langthorne and colleagues (2011) used functional analyses (FA; Iwata et al., 1982/1994) to examine environmental variables maintaining problem behavior exhibited by 8 children with FXS. FA results indicated that problem behavior was maintained by escape and/or access to tangible items in all cases. The present study extends Langthorne et al.s findings by including outcomes of both FAs and function-based treatments for severe problem behavior in children with FXS. Participants were 11 individuals, ages 6-20 years, admitted to inpatient or outpatient programs for treatment of severe behavior problems (2 participants had multiple admissions). Consistent with Langthorne et al., escape and access to tangibles were the most common identified functions (see Table 1). Mands functions (Bowman et al., 1997) were identified in 3 cases and attention functions were identified in 3 cases. Function-based treatments produced an 85% or greater reduction in problem behavior in nearly all cases. Implications of these findings for early intervention for behavior problems in children with FXS will be discussed. |
|
|
120. Improving the Quality of Behaviour Support Plans Through Service Development |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JILL CHAPLIN (Nothumberland Tyne & Wear National Health Service Trust), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick), Stephen J. Noone (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Behavior Support Plans (BSPs) are an important tool in the delivery of interventions for people with intellectual disabilities and challenging behavior. Considerable clinical effort and resources in services are invested in BSP development. Although there is existing research on BSP quality, few studies have addressed the outcomes of attempts to improve BSP quality in applied settings. In the present study, we evaluated the quality of the BSPs for 81 adults with intellectual disabilities and severe challenging behavior before and after the implementation of a coherent service development plan (SDP) informed by previous research and an initial audit. Using the Behavior Support Plan Quality Evaluation II (BSP-QEII; Browning-Wright, Saren & Mayer, 2003), we found significant improvements in BSP quality over time (p=<0.001). However, the proportion of BSPs rated as good after the implementation of the SDP was still very small. The service developments require longer to bed in and/or amended implementation to improve the proportion of BSPs rated as higher quality. |
|
|
121. A Comparison of Assessments: Interventions Based on Results of Functional Behavior Assessments vs. Functional Analyses |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TISHA L DENTON (Arizona Centers for Comprehensive Education and Life Skills ), Jessica Molloy (Arizona Centers for Comprehensive Education and Life Skills), Laura Milstrey (Arizona Centers for Comprehensive Education and Life Skills ) |
Abstract: The current study will compare the reduction of problem behaviors, treatment integrity, and social validity between interventions developed from two differing assessment methodologiesfunctional behavior assessment (FBA) and functional analysis (FA) (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1994) for six special needs students, ranging from 6 to 21 years of age. Students have been diagnosed with one or more developmental disabilities and are functioning significantly below grade level. All assessments, and interventions developed thereof, were conducted in a special education private day school. Three of the six students were assessed using FBA methodology and the three remaining students were assessed using FA methodology. Treatments, based off of the results from each respective assessment, were developed for students and implemented by teachers, therapists (speech language pathologists, occupational therapists, and physical therapists), and paraprofessionals. The researchers predict interventions developed from the results of FAs will have a greater reduction of problem behaviors, higher treatment integrity, and more social validity than those developed from FBA results. Results will show which interventions, if any, demonstrate a greater reduction of problem behaviors, higher treatment integrity, and more social validity. |
|
|
122. An Application of Picture Exchange Communication System Protocol™ to Apple® iPad® Based Communication Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Catherine B. Simms (University of Florida), BRANDON PEREZ (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: As a result of individuals with developmental disabilities displaying limited verbal repertoires, technologies, such as the Apple® iPad®, are being adapted to accommodate these individuals. However, research on iPad® based communication training has been limited. Therefore, the present study applied the thoroughly researched Picture Exchange Communication System Protocol™ (PECS) to training using the iPad® and ProloQuo2Go®. A multiple baseline design across preferred items was used in the evaluation. Subjects were three individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, aged 4-15, receiving services in either a campus based research clinic or a local public school for children with disabilities. Training was conducted with both edible and leisure items for PECS™ phases 1-3 (through the mand training phases only). The PECS™ training protocol, adapted for use with the iPad®, was successful in producing a mand repertoire in all three subjects. Therefore, this protocol would be a suitable method of teaching iPad® based communication. Future research could examine the utility of other iPad® based communication applications in addition to ProloQuo2Go®. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
AUT Sun PM |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
123. Social Skills Training for Children with ASD: Examining Naturalistic Teaching Procedures in Analog School Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LORI BETH VINCENT (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Gregory L. Lyons (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Tiffany Born (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Vanessa Schwartz (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Megan Willes (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that applied behavior analysis (ABA) based social skills training for children with ASD is more effective and produces increased generalization of skills when implemented in natural versus analog school settings. It is unclear, however, if this difference in effectiveness is a result of the setting or the intervention procedures commonly used in each setting. The current study utilized a multiple baseline across participants design to examine whether social skills intervention practices commonly employed in natural environments are effective when conducted in analog school settings. Five students with ASD who were included in general education classrooms within public elementary schools (kindergarten through 2nd grade) participated. Observation data were collected on the social interactions of each student with ASD and general education peers in the analog setting and three generalization settings within the school. Following training and with ongoing coaching, special education teachers and assistants implemented the intervention daily for ten weeks. Results from the current study provide evidence related to the effectiveness of naturalistic behavioral intervention strategies when implemented in analog settings. Fidelity of implementation and social validity as reported by stakeholders will also be presented. |
|
|
124. Speak Up! Shaping Vocal Volume in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERRY FORZLEY (Partnership for Behavior Change; Ball State University), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: Children mastered vocal skills more rapidly when they learned through shaping (Newman et al., 2009). Vocal volumes that are too loud or too quiet impair communication in social and academic settings, thus are less likely serve the function of accessing needs & wants. We identified three males diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder with fundamental mand, tact, and intraverbal repertoires (Skinner, 1957) whose volume was either too loud or too quiet for functional, social interactions and to further enhance their verbal behavior. Using the app, Decibel 10th to measure volume, we established a range for communicative speech (70db - 90db) and then collected baseline data, which indicated that one child consistently vocalized below 70dB, the second child vocalized between 45dB and 85dB, and the third child vocalized using appropriate volumes, however, he reads, and at times, speaks at volumes greater than 90dB, therefore we included him in the intervention. The treatment phase incorporated imitating familiar sounds, tacting familiar items, using familiar intraverbals and reading aloud with visual feedback provided by the app, displayed on the therapists smartphone. Once mastery criteria are reached, progress will include generalization into home, social, and educational settings. |
|
|
125. On Establishing Response Diversity in Leisure and Daily Routines in an Individual With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AIMEE KIDDER (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Sassi (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: One of the defining characteristics of autism spectrum disorders is difficulty tolerating variations in established routines (Hertzig & Shapiro, 1990). This study evaluates the use of lag reinforcement schedules and a training procedure to promote response variability in a 17 year-old male diagnosed with autism. During baseline, reinforcement was delivered contingent on trial completion, regardless of response topography (variability). During lag reinforcement sessions, reinforcement was delivered contingent on the task arrangement differing from that of the previous trial. A multiple baseline across responses design was used to assess the effects of treatment and possible generalization across responses. Data show that during all baseline sessions, response topography was invariant. Introduction of the lag schedule alone was ineffective in promoting response diversity until a training procedure that consisted of a pre-session forced exposure (physical guidance to complete varied topographies of the target response) was introduced in conjunction with the lag schedule. To date, the lag schedule with training has resulted in increased variability for the two targeted responses and generalization to one alternate task has been noted; topographies of two other responses are unchanged. Interobserver agreement data have been collected for 36.9% of sessions and equals 100%. |
|
|
126. Establishing Stimulus Control: A Component Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMI J. ROURKE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kari J. Adolf (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Multiple schedules have been used as a means of decreasing the amount of functional communication responding during periods in which reinforcement is not available without compromising the strength of the response-reinforcer relation. Despite these advantages, limited research has been aimed at identifying which componentsaside from schedule-correlated stimuliare necessary or sufficient to establish discriminative control over mands. As a notable exception, Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) showed that gradual schedule thinning was not necessary to maintain discriminated responding under lean multiple schedules. These authors hypothesized that repeated exposure to shifts in the contingencies with their correlated stimuli (e.g., 10 alternations between 45-s periods of reinforcement and 15-s periods of extinction) may be important for establishing stimulus control. In the current study, we used a multiple baseline design across signals to evaluate the effects of rapid alternations of the signals as well as other procedural variations on the establishment of stimulus control. One participant diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder and a history of excessive manding participated. Despite repeated exposure to sessions consisting of 60 s of reinforcement in the presence of an Sd and 240 s of extinction in the presence of an S^, stimulus control was not established until the components of the multiple schedule were rapidly alternated within session. Like Betz et al., once discriminated responding was obtained at shorter durations gradual thinning was not necessary. |
|
|
127. Training and Evaluation for Reporting with Three-word Utterances in a Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAWAKO KAWAMINAMI (Graduate School of Comprehensive Human Sceinces), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: The present study examined procedures of teaching functional reporting with three-word utterances in a boy with autism spectrum disorder.Following an instruction of a listener,the boy was required to walk to the display monitor,observe a video picture,walk back,and report it.After he was able to report what he saw with three-word utterances,generalization probes across persons,stimuli,and settings were assessed.In addition,for the purpose of evaluating communication functions of his reporting,we designed to provide opportunities to repair communication breakdowns by introducing Nonacknowledgmentconditions.Five months later,we re-examined the effect of these training.The result indicated that he was able to report what he saw with three-word utterances in generalization and maintenance probes,and he also showed spontaneously attention-getting behaviors to the listener during attention-getting conditions.Moreover,we found that he tried to look other trainer to share his attention without training.We discussed the effectiveness of training procedures to facilitate reporting as functional communication skills. |
|
|
128. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Rumination in a Child With Autism Using DRI and NCR |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
COREY MILES COHRS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ray Burke (The Prevention Group) |
Abstract: Rumination is characterized by the regurgitation, rechewing, and reswallowing of previously ingested food. Although the prevalence of chronic rumination remains relatively low, if left untreated chronic rumination may lead to serious health concerns and complications. In the current study a functional analysis conducted in a school setting suggested that rumination exhibited by a young child diagnosed with autism was multiply maintained by attention and automatic reinforcement. Next, teachers were trained to deliver social reinforcement contingent upon incompatible behavior for a forty five minute period following lunch. Following which, a preference assessment with various edibles was conducted, in order to identify one suitable for a variable time delivery. Subsequent conditions compared the effectiveness of DRI relative to DRI with an NCR schedule. The effects were replicated and finally, the effects of an NCR schedule alone were assessed. The combined DRI and NCR intervention and the NCR schedule alone resulted in the most stable reduction of rumination. |
|
|
129. An Evaluation of Existing and Novel Mands Used During Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY MATTER (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebcca Getachew (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: When selecting an alternative response to reinforce during functional communication training, clinicians may prefer to select an existing response rather than a novel response, given that training the former likely results in more rapid acquisition (Winborn et al., 2002). However, previous studies have demonstrated higher rates of problem behavior are associated with existing responses (Derby et al., 1998; Winborn et al., 2002). In the current study, participants were two boys diagnosed with autism admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The participants were first taught to communicate for a toy or attention using an existing response (i.e., vocal) and three novel responses (e.g., a vocal output device) via a brief 20-trial assessment. The novel response that the participants could communicate with the least amount of prompting was chosen for further evaluation. The existing and novel responses were then assessed using a reversal design. Afterward, the schedule of reinforcement was thinned for both responses. Preference for either response was identified using a concurrent schedules design. Results of the study demonstrated that for both participants, problem behavior decreased significantly with both responses and that both participants preferred the novel response over the existing response. |
|
|
130. A Comparison of the Influence of Instructions on Vocal Stereotypy and Immediate Echolalia With a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA CLEMENTS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center
), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorders engage in vocal stereotypy, including echolalia. Engaging in these behaviors may interfere with a childs performance on academic tasks (e.g., intraverbal training), by affecting the childs ability to attend to discriminative stimuli and controlling prompts. In the current investigation an antecedent manipulation was evaluated to determine the influence of instructions on vocal stereotypy. For this participant, vocal stereotypy appeared to be evoked when the therapist instructed him to display ready behavior (i.e., hands in lap, quietly looking toward the therapist). Vocal stereotypy and latency to ready behavior were compared across two conditions. In the vocal instruction condition, the child was prompted using a least-to-most prompting procedure following the vocal instruction, Show me youre ready. In the non-vocal instruction condition, the child was prompted using non-vocal cues (e.g., leaning forward, gesture prompts, physical guidance). Results indicated that the participant displayed lower levels of vocal stereotypy and shorter latencies to ready behavior in the non-vocal relative to the vocal instruction condition. This evaluation may be useful for other children that exhibit vocal stereotypy evoked by similar environmental stimuli. |
|
|
131. Use of a Group Picture Activity Schedule to Teach Interactive Play Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMIE I. HAHN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Interactive play is a challenge for many children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). A variety of interventions have proven effective in teaching these skills to children with ASD, however, meaningful interactions with peer models are often absent (Partington & Sunberg, 1999). The current study expanded on the literature regarding activity schedules (McClannahan & Krantz, 1999, McClannahan & Krantz, 2005) by using a modified activity schedule to support interactive play between a child with ASD and a neuro-typical peer. The two participants were simultaneously taught to follow an activity schedule designed to support cooperative play and reciprocal interaction between two individuals. The target actions included; greetings and farewells, making eye contact, commenting, playing within a close proximity to one another, and cooperatively playing (turn taking) with a shared toy. A multiple baseline design across three activity scenarios was used to evaluate the effects of the group activity schedule. The results indicated that social interactions, eye contact, and play skills increased and generalized to novel activities. |
|
|
132. The Effects of Preference Assessment Type on Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA BETH RAWLINGS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), Casey L. Allen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kristi E. Jeffery (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare three common preference assessment procedures to determine which results in both identification of a reinforcer and low rates of problem behavior during the assessment, while controlling for the duration of access to the items. This study was conducted with four participants admitted to an inpatient hospital for the treatment of severe problem behavior. Past research has shown that individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items may engage in higher rates of problem behavior during paired stimulus (PS) and multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. A multielement design was used to compare problem behavior during the PS, MSWO, and free operant (FO) preference assessments when the time with access to the item was kept constant across all assessments. A second observer collected data for 48% of sessions, with an average of 97.67% (range 80%-100%) interobserver agreement. Results indicated that the PS and MSWO preference assessments produced higher rates of problem behavior than the FO and required more time to achieve the same preference hierarchy. |
|
|
133. Successful Inclusion of Non-Verbal Students with ASD in a Classroom: Literature review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
SHRADDHA MACWAN (Hofstra University Alumni) |
Abstract: Federal laws require schools to provide research-based practices to students within the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE). It inevitably becomes the classroom teachers responsibility to ensure that students with ASD are provided with education derived from research-based interventions. When it comes to learning, all children have unique needs and different styles of learning. Children with ASD (particularly non-verbal students) present needs that may be particularly challenging for teachers to deal with, especially when they lack the skills and experience needed to overcome these challenges. As all students have the right to quality education, all teachers must be well equipped for the job of teaching these young minds. It is important that successful evidence-based techniques for teaching students, reach the teachers so that they may be able to implement these for a better working classroom. The poster presentation will be a literature review that will provide teachers with a list of techniques (technology, instruction methods, students self-management skills etc.) that have been used successfully for non-verbal students with ASD within an inclusion classroom, with minimal intrusion. |
|
|
134. FMRI Imaging Results for Adolescents Who Received Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Autism as Preschoolers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAMLYNN DIANNE GRAUPNER (Adler School of Professional Psychology), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project, Inc.), Richard Davidson (Waisman Center for Brain Imaging and Behavior, Uni) |
Abstract: Although many early intensive behavioral treatment studies have found large improvement in about half of autistic children, there is little information on whether this improvement is reflected in normalized brain functioning. In this study, functional magnetic resonance imaging data was collected at age 16 for 15 adolescents who had received intensive behavioral treatment from age three to seven. Data for six typically developing adolescents, and a group of 11 untreated high functioning adolescents with autism with similar age and IQ served as controls. All children were scanned during a facial emotion recognition task to examine patterns of brain activation in areas known to function abnormally in autism during this particular task: fusiform gyrus, amygdala, frontal and occipital lobes. Diffusion Tensor Imaging was used to examine connectivity, also found to be abnormal in autism. Results showed that adolescents who had shown large improvement during treatment had brain activation and connectivity patterns similar to those of the typically developing group and different from those in the untreated group. These findings suggest that early intensive behavioral treatment and processes underlying brain plasticity may result in remediation of abnormal brain functioning, at least for children who show large improvement during treatment. |
|
|
135. Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing: A Comparison of Two Procedures to Increase Spontaneous Vocalizations in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIEL GELARDI (Eden II Programs), Geoffrey D. DeBery (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: The ability to communicate through language production is one of the main deficits in young learners with autism. There is evidence to support Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing (SSP) as an effective tool in early speech acquisition (spontaneous vocalizations, echoics, mands) in people with autism who demonstrate non-existent to low verbal repertoires. Previous studies have contained several variations of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing procedures. In the current study, participants were exposed to two different variations of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing (Primed Delivery Pairing & Simple Delivery Pairing) using a multiple schedule design. Results of each procedure were compared to determine which procedure produced greater immediate and subsequent increases in the rate of spontaneous vocalizations. Data analysis was conducted for each procedure on an individual basis. Results for Participant 1 portray an immediate decrease in spontaneous vocalizations within both procedures, with a greater decrease in spontaneous vocalizations in Primed Delivery Pairing when compared to Simple Delivery Pairing. Participant 1 results also show an increase of spontaneous vocalizations subsequent to intervention for both procedures, with a higher increase in spontaneous vocalizations for Primed Delivery Pairing when compared to Simple Delivery Pairing. |
|
|
136. Modification of Articulation Errors in a High-Functioning Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KELSEY BALLEW (Florida State University), Kassi J. VanderPloeg (Florida State University) |
Abstract: Previous studies have suggested that vocal imitation training alone is insufficient in modifying articulation errors and must be accompanied by trainings during more natural speech to achieve sufficient improvement in the overall speech of an individual (Eikeseth & Nesset, 2003; McReynolds, 1981). A treatment package was used to modify the incorrect pronunciation of the /th/ phoneme in a high functioning 9 year old boy with autism. Vocal imitation training was utilized and involved oral motor modeling, immediate feedback, prompt fading, and differential reinforcement of responses more properly blended within the word or phrase. Two reinforcement criteria were used to shape responses. Articulation of the /th/ phoneme in all positions of the words and within sentences significantly improved, generalized to untrained words within sentences and maintained at a 3-month follow-up. Correct articulation within incidental speech was targeted using an error correction procedure for every incorrect emission of the /th/ phoneme and obtained an averaged improvement from 17% accuracy to 96% accuracy that maintained post- vocal imitation training. The efficacy of the combined procedures on the articulation improvement of the /th/ phoneme in natural speech was exhibited. |
|
|
137. Using a Mirror to Teach a Girl With Autism to Imitate in the Natural Environment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA DEMAURO (The David Gregory School), Maridsa Reyes (The David Gregory School), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Stephen John Wuensch (David Gregory School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this intervention was to teach generalized imitation to a 3 year-old non-verbal girl with autism. We used the mirror protocol by Longano and Greer (2006) to teach this skill. The procedure was implemented in the students pre-K special needs classroom. It consisted of an initial probe of 20 motor imitations without the use of a mirror. We proceeded to teach gross motor movements in groups of 4 that were not on the probe list. Every time the student met criterion the initial probe was re-assessed to determine acquisition of generalized imitation. We stopped teaching when the student acquired 90% correct responses from the untrained initial probe. The results indicated that this procedure was effective to teach generalized imitation to this 3 year-old non-verbal girl with autism. |
|
|
138. A Comparison of Video Based Training Components as Professional Development Early Intervention Teachers Working With Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Amy D. Wiech (University of Hawaii/Autism Training Solutions/ABC), Mary Jo Noonan (University of Hawaii), EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Autism Training Solutions) |
Abstract: Professional development is the crux of training teachers and staff in evidence based interventions for teaching students with autism (SWA). Mand training is an effective procedure for increasing functional language and decreasing problematic behavior associated with autism. This dissertation examined the effectiveness of a video-based professional development program to teach mand training to early intervention teachers. Teacher-student dyads included two early intervention teachers and one speech pathologist who participated with SWA. Intervention phases included (1) OTV, (2) feedback, and (3) modeling/coaching sessions. Outcomes in terms of student achievement, specifically the frequency of student manding, were recorded during baseline. Baseline occurred prior to teachers' completion of online self directed training videos (OTV), and during each intervention phase. The teacher implementation of four-step manding procedure was also evaluated. Measuring both the student and the teacher behavior evaluated interventionists� competency improvement following and/or during different training components and concurrently measured student behavior change (manding) across each training component. Results indicated that student manding increased slightly when OTV alone was used for one participant, and with more significance when components of feedback and coaching/modeling were added. These results and data from social validity measures support the hypothesis that feedback and modeling and coaching are all essential for teachers to learn to use mand training to increase communication with their students with ASD. Keywords: autism, verbal behavior, online training, self directed learning program, teachers, teacher development, professional development. |
|
|
139. Teaching a Child With Autism Generalized Imitation Skills Across Goal-less Imitation and Goal Directed Tasks |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BETHANY SCHILLING (A Block Above Behavior Consulting), Alexia Stack (A Block Above Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Developing a repertoire of generalized imitation skills is a common goal in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention programs for children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Research indicates that weak imitators at a young age (ie: 2 years of age) are more likely to demonstrate slow acceleration or deceleration in their learning across the acquisition of various skill domains, are less likely to develop vocal verbal behavior, and often demonstrate an increase in the severity of their Autism symptoms across the lifespan when compared to those individuals with autism who are described as being strong imitators. Three imitation tasks: manual and postural movements, actions on objects and oral-facial movements have shown to be impaired in learners with Autism Spectrum Disorder. An individualized curriculum was designed for a 2.8 year old boy diagnosed with Autism, considered a weak imitator to teach generalized imitation skills via goal-less and goal-directed imitation tasks. Initial programs developed to teach generalized imitation skills included: Gross Motor Imitation, Object Imitation, Block Imitation, Sound Imitation, and Play Imitation. Data-based decision and modifications were made on a weekly basis. |
|
|
140. Adult Contingent and Extended Vocal Imitation Increased Social Interaction During a Conversation Between Adult and Children With ASD |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YUKA ISHIZUKA (Keio University), Natsumi Ishikawa (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: Previous studies have showed that adult's contingent imitation is effective for facilitating social behavior (e.g., eye contact) in children with ASD. However, it was not clear that adult contingent and extended contingent vocal imitation is effect for children's spontaneous speech during conversation with experimenter. In this study, we examined the effect on children's spontaneous speech during conversation using ABABAB design. Each condition implemented in 3-4 sessions. One session lasted 3 minutes. This study implemented in two conditions which were non-imitative adult contingent vocal response (CR) and adult contingent. In CR condition, the experimenter didn't imitate but responded with contingent response for children's speech. In CEI condition, the experimenter did imitate and extended all children's speech. The results demonstrated that adult contingent and extended vocal imitation increased the rate of child's spontaneous vocal imitation. In Addition, the total numbers of vocal turn taking between children and experimenter also increased in CEI condition. These findings suggest that using adult contingent and extended vocal imitation become positive social interaction between adult and children with ASD. |
|
|
141. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Behavior (DRL) on Motor and Vocal Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TYLA M. FREWING (University of British Columbia), Sara Boisselle (Private Practitioner), Sara White (Sendan Center) |
Abstract: The effects of a differential reinforcement of low rates of behavior (DRL) with response cost and stimulus control procedures on stereotypy were evaluated using an ABA reversal design replicated across two settings in the elementary school environment. A nine-year-old boy diagnosed with autism and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) participated. A DRL with response cost procedure was implemented such that contingent on engagement in stereotypy, one block was removed. If at least one block remained at the end of a timed interval, the participant was provided with access to reinforcement. Intervals were initially short (e.g. 2-minutes), then systematically increased. Results showed stereotypy was variable and high in baseline, immediately reduced to zero-rates when the DRL was implemented and immediately increased again with a return to baseline. Following the initial assessment, the initially short (e.g., two minute) intervals were extended and results were replicated across two environments in the school setting. |
|
|
142. Increased Speech Production in Two Participants With Autism Following SGD Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROCHE LAURA (Student), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: It is estimated that over 25% of children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder will fail to develop an appreciable amount of speech. Originally, Alternative and Augmentative Communication (AAC) systems have been implemented as functional communication tools to aide in the replacement of speech for non-verbal children. In this study, two children with ASD and emerging speech were taught to mand for preferred toys using an iPad-based Speech Generating Device (SGD). Following intervention, the SGD was removed as a communication device and the frequency of verbal manding for the same items were recorded. The data indicates that SGD training had a positive effect on the participants speech production as both children began verbally requesting the preferred items following the removal of the SGD. These results suggest that in addition to replacing functional communication, AAC systems may help promote speech development in children with ASD. The educational implications of these results are discussed. |
|
|
143. How are Tablets and Other Devices Being Used With Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA J. DANTONA (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Research indicates that the use of electronic devices, such as tablets and iPads, is a practical tool for children with disabilities (Kagohara et al., 2013). These devices may serve multiple purposes for children with autism, which includes communication, education, and leisure activities. One concern with the use of electronic devices is that they may limit social interactions, which is a skill deficit of children diagnosed with ASD. Additionally, if students have unrestricted access to games and leisure activities, it may hinder their use of the device as a communication tool and may serve to diminish the value of the device as a reinforcer. The goal of the present study was to conduct a survey of how children with autism use electronic devices. Parents of children with autism completed the survey that included both open-ended and closed ended questions regarding the use of electronic devices. Preliminary data indicate that non-verbal students use electronic devices for both communication and leisure and that they spend a greater portion of their day using electronic devices than their verbal peers. |
|
|
144. Improving Social Skills, Inferencing, and Motor Skill in Children With Autism Within the Context of a Fitness Class |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
TAMARA S. KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: Many children with autism lack the social interaction/social communication, and fitness skills needed to participate in recess, gym class, community sponsored sports offerings, and games played at family gatherings. The purpose of this study was to measure the effectiveness of a behaviorally-based treatment package to improve social skills, inferencing, and motor skills for children with autism age 6-11 within the context of a fitness based social communication group: Friends and Fitness. The treatment package included brief explanation, video/actual model, role play, guided practice, and feedback during application exercises. Specific skills in three domains: social communication skills, logical inferencing, and motor skills were selected for treatment. Training was provided by a BCBA and a certified personal trainer in the context of an integrated group of 8-14 participants. Target skills were measured in baseline, after 30 hours of intervention, and during a follow up probe three months later. Results revealed improvement from baseline in all areas for all participants in post-treatment and follow up probes. Parent report indicated generalization of skills to other environments. Results suggest that this treatment package may be effective in improving social interaction/ social communication skills, and fitness, and may promote greater community integration in athletically-oriented social activities. |
|
|
145. Sibling-Mediated Interventions for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
LINDSAY MORIN (Michigan State University), Carolyn Shivers (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Extensive research has shown that peer-mediated interventions for children with autism are highly effective (e.g. Sperry, Neitzel, & Englehardt-Wells, 2010). Far less, however, is known about how well children with autism perform when taught by a typically developing sibling. For years, researchers have incorporated typically developing siblings into interventions as models or instructors for the child with autism. However, there have been no reviews consolidating the evidence regarding siblings' teaching ability. Research in the field of Autism spectrum disorders focuses mainly on the individual diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and rarely on the capability of the interventionist. Therefore, it is not known how effective siblings are overall as interventionists for children with ASD, nor what type of interventions are best suited for sibling involvement. The purpose of this poster is to review the existing literature, to summarize the types of interventions in which researchers involve siblings, and to discuss whether typically developing siblings are adequate intervention practitioners for their family members with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
|
146. Evidence-Based Comprehensive Treatment Approaches for Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Review of the Literature |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SOYEON KANG (The University of Texas at Austin), Christina Fragale (The University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: This study systematically reviewed empirical studies to identify the key elements (i.e., service delivery, treatment modalities, assessments, and outcomes) associated with effective comprehensive treatments for individuals with ASD. The inclusion criteria were as follows: a) all participants were diagnosed with ASD between age 3 and10; b) the treatment program consisted of multiple components designed to address multiple developmental domains (e.g., cognitive ability, language, adaptive behavior, social-emotional area, and severity of ASD); c) the study employed a rigorous experimental design (e.g., randomized controlled trials or pre/post-tests with a control group); and d) the study was published in peer-reviewed journals in English between 1964 and 2013. A total of 40 studies were identified for inclusion. The studies treatment programs were categorized into four types of theoretical framework: an applied behavior analysis (ABA), a developmental approach, a hybrid that combined ABA and developmental approaches, and an idiosyncratic approach. They were analyzed according to the effective key elements. The results provide evaluative information for a comprehensive autism program that helps parents, service providers, advocates, and relevant government entities select or revise treatment programs, or adopt the future direction of a program for individuals with ASD. |
|
|
147. Fading of Multiple Dimensions of Interaction to Increase Tolerance of Social Attention for An Individual Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHARI M. PINCUS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Faris Kronfli (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meghan Deshais (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steven Hudkins (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A primary diagnostic criteria for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is deficits in social communication and interaction (DSM-V). One potential reason for this deficit is that some individuals with ASD find interactions with others aversive (Hagopian, Wilson, & Wilder, 2001). This is evidenced by the fact that these individuals will avoid or escape social interactions by engaging in severe problem behavior (Hagopian et al., 2001; Taylor & Carr, 1992). Typically, in these cases, a treatment where the child is taught an appropriate skill (either compliance or communication) to gain access to escape is used. However, this type of treatment is not always practical and teaching these individuals to tolerate interactions is essential to treating deficits in social communication and interaction. In the current study, multiple dimensions of social interaction were faded into a context where socially-avoidant problem behavior occurred to increase tolerance of interactions for one individual diagnosed with ASD. Results indicate that the fading procedure was successful teaching tolerance to interactions. Future studies may look at pairing positive reinforcement with social interactions to increase enjoyment of social interactions. |
|
|
148. Decreasing the Frequency of Inappropriate Verbalizations Using a Stimulus Control Package and Differential Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEAGAN FRIEL (Devereux Pennsylvania's Center for Autism Research and Educational Services), Tara Deuso (Devereux Pennsylvania's Center for Autism Research and Educational Services) |
Abstract: This study examines the effect of a stimulus control package and differential reinforcement of diminishing rates of behavior on inappropriate verbalizations using a reversal design. The participant is a 21 year old male who attends an approved private school for individuals with autism. His inappropriate verbalizations include speaking in a deep voice, yelling or screaming, laughing above a conversational level and laughing in response to peer redirections. The stimulus control package includes the use of color coded wristbands, a color coded daily schedule and written rules to signify appropriate vs. inappropriate tasks and activities in which to engage in inappropriate verbalizations. Frequency data on inappropriate verbalizations was collected daily by classroom staff and used to determine specific criteria for reinforcement. Anticipated results will show that the wristbands gained stimulus control over the inappropriate verbalizations and that reinforcement for diminishing the behavior led to the participants ability to more successfully function in both the school and community environments. |
|
|
149. Comparing the Effects of Video Model Content on Vocal and Motor Imitation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA SADLER (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Video modeling has been shown to effectively teach pretend play to children with autism (Reagon, Higbee, & Endicott, 2006; MacDonald, Sacramone, Mansfield, Wiltz, & Ahearn, 2009). The purpose of the current study is to compare two types of video models to determine if one version more reliably produces vocal and motor responses across 10 children with autism. Participants were randomly assigned to one of the two video model conditions (Play scene video and Repetitive video). Participants assigned to the play condition viewed a video containing 6 motor actions and 6 vocal responses that all related to a train play theme (i.e., pushing the train on the track with the vocal “choo choo”). Participants assigned to the repetitive play condition viewed a video containing 2 motor actions repeated across 3 items (i.e., touching a train, a dog, then a tree) and a vocal response describing the motor action being preformed (i.e., “touch train”). Prior to and following video modeling experimenters measured participants’ motor and vocal responses during a 30-s session in which the participants engaged with the items depicted in the video model. The results indicate that acquisition of responses varied across participants |
|
|
150. Effects of Point of View and Scene Video Modeling on Imitation of Vocal and Motor Responses |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY FLINT (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Video modeling (VM) has been used to teach individuals with developmental disabilities and autism to complete various tasks such as play (Hine & Wolery, 2006), self-help (Shipley-Benamou, Lutzker, Taubman, 2002) leisure (Stromer, Kimball, Kinney, & Taylor, 2006) and academics (Charlop & Milstein, 1989). However, there are many variations of video modeling and little data on differences in skill acquisition from one form of modeling versus another. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of the presentation of two common forms of video modeling (Point of View VM and Scene VM) on the imitation of vocal and motor responses depicted in the videos. In baseline, play items were presented to the participant and data were collected on vocal and motor responses for 60 seconds. In the treatment condition, participants viewed either the point of view VM or the scene VM of a play routine, then the play items were presented and again data were collected on the target responses. The results suggest that little difference in demonstration of motor responses were seen across video types, however imitation of vocal responses occurred more frequently in the point of view VM condition. |
|
|
151. A Comparison of Video Modeling Procedures That Do and Do Not Depict Reinforcement Delivery |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARISSA MURPJHY (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Video modeling is considered an effective technique for teaching a wide range of skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Video modeling is an instructional procedure which involves the participant viewing a video of a model engaging in the target behavior and then imitating the actions as seen. However, no studies to date have addressed whether or not depicting the model receiving reinforcement contingent upon engaging in the targeted response as part of the video being presented affects the rate at which the skill is acquired. The current study was designed to compare video modeling procedures that do and do not depict reinforcement delivery. An alternating treatments design was used. In one condition the participant was shown videos that depicted the model correctly performing the target behavior and receiving reinforcement. In the other condition the participant was shown videos that end immediately after the model performs the target behavior. Preliminary data suggests that there is little difference in rates of acquisition between the two treatment conditions. |
|
|
152. Decreasing Off-Task Challenging Behavior in a Boy with Autism Using Video Feedback and Self-Monitoring |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
WHITNEY GILLILAND (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Off-task behaviors in children with autism often present a unique challenge for teachers because they interfere with quality instruction. People with autism have a tendency to think in terms of visual stimuli. Therefore, a combination of video feedback and video self-monitoring may be useful in the reduction of off-task behaviors in children with autism. The purpose of this study is to examine the efficacy of video feedback and video self-monitoring in the off-task behavior of an individual with autism. This intervention was successful in reducing his off-task behavior as indicated by statistical and visual analysis. Limitations and implications for future research are discussed. |
|
|
153. Functional Analysis to Determine Function of Perseverative Speech in an Adolescent Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MIRANDA DEPOY (Partnership for Behavior Change), Delainey Barkes (Indiana University South Bend and Partnership for Behavior Change), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often display stereotyped or repetitive use of language, such as perseverating on the same subject (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003). Perseveration is defined as repetitive engagement in a behavior i.e., repeating a word over and over (Newman et al., 2003). Thus, we defined vocal perseveration as repeated vocalization of any word, combination of words, or sounds. The present study examined vocal perseverations of a fifteen-year-old boy, diagnosed with autism. Baseline was determined by review of data (daily-per-minute, standard celeration chart). Brief (five-minute) functional analysis conditions were run (attention, alone, tangible, demand). Sessions were videotaped and watched later by three observers. Incidents of vocal perseveration were graphed on a timings chart by count per minute, which indicated vocal perseveration is maintained by attention, with the highest frequency in the attention condition and even higher when an audible clicker for tracking incidents of vocal perseveration was used in combination with attention, and lowest frequency in an ignore condition. Results informed treatment, such that in addition to teaching socially appropriate conversation exchanges, an audible clicker is no longer used and a planned ignore, similar to that used in the functional analysis condition is the consequence for vocal perseveration. |
|
|
154. The Use of Fading and Punishment Procedures to Decrease Spitting Behavior for An Individual Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FARIS KRONFLI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meghan Deshais (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steven Hudkins (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may exhibit behaviors that serve no function and are possibly detrimental to their well-being. These are behaviors that occur independent of environmental manipulations. Spitting is one example that could impact the individuals health and prevent the intake of appropriate caloric needs. Treatments that target these automatically reinforced behaviors may include punishment procedures (Vollmer, 1994). In the current study, an individual with ASD was taught to spit into a designated cup and an overcorrection procedure was implemented for spitting behavior that occurred outside the cup. Once spitting was under the stimulus control of the cup, fading of the cup was implemented until it was only available for thirty seconds of the session. This was generalized to meals with success, decreasing the frequency of spitting behavior. |
|
|
155. Using Preference/ Avoidance Assessment of Sounds to Identify Potential Punishers for Treatment of Vocal Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Jaimie Decker Mulcahy (Douglass Developmental Disability Center, Rutgers University), MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University
), Katelyn Selver (Douglass Developmental Disability Center, Rutgers University
), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disability Center, Rutgers University
) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy can interfere with student progress in acquiring new skills and may also be socially stigmatizing, yet reducing stereotypy can pose a challenge. The present study includes a 10-year-old male participant with autism who engages in vocal stereotypy at high levels throughout the school day (averaging over 40% engagement during sample intervals). A preliminary assessment was conducted of auditory stimuli that may be included as potential punishers in a proposed treatment involving contingent presentation of non-preferred auditory stimuli (alarms, musical tones, etc.). To assess the student's relative preference for/ aversion to various sounds, the sounds were presented one at a time on a Mini-Me recording device. The evaluator first played the sound for the student and then prompted the student to press the Mini-Me and play the sound twice. The Mini-Me was then placed in front of the student for 2 minutes, during which time the number of independent presses and aversion responses (e.g., throwing the Mini-Me) were recorded. Both potential aversive sounds and sounds suspected to be preferred by the student, as reported by classroom teachers, were included. Of the 21 sounds included, 9 sounds were identified as low preference and will be included in the proposed intervention. |
|
|
156. Using Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) to Reduce Vocal Stereotypy of a Teenager With Autism Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YU-HSUAN CHEN (SEEK Education, Inc., Taiwan), Shu-Hwei Ke (SEEK Education, Inc.), James King (SEEK Education, Inc.) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) in reducing the vocal stereotypy at work. Functional analysis was conducted to identify the function. The result of FA indicated that the vocal stereotypy was likely maintained by positive social consequences. After the assessment, DRO was implemented to reduce the vocal stereotypy. The results indicated that DRO was successful in reducing the vocal stereotypy. |
|
|
157. Teaching Social Skills to Adolescents With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities Using Video-based Group Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
TIFFANY KAID (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Mari MacFarland (Michigan State University), Annie Bernacki (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Very few studies exist that examine social skills instruction for adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and intellectual disabilities (ID) (Reichow & Volkmar, 2010). Studies examining the effectiveness of interventions implemented within the public school setting, where a majority of adolescents with ASD and ID receive instruction, are still needed. The current investigation evaluated the effects of a social skills training program designed for adolescents with ASD, video-based group instruction (VGI), on the acquisition of more complex social skills by five high school aged students with ASD or ID in the public school setting. VGI was implemented daily for 45 to 50 min by a classroom teacher. A multiple probe across behaviors design was used to examine the effectiveness of VGI to train and increase the targeted social skills. The data collected to date (see attached) suggest VGI leads to the acquisition and reliable performance of many targeted social skills. |
|
|
158. Effects of Serial and Concurrent Teaching on Generalization During Discrete Trial Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE-MICHÈLE DUFOUR (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: To promote generalization during discrete trial instruction, practitioners often teach each training target using multiple exemplars. The practitioner may introduce these exemplars either serially (i.e., one at a time) or concurrently (i.e., all at once). The results of some studies have suggested that concurrent training may be preferable (Ferguson & McDonnell, 1991; Schroeder & Baer, 1972), but these effects were not replicated with young children with autism spectrum disorders. To this end, the purpose of our study is to compare the effects of serial and concurrent teaching on the generalization of three children with autism spectrum disorders during discrete trial instruction. For each participant, we taught three pairs of concepts, which we introduced sequentially within a multiple baseline design. Within each pair, one target was taught using serial teaching and the other using concurrent teaching. We alternated teaching sessions within a multielement design and measured correct responding on taught and untaught exemplars. Data collection is still ongoing, but our preliminary results suggest that concurrent teaching may produce correct responding on untaught exemplars more rapidly than serial teaching. The results will be discussed in terms of improving teaching procedures during discrete trial instruction. |
|
|
159. Effect of Least-to-Most Prompting on Teaching Symbolic Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Serife Sahin (Anadolu University), Arzu Özen (Anadolu Universty) |
Abstract: Teaching play skills is among the priority targets in establishing appropriate peer interaction for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Dunlap, 2009; Lovaas, 2003). Analyzing literature, it is seen that children with ASD have limited symbolic play skills. Symbolic play which is a kind of cognitive play, is an important play skill that supports childrens perception of their environment, helping them understand how to interact with their environment. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of Least-to Most Prompting in teaching symbolic play skills to children with ASD. Three male children with ASD, whose age from 4 to 5 participated in the study.This study was conducted by changing-criterion design which is a model within single subject research model. The changing-criterion design is comprised of three phases. The changing-criterion design is comprised of three phases. The first phase of the study comprises functional play skills, while the second phase comprises one symbolic play behavior and the third phase comprises two symbolic play behaviors. Social validity of the study will be determined by the data collected from the mothers of participants. Since this study is still in progress, results will be shared during the presentation. |
|
|
160. Effects of Fluency Training on Endurance and Retention of Assembly Tasks in an Adolescent With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HYEJIN SHIN (Kongju National University), Suyoun Jeung (Kongju National University), Youngeun Kim (Kongju National University), Seunghack Choi (Kongju National University), Eunhee Paik (Kongju National University), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu Cyber University), Munbong Yang (Milal Special School) |
Abstract: The present study tested effects of fluency versus accuracy training on performance and endurance of assembly tasks. The participant was 16-year old male student with autism who was attending special education high school. The study was conducted during job training class. Using alternating treatment design, rate of production of task performance under fluency training condition and under accuracy training condition were tested. During the fluency training condition , the participant was required to complete the task within a specific time period in order to gain an access to reinforcers. During the accuracy condition, there was no time limit for completion of the task in order to gain an access to the reinforcers. Two separate assembly tasks with same number of steps and with similar level of difficulty were assigned for each condition. Following the training sessions, the participant performed each task during 10- and 20- minute work sessions to assess endurance and retention of the trained skills by measuring number of products per 10 minutes and number of cessations per 10 minutes. The results showed that the fluency training produced greater rate of production, endurance, and retention. Key words: fluency, accuracy, retention, endurance, assembly task |
|
|
161. Teaching Applied Behavior Analysis Tutors to Assess The Treatment Integrity of Discrete-Trial Teachings Sessions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JADE WIGHTMAN (University of Manitoba), Ashley L. Boris (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated a self-instructional package for teaching applied behavior analysis (ABA) tutors to use the Discrete-Trials Teaching Evaluation Form (DTTEF) to assess the treatment integrity of discrete-trials teaching sessions. Three participants were assessed in a multiple baseline design which was replicated. At baseline, participants evaluated the DTT accuracy of a confederate role playing a teacher using DTT to teach three tasks to a confederate role-playing a child with autism. Teaching accuracy was manipulated to be either poor, moderate, or high across the three tasks, and was assessed using the DTTEF. During training, participants read the DTTEF instructional manual, answered study questions, and practiced using the DTTEF to score videos of a teacher using DTT. At post-training, participants taught the same three tasks as in baseline, however the accuracy of teaching a task differed from what the participant was exposed to during baseline. Results indicated that the manual was effective in teaching ABA tutors to evaluate the treatment integrity of a DTT session using the DTTEF. This finding is important as treatment integrity is an important component of effective early intensive behavioral interventions. |
|
|
162. Discounting of Monetary Rewards and Treatment Outcomes by Caregivers of Children With Autism Using Visual Approximation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA R. REAVIS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Research has shown that as the delay to an outcome increases, the subjective value of that outcome decreases, or is discounted (Lattal, 2010). Most studies of delay discounting in humans have presented participants with choices between hypothetical monetary rewards (Rachlin et al., 1991). Call et al. (2012) has also found that delay discounting may be a useful way of conceptualizing the influence of delayed treatment outcomes on the choices caregivers make regarding behavioral treatments for their child's problem behavior. Call et al. conducted two delay discounting assessments which included the commodities of hypothetical monetary rewards and hypothetical treatment outcomes using procedures consistent with those of other studies on delay discounting. One limitation of the Call et al. study was that the procedures implemented were quite lengthy, with each delay discounting assessment taking approximately 30 min. In the current study, the procedures used in Call et al. were replicated with seven participants. Each participant was also given two brief questionnaires that assessed delay discounting using fill-in-the blank and visual approximation methods. Results showed that participants discounted similarly during in vivo and questionnaire formats, suggesting that the shorter assessment may be a viable replacement for the more lengthy assessment. |
|
|
163. Assessing a Comparative Evaluation Procedure of ProLoQuo 2 Go Versus PECS as Primary Modes of Communication in Non-Verbal Learners With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHLEEN M. ALBERTSON (Devereux CARES), Christa Schoen (Avon Grove School District), Lucas Cepeda (Devereux CARES), Christin Venable (Devereux CARES), Elizabeth Smith (Devereux CARES) |
Abstract: We examined ProLoQuo2Go and PECS as modes of communication in three students with autism. Participants were male students ages 17, 8 and 8 in two different education settings for individuals with autism. Each participant was trained in the use of both modes of communication prior to these trials, although ProLoQuo2Go was the more novel mode for each participant. An alternating treatments design was utilized to examine students total mands per minute, length of utterance, latency between initiating and completing the mand, and prompts needed (1) to initiate request and (2) to exchange message for both PECS and ProLoQuo2Go (PLQ). Inter-observer agreement data were not collected formally. During each set of trials there were two or more researchers present (range: 50-100% of trials across participants) to monitor treatment and data collection integrity. Results demonstrate that for each of the responses assessed across all three participants skills were comparable using both modes to communicate. Interdisciplinary teams reviewed these data and concluded that PLQ on an iPad or iPod Touch device was the best choice for mode of communication due to its generality and social validity. The researchers suggest this procedure as a method for objectively assessing a communication mode for non-verbal learners. |
|
|
164. The Effect of a Backward Chaining Procedure to Increase Transitioning Behaviour in a Child With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE LYONS (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research), Louise Heffernan (Irish Centre of Behavioural Support and Research) |
Abstract: The current intervention was implemented with a 3 year old with a diagnosis of autism who displayed severe challenging behaviour in the form of physical aggression, self injury, and severe tantrum behaviour and non-compliance with instructions and transitions. A functional analysis was conducted under the following conditions: 1) Alone, 2) Toy Play, 3) Escape (from transition), 4) Escape (from instruction), 5) Escape (from peer), 6) Attention. The results of the functional analysis indicated that the primary function of the client's behaviour was to escape from transitioning between daily activities. A potential secondary function of escape from demand and to gain attention were also noted in the analysis. As part of the individualised behaviour support plan a transition program was implemented which employed backward chaining and an adapted visual schedule to promote independent transitioning between daily activities. Baseline data indicated significant duration and frequency of challenging behaviour during transitions between activities. Intervention data indicates a decrease to zero levels in the duration of independent transitions Functional Communication Training and other environmental changes were also introduced to support the client during their daily routine. |
|
|
165. A Component Analysis of Procedures That Facilitate Computer-Assisted Reading for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARA CONSTANTINE (Michigan State University), Lindsay Morin (Michigan State University), Dana Billings (Holt Public Schools), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Troy Mariage (Michigan State University), Carol Sue Englert (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Despite evidence-based programs focused on language, behavioral, and social skill training, there is a paucity of research that explores how to improve early literacy skills for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). MimioSprout Early Reading (MSER) is a behavior analytic reading program that combines web-based and teacher-led instruction to teach children to read. However, the supports needed for children with ASD to access the instructional program are unclear. The present studies examined the sequential and combined application of behavioral and instructional supports on the correct response rate of 8 children with ASD. In Study 1, a multiple baseline design was used to assess whether behavioral supports improved rate of correct responding, and if the addition of teacher-delivered instructional supports further improved response rate for 4 children with ASD. In Study 2, a multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of the combined intervention package on the rate of correct responding for 4 novel participants. Preliminary results suggest both components are necessary for effective reading instruction. This poster will provide: (1) graphical displays revealing intra and inter-individual differences over time, (2) specific behavioral and instructional supports used, and (3) video exemplars of students participation across intervention phases. |
|
|
166. Using Video Prompting to Teach Food Preparation Tasks to Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities Using iPad Technology |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Melmark), Meghan Kane (Melmark), Kylee Merendino (Melmark), Jennifer Croner (Melmark) |
Abstract: There has been a growing trend in the research of teaching self-help, leisure, and vocational skills using video technology, as demonstrated by the recent number of research studies investigating video modeling and video prompting (e.g., Cannella-Malone et al., 2006; Goodson, Sigafoos, O’Reilly, Cannella, & Lancioni, 2007; Sigafoos et al., 2005; Sigafoos et al., 2007; Van Laarhoven, Johnson, Van Laarhoven-Myers, Grider, & Grider, 2009). Video technology allows for the teaching of skills that consist of response chains with less reliance on caregiver prompting (Cannella, O’Reilly, & Lancioni, 2005). The purpose of this study is to draw on previous research to demonstrate the effectiveness of a video prompting procedure delivered via an iPad, to teach food preparation skills to adolescent individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. A multiple probe design across behaviors was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the video prompting procedure. The results will be presented and discussed in terms of the effectiveness of the video prompting procedure, the strengths and benefits, and the implications for subject selection. |
|
|
167. Small Group Instructional Procedures for Teaching Children and Youth With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
NANCY K. WARREN (Shining Through Centre), Karla Khoury (Shining Through Centre) |
Abstract: Children and youth with autism often struggle with participating appropriately in group-based instructional activities, and many are unsuccessful with learning new skills in the context of group instruction. Despite well-documented deficits in this area, there has been very little research aimed at evaluating instructional procedures that may be useful in improving the productivity of group instructional efforts children and youth with autism. The first study examines the use of Behavioral Skills Training to teach Instructors to apply well-documented behavioral procedures in small group instruction settings. The second study examines the use of well-documented behavioral procedures (e.g. well-timed reinforcement, pacing of instruction, stimulus control transfer procedures, task difficulty manipulation, etc.) on the client's acquisition of repertoires that are necessary for learning in group instruction activities. The studies take place at a community-based autism treatment clinic. It is expected that Behavioral Skills Training will be an effective Instructor-training methodology, and that basic behavioural intervention procedures may be applied successfully to improve performance and the ability to benefit from group instruction activities for children an youth with autism. |
|
|
168. Measuring Outcomes of Parents Teaching Functional Skills to Their Son With Autism Using the Assessment of Functional Living Skills (AFLS) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Lisa Squadere Watson (Bevavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of autism frequently have major deficits in their ability to perform a wide range of skills necessary for routine daily activities. These deficits in functional living skills often limit the individual’s options to participate in many family and community activities. The present study demonstrates the effectiveness of a parent-based intervention to teach functional living skills to a 10-year-old boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Data were collected on the Basic Living Skills, Home Skills and Community Participation Skills protocols of the AFLS assessment. The boy’s parents then implemented a teaching program to develop their son’s skills in each of those areas. Data are presented following 10 months of intervention. The data demonstrate that the boy made significant progress in many skill areas of the assessment. Follow-up data will also be presented that will demonstrate that those new skills were maintained and that additional functional skills continue to be acquired. |
|
|
169. Using an Acceptability Questionnaire to Improve Integrity of Behavioral Intervention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Claremont Graduate University), Michael Lafasakis (Hospital Clinic Home Center, Inc.) |
Abstract: Many children with developmental disabilities engage in maladaptive behaviors that require management with behavioral intervention procedures (Smith, Vollmer, & St. Peter Pipkin, 2007). The effectiveness of these behavioral interventions however, is directly influenced by the integrity with which they are implemented (Gresham, 1989; St. Peter Pipkin, Vollmer, & Sloman, 2010). Proper implementation of behavior interventions is critical for producing desirable changes in student behavior. Unfortunately, many educators do not find certain intervention components acceptable and as a result fail to use them consistently. This study evaluated the effects of using an acceptability questionnaire as a tool for rating and choosing behavioral intervention components that may lead to greater treatment integrity. Prior to using the questionnaire, four trained educators in a public special education classroom rarely used the recommended procedures to manage the problem behavior of one child with autism, despite evidence of the effectiveness of the procedures with that child (M = 8.25%, range = 0-33%). Following the questionnaire and subsequent inclusion of components rated as most acceptable, three of the four educators greatly improved their use of intervention procedures (M = 70.24%, range = 50-75%), resulting in a substantial reduction in the childs problem behavior during those sessions. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed during the poster session. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
Global Autism Project SkillCorps Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Hyde Park B (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project) |
This reunion is for all past and future SkillCorps members and partner sites of the Global Autism Project. |
|
|
|
|
Florida Institute of Technology Reception |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Jackson Park A (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Theresa Regan (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Florida Institute of Technology welcomes individuals who want to mingle and network. |
|
|
|
|
University of North Carolina Wilmington Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Jackson Park B (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Back by popular demand...Students, faculty, and friends of behavior analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones. Please join us! |
Keyword(s): reunion, UNCW |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Social Hour Reception |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Jackson Park D (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points) |
The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group welcomes its members, and any other ABAI attendees, for an occasion of informal social interaction and dialogue.
This is an opportunity for speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts, and students in the fields of SLP and/or ABA to meet and talk about areas of common professional interest and to further
interprofessional collaboration.
This social reception will provide our members and other interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and converse. All current, previous, and future SPABA members welcome.
Bring your friends! |
Keyword(s): interdisciplinary collaboration, speech therapy, speech-language pathology, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Chair: Malcolm D. Neely (Standard Celeration Society) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share provides an opportunity for all to see, hear, and share data across the behavior spectrum using paper, transparency, and digital daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly Standard Celeration Charts presented rapidly in spirited friendship. |
|
|
|
|
Western Michigan University Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Regency Ballroom A (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place) |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
This is a social event. It is a reunion for alumni, students, faculty, and friends of Western Michigan University. |
Keyword(s): reunion, Western Michigan |
|
|
|
|
University of Florida Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
DuSable A-C (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Jennifer N. Haddock (University of Florida) |
The purpose of this reunion is to provide an opportunity for University of Florida alumni, faculty, students, family, and friends to gather together during this year's convention. |
|
|
|
|
University of Kansas |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Regency Ballroom D (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place) |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas) |
At the University of Kansas, 2013 marks the 49th anniversary of the founding of its behavior analysis programs in the Department of Human Development and Family Life (1964-2004). They are sustained and evolve, today, in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science (2004-2014), which celebrates its 15th anniversary in 2015. The ABAI reunion offers anyone associated with the programs an opportunity to meet again and meet anew, whether they are current and past faculty members, undergraduate and graduate students, alumni and friends of the departments, or their families. We feature a slide show and cash bar. |
|
|
|
|
MultiABA Karaoke Night |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Hyde Park A (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Join MultiABA for a night of fundraising, socializing and singing. Even if you aren't a singer stop by and meet members of MultiABA and enjoy the serenading of others. Prior registration is nesssary. For more information please contact elizabeth@multiaba.com or sign up on our website: multiaba.com |
|
|
|
|
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Regency Ballroom C (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place) |
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more that three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT. |
Keyword(s): Reunion, UNT |
|
|
|
|
University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Field A-C (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
All current students, faculty, alumni, and friends are invited to come socialize at this year's UWEC reunion. |
Keyword(s): Eau Claire, UWEC |
|
|
|
|
Behavior as the Brohaviorist Views It: A Brohaviorside Reunion! |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Jackson Park C (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior) |
This event will celebrate the first year of the Brohaviorside Chatters – an online community of behavioral neophytes and journeymen that formed in April of 2013. We aim to create a collaborative environment where students of behavior analysis are exposed to and pursue behavior analytic literature, philosophy and research that is outside of the scope of the BACB approved course sequence. If you share a similar interest, then please come join us! |
Keyword(s): Brohavior, Collaboration, Community, Online Community |
|
|
|
|
The Chicago School, B. F. Skinner Foundation, and Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Prairie (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
All ABAI convention attendees are invited to join this celebration, which includes the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) departments of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (Chicago, Los Angeles, Washington, DC, and Online). This event commemorates the Tenth Anniversary of TCSPP’s first ABA Department and the Fifth Anniversary of the joint ABAI reunion among TCSPP-ABA, the BF Skinner Foundation, and the Cambridge Center, a tradition started by Dr. Chuck Merbitz in 2009. Dr. Julie Vargas and Dr. Hank Pennypacker will represent the BF Skinner Foundation and the Cambridge Center, respectively, and Students, Alumni, Faculty, and Friends of TCSPP-ABA will gather to celebrate. Come and meet a diverse group of behavior analysts and friends of behavior analysis, from students to seasoned faculty, to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, talk about behavior, and have an all-around good time! |
Keyword(s): Cambridge Center, Chicago School, reunion, Skinner Foundation |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Regency Ballroom E (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place) |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
This year marks the 24th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2014:
• Dr. Linda Hayes, the co-founder of our program is the President Elect of ABAI.
• We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010.
• The Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees.
• The On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees.
• The Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board Approved Course Sequence Coordinators Reception |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Ontario (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place) |
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (BACB) |
Coordinators for BACB approved course sequences are invited to join us for an informal gathering. Come connect with BACB staff and other coordinators in a relaxed, social atmosphere. |
Keyword(s): bacb, bcaba, bcba, certification |
|
|
|
|
Beacon ABA Services and Friends |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Grant Park A-B (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services) |
This year marks Beacon’s 5th annual ABAI reunion event. Beacon’s reunion is open to all staff, acquaintances, MassABA members, ABAI attendees, and friends. Please join us for conversation, food, drinks, door prizes, and entertainment. A good time to be had by all! |
|
|
|
|
Southern Illinois University-Carbondale Reception/Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Burnham A-C (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Come here all about the latest developments at Southern Illinois University and reunite with old friends. We will have representative’s on hand to inform potential students about training in Chicago, online, and in Carbondale. We will also have the chance to all socialize and reflect back upon fond memories of the world´s first Behavior Analysis degree program. |
Keyword(s): Graduate-studies, Learning, Research, Training |
|
|
|
|
Columbia University and CABAS Reunion |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Adler A-C (Hyatt Conference Center) |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
This event is a social gathering for graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Columbia University's Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College, as well as CABAS professionals and friends from around the world. |
|
|
|
|
The Ohio State University |
Sunday, May 25, 2014 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Regency Ballroom B (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place) |
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
The Ohio State University special education program will be hosting its annual reunion. All alumni, faculty, students, and friends are invited. |
|
|